Pre aula oe) ee irri enaebaaid : ee ee ee yl PPO Pte eee % Pet Re fe Be TF rem Fete arte o “¥ <— es aa Peete ae es ee 3 ont“ ae Tiles Roath mee a ena Se aie Re Re em - a a , ip Pate oT Beaten > i ene hh See em Ge as Tae ein Ph i a arti ie tetas ’ “i 4 4p : ae — —— wer ane Ss . rs x en _ 7 - 2 > Se SS na % Se Se —_e- — > we ab asthe mel 0 ote mm > sien Bis Be hm Ther iw Tani Re tne a ‘ “ x To *» + tne in hy Retna te no thm Bh Heer hit tae A Ti: nie Mee nae Pho a ee eS Rea tacte = hehe Meet ee a he. ea. PR Ly Me i a . Aa eee es ee 7 _ ; — Jo i Pe ee EA be OO OL poh el eal ee hr oh ad heal etd Wind Ww Pk nat wae be 09 Peek Me ets ty RO Wye - - ‘ i. a eS sO ee ee OT Tc. NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS = L N SJiuvVYUGIT LIBRARIES N )N INSTITUT W Saziuvddil io dj Cy wos I7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SalUuVUE «. INSTITUTION saruvugly INSTITUTION saruvualq Figg INSTITUTION N( WS . ON NOILALILSNI PR SMITHSONIAN NWINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS Ya SAS S SMITHSONIAN NYINOSHLI NVINOSHLINS S31UVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN on Z e 3 a ee ales us 7 = 7 = Vy 7) \ a oc = « Vy, A ea + za ey Fs a Prd Be y ION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS _S3! yuvugit LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUT z ie = - = y Use S Qe FE E™® 2 = Gy iG E a - ca Pe ca m m 2 ” = S = Ww at LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3 Zz w df) oe = Z = < = i, F a Zz = z= = = Nai Ps Wi Sei Ea: yf? = A aN SS = = ¥ \ SS SI = = > TION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINW S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI uw on a 7) = n & =D ma ae 4 we =k = oc pa as on = oe = a = fee} = (98) = mM. = = Oo x = = fe) = oO : uss = a) Zz SN Za 4aGiq LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvd =: SON S = WASON, S = S . . aS w (arm = “Yo Mein = ws = . o RWviSVA oN 9 Z Ke . Py ,,. 5 os ky 1D cw es S . mm > KEM 5 2of fy 2 Ae E AMA 2 5 & <— = Pos ba ita — 4 ILILSNI” NVINOSHLIWS | $3 luvudIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION , NOILNLILSNI ave S = Se ae S 2 WI WeE 20 Se Yo fl,” 3a = cay AS B Fak Figs f ba - at o aah = i. 2 a S ¢ ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNINVINOSHLINS Saluvud!71 LIBRARIES = a = . Z = ay z : 2 Y% : : : oO Y jp ais ™~s : : 8 Gh ® : E AO: 2 Se = >" = as _NVINOSHLINS S3INVYGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNI & ww - Me Zz uu ) = a, = rast > = > i a a oe = 2 Z : Z m Z 2 , ia a= w a JLILSNI SA!IYVYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI 4 a ” Fa es 72) = wo 4 << = PS NE = > = > aa {> = > = = 2 r, We = 3 oe. = = > Z a z 4 MRIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUSIT LIBRARIES | w z . ap) = _n ; z= i wn — < = | * 3 l eT eh bio rm - p sunt ui - Cy ” oi ; c f j iA =) \ ; - Cf Watsonia, 9, 13-25 (1972). 13 The pollination ecology of Viola. 2, Pollen loads of insect-visitors A. J. BEATTIE Hartley Botanical Laboratories, University of Liverpool* ABSTRACT The pollen loads of insects associated with populations of Viola riviniana Reichb., V. reichen- bachiana Jord. and V. hirta L. were analysed. An unexpected variety of insects carried Viola pollen either alone or mixed with foreign types. Combinations of more than two types (when one was Viola) were rare among the pollen loads of bees but common among those of hover- flies. Despite the deliberate selection for study of areas with high densities of Viola flowers there appeared to be some assortative foraging among the Viola visitor-species: the solitary bees and hoverflies exhibited preferences for actinomorphic flowers, while the social bees exhibited preferences for stereomorphic and zygomorphic flowers. However, by flowering very early in spring, Viola may experience little competition for pollen vectors and, by harbouring both nectar and pollen, the chasmogamous flowers may provide vital food sources for anthophilous insects and so receive frequent visits. This may contribute significantly to the incidence of cross-pollination. Many insects which carried pure loads of Viola pollen had foraged exclusively among its flowers and shown temporary constant behaviour toward them. Such constancy exhibited by a variety of visitor-species would have two important effects upon pollination: firstly, the quantity of compatible pollen transferred to the stigmatic cavities would increase, thereby ensuring the maximum fertilization of ovules. Secondly, pollen exchange between chasmoga- mous flowers would be maintained, possibly at a significant level for the immediate and future evolution of the population. INTRODUCTION Many species of Viola produce seed by means of both cleistogamous and chasmogamous flowers. The cleistogamous flowers are cryptic, obligately self-pollinated and yield the majority of seed in any given season (Valentine 1962, Clausen, Channel & Uzi Nur 1964). By contrast, the chasmogamous flowers are conspicuous, dependent upon insect visits for pollination and fre- quently fail to set seed. For this reason, in-breeding seems to be the rule with occasional out-breeding resulting from irregular visits of insect pollinators to the chasmogamous flowers. As an insect visit may initiate a small burst of variation through cross-pollination, it may be of considerable importance to the evolution of the population involved. Unfortunately, because of the irregularity or rarity of insect visits, they are extremely difficult to sample. One means of cir- cumventing this problem is to collect insects associated with the chasmogamous flowers and to examine their pollen loads for Viola pollen. Its presence betrays a visit to a violet flower. In this way a large enough sample may establish the frequency of visits and consequently the possibilities for out-breeding. The addi- tional value of pollen load analysis is the evidence provided on the foraging *Present address: Department of Biological Sciences, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60201, U.S.A. 14 A. J. BEATTIE patterns of pollen vectors. These, in turn, reflect some of the ecological factors operating on the in-breeding/out-breeding balance in Viola populations. MATERIALS AND METHODS The selection of habitats was governed by the location of suitably sized popula- tions of one or more of the species Viola riviniana Reichb., V. reichenbachiana Jord. and V. hirta L. All the habitats chosen were in the chalk countryside of southern England, six near Winterslow, Wiltshire and one near Mickleham in Surrey. These have already been described in detail (Beattie 1969). Collections of insects were made during the spring months of 1966 and 1967. Each day was divided into two collection periods, 10.00-13.00 hours and 14.00- 17.00 hours, during which insects actually on violet flowers, and airborne insects in the habitat, were trapped and preserved. Forty-three species were found to have visited Viola flowers and these were termed visitor-species. Four hundred and one specimens of these were captured for examination, many whilst actually feeding from the flowers. Two hundred and fifty specimens of what turned out to be non-visitor-species were also trapped and examined. These included Lepidoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Araneida and Opiliones. Immediately after capture each specimen was placed in a 4:1 mixture of 70% ethanol and glycerol in an individual vial. The glycerol formed a viscous layer around the specimen which maintained integumental pollen at its original location. The term “pollen load’ commonly refers to the pollen accumulated by the specialised collecting hairs of bees (the pollen baskets). In the present study it was used to denote all the pollen carried by an insect including that found in the alimentary canal. Therefore, two operations were required for the analysis of each load: firstly, the examination of the integument and the centrifugation of the preservative (to concentrate any dislodged grains) and secondly, the scrutiny of the gut contents and faecal material. Pollen preparations were mounted in fuchsin glycerine jelly. This semi- permanent mountant stained the grains red and rendered them instantly con- spicuous among extraneous material. A NOTE ON POLLEN CLASSIFICATION A series of standard pollen preparations of species flowering in the habitats facilitated the identification of pollen removed from insects. Material was col- lected at the time of study and herbarium material was used as little as possible. Pollen grains from 14 plant species were identified from the pollen loads. The flowers of these species were classified according to Leppik (1957). This scheme, which used characters of the form and symmetry of the flowers, was suitable for the detection of tendencies amongst the visitor-species to confine foraging to flowers of a particular structure or colour. In Leppik’s classification, flowers may be actinomorphic, pleomorphic, stereomorphic or zygomorphic. Actino- morphic flowers are characterised by radial symmetry; the floral organs are arranged on one level, hence pollen and nectar are not usually concealed. Pleo- morphic flowers are similar to the last but possess a smaller number of petals; 3, 5, or 6 are common. In stereomorphic flowers the nectar is concealed and insect-visitors must be able to distinguish three-dimensional patterns in order to locate it. Zygomorphic flowers are similar to the last but are characterised by bilateral symmetry. | POLLINATION ECOLOGY OF VIOLA 15 Three species were difficult to fit into the scheme and were designated according to the availability of their nectar and pollen. The flowers of Endymion non- scriptus were regarded as stereomorphic because the corolla partially conceals the pollen and nectar and insects must probe deeply to find it. The category of actinomorphic flowers was expanded to include the actinomorphic inflorescences of Taraxacum officinale and Bellis perennis. This was done because the attraction mechanisms of these particular flowers and inflorescences were very similar: firstly with regard to the outlines, colours and colour contrasts, and secondly, food was as accessible in the inflorescences as in the flowers. In the flowers nectar was not concealed and in Taraxacum it usually filled the corolla-tubes nearly to the top. The pollen of both Bellis and Taraxacum was liberally dusted over insects which merely crawled over the capitula and was, therefore, as accessible as the pollen of actinomorphic flowers. In both types pollen and nectar were readily available to short-tongued insects. A NOTE ON THE INSECT VISITORS A full account of the insect-visitors of Viola is to be published shortly but a few comments are necessary here. The list of 43 visitor-species comprised 2 species of Lepidoptera, 21 species of Hymenoptera and 20 species of Diptera. The number and variety of insects in this list contrasted sharply with the paucity and uniformity of species in the lists of other authors (Saunders 1846, Muller 1883, Knuth 1908, Veerman & Van Zon 1965). Two dimensions of insect-visitors generally considered to be important in the pollination of many flowers including violets, are the length of the extended proboscis and the total length (Knuth 1908). These are considered important in the pollination of Viola flowers because they partially determine the details of feeding behaviour, for example whether pollen or nectar can be taken, and in turn the extent of the contact between the insect and the floral genitalia. All the visitor-species fell into four discrete categories according to the length of the proboscis: 1:0 — 4:0mm Small solitary bees (Halictus), small hoverflies (Platychirus) and all the casual visitors. 5-0 — 70mm Large solitary bees (Osmia), large hoverflies (Rhingia, Eristalis) and honeybees (Apis). 9-0 -10-°0mm Bee-flies (Bombylius), short-tongued bumblebees (e.g. Bombus terrestris L.). 13-0 -14:Omm Longer-tongued bumblebees (e.g. Bombus hortorum L.). Most of the visitor-species fell into two categories according to total length (which did not include the extended proboscis, antennae or sting): 6:0 -11:0mm Most solitary bees, all hoverflies, bee-flies, and all scavenger flies. 16:0 -—18-Omm Most bumblebees, cuckoo bees. At the extremes there were two further categories: 3:0 — 5-Omm Very small species of solitary bee. 19-0 — 21-0mm Large bumblebee species. Three species of fly, Bibio johannis L., Orthellia cornicina Fabr., and Scopeuma stercorarium L., were very common in the habitats but were only occasionally 16 A. J. BEATTIE observed visiting violet flowers. Adults of Bibio and Scopeuma were known to be predacious on other insects (Colyer & Hammond 1951, Hobby 1933, 1934), and those of Orthellia were known to be coprophilous and necrophilous (Colyer & Hammond 1951). For these reasons it was thought that these insects were unlikely to visit violet flowers frequently and were probably of little significance as vectors of Viola pollen. Examination of large collections of them revealed that only 5% carried any pollen at all; consequently they were termed ‘casual visitors’. RESULTS FORAGING All the insects examined fell into one of the following four groups: 1. those which carried only Viola pollen, 2. those which carried a mixture of Viola pollen and foreign pollen, 3. those which carried only foreign pollen, and 4. those which carried no pollen at all. Fifty-five combinations of the fourteen pollen species were found in the pollen loads. These species were: A. from actinomorphic inflorescences: Taraxacum officinale agg., Bellis perennis L. (Salix spp. were included in this class), B. from pleomorphic flowers: Ranunculus ficaria L., Anemone nemorosa L., Fragaria vesca L., Prunus spinosa L., (Fagus sylvatica L. and Mercurialis perennis L. were included in this class), C. from stereomorphic flowers: Endymion non-scriptus (L.) Garcke, Primula vulgaris Huds., D. from > zygomorphic flowers: Viola spp., Ajuga reptans L. and Glechoma hederacea L. This list reveals that anthophilous insects were exploiting almost every kind of flower available in the habitats. Table 1 presents the evidence on foraging derived from the content of pollen loads. Of the 401 specimens examined, 144 individuals carried Viola pollen, 46 (32%) as completely pure loads and 98 (68 %) as a mixture of Viola and foreign pollen. Sixty loads containing the most frequent pollen species are listed in column 4. The remaining 38 combinations were so infrequent as to provide little significant information on foraging save that occasional visits were made to less frequent flowering species. Forty-six individuals representing all four visitor classes carried completely pure loads of Viola pollen (column 3), while an additional 19 carried a pure load of Viola pollen either on the integument or in the gut with different pollen at the alternative site (column 4, V). Soktary bees carried the largest number of pure loads of both Viola and of foreign pollen. Seventy-two per cent of the specimens examined carried pure loads of one genus, 50% being pure loads of Viola. Most individuals of Osmia bicolor Schrank carried a pure load of Viola pollen, while a smaller proportion of Andrena spp. and Halictus spp. did so too. Social bees came second to solitary bees with regard to numbers of pure loads. Sixty-nine per cent of these insects carried them, 46% being Viola alone and the rest being chiefly Endymion and Primula. Key to pollen species Viola spp. E Endymion non-scriptus (L.) Garcke V T Taraxacum officinale agg. A Ajuga reptans L. B __ Bellis perennis L. M_ Mercurialis perennis L. P Primula vulgaris Huds. Mixtures of Viola plus one of three other pollen species not shown accounted fora further 38 records, but each one occurred so rarely that inclusion was not warranted. 17 "IOYIO SY} 18 od4} uayjod Jayjoue pue ozs suo je uajod wol4 YM suoUoods Aue pue (¢ UWN[OD) UsT[od yjo14 ATUO YIM suoUUIOSds OpNyoUT [IM ‘a[durexe oj ‘Ap ULUNTOD ‘dzIS SANeUIDI[e Oy) 32 JUOSOId oq Avur sodA} uay[od Iay}0 ‘a}Is 9UO 0} PdJdII}SOI SI peo] IepMonsed oy) JT Sate 92 Seo 500s 6 = Sl pth Lt 66l = HE SO OP 667 :S[210.L, eee ee re le aS I we Nase GS 17! fi J Z 8 v €9 :$[R1O.L I 9 I C € € eV SIOJSIA [BNSeD SaITd 9] ¢ I 0z 4ofou snydquog — i 8 ee eS a ee a ee | S 2a ee = ft Gt SL el: bes 4-8 6 9 SI ZI 9ST :S[eIOL, = ‘dds pwojsouvjapw So € I 6 € Cre FF 01 v 18-29 “dds snunyodqojg SaITa ~ I I I € € ST ‘dds sypisiaq -YAAOH S Z I ¢ ¢ C 0z S1AjSadiuvo DISUIYT SS Oe Sa es 2 eae 5 € yr oUt I 9 II ee 07 rs :S[eIOL, = 6 € € ET “dds snjoypoy Saad 6 I Z 9 9 v7 ‘dds vuaspuy | XUVLIIOS E gI I] LI 40]0I1g DIUSE Zi Se = a a _ LA | = I I eis z Ol € ZI Ol 97 :$[10 J, S) € Z ZI Ol GE ‘dds snquog Saad S I v Diafyjau sidy TVIOOS = ie 8 ee ee ee ee eee ee ee (2) mee ane | fe wes Atd @€@ ATV V Atd dAt+W W ATL L Atd a A odA}j 10430 pouruexe ou pue usljod | suoumdeds sorsedg dno1p 4 Qns pure juowNs9}UT) soxIs OM} 9} JO YO IO oUO ye YjO14 IOLA poLised jo 1O9su] YIM oINIXTU B IO speoy UsT[od ond polis yoryA suoumiseds Jo JoquinN | yorym suoumoeds}| Ioquinny jo Joquinny 4 € Cc i SdIOddS-YOLISIA VTOIA AO SGVOT NATIOd AO SAdAL LSANONWOD AHL JO SISATVNV ‘I AIAVL 18 A. J. BEATTIE Forty-seven per cent of hoverflies carried pure loads, 15% being of Viola only and the rest chiefly Taraxacum, Bellis and Mercurialis. The fly group included the bee-fly Bombylius, which contributed most of the scores for pure pollen loads in this category, excepting Viola, which was found chiefly on scav- enger flies. Two hundred and fifty-seven individuals carried either foreign pollen only or none at all. Of these, 138 were the casual visitors. It is possible that in some habitats the abundance of these insects may compensate for the rarity of Viola pollen in their pollen loads and so contribute to pollen exchange. However, as mentioned in the previous sections, this did not appear to be the case in the habitats studied. Fig. 1 presents a record of foraging according to the numbers of plant species visited. Solitary bees were most constant to Viola and, in common with the social bees, rarely visited more than two species on individual foraging trips. All four groups showed some constancy to Viola, but the hoverflies exhibited the most indiscriminate foraging. 40 @ solitarybees @ social bees gi hoverflies >< flies 30 Number of records Viola Viola + Viola + Viola + only one foreign two foreign three foreign type types types Pollen combinations in pollen loads Ficure 1. The number of pollen species in the pollen loads of the four groups of Viola visitors. In Fig. 2, the foraging insects are grouped according to the floral structure of the species visited with a view to determining what importance this may have had on visiting behaviour in habitats apparently dominated by Viola. The first clear result was that actinomorphic and pleomorphic flowers were as important as violet flowers. Where Viola pollen was found in mixed loads, it was most fre- quently associated with actinomorph/pleomorph pollen. Inspection of Table 1 shows that this was chiefly a result of the loads carried by hoverflies and scay- enger flies, and to a lesser extent solitary bees. Pollen loads of hoverflies exhib- ited the greatest complexity, including one load containing 5 pollen species. These 5 species represented a great variety of floral structure and enhanced the hoverfly reputation for the most promiscuous foraging. By contrast, the loads of social and solitary bees indicated a preference for stereomorphic and zygo- POLLINATION ECOLOGY OF VIOLA 19 morphic flowers: the commonest pollen combination for bumblebees was Viola plus Endymion, and Viola plus Ajuga was an important combination for solitary bees. Overall, the pollen most commonly associated with Viola was Endymion (Table 1, column 4). Individuals of each of the four visitor classes carried loads of foreign pollen but this was especially true of hoverflies. POLLEN COMBINATIONS NUMBER OF INDIVIDUAL INSECTS Viola pollen only Pollen from Actinomorphic flowers and inflorescences and Pleomorphic flowers only Pollen from Zygomorphic and Stereo- morphic flowers only Viola pollen + pollen from Actinomor- phic flowers and inflorescences and = (—————H——-W—_____> Pleomorphic flowers Viola pollen + pollen from Zygomorphic and Stereomorphic flowers > Viola pollen + pollen from Actinomor- phic flowers and inflorescences and [————————> Pleomorphic flowers + pollen from Zygomorphic and Stereomorphic flowers Pollen from Actinomorphic flowers and inflorescences and Pleomorphic flowers ,_-————H—____> + Zygomorphic and Stereomorphic flowers; no Viola pollen OseaLO 20 30 40 50 60 70 FiGuRE 2. The number of individual insects which carried pollen from different flower types. FOOD SOURCES Fig. 3 shows the distribution of pollen upon the insects examined. A comparison of categories 1, 4, 8, and 9 with categories 2, 5, and 11 shows that of all the insects which carried Viola pollen, the majority carried it on the integument and not in the gut. Analysis of gut contents showed that Viola pollen was recorded only 26 times as opposed to 62 times for other pollen species—particularly Taraxacum, Endymion and Mercurialis. These data indicate that, although Viola pollen was the food of a variety of visitors, other flowers were the prime pollen source for most anthophilous insects. 20 A. J. BEATTIE NUMBER OF INDIVIDUAL POLLEN DISTRIBUTION INSECTS PER CATEGORY Viola pollen only 1. Viola only, on body only oe ages Re Sn ate sober, An athe ea 2. Viola only, in gut only —__—> 3. Viola only, on body and in gut ————— Total: 46 Viola pollen + foreign pollen 4. Viola + foreign, on body only eee 5. Viola + foreign, in gut only | na 6. Viola + foreign, on body and in gut ee 7. Viola only, on body and Viola + foreign in gut [#—————______> 8. Viola only, on body and foreign only, in gut > 9. Viola + foreign, on body and foreign only, in gut }———________> 10. Viola + foreign, on body and Viola only, in gut =§=|———> 11. Foreign only, on body and Viola + foreign in gut }——~> Total: 98 Foreign pollen only 12. Foreign only, on body only [> 13. Foreign only, in gut only $$$ $$$ +8 14. Foreign only, on body and in gut pl Total: 115 142 15. No pollen anywhere ——— | I | 0 10 20 30 ~ FiGure 3. The distributions of pollen upon visitor-species. Fig. 4 relates the pollen distributions of Fig. 3 to the proboscis-lengths and body-lengths of the insects concerned. It shows that the specimens which carried Viola pollen on the integument but not in the gut included insects with probos- cides of greatly varying lengths. By contrast, the specimens with Viola pollen located only in the gut were almost completely confined to the class with the shortest proboscides (1:0-4-0 mm). With regard to body-length, it was clear that most of the insects which carried Viola pollen belonged to the class 6-0— 11-0 mm. This information collectively suggests that the distribution of Viola pollen upon and within insect-visitors is a function both of proboscis and body- length. Proboscis-length seemed to be of particular importance, and influenced the complexity of pollen loads: the majority of individuals which carried a mix- ture of Viola plus foreign pollen belonged to the two classes with the shortest proboscides (1:0-4:0 mm, 5-0—-7-0 mm). POLLINATION ECOLOGY OF VIOLA 21 Pollen combination Viola | A only 2 re 4263 : , Violla+ > foreign © 7/ 8 9 10}- ohh Foreign 2 only 13 57 14 Nopollen 15 12 20) 0 9) 10 20% 0 0 15 (0) 10 20 1 Proboscis length 1-0—4-Omm 5-0-7:0mm 9-0 -10:0mm 13-0-14-0mm Viola | B only 2 3 Tere’ 4 Viola+ ° 5 foreign © 7 . 8 9 10 ; 1 Foreign 12 only 13 77 nC Dade Se biteg 29 No pollen 15 2) = 322 : O 10 20 (0) 10 20 (0) 10 20 10) 10 15 Total body length 3-0-5-0mm 6:0-11-0mm 16-0-18-O0mm 19-0-21-0mm Number of individual insects FIGURE 4. Diagrams to show the relationships between the fifteen pollen distributions listed in Fig. 3 and A. proboscis-length, and B. total body-length (but excluding pro- boscis, antennae or sting). DISCUSSION FORAGING Despite the deliberate selection of habitats with an abundance of Viola flowers, the pollen of actinomorphic flowers and inflorescences occurred in pollen loads as many times as that of Viola. They were, therefore, at least as important as violets as forage plants for visitor-species. Taraxacum was the strongest competitor for Viola visitor-species, especially solitary bees and hoverflies. In fact, Graenicher (1935) and Free (1968) have noted that Taraxacum is a domin- ant plant even in the presence of a variety of attractive flowers including highly floriferous fruit trees. On the other hand, the stereomorphic and zygomorphic flowers which were predominantly blue (as opposed to yellow), were clearly the predominant forage plants for social bees; these showed a high preference either for Viola or for Viola plus one of these types, especially Endymion. The data suggest, therefore, some assortative foraging among the Viola visitor-species : the solitary bees and hoverflies with a preference for yellow actinomorphs and the social bees with a preference for blue stereo- and zygomorphs. Mercurialis occupied a rather aberrant position relative to the scheme pre- sented above. Its pollen was commonly found in gut contents and it was clearly an important pollen source. This was of particular interest as Mercurialis is generally regarded as wind-pollinated (Clapham, Tutin & Warburg 1962) and yet both honeybees and hoverflies were observed on later occasions combing stands of male Mercurialis and collecting or eating the pollen. Frequently their foraging would bring them into contact with female plants. The industry and abundance 22 A. J. BEATTIE of insects at male Mercurialis plants suggest that this species is an important pollen source, and that insect visitors could significantly increase pollen exchange between male and female plants. This possibility has been suggested for some otherwise wind-pollinated grass species by Bogdan (1962). FOOD SOURCES The relative infrequency of Viola pollen and the abundance of Taraxacum, Endymion and Mercurialis pollen in the gut contents suggest that the latter were the chief pollen sources. However, the evidence from pollen loads together with field observations confirms that visitors to Viola flowers utilize both the nectar and the pollen for food. Since the turn of the century, flowers of Viola have been regarded as ‘nectar’ flowers, i.e. they were visited exclusively for the nectar (Knuth 1908, Lovell 1918). This is strongly suggested by the elaborate zygo- morphic flower with nectar concealed in a special organ and pollen confined within the androecium and its appendages. Indeed, many insects clearly obtained only nectar from the flowers. However, the theory did not take into account the ingenuity and persistence of many visitor-species, including short-tongued ones, which either extracted the pollen for direct consumption or carried it away to their nests to feed their larvae. The evidence that both nectar and pollen were taken from Viola flowers by a variety of insects, the predominance of mixed pollen loads and the occurrence of unexpected foraging on flowers such as Mercurialis together suggest that food was sometimes in short supply and that anthophilous insects were forced to visit all the available flower species and to investigate them persistently in order to get enough to eat. It is probable that Viola is a critical pollen source during very early spring when alternatives are in short supply. The dual availability of both nectar and pollen means that the flowers are particularly important resources at this time. Thus, by appearing very early in the season, when competition for pollen vectors may be least, and by harbouring both high-carbohydrate and high-protein food, the chas- mogamous flowers receive sufficient insect visits to increase significantly the incidence of cross-pollination. This is an interesting case of ecological factors modifying the situation anticipated by floral biology theory. CONSTANCY During March, Viola flowers may predominate among the forage plants of many habitats. With the scarcity of alternative food sources many anthophilous in- sects, which later in the season would feed from less complex flowers, must nevertheless visit Viola for food. The result, as the data show (Table 1), is that the foraging of a variety of visitor-species is entirely confined to Viola. This behaviour may be termed ‘pseudo-constant’ since the insects involved have no choice of food. True flower constancy is well known among anthophilous insects and there appear to be two main types (Linsley & MacSwain 1958). The first is exhibited by individual insects which confine their foraging to one flower species for a limited time..Thus, while many flower species may be exploited during the season, individual insects frequently carry pure pollen loads. The second type is characteristic of whole species or genera of insects and involves physiological, morphological and behavioural adaptations to one or a few species of food plant to which visits are obligatorily confined. —_ Ec Se POLLINATION ECOLOGY OF VIOLA 23 The present study did not reveal any evidence for the second, or obligatory kind of constancy. However, the solitary bees Osmia, Andrena and Halictus and the social bee Bombus carried many pure loads of Viola pollen. Also, in the field, these insects were observed visiting violets systematically and to the exclusion of other plant species. This evidence indicates that many visits to Viola resulted from the first kind of constancy, namely temporary constancy. Species of the four named genera have been shown to exhibit temporary constancy in other situations (Clements & Long 1923, Brittain & Newton 1933, Linsley & MacSwain 1958) and Osmia biocolor has been recorded in Germany as having a specific ‘predilection’ for Viola flowers (Schmiedeknecht 1930). At first, the pure loads of Viola pollen carried by hoverflies were thought to result from pseudo-constancy. However, this was not the only cause. Rhingia campestris Meigen, when undisturbed, foraged sufficiently slowly to be closely observed. Individuals were seen to visit violets systematically and exclusively. Similar behaviour was noted in Cheilosia variabilis Panzer, and in the drone fly Eristalis pertinax Scopoli. Twenty-five per cent of Rhingia specimens, 20° of Eristalis specimens, and 5% of Platychirus and Melanostoma specimens carried only Viola pollen. Knoll (1926) and Ilse (1949), experimenting with possible colour preferences of hoverflies, showed that they responded consistently to some colours and not to others. Minderhoud (1951) discovered that the foraging behaviour of the hoverfly Eristalomyia tenax was very similar in many ways to that of honeybees and bumblebees, and Kugler (1970) reported instances of constancy in hoverflies. The possibilities of floral constancy among this insect group has been little explored, however, and this branch of pollination biology requires further study. Constancy may be important in the pollination of Viola in two ways: Firstly, many violets bloom in early spring when food for anthophilous insects may be in short supply. It has been shown that when floral food resources are limited to the flowers of Viola the incidence of pollination can be unusually high (Beattie 1968). This may be attributed to the absence of competition with other blossoms for insect visits. On the other hand, when the flowers of a small num- ber of other species are also available the incidence of pollination of Viola flowers may be extremely low and, further, the pollen clusters transferred to their stigmatic cavities may be contaminated with foreign types. The contamination of pollen loads lowers the efficiency of the pollination mechanism in Viola as foreign grains are ultimately transferred to the stigmatic cavities of the flowers. The style of the flowers of the three Viola species under consideration is cylindri- cal and hollow, its walls enclosing a lumen which is filled with mucilage. The stigmatoid tissue is confined to the walls of the lumen at the distal end of the style and the single point of ingress for pollen grains is a narrow opening at the tip. The opening of the stigmatic cavity is small in relation to the size of the pollen grains and the mechanisms necessary to manoeuvre them through it are fairly precise (Beattie 1971). In addition to this the capacity of most stigmatic cavities is only sufficient to accommodate a number of pollen grains equal to the number of ovules, and a few more. For these reasons pure pollen loads are at a premium as the passage of foreign grains into the stigmatic cavity will reduce the number of ovules fertilized. Constancy among Viola visitor-species would increase the frequency of pure pollen loads and so directly affect the number of seeds produced as a result of pollen exchange between chasmogamous flowers. The second effect of constancy lies in the possibility that this behaviour is 24 A. J. BEATTIE exhibited by a cross-section of the visitor-species. The incidence of pollination could be maintained when the visits of one or several of the insect groups failed. This situation may have existed in two of the habitats where violets grew in very small clearings some distance from the edge of the wood. Bees rarely penetrated to this distance (a situation also mentioned by Kerner & Oliver 1895) but on sunny days these spots formed pools of sunlight frequented by hoverflies, especially of the genus Eristalis (also noted by Buckton 1895). Pollination of violets in these habitats was almost entirely dependent upon the foraging of hoverflies and would have been most efficient had they been constant to them. In summary, constancy towards the flowers of Viola exhibited by all three groups of pollen vectors will have two important effects: 1. The number of pure pollen loads transferred to the stigmatic cavities will increase thereby ensuring the maximum number of ovules fertilized. 2. The level of pollen ex- change between the chasmogamous flowers of the same or of different popula- tions will be increased. Both of these effects may be of special significance in the context of the breeding system as a whole. Many species of Viola are largely in-breeding and develop numerous oblig- atorily self-pollinated cleistogamous flowers later in the year. In addition to this the capsules produced by these flowers have ineffective dispersal mechanisms for the seeds, which are often dumped very close to the parent plant. The majority of seeds produced by many violet species are derived from these flowers (Valentine 1962, Clausen, Channel & Uzi Nur 1964), consequently large clumps of genetic- ally similar plants are formed; an appropriate strategy for stable environments. On the other hand, cross-pollination of the chasmogamous flowers yields new genetic recombinants which, in conjunction with a more efficient dispersal mech- anism, would appear to be most valuable in less stable environments. The combined effects of floral constancy to the chasmogamous flowers is the pro- motion of cross-pollination and out-breeding in a sexual system otherwise geared to systematic in-breeding. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am greatly indebted to Professor C. D. K. Cook for all his advice and help throughout the course of this research. I also wish to thank Dr Hal Mooney and Dr Peter Raven for reading and criticizing the manuscript. Without the hospital- ity of Sir Geoffrey and Lady Codrington this work could not have been carried out and I thank them for all their help. Mr Sankey of the Juniper Hall Field Centre has also been kind in providing facilities for fieldwork. The research was carried out under the tenure of a University of Liverpool postgraduate award. REFERENCES BEATTIE, A. J. (1968). Studies in the pollination of Viola. Ph.D. thesis. University of Liverpool. BEATTIE, A. J. (1969). Pollination ecology of Viola. I. Contents of stigmatic cavities. Watsonia, 7: 142-156. BEATTIE, A. J. (1971). Pollination mechanisims in Viola. New Phytol., 70: 343-360. BOGDAN, R. V. (1962). Grass pollination by bees in Kenya. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 173: 57. BRITTAIN, W. H. & NEwrTon, D. E. (1933). A study in relative constancy of hive bees and wild bees in pollen gathering. Can. J. Res., 9: 334-349. BUCKTON, G. B. (1895). The natural history of Eristalis tenax or the drone-fly. London. CLAPHAM, A. R., TuTINn, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. (1962). Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed. Cambridge. POLLINATION ECOLOGY OF VIOLA 25 CLAUSEN, J., CHANNEL, R. B. & Uzi Nur (1964). Viola rafinesquii, the only Melanium violet native to North America. Rhodora, 66: 32-46. CLEMENTS, F. E. & Lona, F. L. (1923). Experimental Pollination. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 336. COLYER, C. N. & HAMMOND, C. O. (1951). Flies of the British Isles. London. Free, J. B. (1968). Dandelion as a competitor to fruit trees for bee visits. J. appl. Ecol., 5: 161-178. GRAENICHER, S. (1935). Bee-fauna and vegetation of Wisconsin. Ann. ent. Soc. Am., 28: 285-310. Hospsy, B. M. (1933). Prey of Scatophaga stercoraria L. (Dipt. Cordyluridae). J. ent. Soc. S. Engl., 1: 106-110. Hopssy, B. M. (1934). Notes on predacious Anthomyiidae and Cordyluridae. Entomologist’s mon. Mag., 70: 185-190. Ixse, D. (1949). Colour discrimination in the Dronefly Eristalis tenax. Nature, Lond., 163: 256. KERNER, A. & OLIVER, F. W., (1895). The Natural History of Plants, 2. London. KNOLL, F. (1926). Insekten und Blumen. Abh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 12: 1-645. Knut, P. (1908). Handbook of flower pollination, 2. Oxford. KuGLER, H. (1970). Blutendkologie. Stuttgart. LeppPik, E. E. (1957). Evolutionary relationships between entomophilous plants and antho- philous insects. Evolution, 11: 466-481. LINSLEY, E. G. & Macswatin, J. W. (1958). The significance of floral constancy among bees of the genus Diadasia (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae). Evolution, 12: 219-223. LovELL, J. H. (1918). The Flower and the Bee. New York. MINDERHOUD, A. (1951). De plaatsvastheid van insecten in verband met de plantenveredeling. Meded. Dir. Tuinb., 14 (z): 61-70. MULLER, H. (1883). The fertilisation of flowers. London. SAUNDERS, W. W. (1846). Insects on Pansies. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond., 4: 77. SCHMIEDEKNECHT, O. (1930). Die Hymenopteren Nord und Mitteleuropas. Jena. VALENTINE, D. H. (1962). Variation and evolution in the genus Viola. Preslia, 34: 190-206. VEERMAN, A. & VAN ZON, J. C.J. (1965). Insect pollination of pansies (Viola spp.). Entomologia exp. appl., 8: 123-134. ay f th tye use t , ‘ Viet - o ” ie re (" +i Su Watsonia, 9, 27-32 (1972). 4 | Plant records from Mull and the adjacent small islands. 3 J. F. M. CANNON and E. B. BANGERTER Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History) ABSTRACT Further information is given on early publications relevant to the flora of the area. New records of special interest are noted and in the Systematic List additional data to those already pub- lished (Cannon & Bangerter 1968, 1970) on species new to the area and confirmations of some old records are provided. INTRODUCTION The five-year period of fieldwork originally planned by our Department as the basis for an account of the vegetation of Mull and the adjacent small islands terminated in 1970. The collation of data from the field, herbarium and library is now being actively undertaken, with the intention of publishing in the near future a ‘County’ Flora of the area. In the meantime, we present the third in a series of papers (Cannon & Bangerter 1968, 1970) which draw attention to new and interesting records resulting both from our own visits and those of our collaborators, whose assistance has been greatly appreciated by the Department. To the sources of records previously published we are able to add the follow- ing. Robert Sibbald (1684) gives ‘rocks of Inch-Columb’ (Iona) as a locality for Cochlearia anglica. Apart from an unconfirmed record (Wilmott 1942) by the B.E.C. 1939 party, no other report of the occurrence of this species in our area has been traced. Our recent work suggests that these records are probably errors, although the map in the Aflas (Perring & Walters 1962) indicates that the exist- ence of the species in our area cannot be ruled out. Sibbald’s record antedates the earliest previously known record for vascular plants which is to be found in Ray (1724). Here Ray quotes from a letter to Richard Richardson from Edward Lhwyd in which the latter recorded what he believed to be Arctous alpinus but which Lightfoot (1777), with justification, corrected to Arctostaphyllos uva-ursi. We are indebted to our colleague J. H. Price for drawing our attention to the date (1699) and text of Lhwyd’s original letter, published by Gunther (1945). In this same letter Lhwyd says “Going up one of the high hills of Mul [sic] we found Rhodia Radix; Pes Cati; Cotyledon hirsut. Vaccinia rubra; Sedum Alp. trifido folio; and (which J had never seen grow spontaneously) Alchimilla [sic] Alpina quinquefolia’. These provide the earliest known records of, in modern nomenclature, Sedum rosea, Antennaria dioica, Saxifraga stellaris, Vaccinium vitis-idaea, Saxifraga hypnoides and Alchemilla alpina, in Mull and most likely for the whole of v.c. 103. John Macculloch M.D. (1819), in a work that provides a detailed account of the geology of the Western Isles, includes some observations on plants from those islands which were later grouped by Watson into his Mid Ebudes. The majority of these botanical observations concern Coll and Tiree, but a number provide 28 J. F. M. CANNON AND E. B. BANGERTER early records for Mull, Inch Kenneth and Staffa. In Cybele Britannica (1847-1859), one of the most significant pioneer works on the British flora, H. C. Watson divided Great Britain into eighteen large areas as units of distribution for vascular plants. While the published work is familiar to serious students of the British flora, it is not generally known that the manu- script slips accumulated by Watson as the basis of his account are preserved in the library of this department. These slips, which we consider to be a useful source of information to compilers of Local Floras, are arranged primarily by species and then geographically into the groups of counties which constitute each area. Unfortunately the records although localised are normally not dated, but as they must be earlier than the date of the appropriate volume of the Cybele, they provide for some species the first known reference to its occurrence in our area. A paper entitled “The Flora of the Island of Iona (Argyllshire)’, left in manuscript by A. J. Wilmott, has recently been discovered in this department. It describes the results of a visit to the island in 1912 and internal evidence suggests that he wrote the paper in 1913. It is accompanied by a map which divides the island into five recording areas, but for the more interesting species precise localities are given. For some reason, Wilmott (1942) did not mention these earlier observations in his account of the 1939 B.E.C. excursion, perhaps because of his dissatisfaction, for which there is evidence, with the systematic list, which indeed contains some highly doubtful records. Finally, we acknowl- edge our indebtedness to Dr Heather Salzen, who lent us her notebook containing lists of plants observed by her in 1948 on the island of Ulva. This we found to be most useful in supplementing the information derived from Distribution Maps Scheme cards lent to us through the courtesy of Dr F. H. Perring of the Biological Records Centre. The data for Ulva shown in the Atlas maps are mainly based on Dr Salzen’s records. During the early summer of 1970 the British Pteridological Society paid a week’s visit to Mull under the leadership of A. C. Jermy. All the fern records, among which were several valuable additions,. were made available to us. A short account of the excursion appears in the Society’s Newsletter (1970). We also acknowledge the continuing assistance of many collaborators both in the field and in the realm of specialist studies. In 1969, through the courtesy of the Royal Navy, a helicopter was again placed at our disposal, enabling our party to make most profitable visits to Staffa, Little Colonsay, Soa and some of the small islands round Iona. A further two speciés, Chenopodium bonus-henricus and Potamogeton berchtoldii, of those originally listed (Cannon & Bangerter 1968) as being confined to Iona, have now been found on the mainland of Mull. The most notable records made during the period under review are: Ophio- glossum vulgatum and Najas flexilis, from the Ross of Mull in 1969 and in 1970, and Hammarbya paludosa and Corallorhiza trifida from the peninsula to the south of Loch Spelve. The latter year seemed to be a good season for orchids, Listera cordata being much more frequently seen than in recent years, Pseudorchis albida somewhat more in evidence, and Cephalanthera longifolia being found in a new locality, only its second in recent years and the third since the original discovery by G. Ross in 1877. SYSTEMATIC LIST In the following list, which follows the order of Dandy (1958), the British Museum (Natural History) Department of Botany Mull Survey is referred to as PLANT RECORDS FROM MULL 29 BMMS. Specimens in the British Museum Herbarium are indicated by (BM) or by BMMS and number, specimens in the herbarium of the Department of Botany, University of Glasgow by (GL) and those in the herbarium of the University of Oxford by (OXF). Localities, unless otherwise stated, are on the mainland of Mull. Further details (e.g. National grid references) are available in most instances in our files. The following members of the B.M. Survey are referred to in the list: E. B. Bangerter, Lorna F. Bowden (now Mrs L. F. Ferguson), J. F. M. Cannon, A. Eddy, E. W. Groves, P. W. James, A. C. Jermy, Lynn Kendrick, Elizabeth G. Moyes, N. K. B. Robson, Patricia A. Sims and A. R. Vickery. 29/1. OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L. Previously known in v.c. 103 only from Coll and Tiree but recently discovered in the Ross of Mull. Port nan Ron, 1969, BMMS 3536 (EDDY). The plants belong to subsp. vulgatum. 49/1. AQUILEGIA VULGARIS L. Naturalised on roadsides, walls and similar habitats. Aros House woods and cliffs north of Tobermory, 1966, BMMS (CANNON & GROVES); Salen, 1970, BMMS 4314 (CANNON). New vice-county record. 66/6. FUMARIA MURALIS Sond. ex Koch subsp. BoRAEI (Jord.) Pugsl. Previously known in v.c. 103 only from Coll and Tiree. Iona, fields south of Baile Mor, 1968, BMMS 3395 (JAMES); Sunipol, oatfield, 1968, BMMS 3406 (JAMES); Port Langa- mull, roadside, 1969, BMMS 3838 (CANNON & MOYES). Specimens determined by P. D. Sell. 70/2. SINAPIS ALBA L. On a low cliff with bird guano, Inch Kenneth, 1969, BMMS 3906 (JERMY). New vice-county record. 88/a. COCHLEARIA ATLANTICA Pobedimova A specimen, Gerrans 473 (BM), collected in 1958 at Salen Bay was named by Pobedimova (1968) as this species, which she has recognised from the Outer Hebrides, Arran and Mull. As at present recorded this is endemic to the Western Isles, the type (BM) coming from Lewis in the Outer Hebrides. Study of our more recent Mull collections in the light of Pobedimova’s publications (1968, 1969) suggests that populations referable to this taxon occur else- where in Mull: Gorton, on Loch Don, 1969, BMMS 3515 & 3517 (JERMY); Bally- gown, 1970, BMMS 4123 (CANNON). A complete evaluation of this taxon as it occurs in the British Isles demands a thorough review of all our representatives of this difficult genus. The Gerrans specimen, published in 1960 as C. officinalis, thus becomes the first record of this taxon for v.c. 103. 95/2. EROPHILA VERNA (L.) Chevall. subsp. SPATHULATA (A. F. Lang) Walters All the specimens from our area are this subspecies and it seems likely that field records can be similarly attributed. The first definite record for v.c. 103 for this subspecies is Calgary Bay, 1967, U.K. DUNCAN (BM). 102/2 x 1. RORIPPA x STERILIS Airy Shaw Calgary Bay, 1966, BMMS (CAN- NON & GROVES 265). A further five widely scattered localities have been subse- quently recorded. New vice-county record. 113/1. VIOLA ODORATA L. On roadside bank near cottages at Tobermory, 1970, BMMS (ROBSON). New vice-county record, no doubt arising as an escape from recent cultivation. 154/1. CHENOPODIUM BONUS-HENRICUS L. Previously known only from Iona but now recorded from the mainland of Mull. Carsaig, rubbish dump near the shore, 1970, BMMS 4131 (JAMES). 170/4. OXALIS EUROPAEA Jord. Naturalised in gravel in front of cottage at Lochdonhead, 1966, U.K. DUNCAN (BM). Also known to us at Salen, 1968, BMMS 3115 (JAMES). New vice-county record. 30 J. F. M. CANNON AND E. B. BANGERTER 211/8. RUBUS SPECTABILIS Pursh Naturalised in some quantity in S.E. Mull. Kilpatrick crossroads, 1965, KENNETH; roadside at Torosay Castle, 1967, BMMS; and at Lochbuie on the south coast of Mull, 1967, BMMS 2309 (JAMES & U. K. DUNCAN). New vice-county record. 234/1. MALUS SYLVESTRIS Mill. Noted without locality by Wilmott (1942) as ‘would be N.C.R., needs confirmation’. We have been able to provide this confirmation. Aros House woods, 1967, BMMS(BOWDEN &J.EDMONSTON); also recorded from near Ulva House, 1967, BMMS (BOWDEN & JAMES). New vice-county record. 234/K. KERRIA JAPONICA DC. Naturalised in Pennyghael woods, 1968, BMMS 3208 (JAMES). New vice-county record. 239/4 x 5. SAXIFRAGA X URBIUM D. A. Webb (S. umbrosa x S. spathularis) Near Tavool House, 1968, BMMS 2302 (JAMES & U. K. DUNCAN); a record of S. umbrosa from ruined croft garden, Ulva, 1948, SALZEN, is presumably this hybrid. New vice-county record. 239/6. SAXIFRAGA HIRSUTA L. Well established under beech in woods in Torloisk House grounds, 1970, BMMS 4126 (JAMES). New vice-county record. 246/1. RIBES SYLVESTRE (Lam.) Mert. & Koch Salen, 1968, M. MULLIN; edge of field near farm, Sunipol, 1968, BMMS; 1970, BMMS 4045 (JAMES & FERGUSON). New vice-county record. 246/2. RIBES SPICATUM Robson Grounds of Glen Forsa House, 1967, U. K. DUNCAN (BM). New vice-county record. 246/3. RIBES NIGRUM L. Lagganulva, 1967, J. DUNCAN; Aros House woods, 1967, BMMS (BOWDEN & J. EDMONSTON); Tobermory, 1967, BMMS (MEL- DERIS); near derelict cottage, Kintra, 1970, BMMS 4200 (JAMES). New vice-county record. 271/1. ASTRANTIA MAJOR L. Recorded for ‘Mull’ by Ewing (1890). A modern localised record is: outskirts of Tobermory, 1968, C. A. STACE. 291/1. CARUM VERTICILLATUM (L.) Koch Since the publication of a first county record for this species (Cannon & Bangerter 1968), R. W. M. Corner has provided us with an earlier record: Coladoir estuary, 1956, CORNER (BM). 320/1(1).POLYGONUM AVICULARE L. sensu stricto This species has of course long been known in the aggregate sense, but we now publish records for the species in the strict sense and for an associated segregate. Lochdonhead; Ulva by the pier; Loch Assopol, all 1966, U. K. DUNCAN; Tobermory, 1968, STACE; Staffa, BMMS 3699 (CANNON), det. B. T. Styles. First vice-county record. 320/1(4). POLYGONUM ARENASTRUM Bor. Loch Buie shore, 1959, C. W. MUIR- HEAD (E); Loch Peallach, 1967, BMMS 2213 (MELDERIS); Camas an Lagain, 1968, A. J. RICHARDS (OXF). All det. B. T. Styles. First vice-county record. 342/t. POPULUS TRICHOCARPA Torr. & Gray Persisting in neighbourhood of Torloisk House, 1970, BMMS 4124 (JAMES). Det. G. A. Matthews. New vice-county record. 343/1. SALIX PENTANDRA L. Aros House woods, 1969, BMMS 3610 (JERMY). Conf. A. Neumann. New vice-county record. 364/2. EMPETRUM HERMAPHRODITUM Hagerup A. G. Kenneth (in litt.) drew attention to the possible occurrence of this species in the saddle between Beinn Fhada and Ben More. Confirmation of its presence on Mull is provided by a specimen from the adjacent Beinn nan Gabhar, 1968, H. A. MCALLISTER (BM). It may also occur on Beinn Chreagach Mhor and Bheag as recorded by MULLIN later in 1968, but no specimen is available for critical examination. New vice-county record. 379/1. VINCA MINOR L. Included in Appendix II of the Atlas, presumably on the basis of the record by G. Ross from Drumfin in his 1878 list. We have recently | | | PLANT RECORDS FROM MULL 31 recorded another locality, Kellan Mill, 1969, BMMS (JAMES & VICKERY), where it is naturalised on the roadside. 395/1. PENTAGLOTTIS SEMPERVIRENS (L.) Tausch Aros House woods, 1966, BMMS (CANNON & GROVES); Iona, 1966, BMMS (JAMES & CANNON); Tobermory, bank opposite cottages, 1970, BMMS 4416 (BANGERTER & KENDRICK). New vice-county record. 400/7. MyosoTIs SYLVATICA Hoffm. Naturalised at Port Uamh Beathaig, 1956, B. FLANNIGAN, and at Kilfinichen, 1968, BMMS 2285 (JAMES & U. K. DUN- CAN). First vice-county record. 445/6 x 7. MENTHA X VILLOSA Huds. (M. x niliaca Juss. ex Jacq.) Carsaig Bay, Innamore Lodge, 1967, A. G. KENNETH & A. McG. STIRLING (BM); Ardnacross, 1968, BMMS 2300 (JAMES & U. K. DUNCAN) and BMMS 3124 (JAMES); Tenga, 1968, BMMS 3190 (JAMES). All det. R. M. Harley. Previously recorded (as M. alopecuroides Hull) by J. W. Heslop-Harrison in 1951 from Tiree, but here recorded from the Mull part of v.c. 103. The Carsaig specimen was deter- mined as ‘the glabrous domesticated form known as ““M. x cordifolia’ sensu Graham’ 475/2. CAMPANULA TRACHELIUM L. Recorded by Wilmott (1942) as ‘near Aros Cottage, (no doubt only garden escape; not previously recorded)’. It has recently been recorded by Mrs J. E. Duncan at what appears to be the same locality, presumably having persisted for the intervening 28 years. 544/2. CENTAUREA MONTANA L. Established near derelict cottages at Kintra, 1967, BMMS (CANNON & BANGERTER); also recorded from Tobermory, 1970, BMMS 4415 (BANGERTER & KENDRICK). New vice-county record. 581/1. NAJAS FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt Loch Poit na h’J, 1970, U. K. DUNCAN (BM). Conf. J. E. Dandy. Shown in the Af¢las for the Outer Hebrides, Colonsay and Islay only for the whole of western Scotland. New vice-county record. 589/3. POLYGONATUM MULTIFLORUM (L.) All. Naturalised near the graveyard at Calgary Bay, 1969, BMMS 3993 (JAMES). New vice-county record. 593/2. LILIUM PYRENAICUM Gouan Naturalised at Torloisk House and repro- ducing by seed, occurring as an ‘epiphyte’ on the roots of a large fallen tree, 1969, BMMS 3637 (CANNON & JERMY). New vice-county record. - 624/2. CEPHALANTHERA LONGIFOLIA (L.) Fritsch We can now report a second new locality in a completely different part of Mull to that previously recorded (Cannon & Bangerter 1968). Kilninian, 1970, BMMS 4263 (MOYES). 631/1. HAMMARBYA PALUDOSA (L.) Kuntze Included in the list of Mull plants published in Turner & Finlay (1967), based on a pre-1965 record by Mrs M. Caulfield from Treshnish, but not refound there by our parties despite careful search. We have, however, recently been able to confirm the presence in Mull of this interesting species. South-west of Dalnaha, 1970, BMMS 4455 (JERMY). It has been previously recorded from Coll in v.c. 103 and the adjacent mainland. 633/1. CORALLORHIZA TRIFIDA Chatel. Between Dalnaha and Lian Mor, 1970, BMMS 4372 (ROBSON). Apparently the first record for the Western Isles and the first record since 1930 for the west of Scotland in general. A substantial extension of the known range in this country. New vice-county record. The population, which consisted of about twelve visible plants, was under the cover of an open birch wood on a medium slope facing north-east. 669/2. GLYCERIA PLICATA Fr. Calgary Bay in roadside ditch, 1966, BMMS (CANNON & GROVES 274). New vice-county record. 676/11. POA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Melderis has identified a recent collection: Tober- mory, 1970, BMMS 4414 (EDDY) as this species. This locality provides a substantial extension of range for this species, as shown by the map in the Critical Supplement. New vice-county record. By J. F. M. CANNON AND E. B. BANGERTER 676/12. POA SUBCAERULEA Sm. Now known to be widespread in Mull and the adjacent islands. The first record for our area is Iona, south of the village, 1967, BMMS 72 (CANNON, BANGERTER & SIMS). Also known in v.c. 103 from Tiree. 683/12. BROMUS THOMINII Hardouin The records published in Cannon & Ban- gerter (1970), together with the record on which the Mull dot in the Critical Supplement is based, are very probably to be referred to B. x pseudothominii P. Smith. 683/10 x 13. BROMUS X PSEUDOTHOMINH P. Smith (B. mollis L. x B. lepi- dus Holmberg) This hybrid was first detected by Melderis in our area from two specimens collected in 1969 and his identifications were subsequently confirmed by Dr P. Smith. Shingle spit at the mouth of the river Ba, 1969, BMMS 3641 (CANNON, JERMY & EDDY); Inch Kenneth, 1969, BMMS 3909 (JERMY). New vice-county record. We now know it to be widespread in scattered localities in northern and western Mull. REFERENCES BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY (1970). Meetings 1970. Newsletter, 8: 9. CANNON, J. F. M. & BANGERTER, E. B. (1968). Plant records from Mull and the adjacent small islands. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 7: 365-372. CANNON, J. F. M. & BANGERTER, E. B. (1970). Plants records from Mull and the adjacent small islands. 2. Watsonia, 8: 145-153. Danby, J. E. (1958). List of British Vascular Plants. London. EwIna, P. (1890). A contribution to the Topographical Botany of the West of Scotland. Proc. . Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, New Series, 2: 309-321. GERRANS, M. B. (1960). Notes on the flora of the isle of Mull. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 3: 369-374. ; GUNTHER, R. T. (1945). Early Science in Oxford. XIV. Life and Letters of Edward Lhwyd, p. 423. Oxford. HEsLop-HARRISON, J. W. (1951). Further observations on the Vascular Plants of the Outer and Inner Hebrides. Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 35: 415-426. LIGHTFOOT, J. (1777). Flora Scotica. London. MAcCcuULLOCH, J. (1819). A Description of the Western Isles of Scotland. London. PERRING, F. H. & SELL, P. D., ed. (1968). Critical Supplement to the Atlas of the British Flora. London. PERRING, F. H. & WALTERS, S. M., ed. (1962). Atlas of the British Flora. London. PoBEDIMOVA, E. G. (1968). Species Novae Generis Cochlearia L., Nov. Syst. Pl. Vasc. (Acad. Sci. U.R.S.S.), 5: 131-139. PoBEDIMOVA, E. G. (1969). Revisio Generis Cochlearia L. 1. Nov. Syst. Pl. Vasc. (Acad. Sci. U.R.S.S.), 6: 67-106. Ray, J. (1724). Synopsis Methodica Stirpium Britannicarum, 3rd ed., ed. by J. J. Dillenius. London. ~ Ross, G. (1877). Isle of Mull, Mid Ebudes. Rep. Bot. Loc. Rec. Club for 1876: 188-192. Ross, G. (1878). On the flora of Mull. Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 13: 234-242. SIBBALD, R. (1684). Scotia Illustrata..., De Plantae Scotiae, 1/2: 18. Edinburgh. SMITH, P. (1968). The Bromus mollis aggregate in Britain. Watsonia, 6: 327-344. TURNER, N. & FINLAY, A. (1967). The Isle of Mull. Glasgow. WATSON, H. C. (1847-1859). Cybele Britannica, 1-4. London. WitmotTt, A. J. (21913). The Flora of the Island of Iona (Argyllshire). Manuscript in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Library. WitmotTt, A. J. (1942). v.c. 103. The Island of Mull, in Report on Excursions arranged in 1939. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 12: 236-249. Watsonia, 9, 33-37 (1972). 33 Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. in England with special reference to its dispersal and germination E. J. SALISBURY Croindene, Strandway, Felpham, Bognor Regis, Sussex ABSTRACT Data are furnished respecting the seed-production and germination of Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. Its occurrence in England is discussed and the handicaps to its dispersal emphasised. Ludwigia palustris was first recorded for Britain in 1666 (Raven 1963) and R. Sweet noted it as introduced here in 1776 (Sweet 1827). Borrer found it near Brockenhurst, Hants., in 1843: E. T. Bennet recorded it again in a nearby ditch after an interval of nine years. This area was subsequently searched in vain until, no less than 26 years later, the species was once more discovered there by Bolton King. After a further period of 91 years, I myself found it near Brockenhurst in 1969, in an area repeatedly searched during the previous decade. In another locality, some four miles from Brockenhurst, the species has been present in in some quantity over a period of years; so reappearance near Brockenhurst might be due to bird transport or to the effect of the very dry autumnal spell of 1969 upon seed dormant in the mud that then became exposed to air and light. For a period of some years at least this area had been under water, so either - source of origin is not improbable. In various continental Floras Ludwigia palustris is cited as a perennial, but Hegi (1926) recognises that it may be either annual or perennial. Babington (1851), Withering (1833) and Townsend (1883, 1904), who probably knew it well in the New Forest, as well as Deakin (1857), all give it annual status. It probably shares with other characteristic ‘mud species’ the propensity to fruit most freely in proportion to size when growing on mud and then often to behave as an annual (Salisbury 1970). Plants cultivated on mud were found to be either annuals or short-lived perennials. As a partially submerged aquatic, Ludwigia is much larger but flowers and fruits far less freely in proportion. It may certainly then perennate in Hampshire but perhaps only when the winter is not severe. Numerous mature plants were seen in two locations in July 1969, of which most were dead or decrepit in late October, although younger plants were flourishing. Descriptions of the fruits of Ludwigia palustris in most Floras are inadequate and even liable to mislead, being perhaps based upon herbarium material. Ripe capsules are slightly conical with a rounded base, frequently almost bell-shaped. They are four-sided, with rounded angles that correspond within to roughly tri- angular columns of parenchymatous tissue with numerous intercellular spaces largely responsible for the buoyancy of detached fruits. The capsule at maturity is pale yellow with greenish stripes marking the very thin membranous portions of the fruit wall that correspond to the four loculi and potential lines of rupture. Cc 34 E. J. SALISBURY These bands are puckered, perhaps due to pressure from the developing seeds immediately beneath (Fig. 1). f. Germination d. Fruit 50 e. Seeds and seedling 40 30 g. Transverse section of a fruit 16) 20 | t 10 1 c | Bo) J b1 = ack ice . 10 i & S 1 if ; ne) ! BS = K Bare 10 20 30 = t - 6% E ! o k b2 (ep) —-— - =— at ~ (@) ee | 10 20 30 40 50 60 Days FiGure 1. Germination of Ludwigia palustris. a. Germination of 593 seeds sown on the 24th August and exposed to light. b1. Germination of seeds of another plant also in light. b2. Germination of seeds from plant b maintained in darkness. c. Germination of a sample of 900 seeds at 25°C. Inset are shown: d. fruits as shed; e. seeds and seedling; f. germination within an undehisced capsule after floating in water for two and a half months and a similar capsule split in half to display numerous seed- lings within; and g. part of a transverse section of a capsule indicating where dehiscence should occur (Deh). Material from three separate stations in the New Forest, observed over several seasons, exhibited a range of fruit size ffom 3 x 2 mm to 6 x 3-5 mm. The fruits become detached when ripe and fall on the mud or water surface still intact. In no instance was the fruit found to have dehisced prior to being shed. Mature fruits shaken up in water continue to float, so that water currents are probably the most frequent means of local dispersal. Ultimately the mem- branous portions of the fruit wall may break down, and the small seeds, if thus liberated, could then be dispersed more widely by adhesion to the feet of mud- frequenting birds. Examination of a large number of specimens, including the largest and smallest found, showed a range in number of contained seeds from 45 to 226. The average was found to be 120 -- 2-7. The individual seeds have been described as cylindrical but in side view they are seen to present a some- what bean-like appearance (Fig. le). The observed size range was 0-6-0-8 mm in length, by 0-3-0-4 mm in breadth. The average weight, based upon random samples numbering about 3000 seeds from several plants, was 0-000041 gm. In the dry summer of 1970 one patch of L. palustris in the Brockenhurst area LUDWIGIA PALUSTRIS IN ENGLAND 35 was completely terrestrial. All the plants were small and deeply pigmented. The decussate leaf arrangement, so conspicuous in aquatic specimens, was here obscured largely through internodal growth, so that the leaves approximated to a leaf mosaic in one plane (Fig. 2 A). The leaves were small and exceptionally elliptical with a relatively long and slender stalk (Fig. 2 B). A random sample of capsules from these terrestrial plants revealed an average seed content of 73 (maximum 103). The much lower seed production is not surprising, since these completely terrestrial plants are much smaller than the partially submerged plants growing in shallow water and a typical leaf of the former has only about one-fifth the assimilatory surface of the latter. A Ficure 2. A. A terrestrial plant of Ludwigia palustris from Hampshire showing narrow leaves in approximately one plane. B. Leaf of aquatic plant from the same locality. A number of germination experiments have been carried out with seeds from freshly shed fruits; but it must be appreciated that these were removed from the capsules, whereas in nature they would perhaps have remained till the fruit wall ruptured or decayed. These precociously liberated seeds exhibited a marked approach to the quasi-simultaneous type of behaviour that characterises so many ‘mud species’ (Salisbury 1970), although the total germination of seeds from Hampshire plants has never been high. In one sample of about 600 seeds sown in 1968 only 37:2°% germinated, but 80% of these did so within the first ten days (Fig. 1 a). A very small percentage may germinate in darkness (Fig. 1 b2) but the majority do not. In one sample 6% germinated in the dark, but only after 39 days, although about 2% had germinated only a few days later than those in the light. Freshly shed fruits, which, be it noted, had not become dry, were placed in water on October 16th, exposed to daylight and maintained in fluctuating tem- peratures which ranged from a minimum of 4-5°C at night to a maximum of 36 E. J. SALISBURY 16:4°C in the day. Most fruits were still floating and intact after three months. In most of the capsules some of the seeds had germinated. Seedlings had emerged through the thin parts of the fruit wall (Fig. 1 f) and a fruit split open is figured to display the germinating seeds within. By January 30th the capsules, otherwise unruptured, had produced from 7 to 32 protruding seedlings (average 19-5). A few capsules had however ruptured into two or four segments, liberating seeds of which an appreciable proportion germinated and continued their growth under water, thus emphasising that desiccation is not required to stimu- late germination. By the end of January there was a total of 375 seedlings representing a germination of only about 12-5%. Three other samples harvested in mid-October, of 567, 472 and 220 seeds respectively, were also maintained in warm conditions and yielded total germinations of 10-9%, 6:0% and 7:7%. Yet another sample of 594 seeds taken from floating fruits in November yielded under 4%. The contents of nine other capsules numbering over 900 seeds were sown and maintained at a higher temperature of 25°C but the germination, though initially accelerated, only attained 11-3 % (Fig. 1 c). To ascertain if a longer period of ripening was required, seeds were dissected out of undehisced capsules in March. 2114 were sown, exposed to light at be- tween 19°C and 25°C. Germination began in eight days and continued for thirty-six, attaining a total of 16-9%. So the lapse of time and more prolonged ripening would appear to neither augment nor diminish viability. , Ex Before 1876 Ssut am p§pn FiGure 3. Sketch map showing the distribution in Hampshire of localities from which L. palustris has been recorded. Ex. probably extinct. LUDWIGIA PALUSTRIS IN ENGLAND 37 In Britain the capsules obviously fail to dehisce and Dr P. H. Raven states (in litt.) that in his experience the capsules ‘never dehisce regularly anywhere in the world, and always rot apart’. This failure must greatly handicap dispersal and may in part at least account for its failure to spread in England, although the distribution of L. palustris would suggest that climatic conditions are un- favourable. In France, for example, it would appear to have been frequent only in the south (Grenier & Godron 1849). The sketch map (Fig. 3) shows the distribution of all the Hampshire records, which are consistent with the con- cept of inefficient dispersal. REFERENCES ARNOLD, F. M. (1907). Flora of Sussex, 2nd ed., p. 44. London, Arundel & Horsham. BABINGTON, C. C. (1851). Manual of British Botany, 3rd ed., p. 116. London. DEAKIN, R. (1857). Florigraphica Britannica, p. 203. London. GRENIER, J. C. & GODRON, D. A. M. (1849). Flore de France, 1: 585. Paris & Besancon. HeaI, G. (1926). Mlustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa, 5 (2): 804. Munich. RAVEN, P. H. (1963). The Old World species of Ludwigia (including Jussiaea), with a synopsis of the genus (Onagraceae). Reinwardtia, 6: 327-427. SALISBURY, E. J. (1970). The pioneer vegetation of exposed muds and its biological features. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. B, 259: 207-255. SWEET, R. (1827). Hortus Britannicus, p. 152. London. TOWNSEND, F. (1883). Flora of Hampshire, p. 131. London. TOWNSEND, F. (1904). Flora of Hampshire, 2nd ed., p. 157. London. WITHERING, W. (1833). A systematic arrangement of British Plants, 2nd ed.,ed. W. Macgillvray, p. 99. London. $n . Br iy of hie Watsonia, 9, 39-41 (1972). 39 Polypodium australe Fee in Scotland and North-East Ireland R. H. ROBERTS and D. M. SYNNOTT 51 Belmont Road, Bangor, Caerns., and National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin 9 ABSTRACT Polypodium australe Fée, the diploid cytodeme of the P. vulgare complex in the British Isles, is recorded from Scotland and North-East Ireland for the first time. The known distribution of this species in the British Isles is given, and shows a considerable extension of its northern limit. In Europe Polypodium australe Fée is mainly found in the south and west, with its main distributional area around the Mediterranean basin (Shivas 1961). It shows a similar distribution pattern in the British Isles, where it reaches its northern limit and has been recorded as far north as Westmorland, the Isle of Man, and Sligo and Leitrim in Ireland (Perring & Sell 1968, D. E. Allen in Jitt. 1970, Roberts 1970). Recently, however, attention has been drawn to herbarium specimens of Scottish Polypodium having branched paraphyses in their sori (Synnott 1969). No definite identifications were made as the sporangia on all of them were either undeveloped or contained only empty spores. These specimens have now been re-examined in the light of recent work (Roberts 1970) and three of them have been identified beyond any doubt as P. australe. The absence of fully-developed sporangia in two of them and of mature spores in the third is clearly due to the early date at which the fronds had been gathered: July, August and September. The spores of P. australe are usually not mature before the second half of October. A further specimen of this diploid Polypodium from a Scottish locality though probably originally cultivated was found among the named varieties of P. vulgare agg. in the Neill Fraser collection, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (E). Three of the specimens have been identified by a combination of characters in addition to the presence of branched paraphyses. Jn the fourth (from Portin- cross, Ayr) only two fragments of paraphyses were seen and no sporangium characters could be observed because of the immature state of the sori. Identifi- cation of this specimen was based mainly on frond and rhizome-scale characters, but was confirmed by measurements of the length of the stomatal guard cells. The latter is a useful accessory diagnostic character whose value was pointed out by Benoit (1966), but was inadvertently not mentioned in a former note by one of us (Roberts 1970). These specimens attest three definite new vice-county records for a species not recorded previously from Scotland, and extend the northern limit of P. aus trale in the British Isles by over a hundred miles. They also suggest that the report of 40 R. H. ROBERTS AND D. M. SYNNOTT ‘P. vulgare var. cambricum’ ‘from Braid Hill, near Edinburgh’, mentioned by Moore (1859), may indicate yet another Scottish locality for this species. 1. Colvend Coast, Kirkcudbright. W. G. Johnstone. Sept. 1850. Growing scarcely out of the reach of the sea spray. (E) 2. Portincross, Ayr, v.c. 75. 7 Aug. 96. Woods. A.S. [A. Somerville]. (E) 3. Cult. D.N.F. [D. Neill Fraser] Oct. 1877, from plant from Braxfield, Lanark. (E). (Probably cultivated at Braxfield.) 4. Aberdour woods, Co. Fife. July 1859. Ex herb. W. R. McNab. (DBN) The reference to Argyllshire (Synnott 1969) is an error. It was intended to refer to the Ayrshire specimen from Portincross. There are four Antrim specimens of P. australe in the herbarium of the National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin (DBN). These, from some of the localities cited under ‘P. vulgare var. semilacerum’ by Praeger (1938, p. 280), are the first records for North-East Ireland: 1. Garron Point, 31st July 1884, R. Ll. Praeger. 2. Knockagh, 1889, R. LI. Praeger. 3. Redhall, 1887, R. Ll. Praeger. 4. Glenoe [no date, but probably c. 1880], R. P. Vowell. It is likely that his records from the south end of Gobbins, the right branch of Woodburn Glen, and Deerpark on Cave Hill are also based on diploid plants. — A considerable number of the specimens in the Neill Fraser collection proved to be P. australe. Unfortunately only a few of them are localized, but two of these attest further new vice-county records: these are for Worcester, v.c. 37 (Bewdley, 23 Oct. ’67, J. E. Mapplebeck) and Cheshire, v.c. 58 (Maccles- field, July 1868, E. J. Lowe). All of the above records are included in the up-dated distribution map, Fig. 1. In the British Isles P. australe clearly has a much narrower ecological tolerance than either P. vulgare L. or P. interjectum Shivas. It is found almost exclusively on circum-neutral soils of pH mostly 6:4 to 6:9 (Hughes 1969), and prefers a well-drained substratum in sheltered situations. Such conditions occur most frequently on cliffs of Carboniferous limestone, on old mortared walls, and occasionally on cliffs of other rocks which are locally base-rich, or whose crevices receive an adequate supply of lime from wind-blown shell sand. In limestone districts P. australe is sometimes found as an epiphyte on trees—particularly on Quercus and Sambucus nigra. It is possibly significant that all of the Scottish localities listed above are either on or near areas of Carboniferous limestone, and the Antrim localities on or close to the outcrops of Cretaceous strata. In North Wales P. australe often grows in small, isolated patches, many of them occupying only a few square yards, and it is easily overlooked: Doubtless the same is also true of it in Scotland and North-East Ireland, and this probably accounts for the-lack of previous records of the diploid species from both of these regions. We wish tofthank Dr F. H. Perring, of the Biological Records Centre, for producing the up-dated distribution map; the Regius Keeper of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, and the Director of the National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin, for the generous loan of herbarium material; and Miss C. W. Muirhead for her ready assistance. ee 36a POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE IN SCOTLAND AND NORTH-EAST IRELAND 41 sg POLYPODIUM ° ~~; rex AUSTRALE — » @ Alt RECORDS 3 4 | 2 Sea ( Ficure 1. Up-dated distribution map of Polypodium australe in the British Isles, pro- duced by the Biological Records Centre, Monks Wood, Abbots Ripton, Huntingdon. REFERENCES Benoit, P. M. (1966). Some recent work in Wales on the Polypodium vulgare aggregate. Br. Fern Gaz., 9: 277-282. HuGues, W. ELFYN (1969). The distribution of Polypodium vulgare L. subspecies serratulum Arcangeli in North Wales. Nature Wales, 11: 194-198. Moor, T. (1859). A Popular History of the British Ferns and the Allied Plants, 3rd ed. London. PERRING, F. H. & SELL, P. D., ed. (1968). Critical Supplement to the Atlas of the British Flora. London. PRAEGER, R. LI. (1938). A Flora of the North-East of Ireland, 2nd ed. Belfast. Roserts, R. H. (1970). A revision of some of the taxonomic characters of Polypodium australe Fée. Watsonia, 8: 121-134. SHIVAS, M. G. (1961). Contributions to the cytology and taxonomy of species of Polypodium in'Europe and America, I: Cytology; II:{Taxonomy. J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), 58: 13-25, 27-38. SYNNoTT,'D. M. (1969). Evidence of Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland. Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 40: 623-624. Watsonia, 9, 43-44 (1972). 43 Short Notes 173. AceER—Unusual fruits. A number of specimens of A. pseudoplatanus growing in Wollaston, Northants (v.c. 32) were seen between 1967 and 1970 bearing some fruits with more than the normal two samaras. The proportion of fruits with three or more samaras varied widely from tree to tree, about half having none, while some had 20-30%. These latter had some with four and occasionally five samaras. The individual samaras are the same as on normal fruits except for a slight pinching at the base, and the angle between the spine of the wing and the axis of the fruit is normal. In flower this form can be recognised by the number of stigmas, and at later stages by the embryonic wings. Similar trees have also been found in various other parts of Northants (v.c. 32) and in Bedfordshire (v.c. 30). In addition to A. pseudoplatanus, multiple samaras have been found in the following species of Acer: A. campestre L. Wollaston (v.c. 32) A. cappadocicum L. Wellingborough (v.c. 32) A. platanoides L. Kew Gardens (v.c. 17) Although specimens with three samaras have been recorded occasionally before, Dr N. K. B. Robson tells me that there appear to be no records of specimens with four of five samaras. S. L. M. KARLEY 370/2. LYSIMACHIA NUMMULARIA L.—A leuco-anthocyanin. Portions of the stem and leaves of Lysimachia nummularia when boiled in dilute (2N) hydrochloric acid give a red pigment showing the usual reactions for anthocyanidins. Anthocyanin pigments (anthocyanidins combined with sugars), are well known for their role in causing most red, blue and violet colours in plants. The pigment obtained was red in acid solutions (blue in alkalis), from which it can be extracted with amyl alcohol and toluene/cyclohexanol and finally crystallised from dilute hydrochloric acid as red prisms. Its absorption spectrum was comparable to those of anthocyanidins. The small traces of red pigment sometimes observed in the stem of Lysimachia are quite insufficient to account for the large amount of red pigment obtained when stem material is boiled in hydrochloric acid and it is evident that most of the pigment was originally present in the plant in a colourless form. Modified anthocyanins of this type are referred to as leuco-anthocyanins and a number of plants possessing pigments in this form have been reported (Bate-Smith & Lerner 1954). Lysimachia nummularia forms an addition to the present list. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am grateful to Dr R. M. Acheson (Oxford) for a sample of pelargonidin and to Mr A. S. Robinson (Nuneaton Technical College) and the National Coal Board for spectrometer facilities. 44 SHORT NOTES REFERENCE BATE-SMITH, E. C. & LERNER, N. J. (1954). Leuco-anthocyanins, 2. Systematic Distribution of Leuco-anthocyanins in Leaves. Biochem. J., 58: 126-132. J. H. FIELD 472/1. PLANTAGO MAJOR L.—Spray induced abnormalities. In 1968 a colony of Plantago major L. in Wollaston, Northants (v.c. 32) was observed to contain a number of fasciated inflorescences and funnel-leaves. Some of the inflor- escences were fasciated to a remarkable extent, and I have not heard of funnel-leaves elsewhere in this species. The fullest extent of fasciation found was in the form of a complete tube of about 1 cm diameter branching a little at the top into discrete spikes. The upper part of the stem was closely covered with flowers, on both inner and outer surfaces. The lower part of the stem was split open where the later leaves and inflorescences had broken through. The funnel leaves were of approximately normal size, slightly asymmetrical, with a tubular stem and the blade forming a complete goblet-shaped funnel. Each plant bear- ing such a leaf was dissected, and in each case was found to have a ring fasciated inflor- escence (tubular) in its axil. As they developed these soon broke through the side of the stalk tube at the base. Enquiries revealed that the adjacent field had been sprayed with MCPA (4 Chloro- - Tolyl Oxy-Acetic Acid) plus 2% 2, 4, D.B. No plant was found with more than one abnormal leaf and inflorescence, indicating the probability of an external, once-only cause. S. L. M. KARLEY Watsonia, 9, 45-48 (1972). 45 Plant Records Records for publication must be submitted in the form shown below to the appropriate vice-county Recorder (Watsonia, 8: 435-447 (1971)) and not to the Editors. Records are arranged in the order given in the List of British Vascular Plants by J. E. Dandy (1958) and in his subsequent revision (Watsonia, 7: 157-178 (1969)). With the exception of collectors’ initials, herbarium abbreviations are those used in British Herbaria by D.H. Kent (1958). The following signs are used: * before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record. + before the species number: to indicate that the plant is not a native species of the British Isles. +t before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded. [ ] enclosing a previously published record: to indicate that the record should be deleted. 4/9 x 5. EQUISETUM X LITORALE Kiihlew. ex Rupr. *57, Derbys.: Morley Moor, GR 43/38.41. Old claypits at former brickworks. A. Lee, 1970, field record. 21/3. DRYOPTERIS ABBREVIATA (DC.) Newm. *3, S. Devon: between Bone Hill and Moreton Hampstead, GR 20/7.8. H. V. Corley & K. Stevens, 1970, BM, det. A. C. Jermy. 24/2. THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS Schott 35, Monmouth: acid bog, Pont-y-Spig, 4 miles west of Llanvihangel, GR 32/28.22. L. E. Whitehead, 1970, NMW. Rediscovery of the 1st and only record. 25/1a. POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE Fée *37, Worcester; *58, Cheshire; *73, Kirkcud- bright; *75, Ayr; *77, Lanark; *85, Fife; *H39, Antrim (Watsonia, 9: 39 (1972)). 70/2. SINAPIS ALBA L. *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 29 (1972)). 77/1. CAKILE MARITIMA Scop. 83, Edinburgh: shore at Cramond, GR 36/19.76. E. P. Beattie, 1956, E. 2nd record. +90/2. BUNIAS ORIENTALIS L. 83, Edinburgh: Edinburgh, GR 36/22.70. Rough ground by Union Canal. O. M. Stewart, 1966, E, det. C. W. Muirhead. 2nd record. 94/4. DRABA MURALIS L. *82, Haddington: near West Saltoun, GR 36/45.66. Hedgebank at old Saltoun Station. E. Durie, 1970, E. 95/2. EROPHILA SPATHULATA Lang *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 29 (1972)). 102/2 x 1. RORIPPA X STERILIS Airy Shaw *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 29 (1972)). 7111/1. DESCURAINIA SOPHIA (L.) Webb ex Prantl 57, Derbys.: Cromford, GR 43/29.57. Disturbed ground by roadworks. M. J. Burnhill, 1970, field record. Ist record for over 50 years. 115/6 x 5. HYPERICUM X DESETANGSIL Lamotte *66, Durham: Pittington, GR 45/33.44. Old colliery workings on magnesium limestone. A. Todd, 1968, herb. G. G. Graham 3947, conf. N. K. B. Robson. 136/3. SAGINA MARITIMA Don *83, Edinburgh: shore, Cramond Island, GR 36/1.7. E. P. Beattie, 1952, E. Seafield, Leith Docks, GR 36/28.76. Dry ground behind sea wall. E. P. Beattie, 1968, E. 2nd record. {MESEMBRYANTHEMUM CRASSIFOLIUM L. *1, W. Cornwall: walls at Porthleven, GR 10/62.25. L. J. Margetts, 1969, field record. 154/13. CHENOPODIUM HYBRIDUM L. *44, Carmarthen: Ferryside, GR 22/36.10. Shrubbery by car park. J. Palmer, 1970, field record. 46 PLANT RECORDS 159/1. SALSOLA KALI L. *83, Edinburgh: shore at Seafield, Leith, GR 36/28.75. O. M. Stewart, 1963, field record. 7168/3. GERANIUM ENDRESSII Gay *2, E. Cornwall: near Kit Hill, Callington, GR 20/3.7. I. Nicholson, 1968, field record. 7168/3 x 4. GERANIUM ENDRESSII Gay X G. VERSICOLOR L. *§82, Haddington: dunes at Gosford, Longniddry, GR 36/44.77. J. Milne, 1955, E, det. D. McClintock. +168/I. GERANIUM IBERICUM Cav. *§82, Haddington: Longniddry, GR 36/44. 77. Established on wooded area of sand dunes for at least 16 years. J. Milne, 1955, E, det. D. McClintock. 169/3 x 4.ERODIUM CICUTARIUM (L.) L’Hérit. x E. GLUTINOSUM Dumort. 44, Carmarthen: dunes at Towyn Burrows, Pembrey, GR 22/36.04. I. M. Vaughan, 1970, NMW, det. P. Benoit. 2nd record. 7171/3. IMPATIENS PARVIFLORA L. 83, Edinburgh: Corstorphine Hill, Edinburgh, GR 36/20.74. M. Mackie, 1970, E. 2nd record and Ist post-1930 record. +183/2. LUPINUS ARBOREUS Sims 83, Edinburgh: railway cutting, Craiglockhart, Edinburgh, GR 36/23.71. O. M. Stewart, 1967, field record. 2nd record. 207/5. LATHYRUS TUBEROSUS L. *1, W. Cornwall: railway bank, Angarrack, near Hayle, GR 10/58.38. P. Wickham, 1968, field record. 212/11. POTENTILLA TABERNAEMONTANI Aschers. *66, Durham: Hart Warren and Station, GR 45/48.36. Sand dunes and cliffs on magnesium limestone. D. J. Bellamy | et alia, 1969, field record, 1970 material in herb. G. G. Graham 3995. 224/o. ACAENA OVALIFOLIA Ruiz & Pav. *82, Haddington: Gullane, GR 36/47.83. Several colonies on dunes. E. P. Beattie, 1956, E. Long established. 225/1 x 8. ROSA ARVENSIS Huds. x R. CANINA L. *47, Montgomery: Gregynog Hall, Newtown, GR 22/08.96. Scrub by oakwood. I. M. Vaughan, 1970, NMW, det. R. Melville. 225/12 x 13. ROSA SHERARDII Davies x R. VILLOSA L. *44, Carmarthen: road- side hedge, 1 mile north of Llandovery, GR 22/76.36. I. M. Vaughan, 1970, NMW, det. R. Melville. +235/3. SEDUM SPURIUM Bieb. *83, Edinburgh: railway embankment near Gore- bridge, GR 36/34.60. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. Blackford Quarry (disused), GR 36/25.70. O. M. Stewart, 1968, E, det. C. W. Muirhead. 2nd record. 246/3. RIBES NIGRUM L. 1*103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 30 (1972)). 306/1. LiIGUSTICUM SCOTICUM L. *83, Edinburgh: Cramond Island, GR 36/19.78, and Seafield, Leith, GR 36/28.75. Both E. P. Beattie, 1966, E. 1st and 2nd records respectively. 320/1/1. POLYGONUM AVICULARE L. sensu stricto *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 30 (1972)). 320/1/4. POLYGONUM ARENASTRUM Boreau *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 30 (1972)). 343/1. SALIX PENTANDRA L., *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 30 (1972)). 359/3. PyYROLA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. *106, E. Ross: Nigg, near Tain, GR 28/8.7. A. Gordon, 1970, herb. A.G., det. U. K. Duncan. 364/2. EMPETRUM HERMAPHRODITUM Hagerup *103, Mid Ebudes(Watsonia, 9:30 (1972)). 370/2. LySIMACHIA NUMMULARIA L. *80, Roxburgh: St Boswells, GR 36/59.30. Boggy bed of old curling pond. R. W. M. Corner, 1950, field record. PLANT RECORDS 47 385/3 x 4. GENTIANELLA AMARELLA (L.) Borner x G. ANGLICA (Pugs.) E. F. Warburg SUBSP. CORNUBIENSIS Pritchard *1, W. Cornwall: Gear Sands, Perranporth, GR 10/77.55. Large hybrid swarm on fixed dunes. L. J. Margetts, 1966, field record, det. N. Pritchard. 420/3. LINARIA REPENS (L.) Mill. *83, Edinburgh: Davidson’s Mains, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.77. On disused railway line. E. P. Beattie, 1962, E. Entrance to Braidhills Golf Course, GR 36/24.70. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. 2nd record. 420/3 x 4. LINARIA x SEPIUM Allman *66, Durham: Piercebridge, GR 45/21.16. Railway embankment, with parents. M. Burnip, 1970, herb. G. G. Graham, det. F. H. Perring. 430/2 x 3. VERONICA ANAGALLIS-AQUATICA L. x V. CATENATA Pennell *66, Durham: roadside stream at Piercebridge, GR 45/20.15. M. Burnip, 1970, herb. G. G. Graham, det. F. H. Perring. 430/3. VERONICA CATENATA Pennell *57, Derbys.: gravel pit, Egginton, GR 43/27.27. R. H. Appleby, 1970, field record. Morley Moor, GR 43/38.41. A. Lee & K. Hollick, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 436/1. ODONTITES VERNA (Bellardi) Dumort. SUBSP. VERNA 2, E. Cornwall: arable land, Fentongollan, near Tregoney, GR 10/86.43. B. Garratt, 1969, field record. 2nd record. 4455/1. SALVIA VERTICILLATA L. *57, Derbys.: Clay Mills, near Burton-on-Trent, GR 43/27.26. Waste ground by railway. M. Smith, 1970, DBY, det. D. McClintock. 473/1. LITTORELLA UNIFLORA (L.) Aschers. *84, Linlithgow: Beecraigs Reservoir, near Linlithgow, GR 36/01.74. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. 485/2. GALIUM BOREALE L. *102, S. Ebudes: Isle of Scarba, GR 17/6.0. Top of waterfall on west side. A. A. Slack, 1969, field record. 487/1. SAMBUCUS EBULUS L. *§82, Haddington: Castle Mains Farm, Dirleton, GR 36/51.83. Roadside verge behind farm. E. P. Beattie, 1969, E. 497/1. DIPSACUS FULLONUM L. *80, Roxburgh: waste ground near Lumber Yard curling ponds, St Boswells, GR 36/59.30. R. W. M. Corner, 1950, field record. Still there. 506/4 x 7. SENECIO X LONDINENSIS Lousley *66, Durham: near Ryton railway station, GR 45/15.65. On railway embankment with parents. G. G. & P. S. Graham, 1967, herb. G. G. G., det. J. E. Lousley. 509/1. PETASITES HYBRIDUS (L.) Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. *84, Linlithgow: marshy ground, Hopetoun Estate, South Queensferry, GR 36/09.79. Female. E. P. Beattie, 1958, E. Hopetoun Estate, South Queensferry, GR 36/07.79. Bank of Abercorn Burn. Female. E. P. Beattie, 1966, E. 2nd record. 1st and 2nd records respectively for female plants. +509/4. PETASITES FRAGRANS (Vill.) C. Presl *111, Orkney: Pickaquoy, Kirkwall, GR _ 57/44.11. Waste ground by roadside. E. R. Bullard, 1971, E. Confirmation of unpublished ist record of 1950. 535/6. ARTEMISIA ABSINTHIUM L. 82, Haddington: waste ground, Dunbar, GR 36/65.78. O. M. Stewart, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 555/1. MYCELIS MURALIS (L.) Dumort. *1, W. Cornwall: near Point, Restronguet, GR 10/8.3. F. G. Fuller, 1968, field record. +570/1. ELODEA CANADENSIS Michx. *106, E. Ross: Loch Kinellan, near Strath- peffer, GR 28/47.57. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb. U. K. D. 1571/1. LAGAROSIPHON MAJOR (Ridl.) Moss *57, Derbys.: near Black Rocks, Cromford, GR 43/29.56. Concrete tank by disused railway. M. Carr, 1967; 1970 material leg. K. Hollick, DBY. 48 PLANT RECORDS 581/1. NATAS FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9:31 (1972)). 605/4. JUNCUS COMPRESSUS Jacq. *66, Durham: Eggleshope Beck, GR 35/98.28. Margin of upland stream, 330m. B. Burnip, 1970, herb. G. G. Graham, det. F. H. Perring. 605/12. JUNCUS FILIFORMIS L. 1*66, Durham: Tunstall reservoir, GR 45/06.41. Alluvial mud of inflow, often submerged, 229m. M. Burnip, 1970, herb. G. G. Graham 4061, LTR, det. T. G. Tutin. 607/5. ALLIUM VINEALE L. 82, Haddington: banks of Biel Burn, West Barns, Dunbar, GR 36/65.78. E. P. Beattie, 1968, E. 2nd record. 625/1. EpPIPACTIS PALUSTRIS (L.) Crantz 1, W. Cornwall: dune slacks, Penhale Sands, GR 10/77.57. G. Allsop, R. Gomm & L. J. Margetts, 1967, field record. 2nd record. 631/1. HAMMARBYA PALUDOSA (L.) Kuntze 2, E. Cornwall: bog pools, Crowdy Marsh, Bodmin Moor. R. Gomm, 1967, field record. 2nd record. 633/1. CORALLORHIZA TRIFIDA Chatel. *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 31 (1972)). 640/4. OPHRYS INSECTIFERA L. 66, Durham: Castle Eden Dene, GR 45/4.3. J. B. Frankton, 1970, field record. 2nd confirmed record and Ist for nearly 100 years. 642/4. ORCHIS USTULATA L. 66, Durham: Hart Station, GR 45/4.3. P. Apple- yard et alia, 1969, field record; photographs in DHM. Ist record for over 100 years. 642/7. ORCHIS MASCULA (L.) L. 83, Edinburgh: Newtongrange, GR 36/35.63. Grassy bank near old lime workings. E. P. Beattie, 1970, E. 2nd record. 643/1 x 4. DACTYLORHIZA FUCHSII (Druce) So6 x D. PRAETERMISSA (Druce) Soo *1, W. Cornwall: wild garden, St Ives, GR 10/51.40. L. Larking, 1968, field record, det. P. F. Hunt. 650/2. LEMNA TRISULCA L. *2, E. Cornwall: Moorswater, Liskeard, GR 20/2.6. J. Paton, 1966, field record. 663/36. CAREX CARYOPHYLLEA Latourr. *106, E. Ross: Loch Morie, Kildemorie Forest, GR 28/52.76. In short turf by loch. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb U.K.D. 663/69. CAREX ELONGATA L. H39, Antrim: wet woodland, Farrs Bay, Lough Neagh. J. Harron, 1971, BM. Confirmation of Ist (pre-1930) and only record. 669/2. GLYCERIA PLICATA Fr. *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 31 (1972)). 669/4. GLYCERIA MAXIMA (Hartm.) Holmberg _*2, E. Cornwall: dried-up lake, Inny Foot, Tamar valley, GR 20/37.77. L. J. Margetts, 1970, field record. 670/7. FESTUCA JUNCIFOLIA St-Amans *83, Haddington: sand dunes, Gullane, GR 36/49.83. M. P. Mackie, 1966, E, det. C. W. Muirhead. 676/3. POA BULBOSA L. *1, W. Cornwall: Lelant, GR 10/54.38. Path over fixed dunes. L. J. Margetts, 1967, K, det. C. E. Hubbard. 676/11. POA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 31 (1972)). 683/10 x 13. BROMUS MOLLIS L. x B. LEPIDUS Holmberg *103, Mid Ebudes (Watsonia, 9: 32 (1972)). 684/2. BRACHYPODIUM PINNATUM (L.) Beauv. *2, E. Cornwall: cliff-path, St Mawes, GR 10/84.32. B. Garratt, 1969, field record. 700/1. CALAMAGROSTIS EPIGEJOS (L.) Roth *86, Stirling: roadside verge near Skinflats, GR 26/91.82, and waste ground, Grangemouth Docks, GR 26/94.83. Both E. P. Beattie & C.S.S.F. party, 1969, E. 1st and 2nd records. Watsonia, 9, 49-52 (1972). 49 Book Reviews Plants of Pembrokeshire. T. A. Warren Davis. Pp. 82. West Wales Naturalists’ Trust, 4 Victoria Place, Haverfordwest, 1970. Price 55p. This excellent county list is in effect a trailer for a Flora of Pembrokeshire which Mr Warren Davis proposes to publish in about 1974. It is to be hoped that his proposed Flora will reap a rich harvest from the stimulus provided by the already considerable amount of information in these 82 pages. 941 orthodox species are listed; the only pre- vious list for the county, that of Mrs F. L. Rees in 1950, had 740 species. Mr Warren Davis appeals for both field and herbarium records. About two-thirds of the 5 km squares are described as having been ‘fairly well covered’; it is a pity that the under- worked ones were not indicated on the map, but one assumes that they are mostly inland squares to the north and east. Introductory sections include a page on climate and geology, three pages on habitats and plant distribution, a page on the history of local botanical exploration (nothing before 1848 is mentioned here or in the bibliography), and a page on the Tenby Daffodil. The systematic list gives for each species the number in Dandy’s list, Latin and English (but unfortunately not Welsh) names, a brief habitat summary (perhaps too condensed for clarity in some cases), and a distributional phrase or, for species with 6 or fewer records, a list of localities with 5 km square references. For old records con- firmation, and for recent records which are the only ones for that species for the county, the date and recorder, are indicated. One map shows the 5 km squares, another the distributions of Polypodium australe, Hypericum undulatum, Genista pilosa and Bromus ferronii. Eight good but muddily reproduced photos of characteristic species are in- cluded; in every other respect the layout is a model of economy and clarity, and the cover design is striking and apt. I urge readers who have visited Pembrokeshire to buy this list and to search through their old notebooks, and those who are about to visit it to use the list as a guide to their excursions, and to communicate their findings to Mr Warren Davis. There are records of Dryopteris aemula, Viola reichenbachiana, Callitriche platycarpa, Polygonum raii, Zannichellia, Coeloglossum and many others to be confirmed, puzzles such as the apparent rarity of Mentha arvensis to be solved, and much ground to be covered. A. O. CHATER Watsonian Vice-counties of Great Britain. J. E. Dandy. Pp. 38 + 2 maps. The Ray Society, London. 1969. Obtainable from Johnson Reprint Co., Berkeley Square House, Berkeley Square, London, W.1. Price: with flat maps and booklet, £1-00; with folded maps, booklet and slipcase, £1-50. This is a landmark in the study of natural history in the British Isles. For good or ill H. C. Watson launched in 1852 the vice-comital system of recording choosing the then existing geographical counties as his units. To remedy to some extent great differences in size Watson divided some of the larger counties and joined some small ones with others. This resulted in a system with which botanists, conchologists and isolated workers in other branches of natural history have lived for well over a century and there are some excellent reasons, so well examined by Mr Dandy, why it should not be changed. 112, the number of vice-counties in Great Britain (Watson had less concern with Ireland), has assumed an almost magical significance. The Watsonian system met its first major difficulty in the years immediately following the Local Government Act of 1888, which created new administrative counties and county boundaries. Some large counties were divided but in a different manner from 50 BOOK REVIEWS that adopted by Watson and the new administrative counties had in many cases boundaries of the units of local government which did not coincide with those of the geographical counties. Often enough the differences were so slight that at most they would affect a few records here and there. The vast majority of naturalists just assumed that the new counties which were shown on maps, for few others could have any interest in the old boundaries, were the vice-counties. This is shown clearly in an examination of Local Floras published since 1900. To many of us it is a matter of small consequence but to Mr Dandy, with whom I completely agree, it is serious. If we are to retain the Watsonian system as a basis for our continuity of records we must keep to the old boundaries and to Watson’s divisions. It is high time that we ceased to play about with the system. But here was a difficulty for so far we have had no reliable maps to help us to know the limits of the vice-counties. This is now remedied. Let no one imagine that Mr Dandy’s task has been a simple one. I went through the tedious process of checking the boundaries of just two vice-counties. To have tackled the whole of the British Isles would have deterred any of us but Dandy! As a result of his research, the important decisions he had to make and, above all, his care, we may at last have complete confidence that here the boundaries are correctly shown. The result is pleasing indeed since the two maps are uniform with the Ordnance Survey’s already popular 10 miles to 1 inch geological, historical and route-planning series. The Ray Society is to be congratulated on having come to an agreement with the Ordnance Survey to print the maps. Without this happy arrangement its task would have been difficult. The maps are in plain outline with the vice-county bound- aries and numbers printed in red. In many cases the vice-county boundaries coincide - with the administrative county boundaries which are also shown. It is to be hoped that those who use the maps will realise that the latter are shown as they were in 1962— for instance Greater London and Teesside are not shown and Peterborough is shown to be still in Northamptonshire. So quickly do county boundaries change. Failure to recognise this could lead us into the difficulties from which these maps should rescue us. Apart from the vice-county boundaries, time may prove that the only other perm- anent feature shown on the maps is the National Grid, the ten-kilometre lines of which are clearly indicated. The use of the grid is so far the only serious alternative to vice- comital recording but without doubt the grid will become the safest guide to the correct use of the Watsonian system. If a ten-kilometre grid square on these maps is not inter- sected by a red line, one can now for the first time safely attribute any records from that square to its appropriate vice-county. In cases where the ten-kilometre squares are partly in two or more vice-counties reference may need to be made to Mr Dandy’s booklet, which solves many difficulties. Closer research will, however, be necessary in very many cases. I cross swords with Mr Dandy only on one apparently minor item: he contends that the vice-county boundaries are often related to physical features which can be seen in the field. This is certainly the case when they coincide with the administrative county boundaries but surely not so otherwise. Is it not very often for this reason that the boundaries were changed ? The price of the maps is fortunately astonishingly low so that no one can excuse himself for not having them. They are essential to us all whether or not we like the Watsonian system. Constant reference to them will be necessary in checking old records and by those who in these days prefer to use only the grid to make sure that others have not put their records into wrong vice-counties. The maps are in two forms. The flat maps will be most useful to institutions and museums, any of which having the slightest natural history connections should not be without them. They are, however, not to be recommended to the vast majority of us who would be advised to have the folded maps with the slipcase—it is a pity that this was not made of stronger material—if only to be sure that the all-important explanatory booklet is always with the maps. J. G. DONY BOOK REVIEWS 51 Gibraltar Walks and Flowers. Botanical consultant Anthony P. Hamilton. Flower drawings Elaine Hempelman. Pp. 36. The Gibraltar Tourist Office, London. 1970. Avail- able from The Gibraltar Tourist Office, 15 Grand Buildings, Trafalgar Square, London W.C.2. Price 25p + 5p postage. The three square miles of Gibraltar, on which grow almost 600 species, have for a long time needed a pocketable Flora. This handbook, which deals with the most striking plants, underlines the interest of the plant life of ‘the Rock’ and for a short visit is invaluable, especially in the detailed botanical walks it suggests. The notes which form the bulk of the booklet describe 60 of the plants, usually three to a page, in a rather journalistic style which occasionally so compresses information as to mislead. 28 plants are illustrated by adequate line drawings. At the price this is a bargain; it is to be hoped that it will lead the way in a new field of tourist literature. | LORNA F. FERGUSON Studies in the Vegetational History of the British Isles. Edited by D. Walker and R. G. West. Pp. 266. Cambridge University Press. 1970. Price £8-00. The Festschrift is not a commonplace part of the British academic tradition, so the publication of such a volume in this country is a cause for remark. This book is a welcome tribute to the affection, respect and enthusiasm that Professor Sir Harry Godwin has inspired in a long succession of students and colleagues. The idea of a volume of essays in his honour was surely not unconnected with the international outlook and contacts which have been so characteristic of the Sub-department of Quaternary Research of which he was the founder. Of the eleven essays in these Studies, four in particular epitomise progress and the changing pattern of interest in quaternary research since Sir Harry’s own The History of the British Flora was published 14 years ago. Dr R. G. West contributes a brief introductory summary of the main features of Pleistocene history. Dr J. J. Donner brings much evidence from radiocarbon dating to the intricate and controversial sub- ject of Late- and Post-glacial land- and sea-level changes in Scotland. Contributions by Dr A. G. Smith and Dr Judith Turner reflect the growing realisation that we may have to look for important, if subtle, effects of man much more widely and at much earlier periods than hitherto, and the growing interest in the detailed interpretation of the more recent parts of the pollen record in terms of developing human cultures. Two papers look generally at the ecological history of particular places: a big regional synthesis of data on the Lake District and its surroundings by Dr W. Pennington, and a short account of Blelham Bog by Prof. F. Oldfield. The two papers by Miss R. Andrew and Mrs C. A. Dickson, on identification of plant micro- and macro-fossils respectively, are based on long experience and well supplied with references, and should be widely useful. Many ecologists will read and re-read Prof. D. Walker’s discussion of the strati- graphical evidence of sequences and rates in Post-glacial hydroseres. The commonest sequence found was: micro-organisms or submerged macrophytes—floating-leaved macrophytes—reedswamp—fen—fen carr—bog. However, in 54% of the sites exam- ined succession followed other courses. In particular, direct transitions from reed- swamp to swamp carr, and from reedswamp, swamp carr and fen to bog, are all fre- quent. Most of the hydroseres passed through a reedswamp stage, and almost all termi- nated in bog (‘It is not stretching the evidence too far to claim that throughout the British Isles the true ‘climax’ of an initially topogenous hydrosere is not a terrestrial woodland but an ombrogenous bog...’). Estimates of accumulation rates based on pollen-zone boundaries and radiocarbon-dated horizons give a wide range of figures, whose most striking feature is the lack of evidence of any substantial difference in the rate of accum- ulation of different kinds of organic deposits; of all the samples recorded, 78% give rates between 21 and 80cm per 1000 years. Prof. Walker’s main conclusions are Sy BOOK REVIEWS unassailable. Although (and partly because) there are points of detail about which one might feel sceptical, his paper poses a whole range of challenges to the student of mire ecology. Finally, there are two phytogeographical papers. The cautious discussion by Prof. G. F. Mitchell and Prof. W. A. Watts of the possible history of the Ericaceae along the west coast of Europe during the Quaternary shows that a solution of the tantalising problem of the Hiberno-Lusitanian distributions remains a challenge for the future. Perhaps the contribution which will be of widest interest of all to readers of Watsonia is the paper by Miss Ann Conolly and Dr Eilif Dahl on ‘Maximum summer tempera- ture in relation to the modern and Quaternary distributions of certain arctic-montane species of the British Isles.” The authors’ maps make a good case for the proposition that the distributions of such species as Juncus trifidus and Loiseleuria procumbens are limited by intolerance of high summer temperatures (parenthetically, one may add that such bryophytes as Anastrophyllum donianum and Plagiochila carringtonii show corre- lations at least as good as a number of the vascular plants considered here). In general, temperature limits in the Scottish Highlands and in the Irish mountains are similar, but are on average about 3°C. lower than those observed for the same species in Scandinavia; a number of species show substantially higher temperature limits in North Wales and northern England than in Scotland. Taking the results at their face value in relation to sub-fossil records leads to palaeoclimatic conclusions broadly con- sistent with the evidence from other sources. The authors’ hypothesis accounts reason- ably well for the selection of Scandinavian mountain species found in the British Isles, and for a number of features of their ranges in these islands—including the sparse occurrence of arctic-montane species in the small and scattered high mountain areas of Ireland and their absence from other outlying upland areas which should now be suit- able for them but which would be expected to have become too warm during the post- glacial climatic optimum. The physiological ecologist will want to seek experimental evidence that the distribution patterns do in fact reflect summer temperature limitation and to define more precisely the factors involved, while the genecologist and phyto- geographer will be intrigued by the apparent differences in tolerance shown by different populations of the same species and will wish to examine and interpret these in terms of evolutionary or migrational history. What is the meaning of the difference between the behaviour of Dryas in the Burren, or of Kobresia in Teesdale, and their behaviour elsewhere ? One’s pleasure in a well-produced book is tinged with regret that it could not have been produced at a price more readily within the reach of the honours undergraduate or young research worker. I suspect (and certainly hope) that many library copies will become well thumbed. M. C. F. PROCTOR Watsonia, 9, 53 (1972). 53 Obituary ERIC O. CALLEN (lone 119710) Eric O. Callen, Associate Professor in the Department of Plant Pathology at Macdonald College of McGill University, Montreal, died of a heart attack on August 22nd, 1970, while on an archaeological expedition in the Andes Mountains of Peru. He was search- ing for coprolites which would provide more information for his study of the food habits of the native peoples who inhabited those regions in prehistoric times. Dr Callen was born in 1912 and received his early education at George Heriot’s School in Edinburgh. He received the B.Sc. (Honours) degree in 1936, and the Ph.D. in 1939, both from the University of Edinburgh, where his research was largely myco- logical. He was a silver medallist in languages at school. This ability was put to use during the second world war, when he worked in the Intelligence Service. Dr Callen came to McGill University in 1947, when he was appointed to the teaching staff of the Department of Plant Pathology at Macdonald College. Although his teach- ing covered a very broad spectrum of the biological sciences, his main interest and major research activity was in the realm of plant taxonomy. His early interests were in the taxonomy of the genus Lotus (Leguminosae) but in later years he devoted him- self primarily to the taxonomic aspects of Ethnobotany. It was largely because of his pioneering work in the development of methods for the identification of both plant and animal materials in coprolites that Dr Callen was elected Secretary to the Council for Canadian Archaeology at its founding meeting in 1965, and to his appointment as Chairman of the Coprolite Analysis Symposium for the annual meetings of the Society for American Archaeology, in Mexico, 1970. Just prior to these meetings he had also been appointed Consulting Scientist to the Ayacucho Archaeological Botanical Expedition in Peru. He was working in this latter capacity, in the high altitudes of the Andes, at the time of his death. His results have greatly ex- tended modern knowledge of prehistoric diets in the Americas, of the use and domestic- ation of wild plants by primitive peoples, and of the beginnings of Agriculture. He was elected a Fellow of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, and a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London; he held memberships in a number of scientific societies besides the B.S.B.I., including the British Mycological Society, the Society of American Archaeologists and the International Association of Plant Taxonomists. For his academic and research achievements, and for devotion to his students and to his work, Eric Callen will long be remembered. W. F. GRANT 54 Watsonia, 9, 54-65 (1972). Reports ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, MAY | 35. 97a The Annual General Meeting of the Society was held at the Department of Biology of the University of York, by kind permission of Professor M. H. Williamson, on Satur- day 8th May, 1971 at 12 noon. Mr E. Milne-Redhead (President) was in the Chair and 56 members were present. The President opened the meeting by expressing thanks on behalf of the Society to Professor Williamson for making the facilities of his Department available for the meeting and to Mr D. H. Adams for organising the programme. The Minutes of the last Annual General Meeting as published in Watsonia, Volume 8, Part 3, pages 329-331, were adopted. REPORT OF COUNCIL The Report together with the Accounts for the year 1970 had been circulated to all members. There being no queries, the Report was adopted on the motion of Professor D. H. Valentine, seconded by Dr F. H. Perring and carried unanimously. ELECTION OF PRESIDENT Mr D. McClintock had been nominated by Council. Mr Milne-Redhead said that Mr McClintock was so well known and had done so much for British botany that he needed no further introduction. The Chairman proposed that Mr McClintock be elected and the proposal was carried unanimously. At this point Mr McClintock took the Chair. Having thanked the Meeting, he said Mr Milne-Redhead had made a very good President and done much for the Society, particularly in the field of conservation, during his term in office and Mr McClintock hoped that he could live up to the standard set by the retiring president. ELECTION OF OFFICERS The President said how fortunate the Society was that Professor J. Heslop-Harrison had agreed to be nominated as a vice-president. Professor Heslop-Harrison was shortly to become the new director of Kew and it was most important that the close association between the Society and the Royal Botanic Gardens should be maintained. This election together with the re-election of Mr J. E. Lousley and Dr F. H. Perring was carried unanimously. Dr I. K. Ferguson was unanimously re-elected as General Secretary. The President said that Mr J. C. Gardiner wished to retire after serving for the remarkably long and valuable period of 13 years as Honorary Treasurer. The Society had been fortunate in finding a very able successor, Mr M. Walpole, and proposed his election which was carried unanimously. Mr Milne-Redhead then spoke from the floor thanking Mr Gardiner for his long and valuable service mentioning especially the great energy and enthusiasm Mr Gardiner had put into the defence of Teesdale, raising the immense sum of almost £25,000. He took great pleasure in presenting a small Address containing the signatures of many of the members as a token of the Society’s appreciation for all Mr Gardiner had done. Mr Gardiner in replying thanked everybody for their kindness and said how much he had enjoyed serving the Society and expressed his willingness to help in any way he could in the future. REPORTS 55 Mr E. F. Greenwood, Dr G. Halliday and Dr N. K. B. Robson were unanimously re-elected as Honorary Editors. Dr M. C. F. Proctor had expressed a wish to retire as an Honorary Editor. Dr C. A. Stace had been nominated by Council as the fourth Honorary Editor and Dr Stace’s election was carried. The President on behalf of the Society thanked the Editors for their hard work during the year. The Council had nominated Mrs M. Briggs for re-election as Honorary Meetings Secretary. In proposing Mrs Briggs’s re-election the Chairman said how very important Mrs Briggs’s work is in organising meetings and how fortunate the Society was in having such an able person. Mrs Briggs’s re-election was carried unanimously. Mrs J. G. Dony had been nominated for re-election as Honorary Membership Secretary and the Chairman spoke of Mrs Dony’s sterling work carried out with com- plete accuracy which was such a great financial saving to the Society. Mrs Dony’s re-election was carried unanimously. ELECTION OF NEW MEMBERS TO COUNCIL In accordance with Rule 10 Mrs B. H. S. Russell, Dr H. J. M. Bowen and Mr J. F. M. Cannon retired. Mr D. McClintock had been elected President thereby leaving an additional vacancy on Council. Four nominations had been received: Mr P. C. Hall, Professor V. H. Heywood, Dr C. T. Prime and Miss D. W. Fawdry and these were elected. ELECTION OF HONORARY MEMBERS The election of Mr E. Milne-Redhead, Mr J. C. Gardiner and Dr M. C. F. Proctor as Honorary Members was proposed by Council. Mr McClintock in proposing that the Meeting approve these nominations said that all three had done invaluable service for the Society over a large number of years far more than he could enumerate at a short meeting. The election of all three as Honorary Members was unanimously carried. ELECTION OF HONORARY AUDITORS In proposing Council’s recommendation to re-elect Messrs Price, Waterhouse & Co., the President said how fortunate the Society was to have such a distinguished firm of auditors and expressed the Society’s gratitude for their services. Their election was duly carried. ANY OTHER BUSINESS Dr M. E. Bradshaw made two proposals: 1. That a letter be sent to the Tees Valley and Cleveland Water Board recognising the efforts made by the Water Board, the Consulting Engineers and the Contractors to keep to a minimum damage to the vegetation and rare species on Widdybank Fell during the construction of the Cow Green Reservoir; also thanking them for their helpfulness to botanists working in the area and for their assistance in the provision of amenity facilities for all visitors. 2. That a letter be sent to Mr T. Buffey, the Site Research Officer, in appreciation of all his work in looking after the interests of the botanists and the conservation of the Teesdale vegetation and flora during the construction of the Cow Green Reservoir. Mr E. Milne-Redhead seconded these proposals and the Meeting gave them its approval. The President instructed the General Secretary to write to the persons mentioned above. There being no further business, the Meeting closed at 12.35 p.m. I. K. FERGUSON 56 REPORTS REPORT OF THE NORTH-EAST REGIONAL MEETING A meeting of members resident in the North-East Region was held at the Department of Biology of the University of York, immediately following the Annual General Meeting. There were 21 members present. Dr M. E. Bradshaw proposed that the President take the Chair and this was seconded by Miss C. M. Rob. One nomination had been received for North-East Regional representative on Council and that was Dr G. A. Swan. The President proposed the election of Dr Swan and this was carried. There being no further business the meeting closed. I. K. FERGUSON COMMITTEE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SCOTTISH FLORA SIXTEENTH ANNUAL REPORT TO 31ST DECEMBER 1970 The Committe met twice in Perth and twice in Edinburgh and arranged an Exhibition Meeting at the University of Glasgow (by kind permission of the Regius Professor of Botany). Ten field meetings were included in the Scottish programme for the year. The Exhibition Meeting was held on Saturday 7th November, 1970 and about sixty people were present. The following exhibits were shown: rare plants survey (Biological Records Centre, The Nature Conservancy); Scottish nitrogen-fixing plants (Professor G. Bond); the C.S.S.F. Inverness-shire survey (C.S.S.F. Organising Com- mittee); a puzzling Ulex from Scotland (Miss E. R. T. Conacher); Cryptothallus mirabilis (Dr J. H. Dickson); leaf and stem characters in Rhododendron (A. G. Kenneth); some west of Scotland Taraxacum species (A. G. Kenneth and A. McG. Stirling); plants from the Tirol with Scottish associations (R. Mackechnie); two alien mosses from the plant houses, Glasgow Botanic Gardens (F. G. Rodway); aliens from imported seeds and grain (F. G. Rodway and A. McG. Stirling); copro- philous ascomycetes of Scotland (I. Roy); Kindrogan Field Studies Centre (Scottish Field Studies Association); Rhynchosinapis monensis from Linlithgow (Mrs O. M. Stewart); plants from the Tirol (A. McG. Stirling); a hybrid Senecio—S. x londinensis —new to Scotland (A. McG. Stirling); wool aliens from the Tweed valley (Miss M. McC. Webster). After tea Mr R. Mackechnie described the planned five-year C.S.S.F. survey of Inverness-shire; Miss E. P. Beattie and Mr A. A. P. Slack indicated the detailed programmes to be carried out in the vice-counties 96 and 97 respectively during the next two or three years and Mr R. Goodier, Regional Officer, East Scotland, Nature Conservancy discussed conservation aspects of botanical recording in Inverness- shire. Following a buffet supper in the University Refectory colour transparencies of C.S.S.F. field meetings held during 1970 were shown by Miss E. R. T. Conacher, B. W. Ribbons, F. G. Rodway, J. Grant Roger, A. A. P. Slack, Mrs A. H. Sommer- ville, A. McG. Stirling and Dr R. Thomas. Of the ten field meetings in the programme, three were cancelled (Bennane Head, Ayrshire, Arrochar and the B.S.E. Cryptogamic meeting to Lawers); one to Meall Gheordie, Perthshire was arranged by the Alpine Botanical Secretary of the B.S.E. (for report see Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 41 (2)). The other {meetings were held in the Isle of Bute (23-25 May) led by Miss D. N. Marshall (17); at Glendaruel, Argyll (14 June) led by H. A. McAllister (8); at Easter Inch and Tailend Mosses, West Lothian (5 July) led by Miss E. P. Beattie (4); at Fort William (11-18 July) led by A. A. P. Slack (10); in the Tirol (3-13 August) led by B. W. Ribbons (17) and at Kindrogan Field Centre (5-12 August) led by A. C. Jermy (3) (junior meeting). The attendance figures are given in brackets. Reports of these meetings will appear in Watsonia and in the publications of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. The Council of the B.S.E. elected Mr J. Grant Roger to replace Miss Ann W. Deans as a member of the Committee. The eight elected members appointed Miss E. R. T. REPORTS By Conacher, Dr H. A. P. Ingram and Mr A. W. Robson to serve as members for the calendar year 1971. Mr R. Mackechnie was appointed Chairman, Mr B. W. Ribbons, Honorary Secretary; Mrs A. H. Sommerville, Honorary Treasurer; Mr A. McG. Stirling, Honorary Field Secretary, and the Chairman, a member of the B.S.B.I. Records Committee for 1971. The Chairman was represented at B.S.B.I. Records Com- mittee by Mr Ribbons on 10th March, 2nd June and 29th September and, as Regional Representative, at B.S.B.I. Council by Mr Ribbons on 3rd March and 17th November and by Mrs Sommerville on 9th May. The Honorary Secretary attended a meeting to consider lists of plants ‘not to be interfered with’ on 3rd November. Proposals for the exploration of the flora of Inverness-shire were accepted and an Organising Committee was appointed. This met once and afterwards a five-year survey of the flora of Inverness-shire was launched. A field meeting was held in the Fort William area. The Survey was brought to the notice of a large number of people through the agency of society news letters and specific offers of assistance were received from organisations and individuals. Plans were made for searching appropriate public- ations for Inverness-shire records, and for the examination of public and private herb- aria. Further offers of help either in the field or otherwise will be welcomed by the Convener of the Organising Committee, Mr R. Mackechnie, 9 Skirving Street, Glas- gow, S.1. The list of Recorders for Scottish vice-counties was kept under review and recom- mendations were made to the B.S.B.I. Comments were sent to the working party preparing the Wild Plants Protection Bill and it was learnt with regret that the Working Party had decided to omit Scotland from the Bill. The Committee co-operated with the B.S.B.I. in organising the Conference for Recorders in Edinburgh on S5th-6th September. Detailed comments were prepared on the proposed list of English names of plants and at the request of the B.S.B.I. the Committee began the preparation of lists of rare Scottish plants and of ‘plants not to be interfered with’. Information on Scottish Floras in preparation was compiled. Numerous administrative and other matters including the misspelling of Scottish place names in publications have been discussed with the officers and councils of the two societies. The accounts showed a deficit of £31-71 (£31.14.2d.) and this amount has been refunded in equal sums by the two sponsoring societies. The Committee wishes to express thanks to Miss Beattie for her work as Honorary Field Secretary during the year, to Dr F. H. Perring, Honorary Secretary of the B.S.B.I. Records Committee, who attended one of the meetings of the Committee, to the officers of the sponsoring societies, to the leaders of the field meetings and to other members and friends who helped the Committee during the year. B. W. RIBBONS EXHIBITION MEETING, 1970 The annual Exhibition Meeting was held at the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W.7, on Saturday 28th November from 12 noon to 5.30 p.m. VERONICA HEDERIFOLI, AGG. IN WALES Dried specimens and vice-county distribution maps were exhibited to illustrate the occurrence in Wales of two of the segregates of Veronica hederifolia—the common pale-lilac-flowered tetraploid V. sublobata M. Fischer and the more local blue-flowered hexaploid V. hederifolia L. sensu stricto. This is the subject of a Short Note which has already been published (Watsonia, 8: 399 (1971)). P. M. BENOIT 58 REPORTS MULL— FROM FLORA TO FLORA The first stage of the British Museum (Natural History) Department of Botany Mull Survey Project’s five years of fieldwork was completed this autumn (1970). The exhibit illustrated the way in which data collected from the field, the herbarium and the litera- ture are being processed. From the consolidated record files a data sheet is prepared for each species. This consists of a digest of all known information relevant to its occur- rence in our area. The data sheets are then circulated to colleagues and to collaborators outside the Museum for criticism and further comments. At the present time, sheets have been prepared and are in circulation for three-quarters of the vascular plant species. By this means we hope to make the best possible use of all available knowledge and experience, both from our own staff members and also from our many helpers elsewhere. An example was shown of a possible format for the final manuscript, which in due course will be prepared from the data sheets. Progress in the account of the vascular plants is paralleled by work on the other plant groups and will lead to a published account of the total flora of Mull. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY SCANNING ELECTRON MISCOSCOPE PHOTOGRAPHS OF SAXIFRAGE SEEDS Scanning electron microscope photographs were exhibited of seeds of ten Saxifraga species to show characters of the entire seed and seed-surface at a range of low and high magnifications. The latter reveal features not previously seen, the taxonomic value of which has yet to be fully assessed. Saxifraga stellaris L. has uniform seeds closely similar within any one collection and with only minor variation in fine detail among seeds of different provenance. S. oppositifolia L. and S. rivularis L. seeds vary considerably. There is variation over a single seed-surface and from seed to seed, both within any one collection and especially from different regions; collections of S. oppositifolia from the Pyrenees are quite distinct. Surface protuberances on seeds of S. aizoides L. range from spines to low domes; the extremes show some geographical localization. - Seeds of S. rosacea Moench, S. hypnoides L. and S. cespitosa L., also those of S. granulata L. and S. tridactylites L., are tuberculate. Newly-seen detail apparently distinguishing these species needs to be confirmed from further samples. Fossil seed of S. granulata L. corresponds very closely with modern material. A. P. CONOLLY JUNCUS ALPINOARTICULATUS CHAIX IN SOUTHERN SCOTLAND This species is now known from many localities in Roxburghshire (v.c. 80) and Selkirk- shire (v.c. 79), being recorded from 8 contiguous 10 km grid squares. The record from Loch Grennoch in Kirkcudbrightshire (v.c. 73) is considered dubious. J. alpino- articulatus is found in strongly basic habitats from 625-1150 ft above sea-level. A list of associated species was given and it was noted that Equisetum variegatum and Tofieldia pusilla were absent. Specimens of J. alpinoarticulatus and J. articulatus were shown to demonstrate the differences between them. The Hawick and Selkirk districts must now be considered as one of the headquarters for J. alpinoarticulatus in the British Isles. R. W. M. CORNER CORNUS POLLEN The genus Cornus has been delimited in different ways by various workers, some accepting the genus in a broad sense and dividing it into subgenera and sections, REPORTS 59 others segregating these groups as distinct genera as E. F. Warburg in Clapham, Tutin & Warburg and in Dandy’s Check List. Chao (Taiwania, 5: 93-106 (1954)) suggests that the pollen morphology of Cornus ‘reveals that they form a homogenous group of plants’. Scanning electron micrographs of the pollen of the three British representatives of the segregate genera from Cornus sensu lato (Cornus mas L., Swida sanguinea (L.) Opiz and Chamaepericlymenum suecicum (L.) Graebner) and three other representatives from outside the British Isles (Afrocrania volkensii (Harms) Hutchinson, Bothrocaryum alternifolium (L.) Pojarkova and Benthamidia nuttallii (Audubon) Moldenke) were exhibited. This revealed that the genus Cornus sensu lato can be divided into groups on the basis of pollen characters and these groups correspond quite closely with the sections, subgenera or segregate genera already recognised. Pollen morphology thus provides an additional character to support the existing classification. I. K. FERGUSON ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM ON ARDNAMURCHAN The exhibit is the subject of a Short Note which has already been published (Watsonia, 8: 400-401 (1971)). I. K. & L. F. FeRGuSOoN & G. HALLIDAY PROGRESS IN RECORDING THE FLORA OF NORTHAMPTONSHIRE This exhibit showed by a coloured map the number of species recorded in each of the 5 x 5km squares in the last three years in the county and the Soke of Peterborough. There was also an example of the special recording sheet filled in for one of the squares. J. GENT & A. ROBINSON THE DISTRIBUTION OF CHROMOSOME RACES OF RANUNCULUS FICARIA L. IN THE BRITISH ISLES Photographs of mitotic metaphase chromosome preparations of diploid (with and without B-chromosomes), triploid and tetraploid Ranunculus ficaria were exhibited. The distribution of these chromosome types, based on a cytological examination of 873 individuals drawn from 237 populations in the British Isles was exhibited. The maps showed that: the diploids occur throughout the British Isles; the tetraploids are commoner in the East; the triploids are scattered and uncommon (except perhaps in Ireland); the diploids with B-chromosomes are common only in southern England. Regions from which more chromosome counts are required include the Midlands, northern England, Scotland and Ireland. The exhibit cautioned against the casual identification of these chromosome races on field or herbarium material. Correct determination of polyplotype from morphological features requires considerable care and experience. The help was acknowledged of numerous professional and amateur botanists without whose assistance the survey would have been even more incomplete. J. J. B. Gitt, B. M. G. Jones, C. J. MARCHANT, J. McLEIsH & D. J. OCKENDON OAK WOODLAND IN THE ISLE OF MAN The Field Section of the Isle of Man Natural History and Antiquarian Society dis- played data connected with their research on the possibility of the survival of native woodland in the Isle of Man. These included a map showing the distribution of isolated trees, and groups of trees, likely to be descended from native stock, a study of the San- ton Gorge area and a graph demonstrating that, as in Scottish material, the trees 60 REPORTS showed a petiole-length intermediate between Quercus robur and Q. petraea. The exhibit was completed with herbarium sheets (or Xerox copies of these) of samples from the gathering made for the study of leaves. This research is continuing. L. S. GARRAD SPORE FORMS IN THE CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS COMPLEX A spore survey of all the British Cystopteris fragilis specimens in the British Museum Herbarium showed an oval non-spiny spore form to be present in two localities in Westerness, v.c. 97 (Ardgour, Strontian River valley, Cannon & Kendrick 66; Glen Loy, E. K. Horwood s.n.) and one in Forfar, v.c. 91 (Den of Balgarvies, Agnes Carnegy S.n.). Scanning electron micrographs of these spores were shown together with those of typical spiny-spored C. fragilis and rugose C. dickieana from near Aberdeen and C. dickieana (C. baenitzii Dorfler) from Norway. Fine surface structure seen at 5000 magnifications showed a granular texture on the oval and rugose spores suggesting that the former spore type lacked the shrinkage, and therefore rugose appearance, of typical C. dickieana. Further work is continuing and living material (or viable spores) of any non-spiny ~ form will be welcome. The survey was carried out by one of us (L.H.) during the tenure of a Vacation Studentship at the Museum. A. C. JERMY & L. HARPER GAUDINIA FRAGILIS This exhibit listed the known records in Britain for this Mediterranean grass. The exhibit was particularly concerned with its rediscovery in the Grande Mare area of Guernsey and also in native turf in the north of the island. A fuller account will be appearing shortly. D. McCLINTOCK NEW ZEALAND EPILOBIUM SPECIES IN THE BRITISH ISLES Pressed and living specimens were exhibited of five Epilobium taxa naturalised in the British Isles from New Zealand. A fuller account will be appearing shortly. D. MCCLINTOCK HOW MANY SEEDS? Verbascum virgatum is a weed in my garden at Bracken Hill, Platt, Kent. One plant in 1970 had a total length of stem and branches of 71 ft and at least 1352 fertile capsules. These contained between 18 and 380 seeds each. The total seed production must there- fore have been at least a quarter of a million. D. MCCLINTOCK THE GUERNSEY FLORA 1970 The exhibit consisted of 30-40 sheets of noteworthy records for the Guernsey flora in 1970. The majority came from the Society’s visit in June 1970 (Watsonia, 8: 428-429 (1971)). Several were added subsequently by residents or visitors, ending with a special trip in mid-November primarily to map Arum italicum. Depending on assessments of status, some 15 species were added to the island’s tally during the year, following an equally successful crop in 1969. In addition, some old written records, of varying REPORTS 61 value, were unearthed; several corrections and additions were made from a reconsider- tion of specimens in the Herbarium at St Peter Port and other specimens discovered elsewhere. The riches of the island’s flora seem by no means to be yet fully known. D. McCLINTOcK EXPERIMENTAL SYNTHESIS OF THE ALLOPOLYPLOID POTENTILLA ANGLICA LAICH The theory that Pofentilla anglica arose as the allopolyploid between P. erecta (L.) Rausch. and P. reptans L. is not new, but confirmation has been very difficult to obtain due to the repeated failure of crosses between the putative parents. The exhibit demon- strated the experimental synthesis of the allopolyploid which was finally achieved in 1970. Herbarium specimens were shown of the parental species P. erecta and P. reptans (both tetraploid, 2n = 28) and wild P. anglica (octoploid, 2n = 56). A chart demon- strated the colchicine-induced chromosome doubling of the tetraploids followed by hybridization which gave a progeny of experimental allopolyploids (2n = c56). A herbarium specimen of one of these was shown, together with a photograph of a root-tip mitosis. The plant was hypo-octoploid (2n = 53) and closely resembled wild P. anglica. Photographs of pollen showed that ‘synthetic P. anglica’ was similar to the wild species in pollen grain size and stainability. Its fertility and self compatibility were demon- strated by herbarium specimens of four offspring from a progeny resulting from con- trolled self-pollination. B. MATFIELD TETRAD MAPPING OF THE KENT FLORA The Kent Field Club is to map the vascular plants of the county on a tetrad basis during the period 1971-1975 inclusive. This exhibit showed what preparations have been made in readiness for this scheme. A booklet containing instructions and keys to critical groups has been prepared and this together with a provisional list of the vascular plants recorded from Kent is to be sent to each helper. Special recording cards have been prepared specifically for the Kentish flora. Helpers will send in their recording cards once a year to Maidstone Museum, where the records will be trans- ferred to a master set of cards. From here the records will be plotted on species maps, an example of which was also displayed. The eventual form of publication has as yet not been decided. The exhibit also contained examples of some of the more rare and interesting plants to be found in Kent. E. G. PHILP CHROMATOGRAPHY OF LIMONIUM SPP. (THE SEA LAVENDERS) The methods by which certain substances (flavonoids) are extracted by chromatography of leaf material of L. vulgare, L. humile and L. binervosum were demonstrated. Speci- men chromatograms of the three species, treated with developer, and illuminated with ultra-violet light, were displayed. Studies of several populations of each of the three species revealed that there were in all 42 spots which could reliably be used for species comparisons. Of these 42 spots, 23 are common to each of the three species, 9 more are found in L. binervosum only, and the remaining 10 are common to both L. vulgare and L. humile, but absent in L. binervosum. There were no spots found which reliably separated all populations of vulgare from all populations of L. humile. The results so far therefore indicate that in 62 REPORTS terms of flavonoids, L. vulgare and L. humile populations are chromatographically indistinguishable as far as strong, reliable spots are concerned. At Keele, the methods demonstrated are being used to investigate any genetic varia- tion that may arise within and between populations of the three Limonium species as a result of the different reproductive method adopted by each species. L. R. STAINES IS STACHYS X AMBIGUA SM. ALWAYS DISTINGUISHABLE ? Stachys ambigua Sm. is considered to be a hybrid between S. palustris L. and S. sylva- tica L. Comparisons of herbarium material reveal an overlap in leaf morphology between S. ambigua and S. palustris, while S. sylvatica appears to be distinct. Scatter diagrams, using lamina breadth/length and petiole/total leaf-length as axes, were prepared from four localities in Britain and presented for comparison. In three populations it was possible to detect the presence of three distinct taxa but at the fourth locality—Billown Mooar in the Isle of Man—there was an overlap between S. palustris and S. ambigua. In many localities, plants referable to S. x ambigua occur in the absence of one or both parents. Photographs of pollen were exhibited to show that pollen inviability is an unreliable character for identification. Some plants with the morphological range of S. palustris were shown to have a high percentage of inviable pollen while others in the storeine logical range of S. ambigua exhibit a high percentage of viable pollen. C. C. WILCOCK The following also exhibited. P. J. BOYLE Spartina M 9 M. BRADSHAW Research in Upper Teesdale BRITISH MUSEUM (N.H.) DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY Publications of interest to members B. S. BROOKES Kindrogan Field Centre | R. M. BurToN & E. J. CLEMENT Plants of south-west Spain E. J. CLEMENT Some alien grasses COMMITTEE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SCOTTISH FLORA C.S.S.F. Inverness-shire project Mrs R. DuDLEY-SMITH North Gloucestershire Naturalists’ Society—botanical recording Mrs B. EVERARD (a) Original paintings (Europe) for Wild Flowers of the World, Ebury Press and Michael Joseph (b) Botanical paintings 1970 Mrs A. N. GIBBY Some botanical postage stamps N. HAMILTON British rare species survey F. N. HEPPER Drawings of plants of Bible lands P. R. KNIPE Progress on the new Buckinghamshire Flora Y. MOSCATI Stamps in European Conservation Year 1970 F. H. PERRING Mistletoe Survey G. F. PETERKEN Holly Survey H. E. W. SELBY Experimental conservation mounting F. M. TAYLER False colour photography—toy or tool? P. J. O. TRIST (a) Vegetative proliferation of grasses (b) Arrhenatherum elatius vars. S. M. WALTERS & P. F. YEO The role of Botanic Gardens in Nature Conservation E. D. WIGGINS Some British rarities or near relatives growing abroad Mrs L. WISHART e¢ alia Conservation 1970 REPORTS 63 From 4.30 p.m. the following members gave short lectures and showed colour slides in the Lecture Hall. J. E. LOUSLEY Some flowers of a London common M. H. MANNERING Studies of dodder on gorse and ling R. MAyYCcock Selected plants from the Buckinghamshire flora P. G. SHEARSBY Some North American wild flowers F. M. TAYLER Guernsey plants, B.S.B.I. field meeting 1970 G. Tuck B.S.B.I. field meeting in Switzerland 1970 FIELD MEETING, 1970 ITALY AND AUSTRIA TIROL. 2ND — 14TH AUGUST This, the third overseas meeting organised by the C.S.S.F., occupied five days of glorious weather in Italy followed by five days in Austria where the weather was not quite so good. The party was drawn from England and Scotland; it numbered 14 in Italy and 15 in Austria and was accompanied throughout by Dr Helmut Gams, Professor of Botany in the University of Innsbruck. Professor Gams was a guide, philosopher and friend in the truest sense to each member present and the leader is especially deeply in his debt for advice freely given before and during the meeting. A short meeting was held in Corvara-in-Badia, in the midst of the Dolomites, where members had found accommodation in various hotels and guest houses, on the evening of Sunday 2nd August. Professor Gams proposed setting off at 8 o’clock the following day for a short canter (or a chair lift) to Col Alt, a small eminence standing at 1983 m above Corvara. On Monday morning the party eventually met together on the southern, mainly acid, slopes of Col Alt where those new to the Alps saw, when they were able to deflect their eyes from the magnificence of the mountain scenery, many of the common species, among the most conspicuous of which were Aster alpinus, Alnus viridis, Horminium pyrenaicum, Hypochaeris uniflora, Cirsium spinosissimum, Tofieldia calyculata, Adenostyles alliariae, Orobanche reticulata, Allium schoenoprasum, Nigritella nigra and the leaves of Anemone (Pulsatilla) alpina subsp. sulphurea and Colchicum alpinum. It was thrilling to see, so far from home, such British species as Botrychium lunaria, Minuartia verna, Moneses uniflora, Pyrola rotundifolia and P. minor, Kobresia simpliciuscula, Gentiana nivalis, Melampyrum sylvaticum, Veronica fruticans, Homogyne alpina, Rubus saxatilis, Ajuga pyramidalis, Helianthemum chamaecistus and, now extinct in Britain, Trichophorum alpinum. Tuesday 4th August was devoted, in superb weather, to a circular tour in the cars with stops at four road summits. At Passo di Campolongo (1875 m) a brief halt showed Saxifraga squarrosa, Epilobium alpinum, Thalictrum aquilegifolium and Heliosperma quadrifidum at the foot of a roadside cliff. After descending to Arabba and climbing to 2242 m at Passo Pordoi, Professor Gams immediately set off over the rocks on the eastern side of Sass Bece, pointing out in rapid succession and among many others, Poa alpina var. vivipara, Globularia cordifolia, Potentilla nitida, Geum montanum, Leontopodium alpinum, Saxifraga moschata and, hiding deeply in a rock crevice, the rare Asplenium seelosii. The road from Pordoi zig-zags down and up again to 2218 m at Passo di Sella, where below the fantastic Funffinger Spitzen members lunched and then examined the grey-white rocks (a triassic marine loam with volcanic ash), inter- spersed with dark green bushy trees of Pinus cembra. Among the species seen for the first time during the meeting were Rhododendron intermedium (ferrugineum x hirsutum ), Linaria alpina, Valeriana elongata, Ligusticum mutellinoides and L. mutellina, Euphrasia minima, Carex mucronata and C. firma, Viola biflora and the familiar Astrantia major 64 REPORTS and Bartsia alpina. The final sortie was at Passo Gardena where, in the continuing heat, not all the members of the party were fit enough to follow Professor Gams up a steep path northwards. Those who did were rewarded by their first sight of the woody Senecio abrotanifolius (much better specimens of which were to be seen later in the Austrian Tirol), Trisetum distichophyllum, Papaver rhaeticum and Gymnadenia odora- tissima, as well as the familiar Potentilla crantzii. A circular tour eastwards of Corvara with most of the time spent near Passo Fal- zarego occupied Wednesday. The roadside cliffs below Falzarego had Campanula lini- folia, Dianthus sylvestris and the somewhat grotesque Devil’s Claw, Phyteuma comosum, in a rock crevice rather uncomfortably high up for photography. From Falzarego Professor Gams conducted a scramble along the species-rich lower slopes of Sasso di Stria, ending near a large patch of unmelted snow at an altitude of about 2150 m. Here grew Soldanella alpina in blue and white forms, Pinguicula alpina, Gentiana bavarica, Anemone baldensis, Doronicum cordatum, Woodsia alpina, Primula auricula and Arabis pumila. On the way up to the snow, flowering specimens of Clematis alpina, Lilium martagon, Rhodothamnus chamaecistus, Primula farinosa and Viola biflora were among those which gave enjoyment to the photographers. Lunch was taken after a short journey by road, beside the quiet Lago di Valparola. The descent to S. Cassiano was broken at Eisenofen, where Juniperus intermedia, Salix elaeagnos, Prunella grandi- flora and Thesium alpinum were among the woodland and bog species noticed. The excursion ended with a walk up into the woodland above Corvara where Cirsium erisithales, Festuca heterophylla, Polygonatum verticillatum, Campanula trachelium and the tall, beautiful Ranunculus platanifolius were much admired. On Thursday, after a short drive along a boulder-studded track following the Rio Rutora, Professor Gams led a number of members eastwards by way of Pralongia some 5 km to the rocky lower slopes of Settsass, a mountain of seven peaks rising to 2561 m. As at Sella, the landscape was of Pinus cembra trees, growing here at one of their highest altitudes in the central Alps (2400m), scattered over the white dolomite boulders which were surprisingly cool to the touch considering the heat of the sun. Between Pralongia and Settsass, bushes of the grey Salix glaucocerisia (closely related to the northern glauca), flowering heads of the orange Crepis aurea in the acid flushes, numerous plants of the yellow crucifer Biscutella laevigata among the rocks, the by now familiar Homogyne alpina and Aster alpinus, and a wonderful display of the poisonous lichen Letharia vulpina on a larch trunk, were some of the plants admired, as was also the wonderful view of the snow-covered ski-slopes of the Marmolada to the south. Adenostyles alliariae covered some extensive damp areas not far from where the cars were left. Of the hot trek in error down almost to S. Cassiano, up again to Pralongia and down the Rio Rutora to find the cars, nothing shall be said! Four members spent the day driving to the south-west through Canazei, Campitello and Vigo di Fassa to Karersee where several species, not seen elsewhere, were noted: Paris quadrifolia, Cystopteris montana and Lycopodium annotinum. Six members accompanied Professor Gams on the Friday in an ascent from Colfosco, north of Corvara to the Force di Ciampi (2388 m), passing immediately below the fan- tastic pinnacles of Sass Songher which dominated Corvara. The physical effort was botanically well rewarded. There were scree slopes covered with dwarf Valeriana supina, Dryas octopetala, Achillea oxyloba, Veronica aphylla, Papaver rhaeticum, Saxi- fraga aphylla, S. aizoides and S. androsacea. Rocks at the Force showed magnificent Potentilla nitida, and also Daphne striata, Gentiana clusii and Ranunculus alpestris. The descent was made to Pescosta through the larch woods from which views to Corvara and southwards were obtained. Two members spent this day seeking and admiring Eritrichium nanum above Pordoi. Thus the first part of the meeting ended and on Saturday 8th August the members of the party journeyed from the Dolomites into the head of the Otztal in the Austrian northern Tirol where the headquarters was to be at Solden. Towards the end of the day the weather deteriorated and the leader, having been delayed earlier en route, was storm- { | REPORTS 65 bound overnight on the Italian side of the Timmelsjoch. The weather remained bad and serious botanizing became rather too homelike until Tuesday. However, members made visits in small groups on Sunday and Monday to the University of Innsbruck’s field station at Obergurgl, the Stuibenfalle at Umhausen and the woods and riversides of the Otztaler Ache a few miles north of S6lden, where Myricaria germanica, Epilobium fleischeri, E. collinum, Linnaea borealis, Euphorbia cyparissias, Artemisia absinthium, Juniperus sabina, Calamogrostis pseudophragmites, Athyrium alpestre, Asplenium sep- tentrionale, Carex contigua and C. pallescens were among the species noted. Tuesday 11th August was spent ascending the Ventertal, first by car along the time- regulated road to Vent and afterwards on foot up to the Hochjoch Hospiz at 2412 m from which the first glimpse of a glacier, the Hintereisferner, was obtained. At first the valley was green and even a little wooded but later the aspect became wilder with bare gravel, grey rocks and rushing torrents of muddy glacial water. Although not really rare in the Tirol (more than a thousand sheep come from the southern Tirol over passes into the Otztal every year), the only sheep seen in the whole of the Tirol were in this valley and at the Hospiz a herd of goats roamed. Many familiar species were noticed and a long list was compiled. The yellow Euphrasia minima was common, Androsace septentrionale was strikingly in fruit and the conspicuous pale yellow dande- lion-like Hieracium intybaceum was abundant on one gravelly slope beside the path. The handsome orange-flowered Senecio abrotanifolius (one plant of which was seen in the Dolomites, at Gardena) was quite common among the rocks in the higher part of the valley above the narrow gorge. On the way back Professor Gams noticed Botrychium lanceolatum which he had not seen before in the area. Tuesday’s quite good weather became really good on Wednesday and Thursday. On the first of these two days the upper chair lift was taken from Unt-Bruggboden to the Hohe Mutt at 2659 m from which a breathtaking view of the two valleys, Rotmoos- tal and Gaisbergtal, each containing a glacier, was apparent. Nearby, the blue Primula glutinosa was prominent in the turf and among other species examined were Potentilla frigida, P. aurea, Cerastium uniflorum, C. cerastoides, Soldanella pusilla, Lloydia serotina, Kobresia myosuroides and Artemisia mutellina. The party followed Professor Gams down into the Rotmoostal, up to the glacier and across its edge; returning along the south-west side of the valley and continuing down to Obergurgl. A long species list was made and included in it were Artemisia genipi, Gentiana tenella, G. nivalis, Carex bicolor, Homo- gyne alpina, Trisetum spicatum, Pedicularis kerneri, Ranunculus glacialis, Epilobium fleischeri, Androsace alpina, Geum montanum, Doronicum clusii and Bellidiastrum michelii. On the final day Professor Gams permitted both ascent and descent by chairlift, first a ride of two kilometres to Hochsolden and then a shorter lift followed by a walk (during which fine specimens of Senecio incanus subsp. carniolicus and Primula glutinosa were passed) up to the Schwarz-see at 2796 m, apparently the highest fish-inhabited lake in the Alps. This lake was swathed in ice and snow and its blue, not black, water glittering between the floating icebergs presented a sight of such beauty that botany was temporarily forgotten. A few members trudged on up over the snow to the summit of Schwarzkogel at 3060 m, where they saw Ranunculus glacialis, Primula glutinosa and Androsace alpina in flower being visited by insects, and also Sesleria disticha. It was satisfying, at least for members of the C.S.S.F., to conclude the meeting and to take leave of Professor Gams amidst such splendour which, looked at closely, contained such reminders of home as Silene acaulis, Cherleria sedoides, Salix repens, S. reticulata, Luzula spicata and Polygonum viviparum. B. W. RIBBONS Watsonia, 9, 67-72 (1972). 67 The code of conduct: a list of rare plants A. J. RICHARDS HON. SECRETARY, CONSERVATION COMMITTEE Department of Botany, University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne NEI 7RU INTRODUCTION During 1970, members of the Botanical Society of the British Isles (B.S.B.I.) were circulated with a document entitled ‘A Code of Conduct for the Conservation of Flowering Plants and Ferns’. This ‘Code’, which was subsequently in great demand from other bodies and individuals, attempted to present a series of rules which, it was felt, should govern the behaviour of members of the Society with respect to Plant Conservation and, in particular, rarities. Under the first heading in the Code, ‘Collect- ing’, the following was stated: ‘Members will not pick or collect any material of nationally rare species as defined in a list published by the Society.’ and in a footnote: “This will be published in an early number of the journal Watsonia and may be subject to amendment from time to time.’ The purpose of this paper is to publish the list of rare plants. STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF THE LIST To facilitate the composition of a list of rare plants, always a difficult and controversial task, and in order that the structure and function of such a list be carefully considered, a special sub-committee of the Conservation Committee met. This comprised: E. Miine-Redhead (President) A. J. Richards (Hon. Secretary, Conservation Committee) F. H. Perring (Hon. Secretary, Records Committee) S. G. Harrison (Welsh Region) B. W. Ribbons (Scottish Region) D. A. Webb (Irish Region) Proposals and draft lists produced by the subcommittee were discussed and ratified by the Conservation Committee. There was considerable discussion as to whether one list of rare and endangered species should be published, to cover the British Isles as a whole, or whether a number of regional lists should be produced, in which species rare in a given region (although perhaps less rare elsewhere in the British Isles) would be included. Eventually, it was decided that Ireland and Scotland formed areas of sufficiently distinct cultural and floral composition, and of a suitable size to warrant the production of separate lists. The Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands, although bearing important and distinct floral entities, seemed too smali to justify the publication of separate lists at this juncture. However, in the case of the Channel Islands, the flora is so dissimilar from that of mainland Britain and Ireland that rarities confined to the Channel Islands have been distinguished by *; and those species on the England and Wales list, but not under threat in the Channel Islands by f. It is appropriate to thank Mrs F. Le Sueur and D. McClintock for help with the plants from the Channel Islands. 68 CODE OF CONDUCT In any scheme in which rare and threatened species are enumerated, the problem of regional variation in the frequency of a species is of major importance. It is this factor that weighed so heavily when we considered whether the production of separate lists was justified, yet the resolution achieved by the production of just three lists is still clearly inadequate. For instance, Calluna vulgaris does not appear on the England and Wales list, not surprisingly, for it is a very common plant throughout most parts of these countries. Yet, it is a very rare plant in parts of eastern England, and would certainly appear on a list for Cambridgeshire. For this reason, it is hoped that regional or county lists of plants rare in the area will be forthcoming. County Naturalists’ Trusts, Local Flora Writers and Regional Committees of the B.S.B.I. might co-operate in the production of such lists. The Biological Records Centre of the Nature Con- servancy, at Monks Wood, near Huntingdon, maintains an up-to-date record system on the status of rare plants. Not only is this available to aid the construction of such lists, but it welcomes new information on the status of rarities. Details of the site are kept strictly confidential, but without access to recent reports on the status of rarities it is unable to act as ‘watchdog’ to advise and to guard against threats to nationally rare species. The purpose of the construction of lists of rare species, whether local, regional or national, seems to us twofold. They should warn informed botanists that a species is very rare in a district and in danger of extinction as a result of either particular dis- — turbance (picking, uprooting or even just visiting in some cases) or environmental disturbance (pollution, drainage, building, agriculture, etc.). In addition, published lists of rare plants should provide invaluable assistance to the conservationist: accurate _ information on the scarcity of a plant species is more likely to carry weight with land- owners, planning authorities, courts of enquiry etc., than a spoken opinion. Lists of this kind can never be wholly satisfactory. Some excluded species may well be more threatened than some which are included, and doubtless some of those that are included might be omitted. Suggestions for improvements to the list will always be welcome and, if they are accepted by the Conservation Committee, can be included in subsequent editions. Whilst the above considerations are applied to vascular plants, there is no reason why they should not apply equally to other groups of organisms: animals and lower plants. The ‘Code’ has been so well received that a.revised edition, applicable to the public in general, has been produced in quantity through the generous assistance of the World Wildlife Fund (British National Appeal). Following the success of the ‘Code of Conduct’, a number of other Societies are following our example by producing their own ‘Codes’. Eventually, it is hoped that all such Codes will be published together in a booklet and that those Societies will produce their own lists of rare species, both national and local. CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION After discussion, the following criteria were adopted. 1. The species should occur in very few localities in the region (usually 5 or fewer, but less in the case of large populations and more in the case of small populations). 2. The species should not be common or abundant anywhere in the region. 3. The species should not be obviously protected in most or all of its localities in the region by occurring in established Reserves, being inaccessible, etc. 4. Species known to be especially vulnerable reproductively (e.g. some annuals with poor regeneration) or those occurring in a vulnerable habitat (limestone pavement, shingle beaches, wetlands and other habitats liable to excessive influence by man) have been given special consideration. 5. The species should be native or very well-established introductions. 6. ‘Agamospecies’, ‘microspecies’, subspecies and other critical species-segregates should be excluded. It is hoped that these would be included in more locally based lists. CODE OF CONDUCT 69 LISTS OF RARE SPECIES NOT TO BE COLLECTED OR PICKED BY MEMBERS Nomenclature and systematic order follow Perring, F. H. & Walters, S. M. (1962), Atlas of the British Flora. A. ENGLAND, WALES, CHANNEL ISLANDS AND MAN Lycopodium annotinum Tsoetes hystrixt Equisetum pratense Trichomanes speciosum Anogramma leptophylla* Woodsia ilvensis W. alpina Dryopteris cristata Ophioglossum lusitanicum Ranunculus paludosus* R. reptans R. ophioglossifolius Rhynchosinapis wrightii Isatis tinctoria Draba aizoides Cardaminopsis petraea Arabis stricta Matthiola incana M. sinuata Viola rupestris V. stagnina V. kitaibeliana* Polygala amara s.1. Hypericum linarifolium Tuberaria guttatat Helianthemum appeninum Silene italica Paeonia mascula Lychnis alpina L. viscaria Dianthus gratianopolitanus D. gallicus* Kohlrauschia prolifera Cerastium alpinum C. arcticum Minuartia stricta Arenaria norvegica Spergularia bocconii Corrigiola littoralis Herniaria glabra H. ciliolatat Scleranthus perennis Lavatera cretica Althaea hirsuta Genista pilosa Ononis reclinata Trifolium molinerii *Species occurring only in the Channel Islands. tSpecies rare outside the Channel Islands. T. bocconei T. stellatum Ornithopus pinnatus Lathyrus palustris Potentilla rupestris Sibbaldia procumbens Cotoneaster integerrimus Saxifraga nivalis S. hirculus S. cespitosa Lythrum hyssopifolia Daphne mezereum Ludwigia palustris Eryngium campestre Bupleurum falcatum B. baldense Meum athamanticum Peucedanum officinale Euphorbia peplis E. hyberna Polygonum maritimum Betula nana Pyrola media Orthilia secunda Limonium auriculae-ursifolium* Armeria arenaria* Cyclamen hederifolium Exaculum pusillum* Centaurium tenuiflorum C. scilloides Gentiana verna Cynoglossum germanicum Myosotis alpestris M. sicula* Mertensia maritima Verbascum pulverulentum Linaria pelisseriana* Limosella subulata Veronica spicata V. praecox V. verna V. triphyllos Rhinanthus serotinus Melampyrum arvense M. sylvaticum Bartsia alpina Orobanche purpurea 70 O. rapum-genistaet O. alba O. reticulata Thymus serpyllum Calamintha sylvatica Salvia verbenaca* Stachys germanica S. alpina Galeopsis segetum Teucrium chamaedrys T. scordium T. botrys Ajuga pyramidalis Phyteuma spicatum Lobelia urens Linnaea borealis Filago gallica Gnaphalium luteo-album Artemisia campestris Cirsium tuberosum Centaurea paniculata* Hypochoeris maculata Scorzonera humilis Crepis foetida Damasonium alisma Tofieldia pusilla Polygonatum verticillatum Maianthemum bifolium Lloydia serotina Muscari atlanticum Juncus balticus J. capitatust J. alpinoarticulatus J. mutabilis Allium ampeloprasum A. sphaerocephalon A. schoenoprasum Leucojum aestivum L. vernum Narcissus obvallaris Trichomanes speciosum Asplenium obovatum A, septentrionale Cystopteris dickieana Woodsia ilvensis W. alpina Dryopteris cristata Thelypteris palustris T. robertiana Ranunculus reptans Thlaspi alpestre Cardamine impatiens Silene conica CODE OF CONDUCT Romulea columnaet Gladiolus illyricus Cypripedium calceolus Cephalanthera rubra Epipactis dunensis Epipogium aphyllum Spiranthes romanzoffiana Goodyera repens Hammarbya paludosa Liparis loeselii Corallorhiza trifida Neotinea intacta Ophrys fuciflora O. sphegodes Himantoglossum hircinum Orchis militaris O. simia O. laxiflora* Eriophorum gracile Scirpus americanus S. holoschoenus Eleocharis parvula Cyperus fuscus Kobresia simpliciuscula Carex flava C. depauperata C. filiformis C. montana C. ornithopoda C. atrata C. elongata Poa alpina P. glauca Bromus interruptus Deschampsia alpina Lagurus ovatust Phleum alpinum Alopecurus alpinus Milium scabrum* SCOTLAND Lychnis alpina Minuartia rubella Cerastium nigrescens Arenaria norvegica Linum anglicum Ononis spinosa O. reclinata Trifolium fragiferum Astragalus alpinus Oxytropis campestris Vicia tetrasperma Lathyrus sylvestris L. japonicus Potentilla rupestris Saxifraga hirculus iS. cernua S. rivularis S. cespitosa Phyllodoce caerulea Monotropa hypopitys Diapensia lapponica Gentiana nivalis Myosotis brevifolia M. alpestris Rhinanthus serotinus Parentucellia viscosa Bartsia alpina Orobanche rapum-genistae Thymus pulegioides Acinos arvensis Wahlenbergia hederacea Homogyne alpina Inula crithmoides Erigeron acer E. borealis Trichomanes speciosum Cryptogramma crispa Asplenium obovatum A. septentrionale Thelypteris dryopteris Trollius europaeus Ranunculus tripartitus R. fluitans Crambe maritima Teesdalia nudicaulis Cardaminopsis petraea Matthiola sinuata Hypericum canadense Tuberaria guttata Helianthemum chamaecistus Minuartia recurva Arenaria ciliata A. norvegica Atriplex littoralis Salicornia perennis Geranium rotundifolium Trifolium glomeratum T. subterraneum Lotus hispidus Astragalus danicus Vicia orobus V. lathyroides Lathyrus palustris L. japonicus CODE OF CONDUCT 71 Artemisia norvegica Cicerbita alpina Scheuchzeria palustris Polygonatum verticillatum Juncus compressus J. filiformis J. nodulosus Kobresia simpliciuscula Carex punctata . Stenolepis buxbaumii . norvegica . atrofusca recta . chordorrhiza elongata . microglochin Vulpia membranacea Poa flexuosa Agropyron donianum Calamagrostis canescens AGAQAAaqa IRELAND Rubus chamaemorus Alchemilla alpina Saxifraga nivalis S. hirculus S. hartii Epilobium alsinifolium Oenanthe pimpinelloides Polygonum viviparum Erica ciliaris Pyrola rotundifolia Monotropa hypopitys Centaurium littorale Mertensia maritima Orobanche rapum-genistae Mentha pulegium Salvia horminoides Ajuga pyramidalis Adoxa moschatellina Inula salicina Otanthus maritimus Saussurea alpina Serratula tinctoria Scheuchzeria palustris Simethis planifolia Asparagus officinalis Colchicum autumnale Juncus compressus Leucojum aestivum Epipactis phyllanthes 12 CODE OF CONDUCT Carex flava Puccinellia fasciculata C. paupercula Poa alpina C. appropinquata Hordelymus europaeus C. divisa Deschampsia alpina C. elongata Calamagrostis epigejos C. pauciflora Hierochloe odorata ee —— nee ROYAL IRISH ACADEMY Robert Lloyd Praeger Fund for Field Natural History Grants not normally exceeding £40 in any one year, will be awarded for field work relevant to the Natural History of Ireland. Application forms which should be returned before February 15, may be obtained from The Secretary, Royal Trish Academy, 19 Dawson Street, Dublin, who will also be glad to give further information. Irish Naturalists’ Journal A MAGAZINE OF IRISH NATURAL HISTORY Published every quarter by the I.N.J. Committee Edited by Miss M. P. H. Kertland, M.Sc., with the assistance _ of Sectional Editors Annual Subscription £1 post free Single Parts, 50p. All communications to be addressed to THE EDITOR, SCIENCE LIBRARY, THE QUEEN’S UNIVERSITY OF BELFAST, BELFAST, NORTHERN IRELAND BT9 5EQ LOCAL FLORAS Edited by P. J. Wanstall The purpose of this volume is to make available to a wider public the papers read at the Conference held by the Botanical Society of the British Isles in 1961. The contributors include D. E. Allen, Dr H. J. M. Bowen, Dr J. G. Dony, J.S. L. Gilmour, Prof J. G. Hawkes, D. H. Kent, J. E. Lousley, D. McClintock, R. D. Meikle, Dr F. H. Perring, R. C. Readett and C. C. Townsend. Demy 8vo., 120 pages, with 2 half-tone plates, and figures in the text. Bound in buckram. Price £1.10 (post free) The latter item is obtainable from E. W. CLASSEY LTD. 353 HANWORTH ROAD, HAMPTON, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND FLORA OF A CHANGING BRITAIN Edited by F. H. Perring The Report of the 1969 Conference which reviewed factors responsible for changes in the British flora, particularly since the end of the Second World War, and endeavoured to predict other changes which might take place between the present time and the end of the century. Topics covered included the effects on the flora of climatic changes, atmos- pheric and other pollution, changes in transport systems, etc. Price £2.22 (post free) Members Price £1.62 (post free) THE CONSERVATION OF THE BRITISH FLORA Edited by E. Milne-Redhead The Report of an important and most successful Conference held by the Botanical Society of the British Isles at Durham in April 1963. This report includes most of the papers read at the Conference, together with a verbatim account of the discussions that followed. Demy 8vo., 80 pages. Bound in buckram Price 85p. (post free) The above items are obtainable from E. W. CLASSEY LTD., 353 HANWORTH ROAD, HAMPTON, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND dee: pment ae ‘ t uP SS ; ao A 4 I é# ede Wid ‘ - * J j oe ip ‘ i i hy Der, yer # ‘ Bal i \ ‘ if pas j ‘ ¥ ‘ eg ) 4 Hy +) ; | q i a acts 1s \ j j ; eRe e y ‘ i t 7 s,s rae, | om i i a ‘ ‘al a ina Ni aS Pw 0 ® . P ¥ % F +4 we wn i : i : ry + S \ r - ’ SS } ‘ i VA ‘ i t . . \ i) 4 A i 0 ma i * "7 @ q b . ba 4 5 . \ : - S “ 1 of j ' i / ' = i : 8 ne hits 5 "i iit = f \ ay yf . r ‘ x H ‘ J ‘ per f Lan “ mo . ; n can ‘ a" - * - ° - ny INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRIBUTORS PAPERS and short notes concerning the systematics and distribution of British and European vascular plants as well as topics of a more general character and wider appeal are invited from both members and non- members of the Society. Careful attention to these notes before a paper is submitted can save the author and editors much work, and do much to speed publication. Papers must be submitted in final, fully-corrected form. They should be typewritten, with wide margins, double-spaced, on one side of the paper only. If possible, two copies should be sent, of which one must be a top copy. Authors should keep a fully-corrected carbon copy of their typescripts for reference. Write clearly and concisely, rigorously excluding extraneous matter. It sometimes helps the clarity of an argument to place extensive experimental or tabular data in appendices, rather than in the main text. Technical terms are of value only as aids to clarity, precision and conciseness of expression. Take care that they are used consistently, and defined where necessary. Ill-defined or general terms often need definition in a particular context, and can often with advantage be replaced by something more precise, as by the ‘deme’ terminology of Gilmour and Gregor in genecology. Make certain that the main conclusions of the paper are clearly displayed to the reader. Avoid complicated hierarchies of headings, and check carefully the consistency of those that you use; a table of contents, setting out the full hierarchy of headings with the MS. page numbers, is often helpful even if it is not to be printed with the paper. Avoid footnotes as far as possible, and keep cross references by page number to a minimum. Tables, unless very small, should be typed on separate sheets and attached at the end of the typescript. They should be kept within a reasonable size, and as simple in structure as possible. Keys should be in one of the generally accepted forms; Flora of the British Isles by Clapham, Tutin and Warburg (2nd ed., Cambridge, 1962) and Flora Europaea (Cambridge, 1964-7) provide suitable patterns. Names of genera and species should be underlined, but any other typographical indications should be inserted lightly in pencil. Names of vascular plants should normally follow the List of British Vascular Plants by J. E. Dandy (British Museum (NH) and BSBI, London, 1958) and changes published in Watsonia, 7: 157-178 (1969) or Flora Europaea (Cambridge 1964-8) and may then be cited without authorities. Other- wise authors’ names must be cited, at least on the first occasion where they appear in the text and followed by the ‘Dandy’ or Flora Europaea name in parenthesis. Authors must follow strictly the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Utrecht, 1966). Synonyms should be cited in chronological order; misapplied or illegitimate names should be placed in square brackets. Examples will be found in recent parts of Watsonia. Except for citations of the place of publication of plant names, which may be given in abbreviated form in the text, full references should be listed in alphabetical order of authors’ names at the end of the paper; the form used for references in a recent part of Watsonia should be followed carefully. Names of periodicals should be abbreviated as in the World List of Scientific Periodicals (4th ed., London, 1963-1965). References to herbaria should follow the abbreviations given in British Herbaria (BSBI, London, 1958) and Index Herbariorum Part 1 (Sth ed., IAPT, Utrecht, 1964). Foreign language references should, where necessary, be transliterated into the roman alphabet according to a recognized convention; for Cyrillic script (Russian, etc.) the Royal Society (BS 2979: 1959) or UNESCO schemes are acceptable. Unless authors expressly indicate that they cannot get access to the necessary literature, the editors will assume that they have checked the correctness of all titles, abbreviations, transliterations and references. Papers should begin with a short abstract, in the form of a piece of connected prose conveying briefly the content of the paper, and drawing attention to new information, new names and taxa, and the main conclusions. Line-drawings should be boldly drawn in Indian ink on Bristol board, smooth surface white cartridge paper of good quality, or suitable draughtsman’s tracing materials, and should normaily be suitable for reproduction at about one-half to two-thirds (linear) their original size. Very large originals should be avoided. Scale is best indicated by a rule on the drawing itself. If a magnification is quoted this should be checked carefully against the final block. Graphs can be reproduced from originals on graph paper with feint blue ruling, but all lines to appear on the finished block must be inserted in Indian ink. Lettering on line-drawings and graphs should be inserted lightly in pencil, and will be finished in uniform style. The following standard symbols are available for graphs, etc.: A, &, O,©, 0, +, x, ©. Avoid other symbols as far as possible. If an illustration includes plant-names or place-names these should be typed clearly on a separate sheet of paper. Photographs can be accepted only where essential. They must be of first-rate technical quality, of good but not excessive contrast, and of a size and character suitable for the necessary reduction. Remember that fine detail may be lost on even the best half-tone blocks. Legends to text-figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet of paper and attached at the end of the typescript. If in doubt about the citation of names or references, or the presentation of illustrations or tabular matter, contributors are advised to consult the editors before submitting their typescripts. Further useful information and advice will be found in General Notes on the Preparation of Scientific Papers (2nd ed., Royal Society, London, 25p.). Proofs. Authors will normally receive a galley proof. Particular care should be given to the thorough checking of references and tables. It should be assumed that only actual errors of typography and fact can Be Eid in proof; as far as possible any words of phrases deleted should be replaced by others of equal engt Twenty-five offprints are given free to authors of papers. Further copies may be obtained at the Society’s current price, and must be ordered when the proofs are returned. The Society as a body takes no responsibility for views expressed by authors of papers. Papers and short notes should be sent to Dr G. Halliday, Dept. of Biological Sciences, The University, Bailrigg, Lancaster. Books for review should be sent to Dr N. K. B. Robson, Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7. Plant records should be sent to the appropriate vice-county recorders. rr ne a ee Watsonia January 1972 Volume nine Partone —_ Contents Stace, C. A. The history and occurrence in Britain of hybrids in Juncus subgenus Genuini soe oe Beattie, A. J. The pollination ecology of Viola. 2, Pollen loads of insect-visitors .. we ve ot eae = oe oS CaNNon, J. F. M. and BANGERTER, E. B. Plant records from Mull. and the adjacent small islands. 3 Oa Bee a S SALISBURY, E. J. Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. in England with special reference to its dispersal and germination ae ieee Roserts, R. H. and SyNNottT, D. M. Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland and North-East Ireland ee oe SHORT NOTES .. = ie ce = a :: PLANT RECORDS a a Ke AE Be Book REVIEWS .. Re ee Pe a * a OBITUARY ae os ee me 53 A es : REPORTS Annual General Meeting, May 8th, 1971 = ae 3 no Report of the North-East Regional Meeting .. .. - Committee for the Study of the Scottish Flora — ae ae : . Exhibition Meeting, 1970 A Field Meeting, 1970 0 | THE CopDE OF ConbucT: A LisT OF RARE PLANTS by A. J Richards Published and sold by the Botanical Society of the British Isles, c/o Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W.7. Watsonia, 9 (1). Price Two pounds WILLMER BROTHERS LIMITED, BIRKENHEAD A member of the Tinling Printing Group WATSONIA Botanical Society of the British Isles Patron: Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother Applications for membership should be addressed to the Hon. General Secretary: c/o Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7, from whom copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained. Officers for 1972-73 Elected at the Annual General Meeting, 13th May 1972 President, D. McClintock Vice-Presidents, J. E. Lousley, Dr F. H. Perring, Prof. J. Heslop-Harrison, J. C. Gardiner Honorary General Secretary, Mrs M. Briggs Honorary Treasurer, M. Walpole Honorary Editors, E. F. Greenwood, Dr G. Halliday, Dr N. K. B. Robson, Dr C. A. Stace Honorary Meetings Secretary, Miss G. Tuck Honorary Membership Secretary, Mrs J. G. Dony All enquiries concerning sales of, or advertising space in, the Society’s publications should be addressed to D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, West Ealing, London, W.13. Watsonia, 9, 73-79 (1972). 73 Presidential Address 1972 THE COMMON GROUND OF WILD AND CULTIVATED PLANTS D. McCLINTOCK My interest in wild flowers has been increasingly concerned with and enriched by an interest in cultivated plants. That our Society’s next conference in September 1972 is the first, and I hope not the last, joint one with the Royal Horticultural Society and that this should coincide with my Presidency of our Society is coincidental: the conference was planned before I was approached to take this office. Nevertheless I am glad of the coincidence, because I feel strongly that both gardeners and field botanists have much more in common than some realise and that each can gain from a closer acquaintance with the other’s main area of interest. There are those who think that field botanists and gardeners are ‘different animals’. Mr H. G. Hillier writes (in his new Manual of Trees and Shrubs, p. 364 (1971)) of W. J. Bean and E. H. Wilson that they were “tremendous companions” in the garden, but of A. Rehder that “like so many botanists he was not ‘good company’ in the garden’’. Of course all of us have, happily, different tastes and skills, each able to add something the man next door cannot, and vice versa. But any botanist worth his salt ought to be able to be “good company in a garden’’, explaining aspects the gardener may be unaware of. The supreme reason for close collaboration between plantsmen of all interests is that the plant kingdom is one—indeed, all nature is. All garden plants derive ultimately from wild plants; and both are controlled by the same mechanisms and considerations. Only by taking the full range in cultivation and the wild can a proper appreciation be obtained of any group, such as a genus or a Species. Other reasons for collaboration are that botanists and gardeners see them from different angles, and often knows different details; that a knowledge of ecology must help with cultivation; and that there is much to co-ordinate, and understand, in the naming of plants—and each can often give, and correct, names. A main advantage of looking at a genus or species, both in the wild and in gardens, is to realise just what forms of it do, and can, exist. Those which do are rarely all those which can. In the wild, competition and natural selection are constantly eliminating extremes of variation. Plantsmen on the other hand cherish the extremes and the unusual; and the keener the plantsman, often the wider his taste. In specialist societies, such as the Heather Society, every form of variation is pounced on, propagated and cossetted. Snowdrop specialists and many others are just the same! Which of the results are really garden-worthy is a matter of opinion, and which are different enough from existing cultivars is another moot point. But knowing and recording and preserving every form of variation shows uniquely what a taxon is capable of. An indication of this for ordinary Ling, Calluna vulgaris, is to be seen in Plate A 74 D. McCLINTOCK 178 (alas, not reproduced in colour) in the Royal Horticultural Society’s Journal for September 1971. Some cultivars come from seedlings, or sports, observed in gardens. But many others will have been noticed, collected, and collected alive, in the wild. There are too many dried, dead herbarium specimens of interesting or poten- tially interesting variants which should have been propagated: recently at Kew I came across “Erica cinerea floris pulchris carneis from near Blair, the seat of the Duke of Athol in Scotland” in Lightfoot’s Herbarium, some 200 years old. Once propagated, ample samples can be taken for the record, and gardens enriched as well. When Mr J. W. Dyce found a double-flowered Calluna in Norfolk in 1971, he rightly collected the odd voucher for a herbarium, but also shoots for cuttings, of which over 200 were taken, and he left the bulk of the plant intact. Undoubtedly it is easier just to pick and press specimens; taking cuttings calls for extra trouble, and skill as well, a skill too few field botanists possess. They would do well to get instruction in some of the arts of propagating and cultivation. Until they do, they lose, and so do our gardens. I would suggest too that seed be especially taken, when convenient, partly for sowing and partly to store with the specimen, dried naturally, so it can be sown later if required, and for any seed bank. For the ability to grow and watch widens our knowledge. One can learn to recognise a plant at the seedling stage and right through to seed time, get familiar with its jizz throughout life, and — so understand it better, and spot it the more readily and accurately in the wild. One can also safely collect rootstocks and the like from garden material. Unusual, and even usual, wild plants can be studied to see how stable they are and, perhaps, discover why they mutate or revert. Such cultivars of heathers as Calluna ‘Ruth Sparkes,’ which have sported in such a variety of forms, could well reward such study. I must here anticipate the strictures of my friends of the never-pick-wild- flowers brigade. Maybe their extremism is now dead; indeed, an arch-pro- tagonist provided the original inspiration for the booklet Flowers You May Pick, now long-overdue to appear. But I consider it not only right, but wrong not, to try to propagate a good form of a wild plant growing in a normal population— a heather cutting for example is a tiddley enough object for a plant to spare. Left to itself, a marked variant is likely to be lost, levelled down by gene flow. All the more important therefore to give it a helping hand to survive; and vegetative reproduction alone is reliable. Seed cannot be guaranteed to preserve the characters—but may do so. A broom I noticed in flower in September in Brittany some years ago transmits this character to its seedlings. So now I have brooms in my garden which flower not only in May but continue through July and August and go on right to the late autumn. But sow seed from a fine heather, and the chances are you will get ordinary ones. I do however rate the chances higher of good plants from seed from a collection of good varieties, where genes for desirable characters must be more prevalent. Equally, either because such extreme forms are less stable genetically or because observation in gardens is closer, or both, sports have been noticed much more in gardens than elsewhere. Two groups of heathers, however, tend to transmit their characters to their seedlings. One is those with yellow or golden foliage, so easily picked out at the early seedling stage. The other is the prostrate forms from sea cliffs where there seems now to be inbred a genetic factor as well to survival in the PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1972 75 windy environment. Such ecotypes of course are to be found in other genera as well. But knowledge of their nature can come only by transplant and propaga- tion experiments, growing plants and observing them in gardens. F. W. Burbridge wrote (J/ R. hort. Soc., 11:83 (1889)): “The garden is a laboratory in which experiments are constantly being carried out, often unconsciously”. Sowing seeds can also be very instructive, particularly with controlled pollination. Only thus can we tell which of the dwarf brooms are genetically so. Only thus was it learnt that the vari-coloured flowers of Daboecia cantabrica ‘Bicolor’, once assumed to be a chimaera, could be transmitted to its offspring— there is an interim note on this in the Proceedings of the R.H.S. Scientific Committee for Sept. 22 and Oct. 13, 1970 (p. 50). Not only do we learn more by propagating good plants we see in the wild, but we preserve them: conservation in action. Many gardens are doing valuable work by growing plants rare, or liable to extinction, in the wild. But I would also commend the bold action of the man who refound Homogyne alpina in Scotland when he took a root. This was grown on, shared with numerous other gardeners; and as a result specimens of the genuine Scottish plant could be, still can be, freely seen fresh, and are also readily available for herbarium specimens, all this without any further pressure on the wild patch. Such culti- vation of rarities also enables localities to be restocked if the need arises, as I hope will soon be done with Cypripedium calceolus, or, in a much lesser way, was done with Ornithopus compressus at Swanley in Kent (details in the Bulletin of the Kent Field Club for 1969, p. 51). Experiments, too, record the tolerance of a plant in different soils and conditions, i.e. give clues to its ecology. Thus gardens, or gardening botanists, can teach field botanists. Equally, field botanists can teach many gardeners what is likely to prosper in which conditions, knowledge which is patently lacking in certain gardens. Not that this is as clear as it might seem. Read any Flora, and it will tell you that Erica ciliaris grows in boggy places. Come to my very dry sandy garden and you will find it self-sown and exuberant on the steep south-east-facing, well drained, slopes. The secret here no doubt is lessened competition, as well as the probable fact that most plants are much more tolerant in such circumstances than is generally realised. Take another example. Helianthemum polifolium is a plant of limestone. Yet it seeds itself in my acid rockery, no doubt also from the same reason. But take also Dianthus gratianopolitanus, a plant of chalk and limestone, which barely survives there, and has not flowered for years. I interpret this that it needs lime as well as absence of competition, i.e. it is an obligate calcicole. So plants may do well in gardens in places where they would not do well in the wild. Even so, a knowledge of habitats must help garden planning, and is essential in the wild garden and for obtaining successful ground cover. The last two are important sources of some of the border-line plants people hold differing views on—are they wild or are they not? To my mind a wild plant is one which competes successfully in natural, or semi-natural, associations, spreading by seed or vegetatively. That a plant is sterile is no bar to its fitting into the British scene—recent examples are Veronica filiformis and Cicerbita uralensis (macrophylla); and indeed Lysimachia nummularia may well also have been brought to this country for decorative or other reasons, and escaped. Forms of this last plant are currently being investigated. Bamboos flower rarely or even not at all, but some spread widely by rhizomes into great thickets. 16 D. McCLINTOCK Yet no wild flower book so far really includes them. Here, gardeners should come to our aid in naming them, although they are thankful for the help of the botanist, above all our own member Dr Hubbard. There are admittedly difficulties in deciding when to treat a plant as wild and when not, and the decision must be a matter of personal opinion. But such an opinion should be the same throughout a book or a paper, the author having seen each doubtful plant in situ and judged by the same criteria. But to know what is grown in gardens is a great help in naming what survives, in gaining better precision by being aware what garden variants exist or may appear outside. Professional botanists have always tended—less so nowadays— to scorn non-native plants or escapes. Our wild flower literature is the thinner and poorer from such a narrow view. Our flora is always changing and one of the changes that is going on ever-increasingly is the incorporation into it of foreign plants, many of which derive from gardens. Specialised knowledge may be able to tell that a given variation in the wild must be garden-derived. One way in which wild flower people can assist, and interest, gardeners, is with weeds, for a weed in a garden may be a natural rarity elsewhere, and weeds after all only exist where man has been. Not only may botanists name © them, but they may deduce from them the nature of the soil and the history of the garden, for some weeds remain remarkably local, and the origin and history of many are fascinating. They may even give evidence that the birds had been > fed the previous winter. Several distinctive weeds have been spread from nurseries, for example Draba muralis, Rorippa sylvestris, Oxalis corymbosa, Crassula helmsii and Mibora verna. Some of the distinctive, introduced, weeds in my own garden I have pleasure in recognising, or I am told suddenly appear, in the gardens of friends to whom I have given plants. Few gardeners can name many of the weeds they have. The names they do give them frequently differ from those in our books and some of our standard names might well be modified accordingly; and so might some of the names gardeners use for them, such as Mare’s-tail. I hope that an increased awareness of what some ‘weeds’ are may mean less use of blanket herbicides in gardens. The gardener will gain agreeable surprises from the seedlings he will then discover from some of his own special plants, which otherwise would have succumbed to the general massacre. For horticulturists, nomenclature is a major anathema, and a cause of dislike of ‘botanists’. This is partly because of ‘tongue-twisting’ Latin names—and taxonomists would do well to bear the ordinary man in mind when coining names—and partly because of name changes. Citations mean nothing to prac- tically any gardener, let alone those such as “(Benth. & Hook.) Asch. & Schweinf.’’, and it is even worse if these gentlemen’s names are spelt out in full. Here I might quote from one of the admirable weekly essays in the Financial Times for Nov. 17, 1971, by Robin Lane Fox: “Plants have a science of their own and gardeners should be aware of it: botany, however, does not have many friends among gardeners (nor, often, does gardening among botanists), not least because botanists keep changing the names of flowers from one ugly polysyllable to another in the interests of what scientific congresses call nomen- clature. This opposition between scientists and lovers of flowers is most regret- table. With the help of a little botany, gardeners can enjoy their flowers knowingly, and though it is hard to love cells and chromosomes, instead of the roses which are their finished product, what is lost in love is gained in understanding; PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1972 77 the botanically-minded gardener can size up the problems and charms of his plants much as the psychiatrist sizes up his patients. The simplest entry to botany is through books, but most of these are so unbearably prosy that few gardeners could bear them for long.” Field botanists dislike name changes just as much, and have done for many a long year, and also yearn for stability. Indeed, I wish there were a rule that no name change could be implemented until ten years after it was proposed, and even then it should be specially agreed by both horticulturists and botanists. This might eliminate some over-hasty proposals. But nurserymen in particular have a commercial grievance as well over name changes—it means altering all their catalogues and plant labels, and reinstructing their staff and their customers, who go on asking for plants by the same old name. This is where the proposal for horticultural equivalents may come in, horticulturists retaining the old name, but adding the new one in brackets, for a period anyway. It seems a sensible compromise. Here I should like to say a word or two in praise of the invaluable catalogues an ever-increasing number of nurseries are publishing. They are of value not only nowadays, but for years to come. Indeed, in any event old catalogues should not be thrown away, but presented to some suitable library such as the Lindley, Kew, Edinburgh or the British Museum. But we must be clear that horticulturists are as much bound by the rules as anyone else: it is not just “‘botanists’ who make and alter them. The International Code of Nomenclature of Cultivated Plants (latest edition 1969) is purely an extension of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1966), agreed by gardening plenipotentiaries from all over the world: they are one, and truly international. Everyone ought to recognise that following the rules is the only hope for stability, although inevitably nomenclature must be to a certain extent unstable, because the plants themselves are, and because our knowledge of them develops. The changes come from three main causes. If a plant has been bearing a name that clearly belongs to another, obviously it must give way, for two plants cannot bear the same name. One regrets the original inaccurate identi- fication, but the sooner it is corrected, the better. Even here, there may be doubts as to how distinct two plants are, at specific, subspecific or varietal level. For the revision of a plant’s status or genus the ground may be more debatable. Most such changes evidence improved awareness of relationships, but they should be proposed only with the greatest circumspection. Plants in different species, or even genera, which look distinct enough in the wild in this country, may prove elsewhere to be connected by intermediate forms with no clear distinctions possible. The final cause, and the least satisfactory of all, is the discovery that a hitherto familiar name is not in fact the earliest valid one under the Rules. The worst example of this was when Erica “mediterranea’’, which has been universally and unambiguously used for one plant and one plant only for nearly 200 years, had to be replaced by a specially coined and totally unwanted name, E. erigena. The history is set out in the Heather Society’s Guide to the Naming of Plants, pp. 20-21 (1969). One precision of horticultural nomenclature can surely be used profitably by field botanists—I refer to the treatment of clones and cultivars. Briefly, the essential difference between a clone and a variety is that a clone is a group of plants propagated vegetatively one from the other without full sexual processes, and all therefore identical in genetic make-up. “‘Variety” is often used for a 78 D. McCLINTOCK clone, but strictly it is a botanical category for a free-breeding population in the wild, which will inherently include variation as the genes combine differently every time pollen fertilizes ovule and seeds develop. A single variant from such a wild variety may be, often is, selected and propagated and thereby becomes a clone. But the difference between the genetically-identical, vegeta- tively-propagated clone, and the genetically-various sexually-produced variety is basic, and should be brought out by precision of nomenclature. Thus Betula pendula ‘Dalecarlica’ can be used only for the vegetative descendants of the original tree. But f. dalecarlica (L.f.) Schneider will cover any similar very deeply, narrowly and distinctively, lobed form. Thus too Erica arborea ‘Alpina’ and var. alpina Dieck. Many of our wild plants, more than most people realise, are in fact clones, reproducing themselves unchanged by vegetative means. There are two main groups. One is plants such as mints, where seedlings are rare and stolons are almost the rule for natural spread, in this instance much aided by gardeners. Other examples are plants never, or hardly ever, known to fruit in this country, such as Acorus calamus. The other group is the agamospermous apomicts, where there is no sexual mingling, no gene exchange, but asexually-formed seed reproduces identically individual plants and individual aberrations, as in Alchemilla or most species of Hieracium or Taraxacum. To my mind, if we are sure they are clones, none of these taxa should have Latin names of specific — or varietal status. A species, or a variety, once more, is a true-breeding popula- tion with all its inherent variation. The non-breeders have no variability and are as much clones as garden cultivars of heathers or Hebes or hundreds of other shrubs propagated by cuttings—and they should be named accordingly. The tall, stout garden Apple Mint should be Mentha ‘Alopecuroides’, or this same cultivar name with a hybrid binomial, if one is sure of the origin and the correct name for this particular cross. Garden nomenclature allows a cultivar name with only the genus, and such is frequently most convenient, and avoids any spurious accuracy. Another genus in which such nomenclature should often be adopted is with the naturalised Narcissi. As was pointed out in the Royal Horticultural Society’s Daffodil and Tulip Year Book for 1971, pp. 181-3, in a great many instances these are recognised, named, garden plants which, for reasons not yet fully understood, seem to persist unaltered over the ages, reproducing almost exclusively by offset bulbs. They should be named in Floras as Narcissus “King Alfred’, ‘Princeps’ and so on. I have earlier argued, e.g. in Companion to Flowers, p. 51 (1966), that Sagina ‘Boydii’ and Erica ‘Stuartii’ are nothing but clones and their names should show the fact. Cultivar names given since 1959 cannot be in Latin form. Nevertheless it might be advantageous if clones of purely wild plants did have basically Latin names although still in cultivar style, i.e. in single quotes, starting with a capital letter and not in italics, while the ‘fancy names’ were kept for clones arising in gardens, names such as Rubus ‘Black Maria’ for a garden blackberry—for those who like puns. Accurate nomenclature is very much assisted by, perhaps impossible without, adequate dried specimens, hence the importance of herbaria. These horti sicci seem the antithesis of a garden, dead, brown plants, and this no doubt is one reason why so very few—any?—gardeners ever press a garden plant. Indeed until lately there was not even such a record for plants the Royal Horticultural Society had given an Award of Merit to—and as a result it is now impossible to PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1972 79 know what some of these were like. Herbaria are the essential complement to the living plant, each having advantages the other cannot have. So few are the cultivated plants in any of our herbaria, that it may be safely said that anyone who presses and dries specimens of the plants in his own garden will be doing a useful service, and at no risk to our rarities. Once dried, plants all lose, sooner or later, colour. This should be noted on the sheet, in the terms of one of the horticultural colour charts; and to have the same information for wild plants would be a rarely-seen benefit. I have not said enough of the advantages to be gained by field botanists visiting gardens, public and private, or nurseries, especially to see what other plants in a genus or family look like, or even what cultivars there are of British wild plants, or to help name escapes they see. Equally gardeners could do well to take a look at the Order beds of our Botanic Gardens, or realise that all is not dry in a herbarium (and most have admirable collection of pictures as well), or in a Flora, to enlarge their ideas similarly. Only last year I showed Potentilla erecta on a moor to a keen and able young plantswoman, who was quite thrilled to realise there were wild Potentillas too. It just shows what rewarding pleasures there are unsuspected in the others’ domain. ened on ii 3 i pipet “A < od (0 + 2g, = : Aol vl wes . ne hair ¥ a uftan’ 7 Bais ne easbon): ft .. = Thee ; IShw eved 2 Watsonia, 9, 81-107 (1972). 8] Variation in sea mayweed (Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch) in the British Isles Q. 0. N. KAY Department of Botany, University College of Swansea ABSTRACT Population samples of sea mayweed (Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch) collected from 32 maritime sites in the British Isles showed a wide range of morphological variation in simultaneous cultivation at Oxford, and remained distinct from scentless mayweed (T. inodorum (L.) Schultz Bip.). All were diploid (Qn = 18, 18 + B, or 18 + 2B). Plants from beach sites generally had fairly long, branching stems, brush-like or rather fleshy leaves, and strongly inflated achenes; the stems were prostrate in plants from exposed beaches but ascending or erect in plants from more sheltered sites. Plants from cliff sites were generally short-stemmed, with fleshy leaves and less inflated achenes. Most characters were substantially retained in cultivation. Plants from the Atlantic coast of Europe from north Portugal to southern England characterised by strong purple pigmentation and narrower leaf segments are referred to T. maritimum subsp. maritimum var. salinum (Wallr.) Kay, comb. noy. Natural selection appears to maintain the distinctive characters of some local populations despite gene-flow from other populations and from TJ. inodorum. Local populations are often very small, and genetic drift may be an important factor affecting variation. INTRODUCTION The sea mayweed, Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch (Asteraceae- Anthemideae), is a biennial or short-lived perennial herb, with much-divided, tripinnate leaves and large, white-rayed capitula, which is native on the coasts of western and northern Europe from northern Portugal to the Arctic. It is a halophytic plant, and is most frequently found near the highest drift-line on beaches and in the spray-zone on sea-cliffs, typically on rather unstable or moderately disturbed substrata. It also grows in some seabird nesting colonies, where it may be very abundant, and occasionally grows in artificially disturbed ruderal sites near the sea. T. maritimum is a variable species which has attracted the attention of many taxonomists. A number of nomenclatural solutions, usually based on studies of herbarium material, have been proposed for the twin problems of variation within 7. maritimum and the relationship between 7. maritimum and scentless mayweed, 7. inodorum (L.) Schultz Bip. (an annual weed of arable land and waste places). Many names have been coined for the taxa involved, at the levels of species, subspecies, variety and form, and nomenclatural confusion has been increased by periodic re-allocation of the taxa to a new genus; the genera Matricaria, Chrysanthemum, Pyrethrum, Chamaemelum and Tripleuro- spermum have been favoured at different periods. Studies of achene morphology (Briquet 1916, Kyn¢clova 1970) and of the chemistry of secondary products, especially polyacetylenes (Sgrensen 1963), strongly support the inclusion of the taxa in the genus Tripleurospermum, which is now generally accepted. Opinion is still divided on the question of the status of T. maritimum and the related y) Q. 0. N. KAY species JT. inodorum. A number of investigators who have used comparative cultivation and other experimental techniques have concluded that T. maritimum and T. inodorum, although interfertile to some extent, are best regarded as separate species (Nehou 1953, Lévkvist 1963, Kay 1969), but other workers have regarded the taxa as subspecies (Vaarama 1953, Pedersen 1961). The marked ecological and morphological differences between 7. maritimum and T. inodorum, the infrequency of hybrid and intermediate populations, and the partial or complete sterility of a proportion of the hybrids do, however, support the view that it is best to treat the taxa as species. The pattern of variation within 7. maritimum sensu stricto is not well under- stood. Several forms of the species were described by Neuman (1882) from Swedish material, and Lester-Garland (1921) attempted to apply Neuman’s classification to British plants, though with limited success; Lester-Garland’s translation of Neuman’s key to the forms is erroneous at one point, partly reversing Neuman’s meaning, and annotations on herbarium specimens show that Neuman’s and Lester-Garland’s classifications were interpreted very differently by different taxonomists. Transplant experiments carried out during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries (Lloyd 1844, Drabble & Drabble 1910, Massart 1921) were interpreted as showing that 7. maritimum was merely an environmental modification of 7. inodorum, with no genetic basis, and, if this view is taken, named varieties of 7. maritimum have little significance. | However, several more recent studies of T. maritimum in which transplant experiments or comparative cultivation have been used have demonstrated that T. maritimum and T. inodorum remain distinct in cultivation, and have also shown that different populations of 7. maritimum retain their differences in cultivation (Turesson 1922, Hiiser 1930, Nehou 1953, Rottgardt 1956). These investigators each restricted their studies to a relatively small area and a small number of populations. Most recent taxonomic treatments of T. maritimum sensu stricto divide it into three taxa: southern populations with distinctive purplish-red stems and brush-like leaves are separated as the taxon salinum; northern and Arctic populations with distinctive broad, brown-black borders to the involucral bracts are separated as the taxon phaeocephalum (‘ambiguum’), which is sometimes regarded as a species, and the remaining geographically intermediate populations are regarded as typical maritimum. Clapham (1962) observed that the British forms of 7. maritimum (and T. inodorum) required further study; he regarded 7. maritimum and T. inodorum as subspecies of T. maritimum (subsp. maritimum, and subsp. inodorum (L.) Hyland. ex Vaarama) but, rather surprisingly, tentatively allocated the maritime forms of southern British coasts (var. salinum) to subsp. inodorum. In his view, subsp. maritimum was found only on the coasts of western and northern Britain, usually as var. maritimum but with some var. phaeocephalum in the extreme north. Although the taxonomic status of British Tripleurospermum populations clearly merited investigation, the work described in the present paper was not undertaken primarily in the hope that it would provide a neat solution to a taxonomic problem. During an investigation of the biology of the British species of Anthemis, Matricaria and Tripleurospermum (Kay 1965), I realised that the maritime Tripleurospermum populations were unusually interesting, both in their varied and often extreme maritime habitats, and in their population structure: small, fluctuating populations of short-lived perennials with a high reproductive capacity, growing in localities which are often widely separated SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 83 from one another and subject to considerable environmental changes from year to year. It soon became apparent from field observations that virtually all these maritime populations, including those of southern Britain, belonged to T. maritimum rather than to T. inodorum both morphologically (notably in the characters of their achenes) and, with some exceptions, ecologically, in their close limitation to the drift-line and spray-zone habitat. It was felt that an investigation of the amount of morphological and genetic variation that existed in these populations would be extremely interesting and would help to elucidate the relationships between the populations and the extent to which each population was adapted to its local environment, and would also help to clarify the relationship between 7. maritimum and T. inodorum; preliminary morphological investigations had suggested that some populations of T. maritimum had been affected by introgression from T. inodorum. T. maritimum is a phenotypically plastic species, especially in size, habit and leaf characters, and comparisons between specimens collected in the field are of limited value because the phenotypic differences between plants growing in different environments may lack a genetic basis. Sample groups of plants from the populations that were to be compared were, therefore, grown simul- taneously under identical conditions in order to eliminate environmentally induced, purely phenotypic differences. Most of the morphological comparisons described below were made using these simultaneously cultivated plants. The characters of the achenes, which appeared to be relatively non-plastic, were, however, studied using material collected in the field; comparison of achenes collected in the field with achenes collected from cultivated plants showed that the morphology of the achenes remained fairly constant in plants from the same population, whether they grew in their natural environment or in cultivation. MATERIALS AND METHODS Thirty-two populations of T. maritimum (some apparently affected by intro- gression from 7. inodorum) and 4 populations of 7. inodorum, collected from various sites in the British Isles, were included in the comparison. The localities of these populations are listed in Table 1 and shown in Fig. 1. A brief description of the habitat of each population, the dates when achenes were collected, and rough estimates of the number of established plants in each population and the approximate distance separating each population from the nearest population of the same species (unusually easy to estimate in 7. maritimum, which is very conspicuous when in flower) are also given in Table 1. Ripe achenes were collected from some populations in 1962 and from the rest in 1963. Where possible, single ripe capitula (each containing c 50-180 achenes) were collected from each of 25-30 well-separated plants and the samples bulked. In many cases fewer plants were sampled (most frequently because the population was so small that fewer than 25 plants bore ripe achenes) and in those cases a single capitulum was still taken from each plant, but instead of bulking the achenes equal numbers of achenes were taken from each capitulum so that each original plant had an equal representation in morphological comparisons. All 36 populations were included in a single comparative-cultivation experi- ment carried out at Oxford in 1963-1965. Achene samples from all the popula- tions were germinated simultaneously in Petri dishes in October 1963, and Q. O. N. KAY 84 WAXOdCONI ‘L ANV WAWILIAVW (£ AO SNOILVTNdOd GaIdNVS JO SUAHNWNN ANOSONOUHO ANY ‘SAZIS AIdWVS GNV NOILLV1NdOd “‘LV.LIAVH “ALIS ‘I ATEVL €9' ELT (1) 81 (€) 9°0 Ol os uI¢—-0 HO/Ia 76°LE/EZ Agsa[suy “stipequely 6] €9° ELT (I) 8I (€) 7-0 ZI O€ wWig—Z Ho €6°LE/ET Aesoisuy “Avg sovulsd) 8g] €9°6'S (1) 81 7-8-0 (ll OV wI-0 ysid IT08/Z1 eyoiquieg ‘sepligis LI Z9'O1'T (Z) SI [> 8-9 CI we IND 9870/07 T[eMUIOD “WRIA WOd 9] Z9'OI'E (DEST [> a Os wy]-0 esid PL Ss/Ol [TeMuroD ‘Aegourjuerjsu0y CI €9'O1'S (1) 8I I € TI WO Id vL'L6/Ol J[enusoD “weyulq pI €9'O1'S (Z) 81 i= Z (6 WCE IND 68°S0/07Z J[BMUIOD JesejULL, ET €9°L'O€ (I) 8I ¢-0 S7-07 Os w9]-O1 OA 687 PrS/OI =feMurOD ‘oouyjnueleg 7] €9°L'O€ (1) 81 ¢-0 S7-07 os wE—-0 HONIG = =sszsrs/ol esurtoD ‘eouyjnueiieg [I €9°6' 77 (Z) SI Gre O£-SZ 00! wi¢—] INAO 88°Sr/OE JoSIOd “Yoo}speig UoJING OJ £9661 (I) 81 (6 Or-SE OOE Wp-| INAO LO7Z8/OE yoSIOd ‘9AOD YWOMINT 6 €9°6'8I (Z) SI I< Ob-SE OST wyI-0 INI 06°0€/0r orysdurey “usaeyAoy = 8 79'6'67 - | ¢'0> O£-SZ 007 wyI-0 su/Id CO'W9/Ip ctysduiey “1oysoyoyIOg = L ty 79660 AT+8I ‘SI C= TI O£ wIZ-0 HO/Ia 76'S8/0r xossng “‘Aasjag 9 €9'O1'Z (Z) 8I C= C7-07 OV wiz7-| su/Id Pr Le/I9 joy ‘Avg SjoresIeP IS ¢ €9'OI'E (Z) 8I OIl< O£-SZ 007 wWI-0 ysesid 79'SE/19 juoy ‘Avg [[eMseg €9'OI'€ (1) 81 OI< O£-SZ OOr wW]-0 ysIad L9'E1/T9 jus y “Yyosemsg = € 0) (1) 81 ¢< O€-SZ 08 wI-0 suy/Id 6S94/79 YOYNG “ssoup1oj1QO Z €9'°6'91 (Z) 81 C< G Ci wy-0 ysesid 9v'08/E€S YJOJION ‘pesH 309S | WINU1J1ADUL * J, UOT}D9][O9 a 5 gq Vv sacl yeNgeH DOUSIOJOI ons “ON jo oyeq opminty PUD Jou 85 SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) CIEE c9'OT 01 e9 OI V e9 OIE COOL c9'L 61 £969 YIN) ) COL LT COELE £968 £96 6 (s5) (0) Gl £98 17 98ST €9°8°97 E9'£ 9C (1) 81 (S) 81 Gh) AI+8t ‘81 (Z) 81 (Z) 81 (1) 81 (Z) SI (€) 81 (1) dZ7+81 (Z) SI (1) 8I (I) 8 (1) 8I (1) 81 (1) 81 (1) 81 (Z) 81 GS 1-0 1-0 (Z) €-0 (Z) €:0 ¢-0< ¢-0 7:0 Z (Z) 7-0 (sosoyjuored UI po}JUNOS ssUI[Pses JO JOqUINU) soUDYyoe po}eUIUIOS WOIJ (UZ) JoquInU sWIOSOWWOIYS : (sosoyjuoied ul suoneindod so dnoid }xou 0} 90Ue}sSIP) UY UI UONe[ndod }xou 0} ddUR)SIP poyeUWT}so P9}99][09 910M sousyoR YSIYM WoOIF sjuvyd Jo Joquinu uonefndod oy} ul sjuvjd poysiqeiso Jo Joquinu poyeuyjso :; O€-S7C Sc—-0¢ Va) N 2 N MMMM CO COO FM WOL wcol ug uCcy utT—0 wud wi¢7—0¢ wi0c-S wyI-0 wOS—-Ol wo wy-0 wo m[-0 wy[-0 wuy—0 wOI-C LHOA ‘purl sqeie ‘Ty Sopispeol ‘sy 5.OOJ-YyO ‘4{O ‘prems Asseis ‘1H SUIN}LI}JSGNS YOOI YIM JID ojqeys sow “D SuIN}eI}sqns JOS YIM JID sqeysun “O_ SYyovoq ssurys “YS ‘yoesq Apues ‘eg £(UO) OUT[-1JIIp ‘[q :syevqey AD LS'OS/LE snsuy ‘soripeuur y, Z0'Sb/7P oITYsyIog ‘Ysro[sjossog, 9¢°94/79 yoyns ‘ysinqopry c9've/19 judy “UOJsULT| WNAOpOUL * J, SC EP/IVN Ppuepieygs ‘prenO Joyseq v7'0S/LE OJ ‘ImMUIs}Ud I, €0:96/8E€ SuIPIvOUTy ‘sotUOOgd v0'L6/8€ UdEPIOGY ‘SSON| BOIH €60°9€9/LT [TASry “sy syoeTpoAreny 960°019/LI [Asry “sy syoeyfoaren 61 OL/LI JA3rV “purysy [res 80°€L/LI [Asry ‘purysy sum €£°68/LT [As1y “oly YoOT — Kempen ‘oD ‘keg ysturysny = ALIN “OD “oUeUIOID = PIOJIO}ICAA “OD “UIOg A110 SS'Is/Ez Aosasuy ‘uvyokg YORI], 9€ ce ve re (GS Ie Of 6¢ 87 WG 9¢ Sc vc €C CC Ic 0c 86 Q. O. N. KAY 29 30 36 =3] ] au 7) Ul 35 3 : a3in4 1 en > 15- ONS SV7 1 12 Ficure 1. Locations of the populations of T. maritimum and T. inodorum included in the comparison. ten seedlings were taken from each sample and grown under uniform conditions in a cool greenhouse, evenly spaced and uniformly illuminated in identical boxes, 45cm x 30cm x 8cm deep, containing a single batch of sieved John Innes No. 2 potting compost, with 20 plants in each box. In some cases one or more of the seedlings failed to establish themselves, but in most cases growth was satisfactory and uniform within population samples, although marked differences between different populations in the rate of growth of the seedlings were observed. In early May 1964 five plants (but six from populations 3, 12, 22, and 31, and all ten from populations 25 and 27) were taken from each of these groups of ten plants, and transplanted singly into 9cm plastic pots, again containing a uniform batch of John Innes No. 2 potting compost; the pots were SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 87 evenly spaced at 15cm centres in rows 20cm apart (and thus moderately crowded) in a water-retaining bed of horticultural peat on a flat, uniform, concrete surface outdoors. Care was taken at all stages to ensure uniform watering and to avoid damage to the plants. The populations were arranged randomly, not in a geographical sequence, but plants from the same population were grown side by side in a single row to facilitate comparison. In most cases the plants appeared to be healthy and grew to a size within the range observed in normal plants of the species in the field. However, in three cases—Tintagel (13), Port William (16), and Luing (25)—most or all of the cultivated plants were moder- ately to severely chlorotic during the entire period of cultivation, and con- sequently lacked vigour and were considerably smaller than their parents. The Garvellachs beach (28) plants, although not chlorotic, were also unusually small and weak. In some other cases the cultivated plants, although healthy and of average size, were either larger (e.g. Orfordness, 2, and Swalecliff, 3) or smaller (e.g. Perranuthnoe beach, 11, and Tentsmuir, 31) than those of the original wild population. The main characters that were studied in simultaneous cultivation were, in the seedlings, the morphology of the fourth true leaf and, in the adult plants, the morphology of the rosette leaves, the colour, habit and length of the stems and the degree of perennation. Leaf characters were recorded by shadow-printing on bromide paper, using a focussed light-source so that the outline of the leaf was recorded accurately. The characters of the achenes were studied using samples from the field collection made from each population; the main achene characters that were investigated were the length, width and mean weight of the achene, the degree of inflation of the ribs on the ventral face, and the shape of the ‘oil-glands’ at the upper end of the dorsal face of the achene. MORPHOLOGICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL VARIATION There was (with some exceptions discussed below) relatively little variation within most populations of T. maritimum, both in the characters of the achenes collected in the field and in the characters of the plants grown in simultaneous cultivation, but the differences between different populations were very striking in many cases. Variation was generally irregularly clinal, and populations from the same region usually had several regional characters in common, but in some cases populations from closely adjacent localities showed conspicuous differences in several characters, and in other cases populations resembled others from the same region in most characters but had one or more unusual features. T. maritimum and T. inodorum maintained their differences in cultivation. Some populations of 7. maritimum showed fairly clear signs of introgression from T. inodorum. The polygraphs in Fig. 2 summarise, for each population, six characters (degree of inflation of the ribs and shape of the oil-glands of the achene, length and angle to the horizontal of the main stem, and the shape and number of the leaf-divisions) which were among those characters which differed significantly from population to population and showed apparent correlations with regional and local environmental variation. ACHENE CHARACTERS Differences in achene morphology are regarded as being among the most reliable and constant characters separating 7. inodorum from T. maritimum 89 SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) “T 9QeL Ul poyst] pue | ‘3I.{ ul UMOYS oe suoTje[ndod poarequuinu oy} JO Sos oY], “9svd YOvo Ul UBS dy} JO IOLIN pepuLyS OY} 9d1M} 0} [enbs YISus] BO} UMBIP Ov SOUT] [VIPVs JOYS OY], ‘(QIOUW IO ¢ = U) SIO}OVIeYO UWIDd}S OM} pu (OJ = H) SIO}OBIVYS Jeo, OM “(COE = ¥) sIa}ovIeyO ousYyoR OM} JOJ suvoW UOTe;ndod oy} SuIMoYs sydeisAjog °7 AUNOL{ yea; yy uo Ganon eZ, 18 as a Ce 2 é | | sjuawBas jo saquing oo @ 6 @ (| ce seal UW Jo | spiaepurys adeys purjb-|10 y}6ua| Was “o> G yuauBbas jo 5 W> 7 aC Wied WS G l Z € v S : ee S (a fi il} tl) il SS COGS ‘es s sqi4 auayoe 40 : uoi}esedas Spaepur}s uol}esedas qia auayoy Baeus SS ine f Se pay [aa 90 Q. O. N. KAY 3-OMmm 745) ACHENE LENGTH oO 20 }——_ — 1:5 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 REFERENCE NUMBER (nn | oe en Se eee es eee, ee eee a OE AE || a Se | T. maritimum T. inodorum FicureE 3. Achene-length. The circles show the population means; the thick bars are drawn to a length equal to twice the standard error of the mean, and the thin lines to a length equal to twice the standard deviation. (Nehou 1953); 7. inodorum typically has relatively small achenes with the ventral ribs dense in texture and well separated, and the oil-glands at the apex of the dorsal face roughly isodiametric, while 7. maritimum typically has larger achenes with the ventral ribs spongy in texture, inflated, and contiguous or scarcely separated, and the oil-glands longitudinally elongated. The size of the achenes (Fig. 3) was found to show considerable variation among the populations of 7. maritimum that were sampled. Scatter-diagrams of achene characters (Fig. 4) suggest that the relatively small mean size of the achenes of Ficure 4. Scatter diagrams showing the characters of samples of twenty achenes from five populations of T. maritimum and one population (33) of T. inodorum. The Orfordness (2) and Portchester (7) populations of 7. maritimum appear to be strongly introgressed by T. inodorum and the Selsey (6) population also shows some signs of introgression. The Perranuthnoe beach (11) population exemplifies ‘pure’ beach T. maritimum, with buoyant, strongly inflated achenes. The achenes of the Garvellachs cliff population probably show the effects of relaxation of selection for coat buoyancy in its cliff habitat, rather than introgression from 7. inodorum; the latter was absent from the uninhabited Garvellachs. Achene length, mm. 227, ly ro) SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 91 fo) v Tk) 9 5 eins o'¢ ° ? 7? ? ) % ) 9 Say" 5 Ca) ee. Manston (33) Selsey (6) 1-0 1:7 Achene breadth, mm. ? ? ? ee “4 q F59 a0 °? : 2 i : To Coe" Por sper . Orfordness (2) Portchester (7) ? ? Or Orc .0 ) S98 9 ane oP Perr? ° oh or? ? eos ee, Pore? Perranuthnoe beach (11) Garvellachs cliff (27) Rib separation Oil-gland shape OMo*o7's" @ COA Ove SUNPSN CSTR 2T i Vaid sa fii 92 Q. 0. N. KAY some populations from the southern and eastern coasts of England (2, 5, 7) was a consequence of introgression from 7. inodorum. If these introgressed populations are disregarded, the remaining, relatively pure populations of T. maritimum show a fairly clear regional pattern of variation in achene-size in Britain—an irregular cline, with the size of the achenes decreasing from east to west along the southern coast of England, reaching a minimum in Cornwall, and then increasing northwards to reach a maximum in western Scotland. More samples would of course be desirable; the three Irish samples suggest that a parallel cline may possibly exist in Ireland, and the very large achenes of the Shetland population (32) may represent a northward extension of the cline. T. inodorum also showed a range of mean achene-size among the four popula- tions that were included in the comparison, from 1:-48mm x 0:-69mm (Alde- burgh, 34) to 2:10mm x 1-l6mm (Tannadice, 36). The mean size of the achenes also varies clinally in 7. inodorum in Britain, increasing from a mini- mum of c 1:-S5mm x 0-7mm in southern and eastern England to a maximum of c 2:2mm x 1:2mm in northern Scotland (Kay 1965); and while it is usually possible to distinguish 7. maritimum from T. inodorum by achene-size alone in southern England, where the achenes of 7. inodorum are much smaller than those of T. maritimum, it is not possible to do so in north-eastern Scotland, where the achenes of the two species are similar in size. The degree of inflation and separation of the ventral ribs of the achenes were scored by comparison with a set of standards (Fig. 2). The achenes collected from beach populations of 7. maritimum had uniformly strongly inflated and contiguous or almost contiguous ribs, with the exception of those collected from a number of populations that had probably or possibly been affected by in rogression from T. inodorum (2, 5, 7, and possibly 21, 22 and 24). The achenes collected from some cliff populations of T. maritimum (e.g. 16 and 27) had ribs which were less strongly inflated and showed some degree of separation, and the oil-glands also were relatively weakly elongated (see below); the achenes resembled therefore those of ‘introgressed’ populations. In comparative cultiva- tion, plants from these cliff populations retained their achene characters, but also retained extremely fleshy leaves, short, little-branched stems, and other extreme maritimum characters. The degree of longitudinal elongation of the dorsal oil-glands of the achene was also scored by comparison with a set of standards (Fig. 2). The pattern of variation shown by this character was similar to that shown by the rib characters; some achenes with isodiametric oil-glands, resembling those of T. inodorum, were found among the achenes collected from ‘introgressed’ beach populations, and some cliff populations, which were morphologically very different from 7. inodorum in all except achene characters, also had achenes with relatively broad or even isodiametric oil-glands. Oil-gland shape and rib inflation were weakly linked in ‘introgressed’ populations (Fig. 4). Much variation in oil-gland shape was, however, found in 7. maritimum, both within populations and between populations from the same area, in contrast to the relative uniformity of the rib characters. Although the oil-glands of T. inodorum are uniformly isodiametric or broader than long, never longi- tudinally elongated, it was clear that oil-gland shape alone is an unreliable character for distinguishing 7. maritimum from T. inodorum. A number of achene characters that were difficult to measure or score precisely also showed some variation from population to population, for example SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 93 colour, surface texture, shape, the length of the groove separating the ribs, and the form of the short membranous pappus at the crown of the achene (Fig. 5). Narrow, supernumerary dorsal ribs were frequent in some populations. Achenes with four ventral ribs were a minor component of the achene collections from several populations, and a few achenes with only two ventral ribs were observed among the achenes collected from the unusual Shetland (32) popula- tion. 5mm 27 FiGure 5. Dorsal and ventral views of typical achenes from six populations of T. maritimum and two populations (35, 36) of T. inodorum. GERMINATION BEHAVIOUR The germination behaviour of the achenes collected in 1962 was studied in January and March 1963. Preliminary tests had shown that the achenes of both species required both light and alternating temperatures for optimum germina- tion, and the comparative tests were carried out in the regime which had given the most rapid and complete germination (16 hours in darkness at 3°C alternat- ing with 8 hours in light at 20°C). Samples of 50 achenes from each population were tested in January, and the experiment was repeated, with samples of 100 achenes from each population, in March. The results are shown in Table 2. The populations of 7. maritimum that were tested showed some differences from one another, but all except the introgressed Portchester (7) population germinated much more rapidly and completely than any of the twelve popula- tions of diploid 7. inodorum that were included in this comparison, without leaving the residue of dormant but viable achenes which is characteristic of T. inodorum. Only two of these populations of T. inodorum were included in the later morphological comparison in simultaneous cultivation (Besselsleigh, 35, and Tannadice, 36), but the results of germination tests on three other popula- tions of TJ. inodorum are given in Table 2, to show the typical germination behaviour of diploid T. inodorum. LEAF CHARACTERS The adult rosette leaves of J. inodorum and T. maritimum are irregularly tri- pinnately divided into a large number of segments. These leaf-segments are 94 Q. O. N. KAY TABLE 2. GERMINATION OF ACHENES OF T. MARITIMUM AND T. INODORUM 3°C night/20°C day temperature alternations were used, with diffused natural lighting. After 21 days in this régime, the pericarps of the remaining ungerminated achenes were removed, and achenes which lacked embryos, or contained embryos which failed to germinate within 7 days after removal of the pericarp, were regarded as inviable. Germination is expressed as a percentage of the total number of viable achenes. % germination Reference Site of January 1963 March 1963 number collection Days Days q/ 14 21 7 14 21 T. maritimum 6 Selsey 59 98 100 75) & 100. 41100 1 Portchester 16 68 96 46 88 93 15 Constantine Bay 80 100 100 91 99 100 16 Port William 79 100 100 al 97 ~=©100 27 Garvellachs cliff 4 98 100 20 99 100 29 Greg Ness 54 98 100 66 100 100 T. inodorum — Fareham, Hampshire 12 69 81 40 79 86 35 Besselsleigh 16 70 85 23 78 90 — Stillington, Yorkshire 4 2 82 21 88 95 — Dalmeny, West Lothian nil 33 66 6 60 82 36 Tannadice Q 35 48 9 69 81 long, narrow and acute in T. inodorum, but relatively short, broad, obtuse and fleshy in T. maritimum. It was found that there was a close correlation between the characters of the fourth leaf of the seedling and those of the adult rosette leaves on the same plant, and most quantitative measurements and com- parisons between populations were made using the fourth leaves of simul- taneously cultivated seedlings. In most cases ten plants were sampled from each population. The results are summarised in Fig. 2. Differences in the characters of the leaves of different populations of 7. maritimum had of course been observed in the field, but the extent to which these differences had a genotypic basis had been uncertain. In simultaneous cultivation many populations retained very marked differences from one another, and these differences were even more striking when they were observed in plants growing side by side (Figs. 6 & 7). Most of the cliff populations had, both in simultaneous cultivation and in the field, leaves with very short, broad, fleshy segments which were relatively few in number, e.g. Port William (16), Garvellachs cliff (27) and Greg Ness (29). The beach populations showed more variation. Most beach populations from southern England had short but relatively narrow leaf segments, which were very numerous and closely packed in the adult leaves, giving the latter a rather brush-like appearance, but the Swalecliff (3) and Portchester (7) populations had relatively few leaf segments, and the Portchester population also had unusually narrow leaf segments, probably as a consequence of introgression from 7. inodorum. The leaves of beach and cliff-foot populations SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 95 ‘hoon J ZA Dt Wp YD “gf tye D F. L g Besselsleigh (35,T.inodorum) Selsey (6) ra Constantine Bay (15) iddh Port William (16) 5 cm went Traeth Bychan (20) Garvellachs cliff (27) Seil (26) Greg Ness (29) Ficure 6. Leaf-prints of typical rosette leaves from plants grown in simultaneous cultivation, May 27th 1964. Each leaf was taken from a separate plant. from western England and Wales had relatively short and broad segments, which were generally fewer in number than those of southern English popula- tions; the Dinham (14) population was exceptional in having unusually narrow leaf segments. The beach populations from Ireland and north-western Scotland showed most variety in their leaf characters. The two southern Irish populations (Waterford, 21, and Cromane, 22) had relatively elongated leaf segments, which were few in number; the leaf segments of the Loch Etive (24) and Luing (25) populations were also elongated, but numerous; the Aughinish Bay (23, western Ireland) and Seil (26, north-western Scotland) populations resembled Q. O. N. KAY 96 TT heYe "T 9QeL, Ul pois] pue | “Si Ut UMOYS 91 sUOCT}e[Ndod poJoquINU 94) JO SIS SUL, “P96 API YISZ-WILT “WOT}BATI[NS SNOSUE}[NUIS UI UMOIZ sjUL[d WoIJ soAvs] 9}}9SOI [eoIdAy JO syulId-jeoT *, ANSI 62 SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 97 one another in having short, narrow and numerous leaf segments which were bunched in separate groups on long, narrow leaves of distinctive appearance. The Tentsmuir (31, eastern Scotland) population, which grew on a sandy beach, had extremely fleshy leaves with short, broad segments resembling those of the eastern Scottish cliff populations (Greg Ness, 29, and Doonies, 30). The four populations of 7. inodorum that were included in the comparison all had long, narrow and acute leaf segments which were relatively few in number, giving the adult leaves an open structure which contrasted with the compact fleshy or brush-like structure of the adult leaves of most populations of T. maritimum. HABIT AND STEM CHARACTERS Many of the populations of T. maritimum that were included in the comparison had shown marked differences from one another in size, habit, and stem characters in the field, but, as with the leaf characters, the extent to which these differences had a genetic basis had been in considerable doubt. However, in simultaneous cultivation there was still much variation from population to population in the size of the plants and in the lengths, pattern of branching, angle to the horizontal and colour of the main and subsidiary flowering stems, and the differences between plants from different populations growing side by side were very striking. At one extreme, all the plants from Aughinish Bay (23) had completely prostrate stems, with the primary stem only half the length of the basal axillary stems; at the other extreme, most plants from south-eastern English populations had erect primary stems which equalled or exceeded the ascending basal axillary stems. The mean values for the length and angle of the flowering stems in simultaneous cultivation are shown diagrammatically in Fig. 8. Most population samples were fairly homogeneous in habit and stem characters, but there were some exceptions. The most notable was the occur- rence of a few plants (one in the Portchester sample, 7, one in the Constantine Bay sample, 15, and three in the Seil sample, 26) which lacked normal elongated flowering stems, but had a large number of very short flowering stems which were concealed by the leaves, giving the plants a distinctive caespitose appearance when in flower. The other plants in these three population samples had elongated flowering stems of normal length. All the plants which originated from populations growing on exposed beaches in the western British Isles, from Dorset to Argyll (9, 10, 15, 17, 23, 26), were prostrate, nearly prostrate, or caespitose in cultivation; the prostrate stems grew to a considerable length in some cases. Plants originating from beach populations in southern and eastern England (2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8) were generally ascending or erect in cultivation, although some came from exposed habitats in which the parental plants had been dwarf or prostrate (e.g. Swalecliff, 3); the Scolt Head (1) and Selsey (6) plants, which came from the most exposed sites in this group, were only weakly ascending in cultivation. Plants originating from populations growing in rela- tively sheltered beach and cliff-foot sites in the western British Isles were weakly or distinctly ascending in habit (e.g. 11, 18, 22). Plants from cliff populations varied: those from the sheltered Perranuthnoe cliff (12) resembled those from the nearby sheltered beach population (11) in their ascending habit and fairly long stems, but the plants originating from the exposed cliff sites at Tintagel (13) and Port William (16) were prostrate in cultivation; only about half of the plants from the exposed Scottish cliff sites (27, 29, 30) flowered in cultivation, 98 Q. O. N. KAY 8 @ ny ] re Se 1 2 | 6 re Se & Oo @ ) 7 8 9 10 1] 12 ] (G re ] 9° 8 & 13 14 15 16 17 18 a) @ 0 C) & 19 20 21 22 23 24 & 6 ©) O @ @ ZS 26 Lh, 28 29 30 @ ® O O O O 31 32 33 34.47: 35 36 50cm Percentage of plants perennating Diameter of perennating rosettes ] ‘ ] c) © O ® & All >75% 25-75% <25% None >3:5cm <3-5cem FiGuRE 8. Perennation and habit of the flowering stems of the population samples of T. maritimum and T. inodorum in simultaneous cultivation. The lines show the population means for the lengths and angles of the primary stem (in centre) and the longest basal axillary stems. The metroglyphs show the proportion of plants that had formed perennating rosettes, and the mean diameter of the perennating rosettes, on 18th January 1965. SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 99 and those that did had short, ascending flowering stems, as did the anomalous Tentsmuir (31) beach population. The populations of 7. inodorum that were included in the comparison showed some variation in habit in cultivation, but all had erect or ascending main and axillary stems, with the primary stem exceeding the axillary stems. However some populations of 7. inodorum from southern England, for example cereal weed populations from the Berkshire Downs and northern Norfolk, can assume a prostrate habit in cultivation, although others, for example the Tannadice (36) cereal weed population, appear to have a fixed erect habit even in well-spaced cultivation (Kay 1965). The colour of the flowering stems of 7. maritimum shows a wide range of variation, from pale green to intense purplish-red; the purplish-red anthocyanin pigmentation may also extend into the bases of the leaves. The colour of the flowering stems of T. inodorum varies less, and is usually pale or medium purplish- red. In simultaneous cultivation, the most intense purplish-red pigmentation was found in plants of 7. maritimum from populations on the southern coast of England (2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12) and no plants from this region lacked pigmentation. Some plants from several populations in western Britain and Ireland (15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25) showed medium purplish-red pigmentation, but most plants from the west and north had stems with pale purplish-red pigmentation, and some plants lacking pigmentation occurred in the samples from all the Anglesey and Argyll populations (18, 19, 20, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28). All the plants in the Tintagel (13) and Tentsmuir (31) populations lacked antho- cyanin pigmentation. Deep purplish-red stem coloration has been regarded as a character of the southern ‘salinum’ taxon of T. maritimum. Some such plants occurred in all the cultivated population samples with relatively brush-like ‘salinum’ leaves, but other plants in most of these samples had stems which did not differ in colour from those of some plants from northern and western populations with no ‘salinum’ characters. However, the intensity of the pigmentation appeared to increase in dry conditions, and it is possible that southern popula- tions may have relatively darker stems ‘n their rather drier natural environment than they have in cultivation. PERENNATION T. maritimum is intermediate between a hemicryptophyte and a rosette chamaephyte in its growth form, perennating rosettes of leaves being formed near to and around the bases of the flowering stems in the autumn. It is usually a rather short-lived perennial, and in the field plants often die after flowering profusely. The extent to which the plants perennated in simultaneous cultivation was estimated by recording the occurrence and average diameter of perennating rosettes in late January 1965 (Fig. 8). None of the plants from populations of T. inodorum perennated, and all were dead by late January. Most of the plants from populations of T. maritimum perennated well, and in the majority of cases all the plants from a population perennated strongly. One plant was lost trom populations 5, 7, 13, 15, 16 and 23, two from 10 and 22, three (of ten) from 27, four from 2, 14 and 12, and none survived from 28. The perennating rosettes were exceptionally small (3 cm or less in diameter) on the surviving plants from 2, 12, 22, 23, 24 and 32. Many of the populations which lost plants or perennated weakly (especially Orfordness, 2, Portchester, 7, Dinham, 14, Loch Etive, 24, 100 Q. O. N. KAY and, to a lesser extent, St Margaret’s Bay, 5, Perranuthnoe cliff, 12, Cromane, 22, and perhaps Shetland, 32) were those which deviated towards T. inodorum in their morphological and other characters, and thus may have been affected by introgression. The relatively poor perennation of the plants from the Burton Bradstock (10), Tintagel (13), Constantine Bay (15), Port William (16) and Garvellachs beach (28) populations, none of which showed any clear evidence of introgression from 7. inodorum in their vegetative characters, appeared to result from their unusual habit of growth. All were exceptionally prostrate (Fig. 8) and formed perennating rosettes some distance along their prostrate stems; in the field, these rosettes would probably be able to form adventitious roots and establish themselves, but in pot cultivation they were formed beyond the rim of the pot and tended to die. The plants from the small Tintagel and Garvellachs beach populations, which consisted respectively of two and twelve established plants, were also rather weak in the field (Table 1), perhaps as a consequence of inbreeding depression. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS Both diploid (2n = 18) and tetraploid (2n = 36) cytotypes exist in 7. inodorum (Rottgardt 1956, Kay 1969); all the populations of T. inodorum that were included in the comparison were diploid. Most well-authenticated chromosome counts of T. maritimum have given 2n = 18, but counts of 2n = 36 have occa- © sionally been reported for the species, for example by Harling (1951). Chromo- some counts were made on one or more plants from each of the 32 populations of T. maritimum that were included in the comparison: all were diploid (Qn = 18). Plants with one or two supernumerary chromosomes occurred in some populations (Table 1). FERTILITY OF INTERSPECIFIC AND INTERPOPULATION HYBRIDS Two interspecific (6 x 35, 15 x 35) and two interpopulation crosses (6 x 27, 5 x 29) were made. The interspecific crosses gave a high yield of hybrid seed, with either species as the female parent; the F, hybrid plants were vigorous, morphologically intermediate, and of moderate to fairly high (50%-80%) pollen fertility; F,s and backcrosses showed a wider range of morphology and fertility, and included a few sterile plants. The plants from the interpopulation crosses were also vigorous and morphologically intermediate between their parents; no plants from the 6 x 27 (Selsey x Garvellachs cliff) cross flowered in cultivation, but five plants from the 5 x 29 (St Margaret’s Bay x Greg Ness) cross flowered; all were of high pollen fertility (more than 90%). DISCUSSION The number of populations of 7. maritimum that was sampled for this investiga- tion was relatively small (32), but their sites covered a wide geographical and ecological range, and they probably included much of the range of genetic variation found in the British Isles. It would have been desirable to have grown a greater number of plants from each population in simultaneous cultivation, but the large size of the plants and the limited area available for experimental cultivation made this impossible. Nevertheless the samples were large enough to demonstrate satisfactorily the pattern of variation within the species; the relatively small amount of variation found within most population samples, SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 101 and the consistent and often large differences found between the samples in many characters, were striking, and in most cases experimental sampling error, although it undoubtedly occurred, probably did not affect the validity of the results. The problem of the relative importance of the various factors—natural selection, gene-flow from other populations, the number of plants in the population, and introgression from 7. inodorum—which may originate and maintain the genetic differences between different populations of 7. maritimum, is of great interest. The overall pattern of variation has already been described. Marked differences were found between adjacent populations and among populations growing in the same area in a number of instances. In the case of the Garvellachs beach and cliff populations, considerable differences were found between populations growing in strongly contrasted habitats (shell-sand beach and exposed vertical cliffs) within 300m of one another, on a small uninhabited island 8km from the nearest cultivated island and 1l1km from the mainland. The Perranuthnoe beach and cliff populations, which were separated by about 500m, grew in less contrasted habitats (cliff-foot and sloping earthy cliffs, both with a southerly aspect) and showed few differences; the differences that were observed were mainly in achene characters and degree of perennation, and may well have been a consequence of introgression into the cliff population from T. inodorum, which grew as a weed of neighbouring farm- land. Both the north Cornish (13-16) and the Argyll (24-28) populations showed considerable diversity, much of it apparently adaptive, among popula- tions separated from one another by distances of a few kilometres; only the Dinham (14) and Loch Etive (24) populations showed clear signs of introgression from T. inodorum. NATURAL SELECTION Many of the morphological characters that were investigated in simultaneous cultivation appeared to be of some adaptive importance, and a number of the differences between different populations in these characters can be tentatively correlated with differences in the environments of the original populations. In comparative cultivation, plants from exposed cliff populations generally had relatively short and little-branched stems, fleshy leaves with relatively few divisions, showed greater variation from population to population in the date of first flowering (perhaps correlated with the differing aspects of their habitats) and had achenes with ribs less strongly inflated than did plants from beach populations; the latter usually had longer, branched stems, which were extremely prostrate in plants from some exposed localities but ascending in plants from more sheltered localities, and had less fleshy and often much- divided leaves; the strongly inflated ribs of the achenes of plants from beach sites appear to be an adaptation for dispersal by water (see below). These apparently adaptive morphological differences were retained in cultivation and presumably resulted from genotypic differences between the populations. However, 7. maritimum is a phenotypically plastic species, and it was evident that genetic assimilation of apparently adaptive phenotypic characters which were observed in the field had been incomplete in some cases. For example, the Tentsmuir (31) beach population closely resembled the apparently well- adapted cliff populations from the same region (29 and 30) in cultivation (short little-branched stems, fleshy leaves, late-flowering), but differed from them 102 Q. O. N. KAY in the field, where the Tentsmuir plants were tall and much-branched, with less fleshy leaves. Conversely, and less unexpectedly, the Swalecliff (3) and Pegwell Bay (4) beach populations were prostrate or short-stemmed in their rather exposed natural habitats, but were tall and erect in cultivation. It could be argued that the relative loss of phenotypic plasticity shown by many of the other investigated populations of T. maritimum, which retained in garden cultivation characters more suited to a windswept beach or spray-washed cliff, was unadaptive because they would be unable to take advantage of locally or temporarily more favourable conditions in the field, but perhaps it is selectively advantageous in their natural habitats to be prepared for unfavourable conditions. Gene-flow between genetically different populations of T. maritimum, and even between JT. maritimum and T. inodorum, is probably fairly free in many cases (see below) and it seems that continuous natural selection must play a very large part in maintaining the genetic differences between different popula- tions of 7. maritimum growing in different habitats, especially when they are closely adjacent to one another. GENE-FLOW AND ACHENE DISPERSAL T. maritimum is self-incompatible (Kay 1965), and is visited and cross-pollinated mainly by flies; few bees visit its flowers, although those that do (e.g. Andrena spp.) may be of some local and seasonal importance. Pollinating flies are, however, abundant and active during most of the flowering season, and some strong-flying species (e.g. Eristalis spp.) are able to fly several hundred metres with ease; other, weaker-flying species may be blown for similar distances and then return to the capitula of 7. maritimum, especially in the linear coastal habitat in which coastwise winds may be frequent for topographical reasons. Thus gene-flow by cross-pollination probably occurs freely, both within populations and between closely adjacent populations. Ecological barriers may reduce cross-pollination between neighbouring beach and cliff populations to some extent, but intermediate and transitional habitats are common. Local populations are often spatially isolated from one another because areas of beach or cliff which are suitable for T. maritimum may be separated by long stretches of unsuitable coastline. Thus, as for example on the coast of south-eastern England where unfavourable chalk cliffs or sea-walls separate occasional suitable drift-line sites, a local population or group of neighbouring populations may be separated from the next population or group of populations by a distance of several kilometres. The same is true of some other coastal species, for example Crambe maritima, Lavatera arborea and Raphanus maritimus. Populations of 7. maritimum growing on islands may also, of course, be sepa- rated from the next island or mainland population by a considerable distance. Such populations may therefore be separated from one another by too great a distance for inter-population pollen transfer to occur. However, there may still be some gene-flow between the populations. 7. maritimum is probably dispersed over medium and long ranges quite effectively by its floating achenes. Achenes collected from the Selsey (6) population were found to remain afloat in sea-water for at least eight months, meanwhile retaining high viability (Table 3); and the highest drift-line, where floating achenes may be deposited by winter storms, is a common habitat of beach populations of T. maritimum. Thus beach populations may be in genetic contact with one another by floating achenes, SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 103 TABLE 3. FLOATING AND SURVIVAL OF ACHENES OF T. MARITIMUM AND T. INODORUM IN SEA WATER Replicates of 50 achenes were used. The containers were stored at 20° C and periodic- ally shaken. After the 40 day and 220 day periods, the achenes from one replicate of each sample were removed from the sea water and washed in distilled water; the pericarps were removed from the achenes and the embryos were placed on moist filter-paper in petri dishes. The embryos which failed to germinate within two weeks appeared to be dead, and were regarded as inviable. | 2 days 40 days 220 days o Zo Yo %o Yo Vi floating viable floating viable floating viable T. maritimum 100 n.d. 98 84 96 88 (Selsey, 6) T. inodorum 20 n.d. 16 84 4 74 (Besselsleigh, 35) even though they may be separated by distances of many kilometres. This mode of dispersal will be less effective as a means of genetically linking cliff populations with one another and with beach populations, because many cliff populations do not extend down to the level of the storm drift-line. However, cliff populations which lack suitable cliff-foot habitats may interpollinate with neighbouring beach populations, and may thus be in indirect genetic contact with other cliff populations through the floating achenes of intermediary beach populations. Direct genetic contact between spatially isolated cliff populations may occasionally take place as a consequence of achene-dispersal by seabirds or man. INTROGRESSION FROM TRIPLEUROSPERMUM INODORUM Intogression from T. inodorum into T. maritimum is probably common. Hybrids between the species are vigorous and moderately to fairly highly fertile, and can often be found, sometimes in considerable numbers, in places where the parental species meet and suitable intermediate habitats occur. Populations of hybrid origin are locally well-established as weeds of some ruderal habitats in western Britain (see below). Many isolated populations of T. maritimum in southern England, and prob- ably also elsewhere, grow in sites where 7. inodorum is abundant in nearby farmland, but are separated from the nearest population of T. maritimum by distances of some kilometres. Such populations may cross-pollinate freely with T. inodorum, while they are in contact with other populations of T. maritimum only by drifted achenes. Field observations suggested that this was the case with the Keyhaven (8), St Margaret’s Bay (5) and Pegwell Bay (4) populations; the Orfordness (2), Swalecliff (3) and Portchester (7) populations were close to fairly large roadside populations of 7. inodorum, and the Perra- nuthnoe (11, 12) and possibly also the Selsey (6) and Lulworth (9) populations were fairly close to smaller populations of T. inodorum. However, the popula- tions in this southern English group that clearly deviated towards T. inodorum in their morphological characters in cultivation (2, 5, 7, 12) all grew in habitats 104 Q. O. N. KAY that were to some extent intermediate between the arable land and roadside habitats of T. inodorum and the maritime habitat of 7. maritimum. The Orford- ness and Portchester sites were both disturbed roadsides which sloped down to the beach and were within reach of winter high tides, the St Margaret’s Bay plants grew on a shingle-ridge which was enclosed by a low sea-wall and used as a car-park but was still within reach of spray and occasional waves during winter storms, and the Perranuthnoe cliff site was an unstable sloping earthy cliff below the edge of a ploughed field. Natural selection may have favoured the intermediate characters provided by introgression from TJ. inodorum in these intermediate habitats. Introgression from J. inodorum may also have affected the Swalecliff and Pegwell Bay populations to some extent; although these populations had extremely inflated achenes and other unmistakable characters of T. maritimum, they also had some unusual features, in leaf characters, habit, and perhaps increased plasticity, which may have resulted from some gene-flow from T. inodorum. The Lulworth, Keyhaven, and Selsey populations, which showed scarcely any morphological signs of introgression from J. inodorum, grew in typical maritime sites; the Keyhaven population, which grew on the seaward side of a grassy sea-wall enclosing a cultivated field in which a large population of typical JT. inodorum grew as a field weed, must have been particularly subject to cross-pollination by T. inodorum. This evidence strongly suggests that substantial introgression from T. inodorum into a population of 7. maritimum can only take place when a fairly large population of T. inodorum is present and when the habitat of the 7. maritimum population has been modified by artificial disturbance. POPULATION SIZE The population structure of T. maritimum is unusual in several ways: in the small number of plants in a typical population (populations of less than 50 established plants, separated by distances of 1km or more from the next population, are the rule rather than the exception in some areas), in the temporary and unstable nature of the cliff and drift-line habitat, in the fairly wide range of shore habitats in which the species can grow, and in its effective means of long-distance dispersal by floating achenes. It is difficult to see how the founder effect (incomplete representation of the range of genetic variation of the species in the small number of plants founding a new population) and genetic drift (random fluctuations leading to loss of alleles in small populations) can fail to affect the genetic nature of some populations of T. maritimum. The plants that were grown from the achenes collected from the two smallest populations that were sampled (Tintagel, 13, and Garvellachs beach, 28, the former consisting of two established plants and the latter population of about twelve) were relatively weak in cultivation and appeared to suffer from in- breeding depression, presumably as a consequence of the operation of these two virtually indistinguishable factors. However, the small number of adult plants in an apparently isolated population of 7. maritimum may be to some extent misleading; many more plants may be seasonally present at the seedling stage, perhaps regularly including some growing from achenes drifted from other populations, and there may thus be opportunities both for competition among a variety of genotypes and for recruitment of new alleles into the gene-pool of the population. On the other hand, not all the established plants may flower in any one year, and those that do flower may have differing success, so that the SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 105 majority of the achenes will be produced by a much smaller number of plants than is present in the whole population. One way to demonstrate the extent to which small populations of 7. maritimum may have lost normally widespread alleles would be to determine the number of incompatibility alleles occurring in the population. T. inodorum has a sporo- phytic self-incompatibility system of the type found in other members of the Asteraceae (Kay 1965), and T. maritimum presumably has the same system. Large numbers of alleles must occur at the single self-incompatibility locus for this system to be fully effective. A population composed of, or solely descended from, a small number of plants will possess a limited number of alleles; if, for example, an isolated population has at some stage reached a minimum of three plants, a maximum of six self-incompatibility alleles will be present in the population. THE CLASSIFICATION OF TRIPLEUROSPERMUM IN THE BRITISH ISLES It is difficult to fit the patterns of variation of variable outbreeders like Tri- pleurospermum maritimum and T. inodorum into the classical taxonomic cate- gories, and any attempt to do this, and particularly to divide differentiated local populations into varieties, is inevitably unsatisfactory and to some extent misleading in that it superimposes a discontinuous classification on a pattern of variation which is essentially continuous. The most appropriate formal classification of the taxa of Tripleurospermum found in the British Isles is given below together with a key. T. INODORUM (L.) Schultz Bip. (2n = 18, 36; annual weeds of arable land and waste places; mainly diploid in western Europe, tetraploid in eastern and northern Europe, tetraploids very rare in the British Isles. Populations 33-36.) T. MARITIMUM (L.) Koch (2n = 18; short-lived perennials of maritime habitats and some inland ruderal sites.) Subsp. MARITIMUM var. MARITIMUM (Coasts of British Isles, North Sea and the Baltic. Populations 1-3, 13-31.) var. SALINUM (Wallr.) Kay, comb. nov. Pyrethrum inodorum var. salinum Wallr., Sched. Crit., 485 (1822) (Atlantic coast of western Europe from northern Portugal to northern France and southern England. Populations 4-12.) Subsp. PHAEOCEPHALUM (Rupr.) Hamet-Ahti (Coasts of northern Scotland, Shetland Islands, Faroe Islands, Iceland, Greenland, Arctic coasts of N. America, Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. Population 32.) 1 al, ribs on ventral face of mature achene clearly separated (by at least 4 of their breadth), oil-glands at upper end of dorsal face less than 1-5 times as long as broad 3 .. I. inodorum Perennial or biennial; ribs on ventral face of mature achene contiguous or separated by less than + of their breadth, oil-glands at upper end of dorsal face usually at least twice as long as broad wh ee 2 106 Q. O. N. KAY 2 Involucral bracts broadly triangular, with conspicuous blackish-brown scarious margins at least 0-4mm wide i ci a Be T. maritimum subsp. phaeocephalum Involucral bracts broadly triangular to oblong, with pale brown or brown scarious margins less than 0-3mm wide a, a: a a 3 3 Flowering stems purplish-red to at least half-way; rosette leaves brush-like distally, with segments 0-5—O-6mm wide .. ay! ie i T. maritimum subsp. maritimum var. salinum Flowering stems with red pigmentation confined to bases of main and axillary stems or absent; rosette leaves not brush-like, with segments 0-6-1-Omm wide .. I. maritimum subsp. maritimum var. maritimum Some local populations and groups of populations included in var. maritimum in this classification are very distinct morphologically and might well be distinguished as separate varieties (e.g. populations 23 and 26, 27 and 29-31). Each of these groups, like var. salinum and var. maritimum sensu stricto, has a genetic basis and is morphologically distinct and identifiable in its typical form. It must however be clearly realised that within subsp. maritimum all the state either certainly or probably intergrade with some or all of the others both morphologically and genetically; plants of more than one taxon may be found — in the same population and many plants and populations are morphologically intermediate between taxa. The same considerations apply to subsp. phaeo- cephalum and subsp. maritimum; from herbarium specimens it appears that these subspecies probably hybridise and intergrade in northern Scotland as they do in Scandinavia (Hamet-Ahti 1969). Extensive hybridisation between T. maritimum and T. inodorum, leading to the local establishment of variable but generally intermediate populations, appears to be a relatively recent phenomenon in the British Isles. Morpho- logically intermediate populations have been observed on areas of industrial waste land with unstable soils within a few miles of the sea in several parts of western Britain. Suitable habitats may be created and maintained by industrial activity (especially smelting and quarrying) and also occur near railways and main roads but are often impermanent (e.g. on construction sites). Habitats of this type have existed only since the mid-eighteenth century in the British Isles. These intermediate populations, which usually include a proportion of morphologically abnormal and sterile plants, require further study. Interspecific hybrids have also been seen by the author at a number of localities where farm- land, with 7. inodorum as a weed, adjoins drift-line or cliff sites with natural populations of 7. maritimum, for example near the Keyhaven (8) and Per- ranuthnoe cliff (12) populations. These hybrids were, however, few in number and mainly restricted to narrow strips of intermediate habitat. Opportunities for hybridisation between the species must have been present for a much longer time in these seaside farmland habitats than in the industrial wasteland habitats described above. Much work remains to be done on the problems of micro-evolution and variation in the sea mayweed. More work on the effective size of populations and on fluctuations in their size and genetic composition, and on the inter- relationships and degree of differentiation of neighbouring local populations would probably be most rewarding. SEA MAYWEED (TRIPLEUROSPERMUM MARITIMUM (L.) KOCH) 107 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I should like to express my thanks to Dr S. R. J. Woodell for his interest and advice, to Dr L. A. Boorman, Miss Alison Davies, Dr T. T. Elkington, Dr R. A. Finch, Mr W. Scott and several members of my family for their help in collect- ing material of 7. maritimum, and to Miss Marlene Jones for her technical help. I am also grateful to Professor C. D. Darlington for providing laboratory facilities in the Botany School, Oxford. REFERENCES BrRIQUET, J. I. (1916). Compositae, in BuRNAT, E., Flore des Alpes Maritimes, 6 (1). Geneva, Basle & Lyons. CLAPHAM, A. R. (1962). Tripleurospermum, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 852-854. Cambridge. DRABBLE, E. & DRABBLE, H. (1910). Notes on the Flora of Cheshire. J. Bot., Lond., 48: 152-156. HAmet-Antl, L. (1967). Tripleurospermum (Compositae) in the northern parts of Scandinavia, Finland and Russia. Acta bot. fenn., 75: 3-19. HARLING, G. (1951). Embryological studies in the Compositae. Il. Anthemideae-Chrysan- theminae. Acta Horti Bergiani, 16: 1—S6. Hiiser, W. (1930). Untersuchungen tiber die Anatomie und Wasserdkologie einiger Ostsee- strandpflanzen. Planta, 11: 485-508. Kay, Q. O. N. (1965). Experimental studies of selected weeds. D. Phil. thesis. University of Oxford. Kay, Q. O. N. (1969). The origin and distribution of diploid and tetraploid Tripleurospermum inodorum (L.) Schultz Bip. Watsonia, 7: 130-141. KyncLovA, M. (1970). Comparative morphology of achenes of the tribe Anthemideae Cass. (Family Asteraceae) and its taxonomic significance. Preslia, 42: 33-53. LESTER-GARLAND, L. V. (1921). The maritime forms of Matricaria inodora. J. Bot., Lond., 59: 170-174. Luoyp, J. (1844). Flore de la Loire-inférieure. Nantes. LoévKvistT, B. (1963). Chromosome and differentiation studies in flowering plants of Skane, South Sweden. Bot. Notiser, 115: 261-287. MassartT, J. (1921). Eléments de Biologie générale et de Botanique. Brussels. NeHou, J. (1953). Etude comparative de Matricaria inodora L. et de M. maritima L. (Com- posées Radiées). Bull. Soc. scient. Bretagne, 28: 133-153. NEUMAN, L. M. (1882). Studier 6fver Skanes och Hallands flora. Bot. Notiser, 1882: 167-175. PEDERSEN, A. (1961). Kurvblomsternes udbredelse i Danmark (ekskl. Hieracium og Taraxacum). Bot. Tidsskr., 57: 83-289. ROTTGARDT, K. (1956). Morphologische, cytologische, und physiologische Untersuchungen von Okotypen in Schleswig-Holstein. Beitr. Biol. Pfl., 32: 225-278. SORENSEN, N. A. (1963). Chemical Taxonomy of Acetylenic Compounds, in Swain, T., ed. Chemical Plant Taxonomy, pp. 219-252. London. TURESSON, G. W. (1922). The genotypical response of the plant species to the habitat. Hereditas, 3: 211-350. VAARAMA, A. (1953). Cytotaxonomical studies on northern Tripleurospermum forms. Proc. Tth Int. bot. Congr., 1950: 279-280. (Accepted December 1971) mi coat 7 THs, ae Ont | coppdalaeihe sain ath bao vie 2 ie bua ay" aah ats, uw ihe \ i ne D sevens n andi Ab Ch, Sutihhe axils yl WEN Ca Set: eonesty Lasavein nen bru cere Oy (A) @ ayant re hl oan th, oy bye, are A coil th Pai if ante A eT! Ft TARAS OP msesoauounteet (sae) vey ‘s , eda vt dy el a ated ie ON ee A's ite Lei) ose: tebe it bet tpi ay un ts a ant) : pat DED OD Sear Sei HRI Bek GoD yay NE enact cape iengetiniaty yi onion elo tttle bgp | ey etn a a al mr Pree a eG, ou Peet Cire i A uth " i ian ‘ eh wed poguus ls ee ' ‘th aye br Aig. abet Cees eae nas by aera Warn hanitagg ius athe hae : ey are 7, OMAR CRD AR nyt ruby Bil tet cchuayeintelbebeee, ai i Ls | ; a Abe os DED oe) Wired, area) ert he nat ie WS Agalgn’ crit “7 Frei “y ‘POUER th thane! “Shrandetiy shertobeored ail! pan CK (Ou. ) RR ey bide Yes ann buna oft Sere i wEyis 7. ) | scien alee ina / apap sing . TE RMIT OT ott #) eatharhe il uD yyy! jiitr bar argu ) | | He Oe TERE! el ae it 5 res 1 a oy sare! ho Ateolotdl ohh del Dey Dy wha NG FNRI Ati RA ecet avnta ae a7 eit ke ee VA ae TRESS | 9 ; CHOY mocked), WON set afer Sie ON 2 LLG AE os 2% AP ee’) LAAT Ad ie) at ineet | i! avisbgisbu) coe ‘elt oh Sia ery BOB enh tery a PoE ui | MEIGS 60 is chery iyi thy) nial gine toae Mie tit abet. A iPADEeOA Cras Qomqnige ‘ol Lepage oi ODF At PY ; re att oy eeissae Sevetey ortd WY # EU cee: Tag MRR etary tee ‘cada es 18 ren ono ene | AE ONG 7 ORG Bid id, Le Wate, SAS 99 ay aii we cone Gain phy: PTAs OO aL ah reas! i i? Watsonia, 9, 109-116 (1972). 109 Population variation within Centaurea nigra L. in the Sheffield region T. T. ELKINGTON and L. C. MIDDLEFELL Department of Botany, The University, Sheffield ABSTRACT Measurements have been made on population samples of Centaurea nigra L. collected from a range of sites in the Sheffield region. These show that the variation within each population encompasses the range of the characters usually used to distinguish the two subspecies, nigra and nemoralis (Jord.) Gugl., into which the species is often divided. It is therefore not possible to satisfactorily divide plants of C. nigra in this way in the Sheffield area. It is pointed out that, since the same situation has been previously recorded from Cambridgeshire, it may be wide- spread in Britain and the recognition of two subspecies in this country often may not be justified. INTRODUCTION Centaurea nigra L. is a common and wide-ranging British species, which, according to Clapham (1962), contains two subspecies, subsp. nigra and subsp. nemoralis (Jord.) Gugl. These have commonly been regarded as species in the past, e.g. by Marsden-Jones & Turrill (1954). More recently Ockendon et alia (1969) have described populations from Cambridgeshire which en- compass the variational range of the characters usually used to distinguish these two taxa (see Table 3). Clapham (1962) also states that there are geo- graphical and ecological differences between the two subspecies, subsp. nigra being the prevalent northern form and on heavier and moister soils in the south, while subsp. nemoralis is the prevalent southern form, usually on lighter soils and commonly on calcareous ones. It was therefore thought useful to investigate the variation to be found in the Sheffield region, an area on the boundary of the highland and lowland zones of England, with a considerable range of geological formations and associated soils (see Clapham 1969). LOCALITIES Four populations were selected for study to cover a range of geological formations, habitats and climate in the Sheffield region. The populations sampled are all in semi-natural or long-established vegetation. Locality details, together with soils data, are given in Table 1. The Miller’s Dale site is on a steep, south-facing dale slope with a tall, ungrazed, species-rich grassland, developed on a rendzina soil profile. The population at Totley Bents grows in a cattle-grazed pasture near a stream on a heavy clay soil developed on Coal Measures strata. The site has scattered trees and bushes of Ulex europaeus indicating that the grassland is long-established. The two populations on the Magnesian limestone east of Sheffield are both in areas of ungrazed grassland, 110 T. T. ELKINGTON AND L. C. MIDDLEFELL which appear to be semi-natural. Lists of the species present in 1m? quadrats are given in Table 2. CYTOLOGY Previous chromosome counts of Centaurea nigra in Britain have all been 2n = 44 (Roy 1937), although one unpublished count of 2n = 22 has been obtained from a population at Ardtornish, Morven, Argyll, in Scotland (S. M. Walters, pers. comm.). Counts were therefore made on a plant from each population sampled. Plants were grown in water culture, and the root-tips pretreated with 0-002M 8-hydroxyquinoline for three hours and fixed in 1:3 glacial acetic acid: absolute alcohol. Roots were hydrolysed in N HCl for eight minutes at 60°C, stained by the Feulgen method, squashed in 45% acetic acid, made permanent by the liquid CO, method and mounted in Euparal. All counts made were 2n = 44. TABLE 1. LOCALITY DETAILS AND SOILS DATA FOR POPULATIONS SAMPLED Sample 1 Z 3 4 Locality Miller’s Dale, Totley Bents, Stony Houghton, North Anston, Derbys. S.W. Yorks. Derbys. S.W. Yorks. Grid Reference | 43/153.733 43/305.804 43/667.502 43/838.526 Altitude (m) 210 160 150 90 Geological Carboniferous Coal Magnesian Magnesian Formation Limestone Measures Limestone Limestone Soil pH (0-10cm) 6:8 5 ibeil 72 Organic Matter % 10:8 10-0 | 7:6 7:4 Carbonates % 6:2 2:0 4:5 3-4 pH determined electrometrically at field capacity. Organic matter determined by wet oxidation with hydrogen peroxide. Carbonates determined by treatment with HCl. MORPHOLOGICAL VARIATION CHARACTERS AND MEASUREMENTS The characters by which subsp. nigra and subsp. nemoralis are distinguished are listed in Table 3 together with the measurements made on the population samples. A number of characters were not measured. All plants were pubescent and none noticeably hispid. Stem-width appears to be dependent on the size of plant and was not, therefore, considered a useful character. The degree of concealment of the basal parts of the bracts, as noted by Ockendon et alia (1969), varies with size and age of the head and has little taxonomic value. The shape of the bract discs in an individual head is very variable, the innermost bracts tending to have broadly ovate discs, while the outer, basal bracts usually have more or less lanceolate discs. Measurements were therefore made on several series of bract discs from two groups of herbarium specimens in CGE representative of the two subspecies. From these the disc length/breadth ratio POPULATION VARIATION WITHIN CENTAUREA NIGRA L. 111 TABLE 2. LISTS OF ASSOCIATED SPECIES AT SITES SAMPLED Cover-abundance scored on the Domin scale within 1mZ2 areas. Locality Agropyron repens Agrostis tenuis Anthoxanthum odoratum Arrhenatherum elatius Brachypodium sylvaticum Briza media Bromus erectus Carex nigra Dactylis glomerata Festuca ovina Helictotrichon pratense H. pubescens Holcus lanatus Achillea millefolium Angelica sylvestris Campanula rotundifolia Centaurea nigra C. scabiosa Cirsium arvense Conopodium majus Galium verum Helianthemum chamaecistus Heracleum sphondylium Hieracium sp. Hypericum hirsutum H. perforatum Lotus corniculatus Origanum vulgare Pimpinella saxifraga Plantago lanceolata Poterium sanguisorba Ranunculus acris Rumex acetosa Silene nutans Stachys sylvatica Trifolium pratense T. repens and the ratio of maximum tooth-length to disc-length, as an index of relative tooth-length, were calculated. The series were of discs from the innermost bracts, discs from the outermost bracts (mentioned by Clapham 1962) and discs from the third spiral (apparent row) of bracts from the base of the head (used by Marsden-Jones & Turrill 1954). In all cases there were no differences between the ranges of the ratios for each of the two subspecies. There is a partial correlation and separation into two groups representing the two sub- species only when the two sets of ratios obtained by measurement of the T. T. ELKINGTON AND L. C. MIDDLEFELL 112 S}OIOY jUudsIOWIS SuIpNyoOxs ynq ‘sjoeIq SUT -pnjour peoy jo ones yypeoiq/y)su9] YIPIM-UW19}s [PUIOU 0} speoy MOTOq AJOVeIPOLT-« YYPIM-WWO}S JO OPI (XOPUI UOTIDESSIP) Jeo] WI9}s -piul & JO UY}PIM-eVUTWR] UINUUTUTUL O} YIPIM-vuTUe] WUNWIxeUL JO One aseq WOJ Jeo] oUT;NeO yyy Jo ones ypeoig/y) sus, eUTWE] UdYL} SJUSUOINSPO|| SATdNVS NOILVINdOd NO ACVW SLNAWAYNSVAW AGNV (796, Weyde[y wor Ayjureur) uors10d [ey -U99 POPIAIPUN 9} UY} IOBUOT 4190} Jepnsueisy Ayjes1ojejinbs = sosip sjied [eseq ojed Surpesosuod Ajo}o[du09 jou peolq uey} JosuO] A[poyseUL Spvoy oY} YeoUDq UdTTOMS YON Jou Jopuays Poy}00}-9}eNUIS IO d11U oyeTOoouR] A[MOIIeU yusosoqgnd sypsowau *dsqng uolj10d [e14U99 POprlAIpun oy} surjenbs ynoqe y}00} Jepnsueisy A[peoig A1dA sjied eseq sjed suljesouo0s Ajajo;du09 =F peoiq uey} Josuo] Ajoo1vOS speoy oy} YyyeouNq UdT[OMSs A][snonoIdsuos yno}4s pyneuuid AJMoy[eys 10 poyyoo} o}e[Oo0uR] A[PeOIg pidsry SOSIP JORIG 19jNO sosepuodde jovig odeys-proyxy W9}S UI9}S UOTJOOSSIP-JegyT - odeys-jeoy sousosoqnd-jeaT pésiu “dsqnus Joyoereyy STTVYOWAN “dSANS ANV PUYDIN “dSHOS VYOIN VPANNAVINAD NAAMLAYEd SHONAUAHAIG TVOIDOTOHdYOW “€ ATAVL POPULATION VARIATION WITHIN CENTAUREA NIGRA L. 113 outermost bract discs are combined in a scatter diagram. This separation is not, however, complete and measurements of bract discs are not therefore included here: The measurements listed in Table 3 were made on each of fifty plants collected at random within each population sampled. Only stems with flowering heads were collected for investigation. One leaf and one head were measured per plant, the ratios were calculated and the scatter diagrams prepared from these data. RESULTS LEAF MEASUREMENTS. Scatter diagrams of length/breadth ratio of lamina and dissection index have been plotted for the populations sampled. All scatter 10-0 8-0 on fo) Leaf length/ breadth ratio > fo) 2:0 6) 2:0 4-0 6:0 8:0 Leaf-dissection index Ficure 1. Scatter diagram of leaf length/breadth ratio and dissection index measurements for the population sample from locality 2, Totley Bents. 114 T. T. ELKINGTON AND L. C. MIDDLEFELL diagrams are similar and those of the population samples from locality 2, Totley Bents, and 3, Stony Houghton, are given as examples (Figs. 1 & 2), the latter also including the ratios obtained from the measurement of the representative herbarium specimens mentioned previously. There is clearly both a wide range in values for these ratios within a population and also correlation between them. Plants with relatively narrow leaves tend to have low dissection, these being distinguishing features of subsp. nemoralis, while plants with relatively wide leaves have high dissection, these being features which A 1¢:0 8:0 4:0 Leaf length/breadth ratio 2:0 () 2:0 4:0 6:0 3:0) Leaf-dissection index FIGuRE 2. Scatter diagram of leaf length/breadth ratio and dissection index measure- ments for the population sample from locality 3, Stony Houghton (O), together with measurements of representative herbarium specimens of C. nigra subsp. nigra (A), and C. nigra subsp. nemoralis (A). POPULATION VARIATION WITHIN CENTAUREA NIGRA L. 115 characterise subsp. nigra. These extremes are, however, connected by a wide and continuous range of intermediates. The groups of herbarium specimens show the same features, but to a lesser degree. There are minor differences between the populations, these being greatest in the populations for which scatter diagrams are given. Thus the Stony Houghton population has a predominance of individuals with relatively narrow, little-dissected leaves, while that from Totley Bents has a majority with relatively wider, more dissected leaves. It is worth noting that the Totley population is from a site on Coal Measure strata, the soils being heavier than those from the limestone localities. HEAD MEASUREMENTS. Scatter diagrams of length/breadth ratio of heads and stem inflation index were prepared for the population samples. The diagram for the sample at locality 1, Miller’s Dale, is shown in Fig. 3, together with the measurements of representative herbarium specimens. As in the case of the leaf measurements, the variation within a population spans the range of variation of specimens representative of both subspecies. There are also differences between the variational patterns of the populations. That from 1-6 1-2 = S © o® © = 0-8 oti co > 2 G3 gs 0:4 0) 1:0 2-0 3:0 4:0 Stem-inflation index Ficure 3. Scatter diagram of head length/breadth ratio and stem inflation index measurements for the population sample from locality 1, Miller’s Dale (O), together with measurements of representative herbarium specimens of C. nigra subsp. nigra (A) and C. nigra subsp. nemoralis (A). 116 T. T. ELKINGTON AND L. C. MIDDLEFELL Miller’s Dale is most variable and has individuals like subsp. nigra for these characters; that from Stony Houghton lacks such plants, but has individuals with measurements corresponding to subsp. nemoralis. The population pattern for these characters is therefore different from that resulting from measurement of leaf characters, indicating that leaf and flowering-head characters are not correlated. DISCUSSION It is clear that the populations sampled in the Sheffield district have a wide range of variation, similar to that recorded from Cambridgeshire by Ockendon et alia (1969). Indeed it is difficult to find specimens which have all the charac- teristics of one or other of the subspecies. As in Cambridgeshire there are differences in flowering time between the populations, those from Totley Bents and Stony Houghton being in full flower about one month later than the other two. There is, however, no correlation between this and the morphological characters studied, and indeed the Totley Bents and Stony Houghton populations are the two which are most dissimilar in terms of leaf characters. Much of the variation within Centaurea nigra has been ascribed by Marsden-Jones & Turrill (1954) to hybridization with C. jacea, but there is no evidence for this in the Sheffield area, nor is C. jacea recorded for the region. | It seems possible that the variation recorded here is normal within populations of this species, both for the Sheffield area, which includes a wide range of climatic conditions and soil types, and for Cambridgeshire. In some other parts of Britain only part of the variational range of the species may be present; thus the maps given by Perring & Sell (1968) indicate that plants with subsp. nemoralis features are characteristic of the chalk and limestone of southern England, whereas plants with subsp. nigra characters are much more scattered in these areas. It is therefore not possible to satisfactorily divide plants of Centaurea nigra in the Sheffield region into two taxa and the populations in this area are thus similar in this respect to those in Cambridgeshire studied by Ockendon et alia (1969). If further investigations show that this situation is widespread in Britain recognition of two subspecies in this country would not be justified, although it would clearly be interesting to map the distribution of individual characters within this species. REFERENCES CLAPHAM, A. R. (1962). Compositae, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 800-931. Cambridge. CLAPHAM, A. R., ed. (1969). Flora of Derbyshire. Derby. MARSDEN-JONES, E. M. & TURRILL, W. B. (1954). British Knapweeds. London. OCKENDON, D. J., WALTERS, S. M. & WHIFFEN, T. P. (1969). Variation within Centaurea nigra L. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 7: 549-552. PERRING, F. H. & SELL, P. D., ed. (1968). Critical supplement to the Atlas of the British Flora. London. Roy, B. (1937). Chromosome numbers in some species and hybrids of Centaurea. J. Genet., 35: 89-95. (Accepted November 1971) Watsonia, 9, 117-130 (1972). 1a i A Welsh Bramble Foray A. NEWTON 11 Kensington Gardens, Hale, Cheshire ABSTRACT The distribution of Rubus species in part of mid- and north Wales is reviewed and habitat characteristics discussed. The position of species widespread in England within the Welsh bramble communities is contrasted with that of endemic species and a table of relative frequencies is provided. Three new taxa are described. A list of records analysed by 10km squares is given in an Appendix. INTRODUCTION The published material on the subject of north Welsh brambles is scanty; many visits in pursuit of them have however been made by the botanists of the past. In the early years of the century Augustin Ley collected large numbers from Radnor and the more southerly counties, but isolated visits to Bangor, Betws-y-Coed and Festiniog (where he collected Rubus bellardii) were the extent of his considerable brambling exploits in a northerly direction. Earlier, the Betws-y-Coed—Llanberis district had been visited by Edwin Lees, A. Bloxam and C. C. Babington; the former described R. /entiginosus from Capel Curig and the last R. incurvatus from Llanberis. In the heyday of J. E. Griffith, about 1895, one or two visits were made by W. Moyle Rogers, in one instance in the company of his German mentor, W. O. Focke. These resulted in the publication of R. griffithianus, R. chrysoxylon, R. semiglaber and R. cambricus, which was almost immediately equated with R. lentiginosus Lees. J. Harbord Lewis from Liverpool and Charles Bailey from Manchester collected in the Bangor—Llanberis area and R. P. Murray at Festiniog, whence specimens of no. 91 of the British set, distributed as R. podophyllus P. J. Muell., were afterwards named R. fuscicortex by Sudre. In 1895 the district around Harlech was visited by W. R. Linton (Linton 1895, 1896) and many gatherings were made which could not be named satisfactorily; there are also exsiccata of W. H. Painter from the Aberystwyth area. Later visitors included S. H. Bickham along the northern seaboard and W. C. Barton and H. J. Riddelsdell (Riddelsdell 1923, 1924) to the Portmadoc, Dolgelley and Machynlleth districts in 1922 and 1923. Many of their gatherings were issued through the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles and Barton’s (MSS in BM) notes went some way towards recognising distinct taxa in the area. Finally, W. H. Mills paid visits to Beddgelert in the early fifties and in 1950 W. C. R. Watson published a list of his observations in the Dolgelley area (Watson 1950). A large amount of north Welsh material collected by all these botanists survives. Much is of constant, clearly recognisable species, named and un- named, but a proportion of the plants, while exhibiting features which at first sight resemble plants of other parts of the British Isles, cannot in fact be matched elsewhere. Some appear to have a fairly wide distribution, others are confined 118 A. NEWTON to limited areas or even from the herbarium evidence existed as isolated indi- viduals. This material prompted the following questions which could only be answered by careful inspection in the field: What are the main constituents of the north Welsh bramble flora? Are the widespread species of England equally as widespread there? Are there outliers of previously unrecorded English species? What are the limits of the endemic species? Are they confined to particular areas? Do they form part of distinct communities? Do their distributions overlap ? It was decided to take a preliminary look at the situation in the field in 1971 and the following itinerary was chosen. A start was made from the Presteigne area where the bramble flora is reasonably well known. From there the eastern side of Radnor Forest was explored and then the upper reaches of the Wye from Builth Wells to Rhayader previously examined by Rogers (1899). The central Wales massif was crossed and the country bounded by Devil’s Bridge, Aberystwyth and Strata Florida examined thoroughly. A route was then chosen from Aberystwyth to Portmadoc via Machynlleth, Harlech and - Maentwrog, with visits to most of the west-facing valleys including the Dovey, Mawddach and the shorter streams in the Talsarnau and Tal-y-bont areas; finally, the journey was completed via Beddgelert and the west side of Snowdon to the foothills of the Padarn ridge east of Caernarvon. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS ON THE HABITAT OF BRAMBLE COMMUNITIES 1. Discontinuous but pronounced communities were frequently visible at the 700-800 ft (213-244m) contour, which appears to correspond well with a marginal scrub zone between the upper limit of past deciduous forest and higher moorland. 2. A fairly constant fringe was observed at the lower limit of woodland between approximately 50 and 300 ft (15 and 92m). These communities are often very rich in species, particularly on gravel fans at the mouths of glacially-steepened side valleys. Between 300 and 700 ft (92 and 213m) in the areas occupied by the denser woodland and the steeper slopes, brambles occur sporadically and in small quantity. 3. River banks and terraces up to 800 ft (244m) exhibit communities similar to those of the surrounding scrub and woodland, but at least at lower levels provide ground for a limited infiltration of species more frequently to be found in the next group. 4. The littoral and sub-littoral fringe below 50 ft (15m) is occupied by a distinct assemblage of plants which are rarely found in the other groups. This con- tains several species common and widespread in lowland England. East of the Radnor Forest area this stratification of habitat is replaced by a situation in which bramble communities are most luxuriant within the wood- land zone, along valley sides at approximately 200-700 ft (61-213m) (A), with an attenuated upper ‘marginal scrub’ zone extending into the hills (B). A similar A WELSH BRAMBLE FORAY 119 situation obtains in the Upper Wye Valley where, however, the valley slopes are spattered with terrace and fluvio-glacial gravels which are exceptionally con- ducive to the profusion of bramble colonies. Below Aberedw as the valley begins to widen there is evidence of a rudimentary disturbed ground and hedgerow community (C) reminiscent of 4 above. In Table 1 an attempt is made to estimate the relative frequency of species observed in eight distinct areas in the habitats defined above. The species are classified as follows: Class 1 Species widespread and common in Britain as a whole. 2 Species widespread but not common in Britain as a whole. 3 Species widespread and common in the western half of Britain. 4 Species endemic to mid- and north Wales. 5 Species endemic to the Wye Valley and south Wales. 6 Species common in the north of England. 7 Species common in the south of England. Frequency is assessed as follows: R_ Confined to a restricted area, or as isolated bushes here and there. F Widespread in a limited area, or as widely distributed isolated bushes. C In quantity throughout the area. REMARKS ON DISTRIBUTION 1. Species of the Section Suberecti are normally confined to the moorland fringe zone. 2. Some of the ‘widespread’ groups are virtually confined in Wales to the lowest community, suggesting relatively recent infiltration, e.g. R. ulmifolius, R. cardiophyllus and R. vestitus in the more northerly portions of the area surveyed. Others, e.g. R. selmeri, R. pyramidalis, R. polyanthemus and R. lindleianus, are well distributed throughout, but do not achieve the dominance of the Welsh near-endemics. Only R. dasyphyllus of this group forms a major constant member of all the Welsh communities and achieves co-dominance. 3. Many species widespread in England or with a predominantly westerly distribution are represented only by small colonies, e.g. R. sprengelii, R. bellardii, R. flexuosus and R. rubritinctus. 4. The Welsh endemics form numerically a significant proportion of the bramble communities, e.g. R. incurvatus, R. silurum. It is noteworthy however that in this case their distributions are almost mutually exclusive. Many of this group are extremely vigorous within fairly limited areas, e.g. R. riparius, R. ordovicum and a few of the as yet undescribed species. 5. It is noteworthy that some of the Wye Valley brambles do not cross the central massif, e.g. R. acclivitatum, R. ludensis, while others, e.g. R. bartonii, R. silurum, are found on both sides of the central moorland. 6. The absence of some of the “Bangor brambles’ is noteworthy. NEW SPECIES Further investigation is necessary before some of the unpublished species can be effectively described; research is, however, sufficient for the publication of the following three species: TABLE 1. THE FREQUENCIES OF RUBUS SPECIES IN NORTH WALES ACCORDING TO HABITAT NOAUVNAAV)D JO “A —N.dd-dAHa JOGVWLYOd —NAVWNadTOd —LagaTqoda dad DOUMLNAVW —HOVAUCMVYW HOVGGUMYW UAT —XFAOd AAATA AFTIVA LNVNAATI<— ‘Ni HLAMLSAUWALV epliIopy 21815 —osplig sJlMeq<"q HLAMLSAUAELV JopeAeuy —O8PLIQMeN—STTEMA YIN ATTIVA FAM Ioupey MONA AQT IG<—"N ANOWLSdadd SseID R aa HL. 94 Sma wm = el is) 8S .S) Re SCISSUS opacus affinis fy, ee eh, fH, fy iL ae Oe = a O fk 0 o a@) 1S na ae) 0 CL, O ke oe fy Ey FL. 94 0 a 0 0 oo a 1S) on oe 0 a a Lt 1 oe 1 So) xe ~~ CORKAHO a 1) 0 Foy fy oe ~ me O & ©): XH a 0 me. OMh se a a pe ae a —=§6§tnnesnam N oo) on a 2) = o nO ; = UO GD Bes | Hu od 3 4 2 = ars y Oe = S HH SS Qanase d Sects ee eee Ses5es SESSRESESRSS LMHS overs VY Sccs os 8 SSSHERVSSssstess SSVSVESssds ce2egs SSSsveseaSses = 8 ~S Ses Amr Soy s ~ AR, AOOISIP, SW UuoVeg sisuadopoua4], SSW UoMed sisuazoppuisod, H «C SHNDINIIA, Ad u d cL SHNDINTIA, Blalyal jival OO ale A Wo} ATYoud snsouisijuay, so1seds poqiiosopu, 1S fa Foy fy ia ae) aa a4 Mpavjjaq Adqvu] suas snyjdyddsop stuDYyIo] dy saplojnpoa 1ajdoul ADSISALYJ1BUO] snulayjuvodana snpyyjod snsonxaf winapiuan} snuvda] wuinr1a0pséo snjysaa Sijnv2aqay 1uojAvg xapAOnIIsSnf SNSOU1S1JU2] mjpasuasds ‘dd UOS}OM WOM nsuas snnbuidoid SIosOY Snyofisnsuv snyofnujn winAnyis winjoj1a1jd90 nsdaqapul] snyjdydoipsv9 sisualuouumnp snjosuojodd "yf 1, LL, Hjd|/d)/oO/d Da D| of pels] DD 9s D |e] D u Hj/dj;dja 0 & [Ly dH) a al age BO 0 pe CL, 1S) Oke OO fy cL, Gs ae Cy fl, CL, fy —, tom OO FL, fy 1S) 1S) Fly a a, fy, LL, [Ly (Ly aw fad BaBIaNTANMATAMORANAAIMNEA NMA TNA aL aa 1S) O & fy, ) spal®) Oo Ke oO , 0 kt KO LO 0 ja @) MAnaontaoHNnS 2 = Om = (2) 122 A. NEWTON 1. Rubus bartonii A. Newton, sp. nov. Turio arcuato-procumbens, robustus, in apricis fusco-purpureus, super- ficiebus planis vel leviter excavatis, capillis simplicibus stellatisque vestitus, aculeis numerosis haud ad angulos omnino dispersis, inaequalibus, brevibus, e basi lata declinatis; aciculis aculeolis et glandulis stipitatis nonnullis obsitus. Stipulae latae. Folia saepe magna, 4-quinata-digitata vel subpedata, quorum petioli pubescentes aculeis reclinatis inermibus brevibus numerosis et glandulis stipitatis paucis muniti. Foliola superne strigosa, subtus vix pilosa, durescentia, irregulariter dentata plerumque haud profunde incisa, saepe + lobata. Petioluli sat longi. Foliolum terminale late obovatum vel pentagonum, breviter cuspi- datum vel acuminatum, basi lata emarginata, eiusdem petiolulo duplo longius. Inflorescentia saepe longa florifera, late vel anguste pyramidata ad apicem truncata; ramuli superiores fasciculati, inferiores inter se distantes ascendentes c 45°; medii multiflori, corymbosi vel subumbellati. Rachis vix flexuosa, inferne sparsim, superne dense pilosa, ad apicem et in pedicellis villosa; aculei sat inermes, inaequales, breves, patentes vel declinati; aculeolis aciculis nonnullis, glandulis stipitatis minoribus quam pilis armata. Flores sat magni c 2:-5cm diameter; sepala sub anthesi et post anthesin leviter reflexa, late ovata, attenuata; aciculis glandulisque sparsis et capillis densis vestita. Petala longa, obovata, angusta, dilute rosea. Stamina alba stylos virides longe superantia; carpella + pilosa. Stem arcuate-prostrate, robust, long, dull purplish in exposure, bluntly angled with flat or concave faces, moderately hairy (hairs single and clustered); prickles numerous, not entirely confined to angles, unequal but short, declining from stoutish base, usually with some pricklets, acicles and stalked glands on the faces. Stipules broad. Leaves often large, 4-5-nate, digitate, sometimes + pedate, petioles and petiolules rather long so that the leaflets are well spaced. Petioles armed with many weak, short, curved prickles, hairy and sometimes with a few stalked glands. Leaflets strigose above, sparingly hairy and harsh to the touch beneath; toothing usually compound-dentate, not deeply incised, often + lobate. Terminal leaflet broadly obovate or pentagonal with a short cuspidate or acuminate point and a broad, emarginate base, the petiolule long, usually about half the length of the terminal leaflet. Panicle often large, floriferous, broadly pyramidal with truncate top when fully developed but narrowly pyramidal or cylindrical when lower branches are less developed; branches, except the uppermost, ascending at about 45°; upper branches rather close, the lower increasingly spaced downwards, most divided well above the middle, many-flowered and corymbose or subumbellate; leaves large, ternate below, simple above. Rachis somewhat flexuous, densely villous and hairy towards the top and on the pedicels; prickles weak, unequal, but all short, patent or declining, with some pricklets, acicles and stalked glands shorter than the hairs. Flowers rather large, c 2:5 cm diameter, star-like. Sepals loosely reflexed in flower and fruit, broadly ovate with long tip, shaggy and with some acicles and glands. Petals long, narrow, obovate, pale pink, with pilose margins. White A WELSH BRAMBLE FORAY 125 stamens far exceeding the green styles. Carpels + pilose. Floral organs occasionally turn pink. Hototypus: Llyfnant Valley, v.c. 47, 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 4821 in herb. Barton & Riddelsdell (BM) (R. arthogensis MS) The weak, varied armature, dull purple-brown stem, long-stalked terminal leaflet of constant outline, large, truncate, pyramidal panicle, star-like flowers and loosely reflexed sepals are characteristic features. Widespread in mid- and north Wales and the Welsh Marches and forming a major element in the bramble flora, this species was first recognised as a distinct taxon by Ley (1894, p. 67, under R. macrophyllus) but was left undescribed. Thirty or so years later it was again distinguished independently by Barton who left notes and a draft description in MSS (BM) as Rubus arthogensis. It is appropriate that Barton’s original and valuable researches into the Rubus flora of Britain and Europe should be recognised by his associa- tion with this species. It should stand in section Appendiculati (Genev.) Sudre subseries Virescentes Sudre. I have seen the following exsiccata: BM (herb. Barton & Riddelsdell) Eardisland (v.c. 36), 1926, H. J. Riddelsdell no. 1583/96, ‘R. hirtifolius x’ Titley (v.c. 36), 1891, A. Ley no. 4819 Cwm Einion (v.c. 46), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 689/91/2, ‘R. arthogensis (R. mollissimus, R. priusy Llyfnant Valley (v.c. 47), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 501-4/8, 4820/2/3, ‘R. -_arthogensis (R. mollissimus, R. priusy Fridd Gate, Corris Valley (v.c. 47), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 505-6, 4824, ‘R. arthogensis (R. mollissimus, R. priusy Dolgelley (v.c. 48), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 500/7, 686-8/90, 5392, 7235/6, *R. arthogensis (R. mollissimus, R. priusy Corris Valley (v.c. 48), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 4826, 11999, ‘R. arthogensis (R. mollissimus, R. prius)’ Llangower (v.c. 48), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 565, 684, ‘R. arthogensis (R. mollissimus, R. priusy CGE Shirl heath, Eardisland (v.c. 36), 18/7/1898, A.Z., ‘R. macrophyllus var. macrophylloides’ *Frequent about Shobdon, in woods (v.c. 36), 13/9/1887, A.L. no. C.C.B 2316, *R. muenteri, C. C. Babington’ Valley of R. Lugg, Aymestrey (v.c. 36), 12/9/1905, S.H.B. and A.L., ‘near R. macrophyllus, W. M. Rogers’ Nextend, Lyonshall (v.c. 36), 4/8/1963, B. A. Miles no. 63/258 Shobdon churchyard (v.c. 36), 4/8/1963, B. A. Miles no. 63/257 Aberystwyth (v.c. 46), 30/8/1848, C.C.B. no. C.C.B. 198, “R. macrophyllus probably but not typical, W. M. Rogers’ Cwm Einion (v.c. 46), 15/7/1908, W. H. Painter, ‘R. hirtifolius f., W. M. Rogers’ +Cwm Einion (v.c. 46), 2/7/1906, W. H. Painter, ‘R. curvidens’ +Cwm Einion (v.c. 46), 18/7/1907, W. H. Painter, ‘R. lettii’ 124 A. NEWTON Caersws (v.c. 47), 1965, T. A. W. Davis no. 65/963 Rough ground by railway station, Festiniog (v.c. 48), 1/8/1963, B.A.M. no. 63/230 Saracen’s Head, Beddgelert (v.c. 49), 3/8/1947, W. H. Mills, ‘R. curvidens’ Roadside south of Ganllwyd (v.c. 49), 31/7/1962, E. S. Edees no. 18151 Rhydd-Ddu (v.c. 49), 29/7/1963, B.A.M. no. 63/202 Coed-y-Celyn, Capel Garmon (v.c. 50), 18/9/1863, C.C.B. no. C.C.B 511, ‘R. tereticaulis’ Caergwrle (v.c. 51), 17/8/1965, E£.S.E. no. 19237 Fairy Cottage ravine (v.c. 71), 5/8/1963, D. E. Allen, ‘R. radula? * A note attached to this sheet reads: ‘I think this is the plant common about Dolgelley and down to Cardigan, seen by me also in Hereford, which Barton and I call “N. Wales mollissimus’, H. J. Riddelsdell, 12/2/36.’ + Some stem pieces on sheets of these mixed gatherings, which caused some unfortunate confusion at the time (see Painter (1908) under R. /ettii). In my own herbarium I have gatherings from Eardisland, Shobdon and near Presteigne (v.c. 36), the junction of A479/A4081 (v.c. 43), Devil’s Bridge (v.c. 46), Llyfnant Valley (v.c. 47), Arthog, Talsarnau (v.c. 48), Waenfawr, Bangor (v.c. 49) and Nant y Ffrith (v.c. 50 & 51). It occurs in small quantity in Staffordshire (v.c. 39) (fide E. S. Edees) and probably in Carmarthen (v.c. 44)( fide A. Ley). A sheet of the same species, coll. W. C. R. Watson, SLBI, is labelled ‘adscitus’ and it is evidently the plant referred to by that name by Watson (1950). 2. Rubus ordovicum A. Newton, sp. nov. syn. R. leucostachys var. macrothyrsus N. E. Brown in Sowerby & Smith, English Botany, 3rd ed., Supp., 101 (1892), non R. macrothyrsus Lange, Flora Danica, 16: 6-7, t. 2832 (1871). R. leucostachys var. gymnostachys sensu Griffith, Flora of Anglesey and Caer- narvon, 48 (1895) et Rogers, Handbook of British Rubi, 51 (1900), p.p. quoad spp. ex North Wales. Turio altiarcuatus, rufo-purpurascens, obtuse angulatus, superficiebus + planis, striatis; aculeis plerumque ad angulos dispositis, e basi lata declinatis, rectis vel paullo deflexis, inaequalibus, capillis simplicibus stellatisque et glandulis purpureis nonnullis obsitus. Folia 4-quinata subpedata parva, quorum petioli aculeis deflexis, capillis stellatis et glandulis sparsis praedita. Foliola vix imbricata, supra viridia, infra griseo-viride vel cinereo-tomentosa, quorum venae prominentes capillis laxis vestitae, aequaliter serrata sed ad apicem dentibus nonnullis patentibus. Foliolum terminale oblongum vel elliptico-obovatum, abrupte cuspidatum, basi truncata vel emarginata eiusdem petiolulo triplo longius. Inflorescentia elongata angusta vel subpyramidata, ad apicem truncata, superne aphylla, ramuli inferiores subracemosi c 60° ascendentes, medii 30°—70°, subcymosi 3-5 flori. Rachis valida, haud flexuosa, superne pilosa, tomentosa, aculeis aculeolisque numerosis rectis declinatis et glandulis numerosis purpureis tenuibusque armata. Pedicelli sicut rachis vestiti. A WELSH BRAMBLE FORAY 125 Flores magni c 3 cm diameter. Sepala reflexa utrinque cinereo-tomentosa glandulis parvis purpureis et aculeolis praedita. Petala elliptica vel obovata, atro-roseata, pilosa. Stamina roseata stylos ad basin roseos superantia. Anthera glabra; carpella dense pilosa. Stem high-arching, deep dull crimson, blunt-angled, sides + flat, striate. Prickles mostly on the angles, straight or slightly curved, declining from a strong base, of various sizes, the longest greater than the stem-width, the shorter about half the stem-width, clothed with simple and stellate hairs and sparse, short- stalked purple glands. Leaves 4-quinate, subpedate, smallish, the petioles with curved prickles, stellate down and sparse, short-stalked glands. Leaflets barely imbricate, green above, greyish-green to greyish-white felted beneath, the veins prominent but clothed with spreading hairs below, the margins evenly serrate but sub-com- pound-serrate in the upper half with prominent main teeth. Terminal leaflet oblong-elliptic-obovate, abruptly cuspidate, with truncate or emarginate base, approximately three times the length of its petiolule. Panicle long, cylindrical but subpyramidal when well developed, with truncate top, the upper half leafless; lower branches ascending c 60°, subrace- mose; median branches spreading or ascending 30°-70°, subcymose, 3—5- flowered. Rachis straight, strong, clothed with close, grey, appressed down and brownish hairs above, armed with numerous straight, slightly declining prickles, pricklets and numerous slender, purple, stalked glands equalling or exceeding the hair, and rare gland-tipped pricklets. Pedicels armed as the rachis. Flowers c 3 cm diameter. Sepals reflexed, grey-white felted on both sides, clothed with short pricklets and numerous short, dotted purple glands. Petals almost contiguous, oval or obovate, deep rose, pilose. Stamens longer than the buff, pink-based styles. Filaments deep rose, anthers deep yellow, glabrous. Carpels densely pilose. Ho.otypus: Bangor, v.c. 49, 9/1892, J. E. Griffith & W. R. Linton no. 87 in Set of British Rubi (CGE) (R. leucostachys var. macrothyrsus N. E. Brown) This handsome, well-marked species has long been known from North Wales whence specimens were distributed by Bailey, Griffith, Bickham and others. For some time it was equated with R. macrothyrsus Lange fide W. O. Focke which was later thought synonymous with R. gymnostachys Genev. It differs from autographed specimens of R. macrothyrsus collected by Lange at Viehburg, Kiel, particularly in leaf-shape and prickliness and glandulosity of the panicle. The same characters distinguish it from R. gymnostachys Genev., syntype specimens of which reveal a distinct plant unknown in Britain (see Barton & Riddelsdell 1935). It has sometimes been regarded as a form or hybrid of R. vestitus Weihe, but is constant in character and produces well- formed fruit throughout its range. The two species rarely overlap and where they do R. vestitus is noticeably less frequent. The observed range of the plant is from Harlech, in Merioneth, through Festiniog and Beddgelert to the Bangor area in Caernarvon, thence through Denbigh to the Mold district. It appears to favour the lower foothills. I have seen the following exsiccata (inter alia): 126 A. NEWTON CGE *T lanberis (v.c. 49), 9/1891, R. P. Murray no. 87 of British set, ‘R. leucostachys var. macrothyrsus N. E. Brown’ *Bangor (v.c. 49), 8/1893, J. E. Griffith & W. R. Linton no. 87 of British set, *R. leucostachys var. macrothyrsus N. E. Brown’ Coed Menai (v.c. 49), 9/1903, J. E. Griffith & S. H. Bickham Upper Bangor (v.c. 49), 9/1915, S. H. Bickham Portmadoc (v.c. 48/49), 9/1922, W. C. Barton MANCH Bangor Rd, Menai Bridge (v.c. 49), 16/8/1872, F. M. Webb, ‘R. vestitus J. B. L. Warren’ Brynllwyd, nr Bangor (v.c. 49), 9/1886, J. E. Griffith, ‘R. conspicuus C. C. Babington, R. vestitus approaching R. ulmifolius W. O. Focke’ Gorphwysfa, Menai (v.c. 49), 8/9/1888, C. Bailey, ‘R. macrothyrsus Focke’ Dolbadarn Castle, Llanberis (v.c. 49), 14/9/1888, C. Bailey, ‘R. macrothyrsus’ Near Bangor (v.c. 49), 7/1890, J. E. Griffith, R. macrothyrsus, R. vestitus C.C.B. Upper Bangor (v.c. 49), 10/9/1915, S. H. Bickham, ‘R. leucostachys var. gymnostachys’ Some pieces on gatherings by W. Wilson in the Bangor district 8/1826 as *R. glandulosus’ *The labels on the sheets of set 87 state ‘much more glandular than Lange’s plant and not identical with it.’ The position of this species in the British List is in section Appendiculati (Genev.) Sudre subseries Hypoleuci Sudre. 3. Rubus riparius W. C. Barton ex A. Newton, sp. nov. Eglandulosus. Turio altiarcuatus, fusco-rufescens, lucens, + glaber, acute angulatus, superficiebus + planis, striatis; aculeis ad angulos dispositis, com- pressis, e basi media rectis declinatis, nonnullis obfalcatis obsitus. Folia quinata-digitata, plana, supra atro-viridia, infra vix pubescentia, quorum petioli paullo canaliculati vix pubescentes aculeis deflexis armati. Folium terminale suborbiculare vel late obovatum vel ellipticum basi truncata vel subcordata, breviter cuspidatum, aequaliter serratum, eiusdem petiolulo duplo longius. Foliola infima breviter petiolulata, nonnunquam sat angusta. Inflorescentia brevis late pyramidata, racemosa, inferne foliis ternatis quorum terminale suborbiculare superne foliis simplicibus ellipticis paene ad apicem ascendentibus; ramuli medii infime partiti quam folia breviores, 2-3 flori, superiores saepe elongati et arcuati ascendentes. Rachis inferne flexuosa, pilosa, aculeis plerumque tenuibus leviter deflexis praedita. Pedicelli superiores aculeolis tenuibus, patentibus vel leviter deflexis armati. Flores 2-2-5 cm diameter. Sepala sub anthesi reflexa vel patentia fructum laxe amplectantia, attenuata, albo-marginata, aciculis nonnullis obsita. Petala suborbicularia vix emarginata pallide albo-rosea. Stamina stylos pallide luteos vix superantia. Filamenta alba, anthera capillis nonnullis ornata; carpella glabra. Eglandular. Stem high-arching, brownish-maroon, shining, + glabrous, A WELSH BRAMBLE FORAY 127 sharp-angled with sides flat or shallowly grooved, striate; prickles confined to angles, mostly as long as the stem width, compressed, straight, declining from a moderate base, a few slightly obfalcate. Leaves quinate-digitate, flat, dark, shining green above, thinly hairy beneath. Petioles slightly grooved, thinly pubescent, with a few curved prickles. Terminal leaflet suborbicular— broadly obovate- elliptical with a truncate or subcordate base, shortly cuspidate, evenly serrate, twice the length of its petiolule; basal leaflets short-stalked (c 3 mm), elliptical and sometimes quite narrow. Panicle short, broadly pyramidal, racemose, with ternate leaves below (the lowest terminal leaflets suborbicular, the upper obovate to elliptical) and two or three simple leaves above reaching almost to the top; middle branches divided below half-way, shorter than the subtending leaves, 2—3-flowered. Upper branches often long, curved, ascending. Rachis flexuous below, pilose with a few, mostly slender, slightly curved, declining prickles and an occasional pricklet. The upper pedicels armed with a few, slender, straight or slightly curved, acicular prickles. Flowers c 2—2:5 cm diameter. Sepals loosely reflexed to patent during flowering, loosely clasping the ripe fruit, the tips attenuate, grey-felted with a white border, armed with a few acicles. Petals not contiguous, roundish, slightly erose at the tips, pinkish, sometimes with a pale lilac tinge, margins glabrous. Stamens short, only barely exceeding the pale yellow styles. Filaments white, anthers slightly pilose; carpels glabrous. Ho.otypus: Craig bwlch-y-moch, near Portmadoc, v.c. 49, 8/1922, W. C. Barton no. 6702A in herb Barton & Riddelsdell (BM) This species has been observed often in large quantity between Tal-y-bont, in Cardigan, and Montgomery, through Dolgelley and Harlech in Merioneth to Criccieth and Beddgelert in Caernarvon. It also occurs about Llanberis and in Anglesey, and forms a major component of the Rubus community at the edge of moorland, within the wooded valleys and on the low-lying gravel fans and rocky heath of the Portmadoc-—Talsarnau district. Specimens (no. 1003) were issued by Barton in 1923 through the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles (Barton 1924) as R. caeresiensis var. integribasis but his MSS reveal that even then he was conscious of significant differences between the Welsh plant and its nearest allies, R. subintegribasis Druce of Hampshire and Dorset, and R. briggsianus (Rogers) W. C. R. Watson of the south-west, with which he and Riddelsdell were at first inclined to associate it. Later he referred to the plant in MSS by the name riparius and listed the main distinctive features. Watson (1930) originally named these gatherings *R. maasii var. glabratus Bab.’ and evidently thought at that time that they were the same species as the plant from Herefordshire which he later named R. cambrensis. He subsequently appears to have abandoned this view (Watson 1956). There are points of similarity between R. riparius and these species, but the dark green cast, the characteristic finely serrate, suborbicular terminal leaflet, the inflorescence-shape and floral characters (inter alia) all serve to distinguish it. In the British list it should be placed in the section Sylvatici P. J. Muell. subsection Virescentes Genev. I have seen the following exsiccata: 128 A. NEWTON BM (herb. Barton & Riddelsdell) Nr Portmadoc (v.c. 49), 8 & 9/1922, W. C. Barton no. 6700/1/4, ‘R. riparius MS’ Maentwrog (v.c. 48), 9/1922, W. C. Barton no. 6705, ‘R. riparius MS’ Talsarnau (v.c. 48), 8/1922 & 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 6706/16, ‘R. riparius MS’ Festiniog Valley (v.c. 48), W. C. Barton no. 6707/8, ‘R. riparius MS’ Llyfnant Valley (v.c. 46/7), W. C. Barton no. 6709/10/5, “R. riparius MS’ Dolgelley (v.c. 48), 8/1923, W. C. Barton no. 6711/2, ‘R. riparius MS’ Ffridd Gate (v.c. 47/8), W. C. Barton no. 6713/4, ‘R. riparius MS’ CGE Llanberis (v.c. 49), 28/8/1847, A. Bloxam?, ‘R. affinis’ Llanberis (v.c. 49), 8/9/1847, C. C. Babington no. 143, ‘R. affinis; R. scheuzii, less prickly than usual W. M. Rogers’ Dolgelley, wood near the Torrents (v.c. 48), 8/1844, E. Lees, ‘R. vulgaris’ Bank above Festiniog railway station (v.c. 48), 1/8/1963, B. A. Miles no. 63/232 Side of B4418, Rhyd-ddu, Caernarvon (v.c. 49), 29/7/1963, B. A. Miles no. 63/201 Bank of Llyn Dinas, Beddgelert (v.c. 49), 28/7/1963, B. A. Miles no. 63/186 Nr Cwm Cloch Farm, Beddgelert (v.c. 49), 29/7/1963, B. A. Miles no. 63/197 Cytir Llandegfan, Anglesey (v.c. 52), 30/8/1965, B. A. Miles no. 65/322 Llandegfan, Anglesey (v.c. 52), 16/9/1949, W. C. R. Watson, ‘R. briggsianus’ MANCH Nr Portmadoc (v.c. 48/49), 8 & 9/1922, W. C. Barton no. 1003, ‘R. integri- basis’ ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I wish to record my appreciation of the herbarium facilities afforded by the Botany School, Cambridge University, the Manchester Museum and British Museum (Natural History). REFERENCES BarTon, W. C. (1924). In MARQUAND, C. V., ed., Report of the distributor for 1923. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 7: 382-385. BARTON, W.C. & RIDDELSDELL, H. J. (1935). Rubus gymnostachys Genev. J. Bot., Lond.,75: 108. Ley, A. (1894). Additions to the flora of Herefordshire. Hereford. Linton, W. R. (1895). Merionethshire plants. J. Bot., Lond., 33: 359-363. LINTON, W. R. (1896). In BEEBy, W. H., ed., Report of the editor for 1895. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 1: 477. PAINTER, W. H. (1908). In RIDDELSDELL, H. J., ed., Report of the distributor for 1907. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 2: 285. RIDDELSDELL, H. J. (1923). In LESTER-GARLAND, L. V., ed., Report of the distributor for 1922. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 6: 833-837. RIDDELSDELL, H. J. (1924). Review of ‘Quidam Rubi cultorum’. J. Bot., Lond., 62: 85. Rocers, W. M. (1899). Radnorshire and Breconshire Rubi. J. Bot., Lond., 37: 193. WATSON, W. C. R. (1931). In Druce, G. C., ed., New county and other records. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 9: 346. Watson, W. C. R. (1950). In CAMPBELL, M.S. & Price, W. R., eds., Excursions 1948. Yb. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 1950: 47. WATSON, W. C. R. (1956). New species and combinations in the genus Rubus L. Watsonia, 3: 286. A WELSH BRAMBLE FORAY 129 APPENDIX Analysis of Rubus records by 10 km grid squares and vice-counties (named species 10 km square V.C. 32/3.6. 32/3). 32/225. 32/26. 32/0.4. a2/0:5- 32/0.6. 22/9.6. 22/8.6. 22) Sele 22 tT 22/7.6. 22/6.7. 22/6.8. 22/6.9. 22/79. 23/7.0. ZSh Tel. 23/6.1. 23/5.0. 23/6.0. 23/8.0. DSI 5:2. 2310.2. 23503. 36 36 36 43 43 only) selmeri, lindebergii, silurum, bartonii, vestitus, leyanus, longi- thyrsiger, dasyphyllus. prolongatus, polyanthemus, moylei, longithyrsiger, rufescens, hylocharis, dasyphyllus. polyanthemus, mucronatoides, bartonii, vestitus, raduloides, moylei, dasyphyllus. lindleianus, polyanthemus, acclivitatum, pascuorum, dasyphyllus. dumetorum agg., lindleianus, acclivitatum, ulmifolius, angustifolius Rogers, dasyphyllus. 42 & 43 dumetorum agg., scissus (42 only), opacus (42 only), lindleianus, 46 & 47 ludensis, polyanthemus (42 only), acclivitatum (43 only), in- curvatus var. subcarpinifolius Rogers & Riddelsd. (42 only), silurum, ulmifolius (43 only), vestitus, raduloides, moylei, dasyphyllus. selmeri, ludensis, pyramidalis, polyanthemus, silurum, bartonii, pallidus, euryanthemus, moylei, dasyphyllus. scissus, dumetorum agg., ludensis, lindleianus, dumnoniensis, silurum, raduloides, moylei, dasyphyllus. none observed. silurum, dasyphyllus. scissus, silurum, bartonii, vestitus, hylocharis, dasyphyllus. scissus, dumetorum agg., selmeri, lindleianus, pyramidalis, silurum, bartonii, vestitus, dasyphyllus. selmeri, lindleianus, silurum, ulmifolius, bartonii, vestitus, dasyphyllus. dumetorum agg., lindleianus, favonii, incurvatus, prolongatus, dumnoniensis, silurum, ulmifolius, bartonii, dasyphyllus. selmeri, pyramidalis, albionis, incurvatus, rubritinctus, silurum, bartonii. selmeri, lindleianus, pyramidalis, incurvatus, polyanthemus, silurum, ulmifolius, ‘propinquus’, bartonii. selmeri (46 only), lindleianus, albionis, incurvatus, prolongatus (47 only), cardiophyllus (47 only), silurum, ulmifolius (47 only), ‘propinquus’ (47 only), bartonii, vestitus, hebecaulis, dasyphyllus, riparius. lindleianus, incurvatus, rubritinctus, silurum, ‘propinquus’, bartonii, vestitus, hebecaulis, flexuosus, dasyphyllus. monensis, selmeri, lindleianus, pyramidalis, incurvatus, poly- anthemus, ulmifolius, bartonii, dasyphyllus, riparius. dumetorum agg., incurvatus, ulmifolius, ‘propinquus’, bartonii, vestitus. dumetorum agg., incurvatus, ulmifolius, ‘propinquus’, bartonii. cardiophyllus, ulmifolius, ‘propinquus’, bartonii, dasyphyllus. dumetorum agg., lindleianus, pyramidalis, incurvatus, silurum, ‘propinquus’, bartonii, vestitus, dasyphyllus. incurvatus, ulmifolius, ‘propinquus’, bartonii, hebecaulis, ordo- vicum, taeniarum, dasyphyllus, semiglaber ? incurvatus, hebecaulis, bartonii, semiglaber ? prolongatus, bartonii, ordovicum, dasyphyllus. caesius, dumetorum agg., riparius, selmeri, lindleianus, incurvatus, ulmifolius, bartonii, vestitus, ordovicum. 130 23/6.3. 23/6.4. 23/5.4. 23 5:5* 235.0. 49 49 A. NEWTON riparius, lindleianus, pyramidalis, incurvatus, prolongatus. ulmifolius, fuscicortex, bartonii, hebecaulis, dasyphyllus. scissus, riparius, monensis, lindleianus, incurvatus, polyanthemus, cardiophyllus, sprengelii, fuscicortex, ordovicum, hebecauils, dasyphyllus, semiglaber, bellardii. riparius, incurvatus, hebecaulis, dasyphyllus. scissus, Qffinis, riparius, monensis, selmeri, incurvatus, poly- anthemus, cardiophyllus, fuscicortex, bartonii, hebecaulis, ordo- vicum, dasyphyllus. riparius, lindleianus, incurvatus, polyanthemus, bartonii, hebecaulis, dasyphyllus. scissus, dumetorum agg., lindleianus, incurvatus, polyanthemus, cardiophyllus, ulmifolius, lentiginosus, bartonii, hebecaulis, ordo- vicum, longithyrsiger, dasyphyllus, semiglaber. (Accepted December 1971) Watsonia, 9, 131-135 (1972). 131 The chromosome constitution of Diplotaxis muralis (L.) DC. D. J. HARBERD and E. D. McARTHUR Department of Agricultural Sciences, University of Leeds ABSTRACT Morphological and cytological examination of Diplotaxis muralis (L.) DC. (2n = 42), D. tenuifolia (L.) DC. (2n = 22) and D. viminea (L.) DC. (2n = 20) and of the hybrids D. muralis x D. tenuifolia and D. muralis x D. viminea indicate that D. muralis is an allotetraploid species derived from the other two. The two species of Diplotaxis occurring in Britain, both introduced or doubtfully native, are fairly easily distinguished from each other, but on a wider geographical scale the genus poses considerable taxonomic difficulty. Furthermore, in common with the rest of the subtribe Brassicinae, the genus is not easily investigated cytologically. In consequence, it is not surprising to find some discrepancy among the published chromosome counts for the species—thus several numbers have been reported as characteristic of Diplotaxis muralis (L.) DC. Three of the earlier papers agree in reporting the chromosome number as 2n = 42 (Maude 1939, Love & Love 1944, Ibarra & La Porte 1947) and this is the number observed in all six collections of the species examined at Leeds (Harberd 1972). The counts of Baez Mayor (1934) (2n = 18+2b), Jaretsky (1932) (2n = 22) and Liibbert (1951) (2n = 44) are therefore presumed to be errors. The number 2” = 42 is somewhat high for a diploid species of the Brassicinae (Harberd 1972) and this fact alone suggests that the species might be an allotetraploid derived from two other species of the subtribe. Apparently the only natural species hybrid involving D. muralis is that with D. tenuifolia (L.) DC. (=D. x wirtgenii Rouy & Fouc.) and Schulz (1919) records that this has been observed several times. At Leeds we have found that this hybrid is fairly easily made and several plants of it have been raised. Again, the published chromosome counts for D. tenuifolia are not in com- plete agreement. Our material, four separate collections of the species, all has 2n = 22 (Harberd 1972) and this is the number reported for the species by most other workers (Manton 1932, Ibarra & La Porte 1947, Liibbert 1951, Mulligan 1959, Gadella & Kliphuis 1968). Accordingly, two other counts, of 2n = 14 (Jaretsky 1932) and 2n = 20+ 2b (Baez Mayor 1934), are again presumed to be in error. The Leeds hybrids of D. muralis x D. tenuifolia were found to have the expected chromosome number of 27 = 32. At meiosis (Table 1, Plates 1a & 1b) the chromosomes almost always pair to give 11 bivalents and 10 univalents. Furthermore, the bivalents are clearly composed of closely homologous chromo- somes since in most cases they have formed chiasmata on both sides of the centromeres. The constancy of the 11 bivalents, the high chiasma frequency per bivalent, and the correspondence of 11 with the haploid number of D. 132 D. J. HARBERD AND E. D. McARTHUR tenuifolia, all strongly imply that D. tenuifolia is one of two diploid species involved in the ancestry of D. muraliis. An alternative possible interpretation of the high chromosome pairing of the hybrid would be that D. muralis is a near autotetraploid species and that the meiotic configurations are essentially autosyndetic. There is, however, other evidence that this interpretation is most unlikely. This relates to the meiotic pairing between D. muralis and some other species of the sub-tribe, Brassica campestris (2n = 20), B. oleracea (2n = 18) and Sinapodendron frutescens (2n = 20). In all of these cases the degree of pairing is Jow, averaging about 3 bivalents per cell; variable, ranging from 0 to 6 bivalents per cell; and weak, with rarely more than 1 chiasma per bivalent, indicating not only little relation- TABLE 1. MEIOTIC METAPHASE PAIRING IN THE HYBRID DIPLOTAXIS MURALIS x D. TENUIFOLIA Bivalents Univalents No. of pollen mother cells 10 2 2 11 10 99 12 8 1 ship between the species, but also very little autosyndesis within any of them. The suggestion that the bivalents in D. muralis x D. tenuifolia are each composed of one chromosome from D. tenuifolia and one homologue from D. muralis, and that all eleven chromosomes of D. tenuifolia are so paired in the hybrid, is thus strengthened. Finally, before leaving the hybrid, one further observation should be recorded in preparation for later discussion—in this hybrid the bivalents are relatively large and tend to be more than twice the size of the unpaired chromosomes. Acceptance as a working hypothesis that D. tenuifolia is one of the diploid ancestors of D. muralis leads to speculation as to the nature of the other species involved. This species must have the chromosome number 2” = 20, and we can suggest its likely characters by comparing those of D. muralis with those of D. tenuifolia. In Table 2 we have first listed seven characters which are stressed by certain Floras (Schulz 1919, Clapham 1952) as being particularly good for separating D. tenuifolia and D. muralis (columns 2 and 3), and by comparing these we have listed in the fourth column the probable characters of the other diploid species involved. D. viminea (L.) DC., alone among the species of the Brassicinae, agrees with this description, the appropriate characters of that species being listed in the last column. However, these do not include all of the very highly characteristic features of D. viminea and three more are listed below the line. Also in each of these it can be seen that the characters of D. muralis are not inconsistent with the hypothesis that D. tenuifolia and D. viminea are its diploid ancestors. Furthermore, the chromosome count for D. viminea is reported to be 2” = c 20 (Manton 1932). In contrast to D. tenuifolia and D. muralis, D. viminea is not to be found in the British Isles either as a native or as an established, introduced plant, though casual plants have been recorded. It is native to the western Mediterranean area, and its distribution overlaps with that of D. tenuifolia over a large part of southern Europe. Experiences at Leeds with seed collections reputed to be D. viminea have been unfortunate—if the seeds grew vigorously they were not PLATE |. Meiotic metaphases in Diplotaxis hybrids (x 3000). (a & b) D. muralis x D. tenuifolia, showing 11 bivalents and 10 univalents. (c & d) D. muralis x D. viminea, showing 10 bivalents and 11 univalents. 133 THE CHROMOSOME CONSTITUTION OF DIPLOTAXIS MURALIS (L.) DC. PUISI}S possoidep oy} CUIST}S eUIST}S 97810 eo YIpIM Ul SuTTenbs “peoiq ayey1deo oSIe] YIM “peoiq & YIM “YIPIM 9}e1OPOUr AIS ‘OT oy eUuIsIeWS 9} eUISIeUIS-qns popunor enbijIs JO SA[vA JO xodV °6 [jews AISA IO 9[II19}S Poonpos SOUMOULOS jewiou sudUUe\sS IOINO °g Bo ae Se roe Oe a Se ee eS SCE ”6W”DT”™CO BSS 6€-STC é0v ? 09-97 OOT-OL enbiypis Jod soynag *L yNIF JO YSus] F yous AIOA = (4inay JO YSUST F—F) y0ys Qinaj =) SuoT Jeorped Suni °9 Q]ISSOS O[ISSOS QISSOS 9ye}1d1}s enbyls °¢ WIUp—¢ ,wuwig Jopun WIUIg—9 UIUC [—8 Wsug-[e19d “Vy usoI3 udeI3 use13 snooneys INO[OD-JeaT “¢€ SOARIT OUTTND Moy AIOA [eorper yeorper ATUTeUL oul[nes UOT}ISOd-jeaT °*Z jenuue , jenuue Jeruusied poAl]-710Ys jeruusisd uvds-oflT “T paula *q quored projdip 10y}0 SyDANU *q pyofinua] ‘q qayoevreyy) SYO.LINADO Ud GIOIA AIISSOd SLI GNV SITFYAW SIXVLOTdIC AO SYALOVUVHO TVOIDOTOHdYOW AO NOSIAVdNOD “¢ ATAV.L 134 D. J. HARBERD AND E. D. McARTHUR D. viminea! Two such collections proved to be D. muralis var. pseudoviminea Schur, closely approaching D. viminea but clearly not of that species, and with the chromosome number 2” = 42. However, one collection of seed giving rise to very weak plants had received little attention, and on growing a further sample with extra care it proved to be genuine D. viminea and to have the chromosome number 2n = 20 (Harberd 1972). The cross between D. muralis and D. viminea was easily produced and several hybrid plants of reasonable vigour were raised to maturity and found to have the expected chromosome number 2” = 31. If the hypothesis that D. viminea is the other diploid ancestor of D. muralis is correct then this hybrid should form 10 bivalents and 11 univalents at the meiotic metaphase. Analysis of the hybrid proved to be difficult because in this material the bivalents are not much bigger than the univalents (Plates lc & 1d) but the difference of shape and the positioning of the univalents in a peripheral sphere around the meta- phase plate enabled interpretation in favourable preparations. Analysis of 43 cells gave 10 bivalents and 11 univalents in 42 cells, with 11 bivalents and 9 univalents in the remaining one. As in the earlier hybrid the constancy of the 10 bivalents corresponding to the haploid number of the diploid parent of the hybrid, and the high chiasma frequency per bivalent (though this could only be observed in this case in some of the bivalents) is very strong evidence that D. viminea is a diploid ancestor of D. muralis. The interesting difference in size between bivalents and univalents in the two hybrids suggests that in D. muralis there are two chromosome sizes, the larger chromosomes being derived from D. tenuifolia and the smaller ones from D. viminea. If this were so then meiotic preparations of D. muralis itself should reveal 11 bivalents of the larger type and 10 of the smaller. In fact the bivalents of that species can be seen to be more variable in size than is common in the Brassicinae but not clearly bimodal in size distribution. Thus it seems likely that there is a difference in average bivalent size between the two constituent diploids, but that the ranges overlap. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Thanks are due to Professor J. H. Western of this Department for his continued encouragement, to Dr Myra Chu Chou for technical help in the preparation of the hybrid plants, to the Agricultural Research Council for grants enabling both Dr Chu Chou and one of us (E.D.M.) to work on the University of Leeds Brassica Research Programme, and to Sigma Xi for grants towards travelling expenses (E.D.M.) from America to Leeds. REFERENCES Baez Mayor, A. B. (1934). Estudio cariolégico de algunas cruciferas y su interpretation en la sistematica. Cavanillesia, 6: 59-103. CLAPHAM, A. R. (1952). Diplotaxis, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, pp. 161-163. Cambridge. GADELLA, T. W. J. & KiiPuHuls, E. (1968). Chromosome numbers of flowering plants in the Netherlands, 4. Proc. ned. Akad. Wet., ser. C, 71: 168-183. HARBERD, D. J. (1972). A contribution to the cyto-taxonomy of Brassica (Cruciferae) and its allies. Bot. J. Linn. Soc., 65: 1-23. IBARRA, F. E. & LA Porte, J. (1947). Les Cruciferas del género Diplotaxis adventicias en la Argentina. Revta. argent. Agron., 14: 261-272. == mee THE CHROMOSOME CONSTITUTION OF DIPLOTAXIS MURALIS (L.) DC. 135 JARETSKY, R. (1932). Beziehungen zwischen Chromosomenzahl und Systematik bei den Cruciferen. Jb. wiss. Bot., 76: 485-527. Love, A. & LOveE, D. (1944). Cytotaxonomical studies on boreal plants, 3. Some new chromo- some numbers of Scandinavian plants. Ark. Bot., 31A, 12: 1-22. LiipBerT, G. (1951). Vergleichende cytologische, morphologische und physiologische Unter- suchungen innerhalb der Gattung Diplotaxis. Beitr. Biol. Pfi., 28: 254-295. Manton, I. (1932). Introduction to the general cytology of the Cruciferae. Ann. Bot., 46: 509-556. Maupg, P. F. (1939). The Merton catalogue: a list of chromosome numerals of species of | British flowering plants. New Phytol., 38: 1-31. | MULLIGAN, G. A. (1959). Chromosome numbers of Canadian weeds. Can. J. Bot., 37: 81-92. | ScHULZ, O. E. (1919). Cruciferae—Brassiceae pars prima. Subtribus I. Brassicinae & II. | Raphaninae, in ENGLER, A., ed. Das Pflanzenreich, 70 (IV, 105): 1-290. (Accepted September 1971) eet Aap mana ‘ Ah usehewte hiner ay vat? ‘isin alent agatan aga Bob iat ataumoung bate i" ; 7 wat nuig Waa ot , nos watt stage Iqtweiiq: DAM Se SugS RSE ont! (Bd ORYOROIES obi ee: aa cet em’ pen aate “ie, eat 1 asin of}. lonuelpelneqay sy of 20 le ath we sue ‘intro HB hy anh | Ail eae ets cy Were 1evO cw ae Hat Me iT LH eaniniiae tho lo ending aonming: conn strani dee Diese Pocus aro Te ot i opanuala, wath abe nfl &_LeosA SI: ety uN vane aa the al eka ae ee rong of the wovalents i o er teyh rgd apURtE aroun + ‘ermetation to feriurable anearatens: . yahenth be 42 the with. ti. biv ar Le Garher Try bey wa ihe Ber 4 a 4. HES unite { 220 rad ' eres t 3 sac t i ti rth 1 } £ x ' er'y : iivalenite and tne vii ‘wo chromobemanl ‘Die and the weal ' r i “t| iJ i tho smnation sine Than fs Goa rf ‘Thieit $ iho wh song + 7 rit r Counel te e curser of ‘oe ‘e of SOS | (rad ia fate ce a sorta Atyy Watsonia, 9, 137-147 (1972). 127) Short Notes 207/9. LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L.—In Carmarthenshire. On 29th May, 1971, Mr Stephen Evans (Assistant Regional Officer, Nature Con- servancy, S. Wales) and myself, investigating areas of wetland between Kidwelly and Pembrey, found the Marsh Pea (Lathyrus palustris) locally abundant over a large area of poor quality fen. Parts of the fen were a pure and very dense Phragmitetum but this thinned out in other parts to a mixed community of Phragmites communis, Equi- setum fluviatile, Myosotis caespitosa, Mentha aquatica and Iris pseudacorus with Scutellaria galericulata and Glyceria maxima, amongst which grew the Lathyrus. It was not at that date in flower but was forward in bud and was, despite the fragility of its winged stems, maintaining itself perfectly upright by its tendrils clasping the horsetails and grasses on either side. It was abundant over a distance of 50 yards or more but full assessment of distribution was difficult owing to the treacherous nature of the swamp. On 26th June it was in full flower, the colour ranging between almost pure pink and almost pure blue through all the gamut of intermediates. The area was visited for the third time on 29th July, when flowering was over except for two belated blooms. Seed pods were scarce but there had been considerable trampling by cattle which had had access owing to the exceptionally dry summer. These extensive wetlands lie below the rising ground of the coal measures from which small canals, now largely closed or choked, carried coal to the small coastal ports now also in decay. Lathyrus palustris has not been recorded in Wales for many years; its Merioneth station is now believed extinct and for the Caernarvon record there is no voucher specimen in NMW. In this new locality the farmer-owner of the land has promised cooperation in conserving the habitat. I. M. VAUGHAN A specimen collected in v.c. 49, Caernarvon, from a swampy field between Llandudno and Gloddaeth on 20th July, 1837, by J. E. Bowman is at LIV. EDITOR 212/15. POTENTILLA REPTANS L.—Identification of its hybrids. Vigorous natural hybrids with an obvious resemblance to Potentilla reptans are common. The species and hybrids occur in similar habitats, often on roadsides, and occasionally are found growing intermingled with one another. The hybrids are distinguished from P. reptans most easily by the number of leaflets and floral parts: P. reptans has 5-merous flowers and 5S(-7)-nate leaves, whilst the hybrids have both 4- and 5-merous flowers and 3-, 4- and 5-nate cauline leaves. Some descriptions of P. reptans (e.g. Warburg 1962) state that its cauline leaves may have 3-4 leaflets. This is probably the result of confusion between the species and hybrids, since 3- and 4-nate leaves are extremely rare in P. reptans. The hybrids are variable, particularly in the relative proportions of 3-, 4- and 5-nate leaves and in overall size, but all are highly sterile and spread by means of runners. An earlier paper (Matfield, Jones & Ellis 1970) gave a full description of them and concluded that they are all hexaploids (2n = 42) and should be identified as P. x mixta Nolte. Their origin is uncertain. They may arise either by hybridization between P. reptans (2n = 28) and P. anglica (2n = 56) or by hybridization between P. reptans and P. erecta (2n = 28) with P. reptans contributing an unreduced gamete. Hexaploid hybrids have been made experi- E 138 SHORT NOTES mentally by both of these routes and they seem to be identical with each other and with natural specimens. The previous paper reported that no viable tetraploid hybrids between P. reptans and P. erecta had been produced, although many crosses had been made between plants from a variety of different British sources. Natural tetraploid hybrids were unknown, and were thought to be rare or even non-existent. However, Schwendener (1969) obtained three tetraploid hybrids from crosses between Swiss specimens of P. reptans and P. erecta. Unfortunately he did not publish full morphological descrip- tions. In 1969 the present author made four more cross pollinations using as the female parent a clone of P. reptans collected by Professor D. H. Valentine in County Durham. This plant had already been a successful seed parent in the normally highly incom- patible cross between P. reptans and P. anglica (Valentine pers. comm.). Two seedlings were obtained from the P. reptans x P. erecta crosses but one died within a few weeks. The other formed only a rosette of basal leaves in its first year, and would probably not have survived in a natural habitat. In 1971 flowering stems were produced, one of which is illustrated in Fig. 1. The plant was very small, with the largest leaflets only about 1 cm long. Its descrip- tion is as follows: Flowering stems to 8 cm, procumbent near the base, ascending at the tip, more frequently branched than in P. reptans, not rooting. Radical leaves petiolate with petioles about 1-2 cm, mostly palmate with 5 leafiets, the remainder 3- or 4-nate. Cauline leaves on shorter petioles or subsessile, mostly ternate but some of the lower ones 4- or 5-nate; leaflets obovate or oblong-obovate with 1-4 teeth each - Wes ‘ 1cm Ficure 1. The experimental tetraploid hybrid between P. reptans and P. erecta. A. Flowering stem. B. Radical leaf. SHORT NOTES 139 side in the upper part; stipules entire, bifid or trifid. Flowers 4- or 5-merous, 13-15 mm diameter; carpels c 25; highly male and female sterile. The average pollen stainability was 12% and only one seed was set by a total of 8 flowers after open pollination. 2n = 28. As only one specimen has been obtained, the range of morphology in the tetraploid hybrid is unknown. However, Schwendener (1969) stated that his three hybrids did not differ from each other substantially. The difference between the tetraploid hybrid described above and the hexaploid, P. x mixta, is striking so that separation of the two taxa should be possible without a chromosome count. The discovery of natural tetraploid hybrids would be very significant but the weakness of the experimental hybrid confirms the opinion that they are rare or even non-existent, at least in the British Isles. There is a second fairly common natural hexaploid hybrid, P. x suberecta Zimm. (=P. erecta x P. anglica) (Matfield, Jones & Ellis 1970). This is distinguished from the P. reptans hybrids by its more erect habit and general resemblance to P. erecta. As it does not normally root at the nodes it cannot spread vegetatively. Hence it is always found in association with the parental species, which makes it relatively easy to identify. REFERENCES MATFIELD, B., JONES, J. K. & ELuis, J. R. (1970). Natural and experimental hybridization in Potentilla. New Phytol., 69: 171-186. SCHWENDENER, J. (1969). Experimente zur Evolution von Potentilla procumbens Sibth. Ber. schweiz. bot. Ges., 79: 49-92. WARBURG, E. F. (1962). Potentilla, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TuTIN, T. G. & WarsBurG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 380-389. Cambridge. B. MATFIELD 220/1. ALCHEMILLA ALPINA L.—In Derbyshire. On 7th August, 1971, I found a single plant of this species in Derbyshire (v.c. 57). The plant was growing on debris from a long-disused lead working in the south-east fork of Coombs Dale at an altitude of 750 ft. The plant had an unhealthy appearance, which is not surprising as the heaps are fairly toxic. The leaves were pale and yellow and only the younger, newly-expanded leaves looked healthy. There was no evidence that the plant had flowered that year. A small portion of the plant was collected and sent to Dr M. E. Bradshaw at Durham for confirmation. The plant is well established in a Festuca ovina turf with Agrostis tenuis, Anthox- anthum odoratum, Carex caryophyllea, Cerastium holosteoides, Linum catharticum, Minuartia verna, Teucrium scorodonia (seedling) and Thymus drucei as its immediate associates. There are large areas of bare soil nearby on the slope, which has an angle of 30° and faces north-east. This is the first record for v.c. 57 and represents a considerable extension of the range of species, as it has not previously been recorded (even as an introduction) in Britain south of the Lake District (Perring & Walters 1962). Some of the Carboniferous Limestone cliffs and outcrops in the immediate vicinity of the site have been checked as possible refugia for a colony, but no further plants have been found. There is the possibility that the plant may have arrived at its present site in Coombs Dale as a direct result of human agency. If this is not the case then the occurrence of this plant at the southern end of the Pennines on a lead mine spoil heap is all the more interesting. Warburg, in Clapham, Tutin & Warburg (1962), notes that the species occurs in mountain grassland, rock crevices, screes and mountain tops ascending to 4,000 ft in the Cairngorms and descending to sea level in Skye. 140 SHORT NOTES REFERENCES CLAPHAM, A. R., TuTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. (1962). Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., p. 396. Cambridge. PERRING, F. H. & WALTERS, S. M., eds. (1962). Atlas of the British Flora. London. S. R. BAND 237/2. CRASSULA AQUATICA (L.) Schonl. IN v.c. 97—Further observations. The small area of mud where Crassula aquatica was originally found in 1969 (Watsonia, 8: 294 (1971)) was revisited in 1970 and twice in 1971. In 1970 the site had been badly trampled by cattle and was also submerged. No plants were seen. In August 1971, though the area was exposed, it was still badly disturbed and had only a very few scattered plants of Crassula. Similar, but less disturbed, muddy areas, about 250m from the original, were inspected and the plant, in seed, found to be well represented there. The opportunity was taken to make the following list of accompanying plants: Ranunculus flammula Alisma plantago-aquatica Subularia aquatica Juncus bulbosus Callitriche hermaphroditica Eleocharis palustris Littorella uniflora Glyceria fluitans Lobelia dortmanna A further visit to these new areas a fortnight later found them under about 30cm of water and so thick with a green algal growth that no plants of any species were visible. It is apparent that, whatever its previous history, the 1969 growth, though above average in quantity, was not an ephemeral introduction and the plant is reasonably securely established. Also, from this admittedly limited experience, the sites are probably as frequently flooded as not. A further question suggests itself. Does Crassula aquatica require a dry season in north-west Scotland or can it, like some other small annuals, complete its life-cycle completely submerged ? A. J. SowTer, M. M. SowTer & M. McC. WEBSTER 254. NEw ZEALAND EPILOBIUMS IN BRITAIN. Three species of small creeping pinkish-white-flowered willow-herbs which are fairly widespread in New Zealand, one in two forms, are known to be naturalised in Britain. Specimens of all four, both fresh and pressed, were on show at the Exhibition Meeting in November 1970. E. brunnescens (Cockayne) Raven & Engelhorn subsp. brunnescens (Earlier mis- identified as E. nummularifolium, E. pedunculare and E. nerteroides.) This is by far the commonest. Its first record is as a garden weed at Craigmillar Park, south of Edinburgh, where it had been known for some years in 1908 (note on specimen at BIRM). It was also known in the same year at Elmet Park, Roundhay, Leeds, where it was said to have been introduced with shrubby New Zealand Veronicas to the wild garden and had then been perfectly naturalised for many years. Other, later, records were set out by Davey (1953, 1961). Since then the plant has continued to spread rapidly and is now, for example, locally frequent among otherwise purely native vegetation high on many mountains. It reached the Channel Islands (Guernsey) in 1969, apparently with some heathers. SHORT NOTES 141 A form with generally smaller and much narrower leaves has been growing in my garden at Platt, Kent, for at least 14 years. Specimens were previously exhibited in 1957 (McClintock 1958). Two sheets of this now at BM were at one time labelled E. inornatum, which they are not. Since then I have usually been able to find plants of this form in two or three places in the garden, always uniform, and no longer as differing shoots on normal plants. No doubt they have propagated themselves vegeta- tively, as so far no seeds have been successfully harvested. Dr D. B. O. Savile of the Plant Research Institute, Ottawa, thinks this form is a teratological condition and is “‘tempted to believe’ it may be due to a virus infection, adding that a plant growing in an unnatural environment may come in contact with unfamiliar virus vectors, occasionally with surprising results. Dr P. H. Raven agrees this is a plausible explana- tion, and I am grateful to both of them for the trouble they have taken over this. Raven & Engelhorn (1971) say that this species differs from E. nerteroides (of which they ask me to note the correct spelling) in having leaves broadly to very broadly ovate (instead of broadly elliptic to ovate) and petioles 0:-5—3mm (and not 1—6mm) long. In addition the stems of E. nerteroides are glabrous or nearly so, while those of E. brunnescens have evident lines of strigulose pubescence. The flowers tend to be erect rather than nodding. They say that true E. nerteroides is a rarer plant than E. brunnescens in New Zealand. E. pedunculare A. Cunn. (Called at first E. linnaeoides.) The first record of this species was from a garden at Helsby, Cheshire in 1938 (Gordon 1954a, Newton 1971). It was also collected in the same year from a garden in Co. Dublin by Miss Enoch (DBN and E, where there is another specimen from Miss O’Leary collected in August 1938). In 1953 it was found, by Miss V. Gordon, by the road to the west, a mile from Leenane, Co. Galway (Gordon 1954b). Later it was discovered much more plentifully at Aasleigh, a mile or two north of Leenane, just in Co. Mayo, where it grows with E. brunnescens. Its origin in that relatively remote district is not known, but ‘E. linnaeoides’ is among rockery plants in Reuthe’s nursery catalogue for 1930. The plant may also be seen as a mild weed in the rock garden in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. In my own garden, where it has now been for 10 or 15 years (with a third of the rainfall of Leenane), it is no weed, but just maintains itself, in contrast to the spreading E. brunnescens. Incidentally, I have not yet noticed any apparent hybrid between any of the three species there. The record from Mrs Gregory in Newton (1971) is an error. This plant was named as this species from the first edition of the Flora of the British Isles (Clapham 1952) when E. pedunculare was the name used for E. brunnescens, in which error surely lies a moral. E. komarovianum Léveillé This is better known, in so far as it is known at all, as E. inornatum Melville. This Latin name was published by Melville (1960) and used for a plant from a gathering by E. N. Carrothers (K) (Melville 1962) from Lisburn in Northern Ireland in 1941. The wall on which this grew, so Mr Carrothers told me, was demolished some years ago and he himself was unaware of the fact that the plant had been given this name. I have seen it growing elsewhere in Northern Ireland, at Mount Stewart, Co. Down (v.c. H38), and have also seen it at Dartington Hall, South Devon (v.c. 3) and Ashbourne, Derbyshire (v.c. 57) (specimen in K), where it has been known for over 60 years. It was also on the Ladmanlow tip at Buxton for a few years. Both these occurrences appear in the recent Flora of Derbyshire (Clapham 1969) under E. nerteroides. It has also been sent me from Lanark (v.c. 77). It could easily be overlooked for the common species, but its rather smaller size, its more closely creeping habit, rooting at the nodes, its bronzed, prominently veined leaves, which are nearly always green beneath, and its almost entirely smooth seeds are distinctive characters. It is the only one of these three species in the Netherlands. 142 SHORT NOTES KEY Based on leaf colour as observed in Britain. 1. Leaves (2:5—)6(-14) x (2: ahhg st mm, serrate, rich purple with veins showing prominently beneath .. . pedunculare 1. Leaves usually smaller, siberire « or > ait meet Sans. nee or less purple beneath 2. Leaves thin, green or bronzey and smooth above, usually suffusing purplish with veins showing faintly beneath. Seeds papillose, 7:-5—9:0 mm 3. Leaves (4—-)5(-12) x (3-)4C-12) mm, broadly ovate .. . brunnescens 3. Leaves (4:5-) 5-0 x 2-0-3-0 mm, often elliptic xg E. brunnescens vat. 2. Leaves (2-)5(-12) x (1:5-)3(-9) mm, thick, bronzey brown and rugose with prominent veins above, mostly green and veins not showing beneath. Seeds smooth, 5-9 mm .. Bi Ay, site ee ae E. komarovianum Also exhibited was the taller, decumbent E. pictum Petrie. This is grown in some gardens for its undoubtedly pretty marbled grey leaves, purple beneath, but it easily spreads over-exuberantly and may one day be numbered among our garden weeds. The similar, more branched, longer-peduncled E. alsinoides Petrie has also been recorded as a garden weed, but the specimens are all E. pictum, Dr Raven tells me. It is endemic to the South Island of New Zealand. I am grateful to Dr P. H. Raven for comments on this note, in which they are incorporated. REFERENCES CLAPHAM, A. R., ed. (1969). Flora of Derbyshire, p. 209. Derby. CLAPHAM, A. R. (1952). Epilobium in CLAPHAM, A. R., TuTin, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, p. 607. Cambridge. Davey, A. J. (1953). Epilobium pedunculare in Britain, in LousLEy, J. E., ed. The Changing Flora of Britain, pp. 164-167. Arbroath. Davey, A. J. (1961). Epilobium nerterioides, in Biological Flora of the British Isles. J. Ecol., 49: 753-759. Gorpon, V. (1954a). Epilobium linnaeoides. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 1: 37. Gorpbon, V. (1954b). Epilobium linnaeoides in Britain. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 1: 93. McC uintock, D. (1958). A narrow-leaved form of Epilobium pedunculare. Proc. bot. Soc. Brasil 32935: MELVILLE, R. (1960). Epilobium pedunculare and its allies. Kew Bull., 14: 296-300. MELVILLE, R. (1962). Some New Zealand Epilobia in Britain. Kew Bull., 15: 477. Newton, A. (1971). Flora of Cheshire, p. 112. Chester. RAVEN, P. H. & ENGELHORN, T. (1971). New taxa and new combinations in Australasian Epilobium (Onagraceae). N.Z. J. Bot., 9: 345-350. D. McCLinTock 667/1. MOLINIA LITORALIS Host. Duplicate material of a giant variant of M. caerulea (L.) Moench, collected from Marham Fen, West Norfolk, in 1944, and given to Kew, is referred to this species by H. J. Conert (Die Systematik und Anatomie der Arundineae, Weinheim, p. 181 (1961)). In giving me this information, Dr Hubbard has kindly provided further particulars: ‘Conert maintains this type as a distinct species, M. litoralis Host, from M. caerulea, distinguishing it by its taller growth (1:2-1-6m), except for M. caerulea var. arun- dinacea, and larger panicles (30—S50cm), larger lowest lemmas (4:5—6-0mm long), the lemmas of M. caerulea being 3—4mm long. I have looked at your specimen; the panicle is 44cm long but the lowest lemma in each spikelet is only 4-0-4-S5mm long’. In addition to Norfolk, Conert records this species from Radnor, Berkshire, Oxfordshire, Essex, Surrey, Cornwall and Bedfordshire, ‘all in the south and fitting in with a southern general distribution.’ In his study Conert noted the following varieties of M. caerulea in West Norfolk: var. caerulea, var. obtusae (Peterm.) Aschers. SHORT NOTES 143 & Graebn., var. arundinacea (Schrank) Aschers., and var. robusta Prahl, all from Dersingham Common. As M. caerulea is self-sterile Hubbard suspects that much of the variability in the southern half of Britain is due to past hybridisation, perhaps between a northern strain with a spicate panicle (true M. caerulea), and a southern variant, such as M. litoralis Host, with lax inflorescences and larger lemmas. Until it is proved to be cytologically distinct, Hubbard prefers to treat Conert’s plant as var. litoralis (Host) Griseb.; it could also be called subsp. /itoralis (Host) Paul. E. L. SWANN 690/1. GAUDINIA FRAGILIS (L.) Beauv. Gaudinia is basically a Mediterranean grass. Its status in the British Isles and just across the English Channel has been generally regarded as that of a fleeting adventive. Hegi (1935) and Fournier (1946) say it may come in with foreign seed, which it certainly has done in Germany, and Mullenders (1967) says it is introduced and inconstant in Belgium. But there are signs of permanence: introductions, it seems, can persist. In at least three areas, discussed below, it has done so for several years. ISLE OF WIGHT There is no mention of this species in any Island list until 1917 when it was collected by the late Mr J. W. Long. Mr B. Shepard comments to me (in Jitt.) ‘that it may be significant that this first record was during the first world war, when there was con- siderable movement of men and material between here and the Middle East’. He goes on ‘It is not conceivable that it existed in anything like its present abundance at that time and was overlooked by earlier recorders’. He and Mr J. H. Bevis have concentrated their searches on the heavy clay area of the north-west, although it seems to be equally well established in the Haven Street/ Ryde area. But with the exception of Miss Bullock’s record from Brighstone in 1966 all relate to the heavy clay on the north of the chalk ridge, and suggest that Gaudinia is widespread and very well established across that section of the island. One area from which I was sent specimens was a 16-acre field that had not been ploughed since the present farmer’s family took over the farm in 1919. Here the Gaudinia is not merely present each year, but dominant in some parts. This and other meadows are mown regularly for hay towards the end of June. Another similar field is strip-grazed but contains an equal abundance of Gaudinia. Miss G. Bullock has also kindly shared her notes with me. Gaudinia was amongst a collection of grasses she sent to Mr Long as long ago as 1937 from Haven Street, a meadow of 8-10 acres which contained quite as much Gaudinia as any other grass. She says it was also plentiful in a meadow on the other side of the village. Fr Higgens has also sent me his notes. Mrs Yule, the Recorder for the Hampshire Flora, in sending me some details says that the species is apparently still spreading. Thus it seems there is a continuous record of this species in the north of the Isle of Wight for over 50 years. CHANNEL ISLANDS Gaudinia was found in great quantity by the Grande Mare in Guernsey in 1928. Nobody saw it there again until 1970, and in 1971 it was found to be well established in a meadow in a closed community. A patch some 15 yards across of the species was found in 1970 in short, native, sandy turf near the Doyle Rock on L’Ancresse Common, nearly five miles to the north-east. Here the plants are small, mostly about 6in high, and thus very easily passed by. It would be surprising if this grass had not been here for some considerable time, in an area moreover where no grass mixture would have been sown and no other possible introductions are to be seen. All attempts to re-find Gaudinia in its original area in Alderney have failed, but it 144 SHORT NOTES has been seen annually since 1963 near the States Dairy despite rubble being dumped on it and other human interferences. It looked well established in 1963 and plants from there, and their seedlings, have all proved to be perennial when grown in a garden (McClintock 1967). The grass was also collected in sandy ground in Jersey in 1954, but was not to be seen in the following, or subsequent, years. IRELAND None of the three stations in Co. Limerick, so Dr A. M. O’Sullivan tells me, has been recently re-seeded, and two were very old pastures. He presumed the grass was perennial, in contradiction to what all books and even his paper (O’Sullivan & White 1967) say. Farragher (1968) found it by a relatively new ley, where it persisted, and suggests it was introduced in ‘recent’ years, perhaps as an impurity in some grass seed. Miss Scannell sent me a copy of a letter dated 2nd October, 1967, from Mr J. Mullin, of the Irish seed-testing station, who had reports of it from other counties, e.g. Wexford, and expected it to be much more widespread. He recorded that in the early 1960s some inferior rye grass seed had been ‘dumped’ from Portugal with such weeds as Gaudinia and Chrysanthemum myconis. The trade was stopped, but started again for a short while in Dutch bags via Holland. Is this not very obvious grass being overlooked elsewhere? It deserves more than the curt three lines granted it by both Hubbard (1968) and Tutin (1962). The Appendix evidences its recorded history in the British Isles. REFERENCES Bootu, E. M. (1967): Gaudinia fragilis in Co. Clare. Ir. Nat. J., 15: 331. FARRAGHER, M. A. (1968). Gaudinia fragilis in another station. Ir. Nat. J., 16: 53. FOURNIER, P. (1946). Les Quatre Flores de la France, 2nd ed., p. 60. Paris. HeaI, G. (1935). Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa, 2nd ed., 1: 353-354. Munich. HUBBARD, C. E. (1968). Grasses, 2nd ed., p. 247. Harmondsworth. McCLuintTock, D. (1967). Gaudinia fragilis. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 6: 391. MULLENDERS, W. (1967). Flore de la Belgique, du nord de la France et des regions voisines, p. 597. Liége. O’SULLIVAN, A. M. & Wuite, J. (1967). Gaudinia fragilis in Limerick grassland. Ir. Nat. J., 15: 343-345. SCANNELL, M. J. P. (1964). Gaudinia fragilis in Ireland. Ir. Nat. J., 14: 215-216. TuTIN, T. G. (1962). Gaudinia, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., p. 1162. Cambridge. WEBSTER, M. McC. (1951). Gaudinia fragilis. Watsonia, 2: 59. APPENDIX OCCURRENCES IN THE BRITISH ISLES OF GAUDINIA FRAGILIS (L.) Beauv. Date Vice-county Details June 1903 1) New Reservoir works towards Molesey. A. H. (Surrey) Wolley Dod (BM). 27 June 1906 41 On the shore near Barry (near Porthkey). H. J. (Glamorgan) Riddlesdell (NMW). ‘‘New to Britain’’. ““Apparent- ly far away from all possibility of introduction” (BM). Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl.,2: 251. 3 July 1906 Ue “Dr. Pettybridge, Ringsend. Comm. Miss M. Knowles” (K). 2 Aug. 1912 74 The shore, Stranraer, James Fraser.(Herb. Lousley.) (Wigtown) 1914 2 ““Charlestown, near St Austell’s (sic), Cornwall E., (E. Cornwall) W. Tressider ex C.C. Vigurs, vide sp.” Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 3: 397. 10 July 1917 23 June 1926 8 June 1928 June 1928 28 May 1933 30 May 1933 June 1936 1937 27 May 1938 June 1938 1) pre-1940 Sept. 1942 1949 1950 1951 1951 Aug. 1951 29 June 1954 5 May 1957 14 May 1957 2 July 1960 Sept. 1962 1962 Sept. 1962 10 (Isle of Wight) 41 0 (Channel Isles) 34 (W. Gloucester) 10 1 (W. Cornwall) 44 (Carmarthen) 4 (N. Devon) 10 10 10 7 (N. Wilts) 0 7 4] 14 (E. Sussex) 10 10 10 SHORT NOTES 145 Abundant in a meadow near Ryde, J. W. Long (BM, K, NMW). Still there 1931. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl.,9: 760; 11: 415-416. Waste ground, Splott, Cardiff. A. E. Wade (NMW). In great quantity in part of the Grande Mare, Guernsey (also described as meadow south of the Grande Mare). A. J. Wilmott and I. A. Williams (STP). Avonmouth Docks. C. I. Sandwith (K). The following two 1928 records may refer to the same place: Bristol, N. Somerset, N. Y. Sandwith. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 8: 766. Waste ground, Bedminster, C. I. Sandwith. Jbid., 10: 361. In some quantity in a grassy cutting in a field near Whitegates, Alderney, associated with Lolium (K). J. Bot., Lond.,’75: 300. Apparently well established— but considered also an adventive. There is another sheet of the same date labelled “‘Bottom of a small dis-used quarry in a grassy cutting in abundance, with Lolium” (K). In some quantity near Whitegates in a kind of cutting or sunken track not far from Coastguard houses, Alderney. A. B. Jackson (K). Old quarry near Mauney, Alderney. A. B. Jackson (BM). Most remote part of the island. J. W. Long (K). Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club. Br. Isl., 11: 416. Meadow, Haven Street. Miss G. Bullock. “As much Gaudinia as any other grass”’. Haven Street, in a meadow, plentiful. J. W. Long (K). An abundant grass in old pasture, Haven Street. J. W. Long (K, NMW). By Newtown River. J. W. Long. Refuse heaps, Truro. W. Borlase (K). Fairly abundant in wettish hay meadow. F. E. Williams (K). Rough ground round small pond near the sea, Fremington, a small patch. Miss M. McC. Webster. Watsonia, 2: 59. Quarr Abbey, N. Wootton. Fr J. Higgens. Still there 1971. Binstead. Miss G. Bullock. Still there 1971. Firestone Copse, S. Wootton Creek. A. W. Westrup. Still there 1971. Waste ground. Sandridge Hill. J. D. Grose (K). Pont Marquet, Jersey. Mrs F. le Sueur, Miss K. Rob and D. McClintock (JSY). Carrot field, Sandridge, near Melksham. Miss M. McC. Webster (BM). As above, in allotments (BM, K). Roadside, Camp Hill, Ashdown Forest. D. W. Parry (K). Good colony in small gravel pit at Quarr, near Binstead. A. W. Westrup (K). Gravel pit between Fishbourne and Puckhouse. Fr J. Higgens. Gone 1963 with removal of gravel. Newnham Lane near Brickfields, Binstead, a mile distant; also Firestone Road, Haven Street. Miss G. Bullock (cf K). 146 SHORT NOTES 5 June 1963 0 States Dairy, Alderney (persisting), D. McClintock. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl., 6: 391. 17 July 1963 H3 Toomore, W. of Schull. Miss M. Scannell and J. E. (W. Cork) O’Donovan (DBN, K). Jr. Nat. J., 14: 215. There also in 1964 and succeeding years. 15 July 1965 H8 Intensively farmed pasture, Newboro’, Patrickswell, (Limerick) seven miles S.W. of Limerick. Dr A. M. O’Sullivan and J. White (DBN). Jbid., 15: 343. 15 July 1965 H8 Two miles S. of Croom. Dr A. M. O’Sullivan and J. White. Ibid., 15: 343. 15 July 1965 H8 Newcastle West. Dr A. M. O’Sullivan and J. White. Ibid., 15: 344. 2 H4 Lombardstown, W. of Mallow, edge of new ley. (Mid Cork) M. A. Farragher. [bid., 16: 53. First noted about three years earlier in a new ley. 1966 10 Bank opposite Honnyhill Farm, Brighstone. Miss G. Bullock. Still there 1971. 2 10 Near Parkhurst Prison. Comm. Mrs Yule. 15 July 1966 H9 Roadside at 300 ft one mile east of Eagle’s Rock, (Clare) S. of Slievecarran Mountain and four miles S.W. of Kinvarra. Miss E. M. Booth (DBN). Jr. Nat. J., 155331. 1967 0 Roadside, Bray, Alderney. 29 June 1968 10 Thorness Bay, in considerable quantity — a field of it. J. H. Bevis and B. Shepard. 1969 10 Near Haven Street. Br G. Corcoran. 2 June 1970 0 Near the Grande Mare, Guernsey. Dr P. Macpher- son et alia. June 1970 m4 New Forestry Commission plantation, near Crewkerne, along a freshly made-up ride. J. G. Keylock (K). 7 June 1970 0 Near Doyle Rock, L’Ancresse, Guernsey. Mrs P. Garratt. June 1971 10 Ride in Parkhurst Forest. J. H. Bevis and B. Shepard. June 1971 10 Grassy bank surrounding field, Werrar Farm, W. bank of River Medina. B. Shepard. 15 July 1971 10 Mersley Down, near Haven Street, very consider- able quantity. J. H. Bevis, B. Shepard and Fr J. Higgens. July 1971 10 Approach to Whittingham Crematorium. B. THE FLORA OF S.S. GREAT BRITAIN Shepard. D. MCCLINTOCK On 19 July, 1970, after over 80 years in the Falkland Islands, S.S. Great Britain returned for restoration to the dry dock in Bristol from which she was launched in 1843 (Gregor 1971). The journey from the Falklands had taken three months. A brief inspection of the ship’s flora was made in May, 1971, in company with Dr D. H. Brown, and with the kind permission of Capt. J. R. Blake, R.N., of the Great Britain Project. On the decks and on the timbers beneath the ship’s rail scattered vegetation was found growing in a ‘soil’ composed largely of decayed wood fragments, rust scales and coal dust. The 12 species of vascular plants found are listed below. SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE BRITISH ISLES BUT NOT IN THE FALKLAND ISLANDS Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. Deschampsia cespitosa (L.) Beauv. Epilobium adenocaulon Hausskn. E. parviflorum Schreb. Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn SHORT NOTES 147 SPECIES OCCURRING BOTH IN THE BRITISH ISLES AND IN THE FALKLAND ISLANDS Aira praecox L. Holcus lanatus L. Hypochoeris radicata L. Poa annua L. Scirpus cernuus Vahl SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE FALKLAND ISLANDS BUT NOT IN THE BRITISH ISLES Colobanthus quitensis (Kunth) Bartl. (Caryophyllaceae) Empetrum rubrum Vahl The most abundant species was Poa annua, occurring in two forms: one hummock- forming with short shoots and inflorescences; the other laxer and less branched. These differences persisted when the plants were grown in pots in a greenhouse, although each sort grew taller. Poa annua is naturalised on the Falklands, where it is common (Moore 1968). It is possible that the hummock-forming plants were derived from seed of a Falkland ecotype, but the other form was indistinguishable from British weedy P. annua. Small plants of Scirpus cernuus were growing on the deck, together with larger, dead specimens. This species is not frequent around Bristol; on the other hand it is abundant in the Falklands (Moore 1968). The young plants had probably grown from seed shed in the Falklands, and the larger clumps may have been killed during the journey from there. Seeds of Aira praecox, Holcus lanatus and Hypochoeris radicata could have reached S.S. Great Britain when in dry dock at Bristol or when undergoing temporary repairs at Avonmouth. A few plants of Empetrum rubrum were observed alongside the ship’s rail. Some specimens were much-branched with stems that were thick at the base, and were evidently more than a year old. These individuals must have been established while the Great Britain was in Stanley Cove in the Falklands and have survived the passage to Bristol. The older plants were in poor condition by May, 1971, and an attempt to transplant one failed, probably due to the difficulty of disengaging its roots from the corroded base of a rail post. Some seedlings were successfully transplanted. Young plants of Colobanthus quitensis were found in several places on the deck but none was likely to have been more than a year old, so that the species probably crossed the Equator as dormant seed. I am told by Dr D. M. Moore that C. quitensis grows abundantly in Stanley Cove. It and Deschampsia antarctica Desv. are the only two species of vascular plants native to the Antarctic continent, from which they have been recorded as far south as 68° 12’. C. quitensis sensu lato ranges widely among the islands of the sub-Antarctic and extends up the Andes into Mexico. Transplanted seedlings have grown rapidly in a greenhouse, flowering and setting seed in June and again in September. This behaviour is in accordance with the findings of Holtum & Greene (1967), who grew plants in a phytotron from seed gathered in South Georgia, and found that flowering was more frequent under regimes of fluctuating rather than stable temperatures, and that under these conditions there were two peaks of flowering about three months apart. REFERENCES Greoor, H. (1971). The S.S. Great Britain. London. Ho.tum, A. & GREENE, S. W. (1967). The growth and reproduction of Antarctic flowering plants. Phil. Trans. R. Soc., Ser. B, 252: 323-337. Moore, D. M. (1968). The Vascular Flora of the Falkland Islands. Brit. Antarct. Surv. Sci. Rep., 60: 1-202. M. C. SMITH 148 Watsonia, 9, 148-160 (1972). Plant Records Records for publication must be submitted in the form shown below to the appropriate vice-county Recorder (Watsonia, 8: 435-447 (1971)), and not to the Editors. Records are arranged in the order given in the List of British Vascular Plants by J.E. Dandy (1958) and in his subsequent revision (Watsonia, 7: 157-178 (1969)). With the exception of collectors’ initials, herbarium abbreviations are those used in British Herbaria by D. H. Kent (1958). The following signs are used: * before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record. + before the species number: to indicate that the plant is not a native species of the British Isles. Tt before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded. [ ] enclosing a previously published record: to indicate that the record should be deleted. 1/1. LYCOPODIUM SELAGO L. 74, Wigtown: Craigarie Fell, GR 25/23.73. Rock- ledge, on hill top at 1000ft. H. Milne-Redhead, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 1/3. LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM L. 99, Dunbarton: Ben Vorlich, GR 27/29.12. Rock-ledge, 2500ft. A. McG. Stirling, 1968, field record. 1st record for c 100 years. 1/5. LYCOPODIUM: ALPINUM L. 79, Selkirk: Capel Fell, Ettrick, GR 36/16.07. Mountain pasture on north-east side, 2050ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. 2/1. SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES (L.) Link 74, Wigtown: Culvennan Fell, GR 25/30.64. Damp basic flush, 550ft. H. Milne-Redhead, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 4/1. EQUISETUM HYEMALE L. 99, Dunbarton: Murroch Glen, Dumbarton, GR 26/41.78. Steep, waterlogged stream bank. J. Mitchell, 1969, field record. 2nd record. 4/4. EQUISETUM VARIEGATUM Schleich. ex Weber & Mohr *72, Dumfries: Penton Linns, GR 35/43.77. C. W. Muirhead, 1951, field record. 9/1. CRYPTOGRAMMA CRISPA (L.) R.Br. ex Hook. 44, Carmarthen: near Llansadwrn, Cors Farlais, GR 22/67.34. Scree, 900ft. I. M. Vaughan, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13:45 (1972)). 15/6. ASPLENIUM VIRIDE Huds. 80, Roxburgh: Dinley Linns, Dinley Burn, Newcastleton, GR 35/46.95. Damp rock crevices, 650—1200ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. 18/2. ATHYRIUM ALPESTRE (Hoppe) Rylands 108, W. Sutherland: scree on Foinaven, Coire Duail, GR 29/31.51. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, BM, det. A. C. Jermy. 2nd record. 22/2 x 22/1. POLYSTICHUM ACULEATUM (L.) Roth x P. SETIFERUM (Forsk.) Woynar *99, Dunbarton: Knockderry Castle, Cove, GR 26/21.84. Wooded raised-beach cliff. A. McG. Stirling, 1964, E, GL, det. A. Sleep. 24/3. THELYPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (L.) Slosson 45, Pembroke: 2km south of Brynberian, GR 22/10.33. Overhanging wet rock cleft, 875ft. T. A. W. Davis, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13:46 (1972)). PLANT RECORDS 149 25/1/2. POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE Fée 73, Kirkcudbright: near Needle’s Eye, below Clifton, Southwick, GR 25/91.56. Bushy cliffs near sea. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, BM, CGE, DFS, E, GL, conf. R. H. Roberts. 2nd record, Ist since 1850. (Watsonia, 9:40 (1972)). 75, Ayrshire: near Northbank, Portencross, West Kilbride, GR 26/17.49. On Old Red Sandstone conglomerate. A. Rutherford, 1971, BM, CGE, DBN, E, GL, NMW, conf. R. H. Roberts. Confirmation of the Ist and only Ayrshire record, 1896. (Watsonia, 9:40 (1972)). 25/1/2 x 25/1/3. POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE Fée x P. INTERJECTUM Shivas “713; Kirkcudbright: near Needle’s Eye, below Clifton, Southwick, GR 25/91.56. Bushy cliffs near sea. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, herb. R. H. Roberts, conf. R.H.R. Ist Scottish record. 25/1/3. POLYPODIUM INTERJECTUM Shivas *H19, Kildare: Maynooth, GR 03/9.9. Walltop. D. Doogue, 1970, herb. D.D. 28/1 BoTRYCHIUM LUNARIA (L.) Sw. 9, Dorset: heathy path on Black Down, GR 30/61.87. H. J. M. Bowen, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 38/2. HELLEBORUS VIRIDIS L. +*73, Kirkcudbright: 2 miles north of Gatehouse of Fleet, GR 25/59.59. Grassy field. O. M. Stewart, 1968, field record. 44/1. PULSATILLA VULGARIS Mill. 33, E. Gloucs.: Hilcot, near Cheltenham, GR 32/0.1. C. S. Downer, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 46/10. RANUNCULUS AURICOMUS L. 99, Dunbarton: Creinch Island, Loch Lomond, GR 26/39.88. Rocky shore under alders. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 1st-post 1930 record. 46/11. RANUNCULUS LINGUA L. 44, Carmarthen: Moat Llandyry, near Kidwelly, GR 22/43.05. Pond verge. G. Tallowin, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 45 (1972)). 46/24b. RANUNCULUS FICARIA L. subsp. BULBIFER Lawalrée *42, Brecon: near Pencelli, GR 32/09.24. Canal bank. M. Porter, 1968, NMW. Mile south of Crickadarn, GR 32/04.40. Shaded river bank. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Both records in Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). *46, Cardigan: Tre’r-ddol, GR 22/65.92. Road- side, with subsp. ficaria. P. M. Benoit, 1971, NMW. 50/1. THALICTRUM FLAVUM L. 99, Dunbarton: Ardmore Point, Cardcross, GR 26/32.78. Among grass near salt marsh. A. McG. Stirling, known for several years. Ist localised record. 50/2. THALICTRUM ALPINUM L. *79, Selkirk: White Shank to Range Cleuch Burn, Ettrick, GR 36/1.0-1.1. Flushes and burn sides, 1125—1900ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. 50/3. THALICTRUM MINUS L. 80, Roxburgh: Trows Crags on River Tweed, Makerstoun, GR 36/66.31. Rock-ledges and steep banks. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. 57/1. CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM L. *72, Dumfries: Kirk Loch, Lochmaben, GR 35/07.82. J. D. Stuart Martin, 1971, DFS. 758/6. PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM L. H19, Kildare: Louise Bridge, GR 13/0.9. Disturbed soil. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 66/4. FUMARIA BASTARDII Bor. *47, Montgomery: wall in Montgomery Town, GR 32/22.96. D. Pugh, 1971, field record, det. P. M. Benoit. Between Tre-Wern and Cruggion, GR 33/27.13. Roadside verge. V. J. Macnair, 1971, field record, det. P. M. Benoit. 2nd record. (Both records in Nature Wales, 13: 47 (1972)). 150 PLANT RECORDS 66/8b. FUMARIA OFFICINALIS L. subsp. WIRTGENI (Koch) Arcangeli *75, Ayr: Montgomeryfield, Dreghorn, near Irvine, GR 26/34.37. Sandy waste ground. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, CGE, det. P. D. Sell. 68/1. ERUCASTRUM GALLICUM (Willd.) O. E. Schulz *83, Edinburgh: Western Dock, Leith, GR 36/27.77. Waste ground. O. M. Stewart, 1970, E, conf. C. W. Muirhead. 75/1. CRAMBE MARITIMA L. *28, W. Norfolk: Snettisham beach, GR 53/64.31. E. L. Swann, 1971, field record. 76/2. RAPISTRUM RUGOSUM (L.) All. 83, Edinburgh: Blackford quarry, Edin- burgh, GR 36/26/70. Waste ground. O. M. Stewart, 1969, E, det. C. W. Muirhead. 2nd record. 84/1. THLASPI ARVENSE L. *42, Brecon: Penderyn, GR 22/94.07. Disturbed roadside verge, 700ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 73, Kirkcudbright: Glenstocken, Colvend, GR 25/87/53. Edge of field. O. M. Stewart, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 88/5. COCHLEARIA DANICA L. *H19, Kildare: east of Louise Bridge, GR 13/0.9. Railway ballast. D. Doogue, 1971, herb. D.D. Maynooth, GR 03/9.9. Railway ballast. D. Doogue, 1971, herb. D.D. 2nd record. 89/1. SUBULARIA AQUATICA L. 74, Wigtown: Loch Derry, GR 25/25.73. Sub- merged in shallow water, 550ft. H. Milne-Redhead, 1971, DFS. Ist post-1930 record. 94/3. DRABA INCANA L. 101, Kintyre: Largybaan Burn, GR 16/60.14. By waterfall, 500ft. A. G. Kenneth, 1969, CGE. 2nd record. 97/2. CARDAMINE AMARA L, 98, Argyll: Dubh Loch, Glen Shira, GR 27/11.11. Base-rich Carex swamp by loch. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, herb. A.G.K. Range extension. 98/4. BARBAREA VERNA (Mill.) Aschers. *42, Brecon: Hay, GR 32/22.42. Disused railway line, 300ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. Cradoc, GR 32/01.30. Waste ground. A. P. Conolly, 1971, field record. (Both records in Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 68, Cheviot: north-west of Thirlings, GR 36/95.32. Roadside hedgebank. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S. Ist record for. over 100 years. 102/2 x 1. RoRIPPA X STERILIS Airy Shaw *98, Argyll: Dubh Loch, Glen Shira, GR 27/11.11. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, herb. A.G.K. 102/3. RORIPPA SYLVESTRIS (L.) Bess. 50, Denbigh: by River Conway, Betws-y- Coed, GR 23/79.57. P. M. Benoit, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. 4108/4. SIsyYMBRIUM ORIENTALE L. H19, Kildare: Celbridge, GR 13/9.9. Disturbed ground. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 109/1. ARABIDOPSIS THALIANA (L.) Heynh. H19, Kildare: Louise Bridge, Leixlip, GR 13/0.9. Railway line. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 112/2. RESEDA LUTEA L. *47, Montgomery: near Montgomery station, GR 32/20.97. Disused coal wharf. V. J. Macnairn, 1971, field record. (Nature Wales, 13: 47 (1972)). 115/6 x 5. HYPERICUM MACULATUM Crantz x H. PERFORATUM L. 40, Shrop- shire: Craig Llwyn, near Llansilin, GR 33/23.27. Roadside. P. M. Benoit, 1971, BM, det. N. K. B. Robson. 2nd record. *47, Montgomery: near Arddleen, GR 33/25/15. Disused railway track. P. M. Benoit, 1971, BM, NMW, det. N. K. B. Robson. *48, Merioneth: Barmouth Junction, GR 23/62.13. Disused railway track. P. M. Benoit, 1971, BM, det. N. K. B. Robson. *50, Denbigh: Rhydycreua, Betws-y- Coed, GR 23/80.57. Among tall grass. P. M. Benoit, 1971, BM, NMW, det. N. K. B. Robson. Lh PLANT RECORDS 151 123/3. SILENE CONICA L. 44, Carmarthen: Towyn Burrows, GR 22/35.06. Edge of salt marsh and sand dune. I. M. Vaughan, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. 133/3. STELLARIA PALLIDA (Dumort.) Piré 67, S. Northumberland: near Colwell, GR 35/94.76. On basalt, 500ft. G. A. & M. Swan, 1967, herb. G.A.S. 1st record for over 100 years. 133/6. STELLARIA PALUSTRIS Retz. *99, Dunbarton: by River Leven, near Dalreoch, Dumbarton, GR 26/39.76. Marshy ground. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 141/2. ARENARIA LEPTOCLADOS (Reichb.) Guss. H19, Kildare: Maynooth,GR 03/9.9. Sandy roadside. D. Doogue, 1970, herb. D.D. 2nd record. 7149/3. MonTIA sIBIRICA (L.) Howell *50, Denbigh: by River Conway, near Betws-y-Coed, GR 23/79.57. P. M. Benoit, 1971, NMW. 154/14. CHENOPODIUM RUBRUM L. *73, Kirkcudbright: White Port, near Almorness Point, GR 25/84.51. Rock crevices by shore. O. M. Stewart, 1971, DFS. 160/4. SALICORNIA RAMOSISSIMA Woods *101, Kintyre: North Druimachro, Isle of Gigha, GR 16/65.48. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record, det. T. G. Tutin. +163/5. MALVA PUSILLA Sm. 68, Cheviot: Bamburgh Castle, GR 46/18.35. Waste ground. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S., det. N. K. B. Robson. 2nd, record. 168/2. GERANIUM SYLVATICUM L. *43, Radnor: Davy Morgans Dingle, Radnor Forest, GR 32/18.62. A. C. Powell, 1971, NMW, det. G. Ellis. (Nature Wales, 13:44 (1972)). 4171/4. IMPATIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle *73, Kirkcudbright: Kirkconnel, near New Abbey, GR 25/97.69. Wet ditch near Kirkconnel moss. O. M. & N. F. Stewart, 1971, field record. H19, Kildare: River Liffey, Celbridge, GR 03/9.9. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 192/1. TRIFOLIUM ORNITHOPODIOIDES L. 42, Brecon: mile south-west of Coelbren, GR 22/83.10. By colliery track, 750ft. M. E. Massey, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 192/10. TRIFOLIUM STRIATUM L. 73, Kirkcudbright: near Gutcher’s Isle, Glen- stocking shore, GR 25/86.52. In short grass. O. M. Stewart, 1971, DFS. 2nd record. 192/24. TRIFOLIUM MICRANTHUM Viv. 74, Wigtown: Logan gardens, GR 25/09/42. On lawn. R. Mackechnie, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 205/1. ONOBRYCHIS VICIIFOLIA Scop. +57, Derbys.: near Taddington, GR 43/13.71. Roadside, 1100ft. W. J. Clarke & C. Jones-Parry, 1968, field record. Ist record for over 50 years. 206/10. VicIA SYLVATICA L. 101, Kintyre: Eas Daltot, Achnamara, GR 16/75.82. Limestone cliff, SOOft. A. G. Kenneth, 1970, CGE. Range extension. 207/9. LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L. *44. Carmarthen: near Pembrey, GR 22/4.0. Poor fen. S. B. Evans & I. M. Vaughan, 1971, NMW, (see p. 137). (Nature Wales, 13: 45 (1972)). 211/11/21. RUBUS BALFOURIANUS Bloxam ex Bab. *27, E. Norfolk: Horsey Staithe, GR 63/46.24. A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. *28, W. Norfolk: Swathing Marsh, Cranworth, GR 53/97.04. A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. 152 PLANT RECORDS 211/11/27. RUBUS TUBERCULATUS Bab. *27, E. Norfolk: Kenninghall, GR 62/03.86. A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. 211/11/101. RuBUS ATROCAULIS P. J. Muell. *27, E. Norfolk: Alderford Common, GR 63/12.19. A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. #211/11/139. RUBUS PROCERUS P. J. Muell. *28, W. Norfolk: Hempton Green, near Fakenham, GR 53/90.28. A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. 211/11/201. RUBUS TAENIARUM Lindeb. *73, Kirkcudbright: Killywhan Station, Beeswing, GR 25/88.69. Edge of disused track. O. M. Stewart, 1970, E, det. E. S. Edees. 211/11/204. RUBUS RADULA Weihe ex Boenn. *28, W. Norfolk: Hempton Green, near Fakenham, GR 53/90.28, and Little Ellingham, GR 62/02.99. Both A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A. L. B., conf. E. S. Edees. 211/11/223. RuBUS FOLIOSUS Weihe & Nees *28, W. Norfolk: Forty Acre Plantation, Kettlestone, GR 53/97.32. A. L. Bull, 1971, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. 211/11/284. RUBUS RUFESCENS Muell. & Lefeév. *27, E. Norfolk: Foxley Wood, GR 63/05.23. E. S. Edees, 1970. *28, W. Norfolk: Kettlestone, GR 53/96.31, and Potter’s Carr, Cranworth, GR 53/9.0. Both A. L. Bull, 1971, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. 211/11/348. RUBUS HYLOCHARIS W. C. R. Wats. *27, E. Norfolk: Foxley Hills, . GR 63/05.23. A. L. Bull, 1970, herb. A.L.B., conf. E. S. Edees. 211/11/a. RUBUS ACCRESCENS A. Newton *57, Derbys.: north of Boarfold Farm, Chisworth, GR 33/98.92. A. Newton, 1971, field record. 211/11/d. RUBUS DISTRACTIFORMIS A. Newton *57, Derbys.: Aspenshaw, New Mills, GR 43/01.87. A. Newton, 1971, field record. 211/11/p. RUBUS PORPHYROCAULIS A. Newton *57, Derbys.: lane to Warhurst Fold, Chisworth, GR 33/99.93. A. Newton, 1971, field record. 211/11/r. RuBus Rosi (W. C. R. Wats.) A. Newton *57, Derbys.: lane south- east of Low Leighton, GR 43/01.85. A. Newton, 1971, field record. ~212/9. POTENTILLA INTERMEDIA L. *28, W. Norfolk: Snake Wood, Weeting, GR 52/80.90. Forest ride. R. P. Libbey, 1971, herb. E. L. Swann. *83, Edinburgh: Seafield, Leith Docks, GR 36/28.76. Waste ground. O. M. Stewart, 1968, E. Site destroyed 1969. 212/14 x 13. POTENTILLA ANGLICA Laichard. x P. ERECTA (L.) Rausch. ‘27, E. Norfolk: Witton Heath, GR 63/34.32. Open woodland ride. R. P. Libbey & E. L. Swann, 1971, herb. E.L.S. 216/3 x 2. GEUM X INTERMEDIUM Ehrh. *101, Kintyre: near Gallachoille, Loch Sween, GR 16/76.89. Woodland. A. G. Kenneth, 1969, CGE. Probably Ist record. ~223/2. POTERIUM POLYGAMUM Waldst. & Kit. 42, Brecon: near Gilwern, GR 32/23.13. Roadside bank. M. Porter, 1970, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 7226/5. PRUNUS CERASUS L. *74, Wigtown: by road A747 south of Glenluce, GR 25/22.55. O. M. Stewart, 1969, E, conf. C. W. Muirhead. +227/4. COTONEASTER MICROPHYLLUS Wall. ex Lindl. *79, Selkirk: Tima Water by Gair Farm, GR 36/27.09. Basic rocks by road, 950ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. PLANT RECORDS 153 232/7. SORBUS TORMINALIS (L.) Crantz 42, Brecon: 2 miles south of Builth Wells, GR 32/03.48. Scrub on cliff, 600ft. W. J. H. Price, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). *45, Pembroke: 2km E.S.E. of St Ishmael’s, GR 12/85.06. Edge of Old Red Sandstone cliff. T. A. W. Davis, 1971, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 46 (1972)). +235/6. SEDUM ALBUM L. *74, Wigtown: mile west of Monreith, GR 25/34.41. Shingle bank. O. M. Stewart, 1971, DES. 235/8. SEDUM ACRE L. H19, Kildare: Maynooth, GR 03/9.9. Walltop. D. Doogue, 1970, herb. D.D. 2nd record. 238/1. UMBILICUS RUPESTRIS (Salisb.) Dandy 99, Dunbarton: Lang Craigs, Dumbarton, GR 26/43.75. Basalt crags. A. McG. Stirling, 1963, field record. 2nd record. 254/4. EPILOBIUM LANCEOLATUM Seb. & Mauri *28, West Norfolk: Beetley, GR 53/95.18. Gravel pit. E. L. Swann, 1971, herb. E.L.S. ~254/13. EpmLOBIUM NERTEROIDES Cunn. 43, Radnor: Rhayader, GR 22/94.69. Roadside, 1000ft. Sir J. Holland, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 34, W. Gloucs.: Mailscot Wood, Forest of Dean, GR 32/5.1. Woodland ride. H. M. Caddick, 1969, field record. 2nd record. ~256/2. OENOTHERA ERYTHROSPERMA Borbas 42, Brecon: near Gilwern, GR 32/24.15. Roadside verge. G. Hargest, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13:43 (1972)). 262/2. CALLITRICHE PLATYCARPA Kutz. *33, E. Gloucs.: Fairford, GR 41/1.9. Shallow water in Dudgrove gravel pit. S. C. Holland, 1971, field record, conf. R. D. Meikle. 288/1. CICUTA VIROSA L. *74, Wigtown: near Clayshant, Torrs Warren, Stranraer, GR 25/12.53. Marshes among dunes. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 297/1. BERULA ERECTA (Huds.) Coville 74, Wigtown: near Clayshant, Torrs Warren, Stranraer, GR 25/12.53. Marshy ground among dunes. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 300/4. OENANTHE LACHENALI C. C. Gmel. 99, Dunbarton: Ardmore Point, Cardross, GR 26/32.78. Grass above salt-marsh. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 1st post-1930 record. 304/1. MEUM ATHAMANTICUM Jacq. 99, Dunbarton: 4 mile north of Ardlui, GR 27/31.16. Grassy bank. F. G. Rodway & A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 318/2. MERCURIALIS ANNUA L. H19, Kildare: Leixlip Town, GR _ 13/0.9. Disturbed soil. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 320/5. POLYGONUM VIVIPARUM L. 79, Selkirk: north-east side of White Shank, Ettrick, GR 36/17,08. Basic flushes, 1850ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 320/12. PoLYGONUM HYDROPIPER L. H19, Kildare: Castletown House, GR 03/9.9. Muddy river-bank. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 320/16. POLYGONUM DUMETORUM L. +41, Glamorgan: Mountain Ash, GR 31/0.9. Hedgerow. A. M. Pell, 1970, NMW, conf. G. Ellis. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13:42 (1972)). F 154 PLANT RECORDS +320/20. POLYGONUM SACHALINENSE F. Schmidt *35, Monmouth: Bassaleg, Newport, GR 31/27.87. Side of lane. A. Rowlands, 1969, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 42 (1972)). 325/4. RUMEX HYDROLAPATHUM Huds. 43, Radnor: Stanage Park, near Knigh- ton, GR 32/32.71. By pool. A. C. Powell, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 74, Wigtown: near Clayshant, Torrs Warren, Stranraer, GR 23/12.53. Marshy ground among dunes. A.McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 1st post-1930 record. 325/18. RUMEX MARITIMUS L. *101, Kintyre: north of Ferry Farm, Tayinloan, GR 16/69.48. Dried-up pool. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record. 343/5. SALIX TRIANDRA L. 42, Brecon: mile east of Pencelli, GR 32/10.24. Marshy ground by river, 400ft. M. Porter, 1970, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 343/14. SALIX NIGRICANS Sm. *108, W. Sutherland: Creagan Meall Horn, GR 29/35.45. Limestone ledge. A. G. Kenneth & A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 343/16. SALIX REPENS L. *79, Selkirk: Range Cleuch Burn, Ettrick, GR 36/19.61. Rocks by burn, 1100ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, K, conf. R. D. Meikle. 350/1. ANDROMEDA POLIFOLIA L. 44, Carmarthen: Llangynog Bog, near Llan- gain, Carmarthen, GR 22/35.16. D. Davies, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 45 (1972)). 359/1. PYROLA MINOR L. _—_9, Dorset: Halstock, GR 31/51.07. Forestry plantation. — W. G. Latham. 2nd record. (Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. Arch. Soc., 91: 134 (1965)). 359/2. PyYROLA MEDIA Sw. *101, Kintyre: Glenhussa, Knapdale, GR 16/77.84. Streamside. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record. 360/1. ORTHILIA SECUNDA (L.) House 73, Kirkcudbright: Caldons, Glen Trool, GR 25/41.78. Ravine, 800ft. D. A. Ratcliffe, 1962, field record. 1st post-1930 record. 99, Dunbarton: lower slopes of Ben Vane, near Loch Sloy, GR 27/28.10. Rock-ledge, 1200ft. D. Henderson, 1968, field record. 2nd record. 365/5/3. LIMONIUM TRANSWALLIANUM (Pugsl.) Pugsl. 45, Pembroke: 2km south of Bosherston, GR 11/96.92. Limestone ledge, 100ft. T. A. W. Davis, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 46 (1972)). 387/1. NYMPHOIDES PELTATA (S. G. Gmel.) Kuntze | *73, Kirkcudbright: Auchen- skeoch Loch, near Southwick, GR 25/90.59. O. M. Stewart, 1967, field record. 4392/3. SYMPHYTUM ORIENTALE L. *67, S. Northumberland: near Acklington Park, south side of R. Coquet, GR 46/20.03. Woodland. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S., conf. A. S. Wade. 400/3. MYOSOTIS STOLONIFERA (DC.) Gay ex Leresche & Levier *68, Cheviot: Bizzle, GR 36/89.22. Mossy stream-side, 1000ft. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S. Bellyside Burn, GR 36/90.22. Mossy stream-side, 1100ft. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, field record. 2nd record. Both conf. A. E. Wade. 4406/2. CALYSTEGIA PULCHRA Brummitt & Heywood *57, Derbys.: lane to Keepers Leys Farm, Ashbourne, GR 43/17.46. Hedgebank. K. Hollick, 1971, DBY, det. D. McClintock. Present for many years. 413/3. SOLANUM NIGRUM L. *42. Brecon: mile east of Llanbedr, GR 32/26.20. Edge of pasture, 700ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 416/3 x 1. VERBASCUM PHLOMOIDES L. x V. THAPSUS L. *22, Berkshire: Pusey, GR. 41/36.96. Old Sandpit. J. R. Palmer, 1970, field record. PLANT RECORDS 155 +425/1. MIMULUS GUTTATUS DC. H19, Kildare: ¢ mile below Ballymore Eustace, GR 03/6.9. River bank. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 430/20. VERONICA HEDERIFOLIA L. sensu _ stricto *40, Shropshire: Pant, near Oswestry, GR 33/27.22. Garden weed. P. M. Benoit, 1970, NMW. *46, Cardigan: Tanyllan, Llangynfelyn, GR 22/64.92. Roadside. P. M. Benoit, 1971, NMW. *48, Merioneth: Pant Canol, Dyffryn Ardudwy, GR 23/58.22. Garden weed. P. M. Benoit, 1970, CGE, NMW. 430/s. VERONICA SUBLOBATA M. Fischer *40, Shropshire: Pant, near Oswestry, GR 33/27.22. Garden weed. P. M. Benoit, 1970, CGE, NMW. *48, Merioneth: near Dyffryn Ardudwy Station, GR 23/58.23. P. M. Benoit, 1970, NMW. *50, Denbigh: Rhydycreua, Betws-y-Coed, GR 23/80.57. Garden weed. P. M. Benoit, 1971, NMW. 434/4. MELAMPYRUM SYLVATICUM L. *105, W. Ross: Alt a’ Ghlas-Choire, Glen Lichd, Kintail, GR 28/04.16. Ledges by ravine, 1500ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1961, herb. R.W.M.C., conf. J. G. Roger. (Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 40: 625 (1970)). 437/1. PARENTUCELLIA VISCOSA (L.) Caruel 101, Kintyre: south of Ferry Farm, Tayinloan, GR 16/69.46. Short, damp grassland. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 439/1. LATHRAEA SQUAMARIA L. H19, Kildare: Mount Thunder, 4 mile north of Leixlip, GR 13/0.9. Scrub. D. Doogue, 1970, herb. D.D. 2nd record. 442/4. UTRICULARIA MINOR L. *106, E. Ross: north-east of Loch Kinellan, near Strathpeffer, GR 28/4.5. In Sphagnum marsh. U. K. Duncan, 1967, herb. U.K.D. 7445/4 x 5. MENTHA X PIPERITA L. *73, Kirkcudbright: Ewanston, GR 25/67.77. Boggy field. J. McClure, 1968, field record, det. R. M. Harley. 462/3. LAMIUM HYBRIDUM Vill. 57, Derbys.: Pocknedge Farm, near Holy Moor, GR 43/34.70. Manure heap. M. C. Hewitt, 1967, field record. Ist record for 50 years. 7475/5. CAMPANULA PERSICIFOLIA L. *73, Kirkcudbright: New Galloway, GR 25/63.77. Roadside, J. McClure, 1969, field record. 485/2. GALIUM BOREALE L. 68, Cheviot: south bank of River Tweed, 4+ mile W.S.W. of Carham, GR 46/79.37. Rocks by the river. G. A. Swan, 1970, field record. Ist record for over 50 years. 485/3. GALIUM MOLLUGO L. *101, Kintyre: near Homeston Farm, between Southend and Campbeltown, GR 16/68.17. Roadside. A. G. Kenneth, 1970, herb. A.G.K. 488/3. VIBURNUM OPULUS L. 7101, Kintyre: Canal bank road west of Bellanoch, GR 16/79.93. Single bush in scrub. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, herb. A.G.K. 2nd record. 494/2. VALERIANELLA CARINATA Lois. 49, Caernarvon: Haulfre Gardens, Llandudno, GR 23/77.82. Garden weed. P. M. Benoit, 1971, NMW. Probably 2nd record. 497/1. DIPSACUS FULLONUM L. *42, Brecon: Llangynidr, GR 32/14.19. Canal bank. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. Talgarth, GR 32/16.32. Waste ground near tip, 750ft. M. Porter, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Both records in Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). *H19, Kildare: Rye Water, 4 mile upstream from Louise Bridge Aqueduct, GR 03/9.9. River bank. D. Doogue, 1969, herb. D.D. 502/2. BIDENS TRIPARTITA L. 101, Kintyre: near North Druimachro, Isle of Gigha, GR 16/65.48. Muddy ditch. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, herb. A.G.K. 2nd record. 156 PLANT RECORDS +509/2. PETASITES ALBUS (L.) Gaertn. *101, Kintyre: Ronachan, Clachan, GR 16/74.55. Shady roadside. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, herb. A.G.K. 7521/5. ERIGERON MUCRONATUS DC. *82, Haddington: Biel, 24 miles south- west of Dunbar, GR 36/63.76. Garden wall; established and spreading. O. M. Stewart, 1967, E. $522/1. CONYZA CANADENSIS (L.) Crondq. 42, Brecon: Glangrwyney, GR 32/24.16. River bank. M. Porter, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 527/1. CHAMAEMELUM NOBILE (L.) All. 28, W. Norfolk: Church Lane, Cran- worth, GR 53/98.04. A. L. Bull. 1971, herb. E. L. Swan. 2nd record. 4535/2. ARTEMISIA VERLOTORUM Lamotte *66, Durham: Monkwearmouth bridge, Sunderland, GR 45/39.57. Well established, on waste ground. A. J. Silverside, 1969, herb. G. G. Graham. 539/4. CARDUUS ACANTHOIDES L. 72, Dumfries: Lochmaben Castle, GR 35/08.81. Ruined castle grounds. H. Milne-Redhead, 1969, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 540/6. CiRSIUM ACAULON (L.) Scop. *42, Brecon: Cwm Clydach, GR 32/22.13. Limestone grassland, 1200ft. M. Porter, 1968, NMW. Near Daren-felen, Cwm Clydach, GR _ 32/22.12. Disused limestone quarry, 900ft. M. Porter, 1968, field record. 2nd record. (Both records in Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 4541/1. StLYBUM MARIANUM (L.) Gaertn. 74, Wigtown: south of Sandhead, GR 25/10.48. Sea-shore, one plant. R. Mackechnie, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 543/1. SAUSSUREA ALPINA (L.) DC. *79, Selkirk: north-east side of White Shank, Ettrick, GR 37/17.08. Basic, stony flush, 1850ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. 545/1. SERRATULA TINCTORIA L. *28, W. Norfolk: North Lopham, GR 62/02.82. Side of dyke. E. L. Swann, 1970, herb. E.L.S. 550/2 x 3. LEONTODON HISPIDUS L. x L. TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Mérat *40, Shropshire: near Pant, Oswestry, GR 33/2.2. Calcareous grassland. P. M. Benoit, 1971, field record. 550/3. LEONTODON TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Meérat 99, Dunbarton: Loch Sloy, GR 27/29.11. Disturbed ground near the dam. A. McG. Stirling, 1968, field record. Ist localised record. 551/1. PicRIS ECHIOIDES L. 42, Brecon: Talybont-on-Usk, GR 32/11.23. Garden weed. E. B. Jones, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 43 (1972)). 552/1. TRAGOPOGON PRATENSIS L. *99 Dunbarton: Milton, Dumbarton, GR 26/42.74. Waste ground and verges. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 555/1. MYCELIS MURALIS (L.) Dumort. *73, Kirkcudbright: Ken Brig, New Galloway, GR 25/64.78. Stonework of bridge. J. McClure, 1970, DFS. 558/1/94. HIiERACIUM DURICEPS F. J. Hanb. *72, Dumfries: Penton Linns, GR 35/43.77. Limestone rock. C. W. Muirhead, 1951, field record, det. P. D. Sell & C. West. 558/1/187. HteRACIUM CAESIONIGRESCENS Fries *99, Dunbarton: above road to Loch Humphrey, Kilpatrick Hills, GR 26/4.7. Basalt crags. A. McG. Stirling, 1970, CGE, det. C. West & P. D. Sell. 1st Scottish and 2nd British record. 558/1/205. HIERACIUM LISSOLEPIUM (Zahn) Roffey *73, Kirkcudbright: by River Urr, near Margley Farm, GR 25/76.72. O. M. Stewart, 1970, E, det. C. West. PLANT RECORDS 157 563/2. ALISMA LANCEOLATUM With. *41, Glamorgan: Abercwmboi, Mountain Ash, GR 31/0.9. Stagnant water. A. M. Pell, 1970, NMW, conf. G. Ellis. (Nature Wales, 13: 42 (1972)). *99, Dunbarton: Forth and Clyde Canal, Temple, Glasgow, GR 26/54.69. Margin of timber basin. A.McG. Stirling, 1969, field record. 566/1. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS L. TH19, Kildare: below Leixlip Dam, GR 13/0.9. D. Doogue & G. Sharkey, 1968, field record. 2nd record. 576/2. ZOSTERA ANGUSTIFOLIA (Hornem.) Reichb. 73, Kirkcudbright: Rockcliffe, GR 25/84.54. O. M. Stewart, 1970, E, det. H. Milne-Redhead. 2nd record. 576/3. ZOSTERA NOLTI Hornem. 68, Cheviot: Holy Island, GR 46/11.42. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S, det. T. G. Tutin. 1st post-1930 record. 577/13. POTAMOGETON PUSILLUS L. *44, Carmarthen: River Towy, Dynevor, Llandeilo, GR 22/60.22. S. B. Evans, M. Humphrey & I. M. Vaughan, 1971, NMW, det. J. E. Dandy. (Nature Wales, 13: 46 (1972)). The earlier record (Watsonia, 8: 410 (1971)) was based on material subsequently identified by J. E. Dandy as P. berchtoldii. 577/14. POTAMOGETON OBTUSIFOLIUS Mert. & Koch *101, Kintyre: Loch Choille-Bharr, GR 26/09.96. Washed up at north end. A. G. Kenneth, 1968, BM, det. J. E. Dandy. Mill Loch, Isle of Gigha, GR 16/64.50. A. G. Kenneth & A. McG. Stirling, 1971, BM, det. J. E. Dandy. 2nd record. 577/20. POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers. 101, Kintyre: Machrihanish Water, GR 16/64.21. A. G. Kenneth, 1970, BM, det. J. E. Dandy. 2nd record. 579/1. RUPPIA CIRRHOSA (Petagna) Grande *48, Merioneth: Dwyryd estuary, GR 23/6.3. Pools in saltmarsh. P. M. Benoit, 1971, BM, NMW, det. J. E. Dandy. 1st definite record. 581/1. NAIAS FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt *101, Kintyre: Loch nan Gad, Clachan, GR 16/78.57. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record, det. J. E. Dandy. 589/3. POLYGONATUM MULTIFLORUM (L.) All. +*28, W. Norfolk: Maiden’s Walk, Kilverstone, GR 52/89.84. Woodland. R. M. Burton, 1967, field record. 606/7. LUZULA ARCUATA Sw. 108, W. Sutherland: Coire Duail, Foinaven, GR 29/31.50. East-facing flushes, 2700ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1969, herb. R.W.M.C. ist definite record for over 100 years. (Trans. Proc. bot. soc. Edinb., 41: 95 (1970)). 607/8. ALLIUM SCHOENOPRASUM L. *99, Dunbarton: Fraoch Eilean, Loch Lomond, GR 26/36.92. Rocky shore of island. P. Macpherson, 1967, herb. A. McG. Stirling. 607/12. ALLIUM URSINUM L. H19, Kildare: Mount Thunder, + mile north of Leixlip, GR 13/0.9. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 622/1. TAMUS COMMUNIS L. *68, Cheviot: near Lemmington Hall, GR 46/12.11. Roadside hedge. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S. 625/1. EPIPACTIS PALUSTRIS (L.) Crantz 42, Brecon: Penderyn, GR 22/95.09. Rough, damp field, 900ft. M. E. Massey & M. Porter, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 631/1. HAMMARBYA PALUDOSA (L.) Kuntze 99, Dunbarton: near Auchengaich, Glen Fruin, GR 26/27.89. Peaty flush, 500ft. A. McG. Stirling, 1965, field record. 1st post-1930 record. 633/1. CORALLORHIZA TRIFIDA Chatel. *74, Wigtown: east end of Torrs Warren, Stranraer, GR 25/15.55. Dune slack. E. T. Idle, 1971, field record. 158 PLANT RECORDS 635/1 x 643/1. COELOGLOSSUM VIRIDE (L.) Hartm. x DACTYLORHIZA FUCHSII (Druce) Sod *57, Derbys.: Middleton-by-Wirksworth, GR 43/27.55. One plant in old limestone quarry, 1100ft. S. R. Band, 1971, photograph in DBY, det. P. F. Hunt. 636/1b. GYMNADENIA CONOPSEA (L.) R.Br. subsp. DENSIFLORA (Wahlenb.) G. Camus, Bergon & A. Camus *68, Cheviot: Embleton Quarry, GR 46/23.22. G. A. & M. Swan, 1970, field record. 643/1 x 2b. DACTYLORHIZA FUCHSII (Druce) Sod x D. MACULATA (L.) So6 subsp. ERICETORUM (E. F. Linton) Hunt & Summerh. *27, E. Norfolk: Upgate Common, Swannington, GR 63/12.19. A. L. Bull & G. Garrod, 1970, field record. 643/3b. DACTYLORHIZA INCARNATA (L.) So6 subsp. PULCHELLA (Druce) So6 *42. Brecon: mile west of Llandefalle, GR 32/09.34. Rough marshy field, 800ft. M. Porter, 1970, NMW, det. P. F. Hunt. 2 miles south-west of Llanfilo, GR 32/09.31. Rough, marshy field, 750ft. M. E. Massey, 1971, field record, det. P. F. Hunt. 2nd record. (Both records in Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 643/4. DACTYLORHIZA PRAETERMISSA (Druce) S06 42, Brecon: near Coelbren, GR 22/85.11. Marshy field, 750ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW, det. P. F. Hunt. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 650/2. LEMNA TRISULCA L. H19, Kildare: Royal Canal, Maynooth, GR 03/9.9. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 652/3. SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. 42, Brecon: 5 miles north of ~ Abergwesyn, GR 22/85.61. Mountain pool, 1750ft. M. Porter, 1970, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 655/4. SCIRPUS SYLVATICUS L. *98, Argyll: Dubh Loch, Glen Shira, GR 27/11.11. Base-rich Carex swamp. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, herb. A.G.K. 655/9. SCIRPUS TABERNAEMONTANI C. C. Gmoel. 42, Brecon: mile north of Talybont-on-Usk, GR 32/10.24. Oxbow of River Usk. M. E. Massey & M. Porter, 1970, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 655/12. SCIRPUS FLUITANS L. 42, Brecon: 2 miles south of Builth, GR 32/04.46. Mountain pool, 1400ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 660/1. RHYNCHOSPORA ALBA (L.) Vahl 99, Dunbarton: near Lochan Glas Laoigh, Garelochhead, GR 26/22.89. Peaty flush. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 663/4 x 7. CAREX HOSTIANA DC. x C. LEPIDOCARPA Tausch +27, E. Nongikg fen at Seamere, near Hingham, GR 63/02.02. E. L. Swann, 1970, field record. 663/7. CAREX LEPIDOCARPA Tausch *H19, Kildare: Louise Bridge, Leixlip, GR 13/0.9. Calcareous marsh. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 663/16 x 17. CAREX ROSTRATA Stokes x C. VESICARIA L. *98, Argyll: Dubh Loch, Glen Shira, GR 27/11.11. Base-rich Carex swamp. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, BM, det. A. C. Jermy. 663/20. CAREX RIPARIA Curt. 48, Merioneth: near Talsarnau, GR 23/60.34. P. M. Benoit, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 663/22. CAREX PENDULA Huds. 99, Dunbarton: near Boturich Castle, Balloch, Loch Lomond, GR 26/38.84. Marshy alder wood by shore. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 2nd record. H19, Kildare: Rye Water in Leixlip Demesne, GR 13/0.9. Shaded riverside. D. Doogue, 1970, field record. 2nd record. PLANT RECORDS 159 663/23. CAREX STRIGOSA Huds. 42, Brecon: mile south of Crickadarn, GR 32/09.40. Rocky bank of stream, 700ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 663/33. CAREX LASIOCARPA Ehrh. 48, Merioneth: Lasynys, Harlech, GR 23/5.3. Bog. P. M. Benoit, 1971, field record. Rediscovery of original Merioneth station. 663/52. CAREX BIGELOWI Torr. ex Schwein. *67, S. Northumberland: Peel Fell, GR 35/62.99. On bare peat on summit, 1970ft. G. A. Swan, 1970, herb. G.A.S. *79, Selkirk: north-east side of Capel Fell, Ettrick, GR 36/16.07. Mountain pasture, 2150ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, BM. Andrewhinney Hill, GR 36/19.13. Mountain pasture on south side, 2100ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, herb. R.W.M.C. 2nd record. 663/54. CAREX PANICULATA L. 99, Dunbarton: Glen Loin, Arrochar, GR 27/30.06. Sedge swamp. A. McG. Stirling, 1969, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 663/55. CAREX APPROPINQUATA Schumach. *79, Selkirk: north side of Ale Water, west end of Alemoor Loch, GR 36/38.14. Wet alluvium, 900ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1970, BM, E. 663/56. CAREX DIANDRA Schrank 99, Dunbarton: Caldarvan Loch, Gartocharn, GR 26/41.83. Sedge swamp. A. McG. Stirling, 1968, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 663/67. CAREX SPICATA Huds. *80, Roxburgh: Smailholm Crags, GR 36/64.34. Foot of dry, south-facing cliff, 600ft. R. W. M. Corner, 1971, BM, det. A. C. Jermy. 663/68. CAREX MURICATA L. *99, Dunbarton: Milton, Dumbarton, GR 26/43.71. Grassy slope below basalt crag, 500ft. E. T. Idle and A. McG. Stirling, 1971, E, GL, det. A. C. Jermy. 663/69. CAREX ELONGATA L. *99, Dunbarton: Loch Lomond shore near Boturich Castle, Balloch, GR 26/38.84. Marshy alder wood. J. H. Penson, 1969, BM, E, GL, det. A. C. Jermy. 3rd Scottish record. 663/78. CAREX PAUCIFLORA Lightf. 99, Dunbarton: Strath Dubh Uisge, Ardlui, GR 27/30.15. Peaty flushes, 1000ft. A. McG. Stirling, 1970, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 663/81. CAREX DIOICA L. 42, Brecon: 3 miles south-west of Brecon, GR 22/96.25. Mountain bog, 1100ft. M. Porter, 1971, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). 670/3. FESTUCA GIGANTEA (L.) Vill. *108, W. Sutherland: below Drochaid Mhor, River Dionard, GR 29/36.60. Wooded river bank. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record, det. C. E. Hubbard. 7670/11. FESTUCA LONGIFOLIA Thuill. 33, E. Gloucs.: Chedworth Nature Reserve, GR 42/0.1. Disused railway line. A. T. Ricketts, 1970, field record, conf. A. Melderis. 672/3. VULPIA MYUROS (L.) C. C. Gmel. 57, Derbys.: Thorpe, GR 43/16.50. Railway ballast by disused station, 650ft. K. Hollick, 1971, DBY. Ist record for over 50 years. 676/6. POA NEMORALIS L. *108, W. Sutherland: Creagan Meall Horn, GR 29/34.46. Rock-ledge. A. G. Kenneth & A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record, det. C. E. Hubbard. 676/9. POA COMPRESSA L, *101, Kintyre: Stonefield South Lodge, GR 16/86.76. Roadside wall. A. G. Kenneth, 1971, field record, det. C. E. Hubbard. 7676/15. PoA cHarIxi Vill. *28, W. Norfolk: Sennowe Park, GR 63/00.26. Woodland ride by lake. A. L. Bull, 1970, field record. 160 PLANT RECORDS 686/1. ELYMUS ARENARIUS L. *99, Dunbarton: Kilcreggan, GR 26/24.80. Shingle beach. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 7692/1. AVENA FATUA L. *45, Pembroke: 3km east of Crymych, GR 22/21.32. Cornfields. T. A. W. Davis, 1971, field record. Persisted since c 1965. (Nature Wales, 13: 50 (1972)). +692/2. AVENA LUDOVICIANA Durieu *28, W. Norfolk: Boal Quay, King’s Lynn, GR 53/61.19. R. P. Libbey, 1971, herb. E. L. Swann, conf. C. E. Hubbard. 700/1. CALAMAGROSTIS EPIGEJOS (L.) Roth *44, Carmarthen: Llangennech, GR 22/56.01. Ditch and railway bank by marsh. S. B. Evans, M. Humphrey & I. M. Vaughan, 1971, NMW. Ist definite record. (Nature Wales, 13: 46 (1972)). 701/4. AGROSTIS GIGANTEA Roth 106, E. Ross: Saltburn, near Invergordon, GR 28/7.7. Rough ground by aluminium factory. U. K. Duncan, 1971, herb. U.K.D., conf. M. McC. Webster. 2nd record. +713/2. PHALARIS CANARIENSIS L. *42, Brecon: near Penderyn, GR 22/95.08. Disturbed road verge. M. Porter, 1971, field record. (Nature Wales, 13: 44 (1972)). Watsonia, 9, 161-174 (1972). 161 Book Reviews The Diversity of Green Plants. Peter Bell and Christopher Woodcock. 2nd edition. Pp. ix + 374. Edward Arnold, London. 1971. Price £5 (boards), £2-50 (paper). This is the second and revised edition of the popular text-book of morphology, the first edition of which appeared only two years ago (see review in Watsonia, 7: 179 (1969)). As predicted in the first review, the abundant clear diagrams appeal strongly to first year undergraduates. In this revised edition over ten per cent of the text- figures have been either completely redrawn or else revised, thus greatly improving the value of the book. Hence most of the criticisms concerning the figures in the first edition, especially those of Bryophytes in chapter 4, have now been completely met. The text has not been greatly altered but a number of passages have been skilfully redrafted. The introduction to chapter 2 has been largely rewritten, as has the cytology of the Cyanophyta, including a reference to nitrogen fixation by heterocysts. The authors have tried to place more emphasis on the developmental morphology, and the section on Acetabularia has been expanded from six to 25 lines. On this theme one can also note the new section in chapter 8 on ‘Correlation within the plant body’ and the mention of the growth of plants from single cells in culture experiments. However, aS with most subjects covered in this book, this one is only very briefly touched on and the enquiring student will have to resort to the bibliography. The bibliography has been expanded from the original 86 to 107 references (these having been inserted with suffixes, a, b, so that the numbers still end at 86). The reference on p. 39 to no. 98 is thus an error. Both editions of this work have been singularly free from simple errors of this sort. The evolutionary treatment has also received considerable reappraisal, with the rewriting of most of the passages concerned; e.g. chapter 4, ‘The evolution of the Marchantiales’ ; chapter 5, “The early Sphenopsida’ and “The origin of the sphenopsids’ ; ‘The evolution of the Psilopsida’ and, in chapter 6, ‘The origin of the Filicinae’ in which mention is made of Bierhorst’s work on the genera Stomatopteris and Tmesipteris. In chapter 7, the morphology of the Progymnosperms Archaeopteris and Archaesperma is discussed in relation to the evolution of the Gymnosperms. Although the revisions cited may not seem at first sight to amount to much, they have added considerably to the value of the text. Thus this edition is a big improvement on the first and will without doubt be in even greater demand among sixth form and undergraduate students of botany. P. D. W. BARNARD Bibliographia Botanica Cechoslovaca 1965-1966. Z. Neuhauslova-Novotna, O. Winkler and M. Pivonkova. Pp. 441 and map. Botanicky stay CSAV, Prithonice and Prague. 1970. Price not stated. This is the latest of a long series of bibliographic compilations which cover literature relating to the botany of Czechoslovakia from 1918 onwards. The more recent parts are cyclostyled with a printed cover, and are considerably larger and more detailed than those up to 1955. The present part contains references to 3528 papers and books. It covers a wide range of botany, including taxonomy, phytogeography, phytosociology, floristics, morphology, anatomy, applied botany, biography, botanical techniques, etc., and covers cryptograms as well as flowering plants. The entries are arranged in a hierarchical classification and alphabetically by authors in the lowest groupings. Cross-referenced indexes are given at the end for all authors and all plant groups 162 BOOK REVIEWS mentioned in the titles. The series is an important source of information on published work concerning the flora of central Europe, and it is gratifying to see that the time lag between the period being covered and the date of publication of the bibliography is gradually being shortened by Mme Neuhduslova-Novotna and her collaborators as each succeeding part appears. R. K. BRUMMITT Flora of Cheshire. Alan Newton. Edited by J. Cullen. Pp. 258 + 16 plates, 8 coloured. Cheshire Community Council Publications Trust Limited, Chester. 1971. Price £2-80 + 20p postage. It is a pleasure to see another important addition made to the list of British county Floras. Cheshire has hitherto been covered by only one previous Flora, that of Lord de Tabley, published in 1899 and now long out of print and very difficult or impossible to obtain. De Tabley’s Flora was based on a manuscript completed about 1875, and this new Flora is thus effectively the first account of the plants of Cheshire for just short of 100 years. Anybody expecting merely a new edition or updating of de Tabley will be in for a surprise, for Mr Newton’s publication is one of a new style of county Flora which has appeared on the British botanical scene in the last few years. It aims to be essentially an account of the Flora as it appears at the present time, with very limited reference to past distributions or early records of plants. The information presented is based very largely on an impressive amount of field work carried out by the author and a ~ team of collaborators over a relatively short period, 1964 to 1969, recording being done in the modern fashion using a grid system. Some 42 of the 258 pages are devoted to distribution maps, and with the first 66 pages being taken up with general chapters, only 108 pages, considerably less than half the book, are left for the traditional listing of species and citation of distributions. It is in fact the sort of Flora which would have been regarded by past generations of botanists with amazement and dismay, but those brought up in the computer age of botany may perhaps find the new style more pleasing and instructive than the verbose traditional county Flora. The inclusion of both colour and black-and-white photographs will, however, be welcomed by all. The early chapters start with a brief three-page sketch of geology and physical features, followed by an important assessment of ‘Gains and losses, 1875-1969’, which proves to be a sad commentary on man’s failure to conserve the native flora. The analyses of different habitats which occupy the next 45 pages should assist a future generation to compare the vegetation they know with that of the 1960’s, but they do fill a considerable part of the book with unreadable matter which I suspect will be of little or no interest to most readers. From pages 38 to 56 we are presented with nothing but long lists of species recorded from different habitats or localities. When the space is at a premium owing to printing costs, is a county Flora really the place to record such lists? Could they not better be accommodated in some local natural history journal or deposited unpublished in some library archives, with an appropriate reference given in the published work? Grid distribution maps are a welcome feature of the modern Flora. The intensive field survey carried out since 1964 has been based on a 5km grid which gives a total of 110 squares for the county, and in the text the frequency of occurrence in these Squares is indicated for every species. Since the necessary data were thus evidently available, it is a pity that maps are published for only 412 out of approximately 1000 species recorded in the text. Some other matter could surely have been advantageously omitted to make room for more maps. Those who already have access to the AfZlas of the British Flora (1962) and its Critical Supplement (1968), which map all species on a 10km grid, may find that the maps given here represent only a marginal improvement of coverage, the 5km grid giving only four times as much detail and less than half the species of the county being shown. The reproduction of the maps is not always as BOOK REVIEWS 163 clear as it might have been, and the dots come in two conspicuously different sizes of apparently no significance. I must also record my exasperation over the order of the maps, which are arranged in 28 successive alphabetical sequences designed to group together plants with similar distribution patterns, so that on one page we have, in order, isolated species of Galium, Acer, Hypericum, Ranunculus, Viola, Carex, Genista, Ophioglossum, Pimpinella and Sanguisorba. No cross reference is given in the text, and to find the map of any one species (if in fact it is given) one has to check the general index at the back. How much easier to use if the maps had been in systematic or one alphabetic sequence, when the species lists occupying pages 176 to 181 (but still not 181-183) would have been useful and meaningful instead of largely superfluous! Valuable though distribution maps are, one wonders whether they compensate for the really very brief distributions given in the text. Apart from Rubus (which receives excellent detailed treatment reflecting the author’s own specialist interest), only nine species receive more than five lines of comment, the majority receiving only two or three lines. The result is a very terse and dry account, with little to spark off the reader’s interest or fire his enthusiasm. Compare for example the entry for Euonymus europaeus— Rare. 4. Old woods on Keuper marl, 66 SE! 44! 78 SE, 88 SE, P. Newton’ (and no accompanying distribution map)—with the detailed localities and interesting comments provided by de Tabley for the same species. Named localities are omitted in too many cases, and numbers and letters will not always satisfy the user. Entries such as that for Malva moschata—‘Local. 10. Shaded river banks 44! 57 NE!; canal bank 65 SW; roadsides or casual elsewhere’ (with distribution map)—or for Stratiotes aloides—‘Rare 4. Apparently introduced in three ponds in Wirral, one near Chester, and one near Alderley Edge’ (no distribution map)—will leave the field botanist frustrated and thirsting for more detail. How can any population be recognised in the future from such sketchy information? The need to protect rare plants from the depredations of collectors must always be borne in mind but does not convince me that a county Flora should be reduced to providing information so vague as to be of no use and little interest. It is difficult to ascertain to what extent sources of information were consulted outside the particular field survey of the compilers. Certainly pre-1964 records are few and far between. Occasional earlier literature references are given, but, again excluding Rubus, I could find herbarium specimens cited for no more than five species. The Atlas and its Critical Supplement have evidently been consulted, but where records from these are mentioned there has been no effort to localise them beyond their 10 km square even though further details could presumably have been obtained by return of post from Monkswood. Thus to those who look for past history of the flora this book has little to offer, and for almost a century since de Tabley we still have little botanical record of the county. For many introductions not mentioned in de Tabley but now common, such as Impatiens glandulifera, Polygonum cuspidatum or Calystegia silvatica, there is no attempt to give their rate of spread or earliest record, though this is given for Senecio squalidus and Matricaria matricarioides. For both Oenothera erythrosepala and Galinsoga parviflora a literature reference is given for the first record, but amazingly no date is mentioned. Generally there is no indication whether the species is native or not. Even more disappointing is the omission of any information at all beyond the species name for many ‘apparently extinct’ plants. Although the Explanatory Notes tell us that ‘last records have been inserted... where traced’ this luxury is in fact rarely afforded. Bare statements such as ‘Species apparently extinct: 382/6 Centaurium littorale (Turner) Gilmour: 385/1 Gentianella campestris (L.) Borner’ leave one gasping for even a crumb of information about where they once occurred and should now be looked for (extensive details are of course given by de Tabley) or when they were last seen. There are even species recorded as native in de Tabley which are not even mentioned in the new Flora, as for example Agrimonia odorata, Pyrola media and P. minor and Allium scorodoprasum. We are left wondering whether such records are now considered erroneous, as pre- 164 BOOK REVIEWS sumably is de Tabley’s uncertain inclusion of Arctostaphylos uva-ursi in Cheshire, or whether they have been overlooked. In summary one may Say that, as a factual record of six years of hard and pains- taking field study, this book represents an excellent piece of work providing a much needed and valuable account of the present day flora of Cheshire. If, however, one prefers to view it in the light of a long tradition of British county Floras it may be found to leave a lot to be desired. It does not make entertaining or inspiring reading to the average person interested in the flora of the county, but then probably its author never intended that it should. It is a great pity if the economics of present-day printing and publishing dictate that an author with so much information at hand as Mr Newton must clearly have should produce a mere skeleton instead of the meaty and juicy offerings of so many county Floras of past decades. R. K. BRUMMITT New Research in Plant Anatomy. Edited by N. K. B. Robson, D. F. Cutler & M. Gregory. Pp. xii + 250. Published for the Linnean Society of London by Academic Press, London. 1970. Price. £6-00. It was a happy idea of the Linnean Society to hold a symposium on plant anatomy in honour of Dr C. R. Metcalfe. The seven papers read, together with thirteen others, are now published in book form. They give some idea of the range of current activities in this discipline (though the developmental field is not represented), and are sufficiently diverse to nonplus the reviewer. I choose to comment on a few and leave the list of © contents to the advertiser. More than half of the papers have a taxonomic flavour, and the taxonomist is naturally interested in variability. C. A. Stace says of Juncus effusus and J. con- glomeratus that one can usually distinguish between the species in any one locality; but the whole range of variation in different areas shows that the characters of the two species overlap. “This state of affairs is exactly paralleled by the anatomical features.’ Much labour must lie hidden in that brief sentence. Anatomical examination is more time-consuming than looking at characters that are visible with a hand lens; also there may be, at least amongst taxonomists, a slight tendency to think that anatomical characters are, somehow, less variable. Here, in Juncus, is one warning against quick judgements: another surprising one comes from R. A. Howard’s valuable study of nodes with split-lateral traces. Amongst the species studied one proved variable: 20 shoots of Alloplectus ambiguus (Gesneriaceae) showed a constant pattern in the field, but the species produced no less than 9 variant patterns when grown in the greenhouse. N. H. Brittan presents an account of anatomical species differences in Thysanotus and in general finds that the variation is between species and not within them; but in one case anatomical variation is present and may support recognition of two subspecies. However one is bound to notice here that the material of some species consisted of only a single collecting, and we are not told whether the populations were extensively sampled. I. Kukkonen has compared Carex microglochin (5 specimens) and C. camptoglochin (2 specimens) anatomically and concludes that both are good species and occur in Tierra del Fuego, while C. microglochin is also in the northern hemisphere. Much wider samples of material, especially from Tierra del Fuego, are obviously desirable. E. S. Ayensu neatly uses anatomical characters to discriminate between two West African yams, Dioscorea rotundata and D. cayenensis. The material studied came from both Ghana and Nigeria, but how extensive it was and how it was sampied is not recorded. It is going to be just as important to give such information in species- level anatomy as it is to say how many species of a genus have been studied when reporting at a higher taxonomic level. In the present volume generic-level work is represented by an account of Ribes by W. L. Stein, E. M. Sweitzer and R. E. Phipps, based on some 60 (out of c 150) BOOK REVIEWS 165 species representing all subgenera and sections. It is interesting that so large a genus shows considerable anatomical uniformity. M. Y. Stant discusses the affinities of the monocotyledonous saprophyte Petrosavia, which shares some interesting ‘pseudo- dicotyledonous’ features with another saprophytic group, Triuridaceae. A pigment- comparison would be worthwhile here, because Petrosavia is a pale yellow plant whereas all the Triuridaceae I have seen have a red colour throughout the plant body. H. T. Clifford’s numerical study of classification in the monocotyledons has the position of the grasses as its main theme. The conclusion that they are related to the palms is an interesting one and Clifford will no doubt have been greatly encouraged by A. P. Khokhriakov (Bot. Zh. SSSR, 56 (7): 932-938 (1971)), who expresses the same view: it is clearly worth following up. Clifford notes that the numerical study places a group of genera, including Juncus, Rapatea, Sparganium and Typha, close to the grasses and that they are mostly wind-pollinated plants of swampy habitats. He adds ‘Neither of these attributes was included in the original data and so the results reinforce the suggestion that the plants are related.’ That is his reaction. My own is to see a great red flag break from the masthead of his cluster diagrams. How many of the characters used could be correlated with wind-pollination? Certainly ovule number, anther attachment, some pollen characters and absence of nectaries are suspect. Two interesting papers dealing with structure and activities of individual cells are those by Scott & Bystrom on mucilaginous idioblasts in Hibiscus and by Fahn and Rachmilievitz on nectar secretion in Lonicera. S. Carlquist considers the wood anatomy of some Euphorbias in relation to his previously expressed views on trends towards juvenilism: Tomlinson establishes true dichotomous branching in Flagellaria: Kaplan describes the rhachis leaves of Umbelliferae: Philipson considers some characteristics of Araliaceae. And at this point the reviewer apologises to those authors still un- mentioned. Earlier in this review I tried to spin a slender thread of anatomical variability in order to give some continuity. No such thread is supplied, for the papers are in no discernible order. The title itself is misleading; it might imply a survey of new research, not merely a sample. Admirable as these papers are, there is no scientific reason for publication as a book, rather than individually in a journal. That may seem an unfair criticism of a volume that is virtually a Festschrift. But a symposium is a meeting of minds, not just a conglomeration of papers. If this symposium was a success, as I have heard, there must have been some worthwhile comments or ideas thrown up in discussion. At very least an eye-witness account, summarizing the main points made, should have been added to the record. The Society must take to heart the old saying ‘Four walls do not a prison make, nor two hard boards a book.’ Books are expensive, and it is little less than a confidence trick to sell just another number of a journal in book form. B. L. BURTT Plant Anatomy: Experiment and Interpretation. Part 2. Organs. Elizabeth G. Cutter. Pp. viii + 343 with 184 figures. Edward Arnold, London. 1971. Price £6-50 (boards), £3-25 (paper). The first part of this two volume work was reviewed in Watsonia, 8: 169 (1970). In that review I looked forward to seeing the second volume, which promised to be both interesting and valuable. I have not been disappointed. The second volume covers the basic histology of organs in a fairly brief way. Its main value lies in the comprehensive treatment of developmental studies which helps to bring the whole subject to life for the student. Printed on more suitable paper than the first volume, the well chosen photographs are in general of a higher standard of reproduction; line drawings are clear. By careful selection of material and lucid writing, the author has produced a readable N66 BOOK REVIEWS work. Her enthusiasm for the subject is apparent and this has prevented the book from becoming merely a review paper. The need for further research in so many aspects of developmental plant anatomy is made most obvious by this book. New, interesting lines of research are indicated. In my opinion it cannot fail to encourage others to engage in anatomical research. This book maintains the wide appeal of the first volume. D. F. CUTLER The Flora of Monmouthshire. A. E. Wade. Pp. 236, with two plates and two maps. National Museum of Wales, Cardiff. 1970. Price £2:25. This is the first Flora to include the whole of the county of Monmouth (v.c. 35), though two earlier works have claimed the title: Clark (1868) and Hamilton (1909). Clark listed 671 flowering plants and 22 ferns, Hamilton 626 plants and 23 ferns and fern allies. A more important contribution to the county’s botany is Shoolbred’s The Flora of Chepstow (1920), in which 1004 vascular plants found within a radius of about twelve miles round Chepstow are listed: approximately half the area covered is in Monmouthshire and half in West Gloucestershire. The Introduction opens with a detailed history of the study of the Monmouthshire flora from Parkinson (1640) and John Ray (1662) to Shoolbred (1920) and the thorough explorations of the north-eastern part of the county by S. G. Charles between 1924 and 1951: most of Charles’s field records are supported by specimens in the National Museum of Wales. Mr Wade’s exploration of the county’s botany extended _ over 45 years. He served in the National Museum for 42 years, from 1942 until his retirement in 1961 as Assistant Keeper of Botany. Such experience enabled him to write this Flora with the assistance only of his ready access to the National Herbarium’s collection and records from casual field observers. The county is divided into five botanical districts. A short description of each relates the occurrence of characteristic types of vegetation to their geology and topography, mentioning some of the noteworthy and local species to be found in them. The account of the districts is followed by a longer chapter on the Geology of Monmouth- shire contributed by D. Emlyn Evans. Two folding maps show the division of the county into botanical districts and its solid geology respectively. They open to face one another so that the distribution of the geological formations in the districts can readily be appreciated. The geology is treated rather from the geologist’s than the botanist’s point of view. We are told that glacial deposits ‘cover large tracts of the county’ and alluvial deposits the lower parts of the valleys, but their distribution is not shown. The descriptions of the districts are very brief and do not show the full range of habitats and plant communities to be found in each of them. They are given only five pages whereas the geology gets thirteen and the history deservedly eight. The necessity to economise on space and to keep the cost at a reasonable figure is appre- ciated, but half that given to the geology could have been better used in fuller descriptions of the districts. For instance, it would have been interesting to hear more about the Honddu Valley and Lady Park Wood in District 1, the particularly interest- ing marsh in District 3 and the native woodlands on the limestone and the limestone grasslands of District 4. Threats to some interesting communities are mentioned, but nothing is said about what efforts are being made to protect at least selected examples of threatened types of vegetation, such as the Nature Conservancy’s Forest Nature Reserve at Wynd Cliff and Blackcliff on the limestone of the Wye Valley. The Monmouthshire Naturalists’ Trust also has nature reserves. The arrangement of the systematic list follows Dandy (1958) and the nomenclature of that work brought up to date by revisions published in this journal (Dandy 1969). English names are those given in Hyde & Wade (1957) and Hyde, Wade & Harrison (1969). For each species the habitats in which it has been seen in the county, its fre- quency, status and the botanical districts in which it has been recorded are given. BOOK REVIEWS 167 Localities within the districts are given for species other than common ones, with the recorder’s name and, in the case of those supported by a specimen, the herbarium indicated by a sign. A list of recorders in the Introduction (which includes authors of published records) has the date or period during which they contributed records, so that the approximate date of any record can be found readily. The terms used to denote status are clearly defined. There are no distribution maps or references to the National Grid. The map of the botanical districts based on the quarter inch Ordnance Survey map has the 10km grid lines, but they are not numbered. The reason for no use having been made of the grid may well be that too great a proportion of the records cannot be fitted accurately in it. This, the principal part of the Flora, is clear and concise. There is a full bibliography in which 74 references are cited. The plates show woodland and Carboniferous Limestone cliff in the Wye valley and estuarine clay flats. Botanists who experienced the prompt and careful check Mr Wade made of speci- mens they sent to the National Museum while he worked there will not be surprised at the excellence of this generally well planned Flora. The reproduction, lay-out and printing are good and it is a valuable contribution to Welsh botany; good value at the price. REFERENCES CLARK, J. H. (1868). The Flora of Monmouthshire. Usk. DAnpy, J. E. (1958). List of British Vascular Plants. London. Danpy, J. E. (1969). Nomenclatural changes in the List of British Vascular Plants. Watsonia, 7: 157-178. HAMILTON, S. (1909). The Flora of Monmouthshire. Newport. Hype, H. A. & Wank, A. E. (1957). Welsh Flowering Plants. Cardiff. Hype, H. A., Wape, A. E. & HARRISON, S. G. (1969). Welsh Ferns, Clubmosses, Quillworts and Horsetails. Cardiff. PARKINSON, J. (1640). Theatrum Botanicum. RAY, J. (1662). Itinerary iti. In Memorials of John Ray edited by E. Lancaster, 1846. London. SHOOLBRED, W. A. (1920). The Flora of Chepstow. London. T. A. W. DAvis Flora of New Zealand. Volume II. Indigenous Tracheophyta. Monocotyledons except Gramineae. Lucy B. Moore and Elizabeth Edgar. Pp. 354. A. R. Shearer, Government Printer, Wellington. 1970. Price $4-50. The British botanist might be forgiven for dismissing a Flora of New Zealand as being of little interest. However, this second volume, covering the monocotyledon families but excluding the grasses, contains much concise, accurate and often carefully illustrated information relating to many genera well known in the north temperate flora as for example Carex, Juncus and Luzula. A number of genera often cultivated in the British Isles, among them Libertia, Cordyline and Phormium, add further interest. The format follows closely that of Volume I by H. H. Allan, which covers the di- cotyledons. There are full family, generic and specific descriptions, good keys and clear distributional notes; and in most cases the nomenclatural type is cited. The text is often enriched with annotations on the nomenclature or taxonomy and an explana- tion of the treatment adopted is sometimes included. A very full synonymy is cited and this adds considerably to the value of the work. Difficult aspects of morphology, as for example the more complex structures of the Orchidaceae, and salient features are illustrated with clear and simple line drawings. It would perhaps have been useful if more illustrations of Carex, especially of the utricles, had been included. Within the various treatments I am pleased to see that Dr Edgar adopts a con- servative view of Scirpus and mainly follows Koyama in recognising sections and 168 BOOK REVIEWS not segregate genera. However, somewhat in contrast, Dr Moore has segregated Sparganium and Typha into separate families. It is a pity that the authors had to include new combinations and taxonomic and nomenclatural changes in the volume when they had already published the majority of their newly recognised taxa in a series of precursory papers. Publication of such nomenclatural changes in the text of a flora of this kind is regarded today by many workers as unsatisfactory. In addition to the main text there is a bibliography of taxonomic literature relating to the New Zealand flora between 1959-1968, complementing and continuing that found in Volume I. This is additionally useful in being cross-referenced both alpha- betically by author and systematically by family. Inevitably these ‘annals’ are not exhaustive, which would be an almost impossible task, as some recent important references seem to have been omitted. However, this list, together with a list of chromo- some numbers for all New Zealand flowering plants, will be an invaluable compilation for workers on the flora of the region and it is to be hoped that provision can be made for both to be kept up and published at intervals in the future. This work may be recommended to both the Flora writer and the Flora user as a model of its kind and Dr Moore and Dr Edgar must be congratulated on such an excellent production. We look forward to seeing the series completed in the not too distant future. I. K. FERGUSON Andalusian Flowers and Countryside. Lt.-Cdr. C. M. Stocken. Edited by A. P. Hamilton. . Pp. 184, with 128 plates (14 in colour) and 17 pages of maps. Mrs E. M. Stocken, Mariners, Thurlestone, S. Devon. 1969. Price £1-00, including packing and postage. Lt.-Cdr. Stocken was an outstanding plantsman who managed throughout his naval career to maintain an active interest in botany and horticulture. This posthumous publication arose out of his posting to Gibraltar between 1961 and 1965, which enabled him to make extensive travels in the adjacent parts of Andalucia where he studied the wild and cultivated flora and made many photographic records. His tragic death while leading the Royal Navy Expedition to East Greenland in 1966 came before the manuscript of this book was completed. Fortunately Anthony Hamilton, who had been involved in the early stage of its planning, undertook to complete the manuscript, revise it and prepare it for publication. This is always a difficult job and we must all be grateful to him for undertaking this labour of love and making Lt.-Cdr. Stocken’s work available. 5 The book is difficult to describe. Basically it is a discursive guide to botanically interesting areas of Andalucia, liberally spiced with information on geography, history, customs, ornithology and other topics. The style is like that of plant-collecting articles in the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society and the Bulletin of the Alpine Garden Society. The information is generally accurate and is certain to be of value to botanists planning to travel in the region. The book is extremely well illustrated with 64 pages of plates, five of which are in colour. Most of them are portraits of plants or of vegetation and several are of gardens. They form a valuable collection and greatly enhance the value of the work. There are also numerous topographic maps prepared by the editor which cover the areas described in the text. It is unfortunate that the lettering is often almost too small to be legible without a magnifying glass. In addition to the main sections on Andalucia, there is a chapter on Morocco and another on ‘Gardens and Gardening on the Costa del Sol’, plus an appendix listing the plants commonly grown there and another listing the wild and naturalised plants by month. There is a short bibliography of botanical references for the areas covered and a bibliography of articles written by Lt.-Cdr. Stocken or by other authors referring to plants he collected. A comprehensive index completes the book. BOOK REVIEWS 169 Altogether this is a delightful book which no botanist, amateur or professional, visiting the south of Spain should fail to purchase. It can also be generally recommended for the intelligent tourist. V. H. HEywoop The Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Isle of Man; an annotated List. D. E. Allen. Pp. 101. The Manx Museum and National Trust, Douglas. 1969. Price 30p. No published Flora of the Isle of Man exists, and nearly 40 years have elapsed since the publication of C. I. Paton’s A list of flowering plants, ferns and horsetails of the Isle of Man. The appearance, therefore, of D. E. Allen’s annotated list of the vascular plants of the island, the forerunner of a comprehensive Flora, is most welcome. The booklet commences with a brief account of the geography and topography of Man, and follows with a systematic list of the plants found on the island with popular, Manx and scientific names, together with data on status, habitat preference and frequency, and precise localities for the rarer species. Two appendices are provided, the first treating conifers widely planted by the Forestry Board, and the second being a list of species and subspecies which are as yet unrecorded for Man but may yet be found to occur there. The work is well produced and very reasonably priced and is a ‘must’ for botanists visiting the island. D. H. KENT Finding Wild Flowers. R. S. R. Fitter. Pp. 415 + 32 half-tone plates. Collins, London. 1971. Price £2-00 This book is a companion to the excellent Pocket Guide to Wild Flowers by David McClintock and R. S. R. Fitter published in 1956. Divided into three parts, the first is a brief introduction to books, equipment and classification. Of the recommended books on plant ecology, two are far above the level of the beginner and the third off-putting on account of its size and cost. There is no mention of Tansley’s very readable Britain’s Green Mantle, of which the 1968 edition provides an ideal, in- expensive, and up-to-date introduction. Part Il of the book is described as ‘a complete key, based on flower-shape and colour and leaf-shape, to British flowering plants and ferns’, and runs to 219 pages. Starting with a primary division into Woody and Non-Woody Plants, the user has to make a series of decisions leading in some cases to a genus, or part of a genus, in others to a selection of quite unrelated species. The value of this can only be tested by the people for whom it is intended but there can be little doubt that, if they persevere far enough, they will benefit from the apt descriptions of species. Here Mr Fitter’s mastery of words comes into its own with such phrases as ‘Rapistrum orientale . . . like Charlock but with pods shaped like Chianti bottles .. .’, and ‘Silene acaulis .. . whose bright rose-pink flowers star its rich green leafy pincushions on our higher mountains...’. The third part, of 142 pages, ‘Where to Look’, is a “Topographical Guide’ preceded by a brief account of the main habitat types. The half-tone plates provide superb photographs of plants characteristic of these habitats. For each county in the ‘Guide’ there is a general description, list of habitats, an account of special plants, local societies, museums, etc., and literature. This is entirely new and the compilation, even with the help of a long list of county correspondents, a heavy task spread over a good many years. Many localities are listed which are little known except to local naturalists, and an especially welcome feature is the provision of quick reference to the ownership of reserves and the need for permits for access or deviation from public paths. In many respects this book is commendably up to date, in others surprisingly out of 170 BOOK REVIEWS touch with the current position. Users of the Pocket Guide will be puzzled by changes in scientific names and the introduction of some new English ones—such as ‘Arctic Bladder Fern’. The literature cited county by county is based on Perring’s 1964 list and some important accounts published since are not included—such as Le Sueur & McClintock’s Alderney Check List, 1964 and Wade’s Flora of Monmouthshire, 1970. One would wish that more of the statements on the lines of ‘more plentiful here than anywhere else in Britain’ were still true, and that rarities were still in old localities cited. One example which can be given without conservation risk is Pinguicula grandiflora, which is said to be ‘established on Tremithick, Trungle’ (Spelt ‘Tringle’) ‘and several other W. Cornish moors’ (p. 271). It is 35 years since I was shown the last sickly plant known to Penzance botanists, and in 1971 a search in Devon, or at two localities in Somerset, would be more likely to be rewarded with success. Mr Fitter is to be congratulated on compressing so much information into a convenient volume, and the publishers on making it available at such a modest price at a time of rapidly rising costs. J. E. LOUSLEY Pollen: Development and Physiology. Edited by J. Heslop-Harrison. Pp. xi + 338. Butterworth, London. 1971. Price £7-00 This book is based upon papers presented at three meetings on aspects of pollen physiology, biochemistry, structure and genetics held in the U.S.A. in 1969. Review papers and abstracts of research reports are presented under five headings: Nucleus and cytoplasm in microsporogenesis; Pollen development and the pollen grain wall; Pollen and pollen tube metabolism; Pistil-pollen interactions; Incompatibility. But the volume is not simply a verbatim record; the authors of the principal papers have, it says in the preface, extended their texts and have included additional material to cover certain topics not touched on in the meetings. The book is, therefore, rather more than a volume of proceedings. In palynology, as in almost every other discipline, there has been in the last decade a considerable increase in research activity and it has become difficult for those who are only moderately interested or involved in only one aspect of the subject to keep abreast of the literature announcing the discoveries. It is to these people that review papers are of especial value and they will not be disappointed by those in this volume. They are clear in expression and arrangement and, refreshingly, easily intelligible. The twenty-five research reports on the other hand are somewhat variable, both in content and presentation. As might be expected, the significance of the information presented in some will be understood only by those who are themselves involved in similar research. A deficiency here, perhaps, is the exclusion of the general discussion which probably took place after each presentation, for such discussion often enhances the value of a paper for a general reader. Nevertheless, the publication of these reports will be welcomed by those who are working in pollen physiology, biochemistry, structure or genetics and who were not at the meetings. The review papers and their authors are: Physiology and biochemistry of meiosis in the anther (J. J. Sauter); The cytoplasm and its organelles during meiosis (J. Heslop- Harrison); The role of the tapetum during microsporogenesis of angiosperms (P. Echlin); The pollen wall: structure and development (J. Heslop-Harrison); Recent developments in the chemistry, biochemistry, geochemistry and post-tetrad ontogeny of sporopollenins derived from pollen and spore exines (J. Brooks and G. Shaw); Pollen chemistry and tube growth (R. G. Stanley); Pollen enzymes and isoenzymes (J. L. Brewbaker); Pollen tube growth and fine structure (W. G. Rosen); RNA and protein synthesis during pollen development and tube growth (J. P. Mascarenhas); Pistil-pollen interaction in Lilium (W. G. Rosen); Advances in the study of incom- patibility (C. E. Townsend). J. M. PETTITT BOOK REVIEWS 171 Oxford Biology Readers. Edited by J. J. Head and O. E. Lowenstein. Pp. 16. Oxford University Press, London. 1971. Price 20p. No. 3. The Mysterious Origin of Flowering Plants by K. R. Sporne. No. 9. Photosynthesis by C. P. Whittingham. No. 10. Studying the Past by Pollen Analysis by R. G. West. No. 12. Mycorrhiza by J. L. Harley. No. 15. Phloem by F. B. P. Wooding. This series of Readers covers a wide range of topics in biology, in all of which active and important researches are taking place. Each booklet is written by an acknowledged expert in his chosen subject, and presents an up-to-date picture of present-day know- ledge. It is only possible to do this within the compass of sixteen pages by assuming a basic knowledge on the part of the reader, using technical terms, and by a thorough sifting of all the matter that might be included. In consequence these booklets are not for the beginner, but they afford useful summaries for a trained person, or anyone in training, who wishes to know what is going on in branches of science not immediately his own. The booklets are well produced, effectively illustrated and are good value at the price of 20p. It is clear that the more physiological the topic discussed, the more it depends on advanced concepts of physics and chemistry, and the harder it becomes for the average reader to follow the arguments and to assimilate the results. An easily comprehended account of photosynthesis in 16 pages is an impossibility, and had Professor Whitting- ham attempted rather less a more successful Reader might have emerged, however excellent his summary is. To a lesser extent the same is true of Dr Wooding’s ‘Phloem’, where the discussion is so dependent on an up-to-date knowledge of cell structure as revealed by electron microscope studies. Two of the remainder, namely those by Dr R. West (on pollen analysis) and Dr K. R. Sporne (on the flowering plants), depend for their full impact on a considerable amount of specialised knowledge, in the first of pollen formation and diversity, and in the second of a number of rare groups of plants, some fossil, which comparatively few people have seen or know. Both booklets, however, show how alive these subjects can be; this is particularly true of Dr Sporne’s Reader, where a subject involving traditional morphology, anatomy and palaeobotany is shown to be capable of yielding fresh results with the aid of new and complex techniques. Perhaps Mycorrhiza by Professor Harley is the most satisfactory of the five. Maybe the subject is one that intrinsically has a greater appeal and of which our knowledge has not yet attained too great a complexity. In these circumstances it becomes an ideal subject for this series. C. T. PRIME Advances in Botanical Research. Volume 3. Edited by R. D. Preston. Pp. xi + 309. Academic Press, London & New York. 1970. Price £4:-75. The first two volumes of this series appeared in 1963 and 1965 and it is therefore surprising that the third volume, published five years later, should contain only four articles each covering only a very restricted field. Nevertheless one of these, “Mono- cotyledons—Towards an Understanding of their Morphology and Anatomy’, by P. D. Tomlinson (pp. 207-292), is of considerable interest to taxonomists and com- plements an earlier review on the same topic by C. R. Metcalfe in Volume 1. Tomlinson’s paper is neither a review of past work nor a progress report, but rather a strong argument in favour of a realignment of thought on monocotyledons, both in research and teaching, based on the belief that tropical groups such as Palmae, Scitamineae and Bromeliaceae have a great deal more to tell us than the familiar but relatively specialized lilies, orchids and grasses. His main topics are growth habits (with emphasis on arboreal examples), the axis, and the inflorescence. Many ideas on G* 172 BOOK REVIEWS monocotyledon evolution are debunked, and although alternative theories are not always provided one is left with an overall impression of refreshing clear-sightedness. It is not to be expected, of course, that a reviewer will find himself in complete agreement with every idea put forward, and it is perhaps not profitable to point out specific areas of discordance. In two places, however, serious lapses in checking or editing have been found. In a series of figures (p.216) purporting to illustrate the growth of a dicotyledonous tree the distance of the lowest branch from the ground has, by some unnamed process, increased by about 50 per cent. On p. 285 a short paragraph headed ‘Basipetal Sequences’ discusses only acropetal development which is, surely in error, said to be the rule. The detection and eradication by the reader of these shortcomings are a small price to pay for such a stimulating discussion. C. A. STACE Chemotaxonomy and Serotaxonomy. Edited by J. G. Hawkes. Pp. xvi + 299. Academic Press, London. 1968. Price £4:20. It may be queried why one should review a book three years after its publication. After all, reviewers often grumble about delays in the production of Symposia volumes, so it is likely that those responsible for this excellent book might rightly take umbrage at the tardiness of a Reviewer who delays producing his comments for as long as this. But I am glad I did. Too often as a Reviewer one puts one’s first impressions, ‘a worthwhile addition’, ‘a well-produced volume’, in the clichés of the Art. A longer and closer association with a book might be more profitable. And this is exactly what — has happened in this case. I have used much of the information the volume contains in teaching over the last three years and, as a result, can really recommend that it should be read (and re-read) by all interested in systematic problems. By dealing with many different aspects of the application of biochemistry to phylogeny and taxonomy in all kingdoms of organisms, it gives an all-round view which has not changed with the years. I hope that all those who haven’t read it will do so, and that those others who may perhaps have glanced at it when it first appeared return to it for refreshment as I do continually, finding something new. The production is good, the choice of subjects and their treatment could not have been bettered, and the result is a book which is a landmark in the area. T. SWAIN Speciation in Tropical Environments. Edited by R. H. Lowe-McConnell. Pp. 246, with 9 tables, 52 text figures and 3 plates (2 coloured). Academic Press, London & New York. 1969. Price £4-00. The 15 papers contained in this volume, which is a hard-backed edition of Volume I, numbers 1 and 2 of the Biological Journal of the Linnean Society, were given by invited contributors to a symposium held in 1968 and organized by the Linnean Society of London and the Tropical Group of the British Ecological Society. Eight papers are by botanists. They cover a wide range of topics—Ashton on tropical forest trees, Brieger on neotropical orchids, Hedberg on the Afro-alpine flora, Manton on evolutionary mechanisms in tropical ferns, Richards on tropical rain forest, van der Pijl on evolutionary action of tropical animals on the reproduction of plants, van Steenis on non-adaptive saltatory evolution and Whitmore on evolution in Malaysian Macaranga. Tropical vegetation is both complex and imperfectly understood, and, on the evidence presented here, seems to lend itself more to speculation and ill-supported generalisa- tions than to critical study. Studies of speciation should be based on a comprehensive, not superficial, know- ledge of the variation of entire species and their closest relatives and not merely, as BOOK REVIEWS 173 is the case of most modern work on North Temperate plants—a few Californian endemics excepted—on geographically limited parts of species. Unless the breeding systems are known the interpretation of such knowledge is hazardous. In interpreting geographical patterns of variation or geographical or ecological distributions, the known facts of Pleistocene (and earlier) climatic change should be taken into account. Too often in this symposium it has been assumed (by botanists) that tropical rain forest represents ‘a conservative homoeostatic environment’ (p. 85), ‘a constant ecological environment’ (p. 111), or ‘a seasonal and geological stability of climate’ (p. 155). This is only true for those parts of the tropics that have enjoyed a rain forest climate throughout the Pleistocene, but, as zoologists are aware (see for instance Mayr’s paper in this volume, and Moreau’s book, The Bird Faunas of Africa and its Islands, discussed by Cain in his summing up), extensive areas in the tropics that are occupied by rain forest today recently supported other vegetation types. Comprehensive studies of particular groups or specific ecological problems have more to contribute than broad surveys based on eclectically selected and sometimes erroneous facts and suppositions. Although all the botanical papers in this symposium contain some stimulating ideas and interesting facts, it is those with more limited objectives that are most successful, especially Hedberg’s. Ambitious explanations of complex phenomena should be based on accurate facts or should at least be consistent with what is known. Unfortunately one’s confidence in some of the interpretations offered in this volume is undermined by the frequent occurrence of contradictory statements (both by the same and by different authors), unsupported generalisations, and in some cases erroneous facts. A few examples must suffice. Malaya and Borneo, according to Whitmore (p. 223), were last separated in the Pleistocene, but Ashton implies (p. 189) that Borneo has been ecologically isolated from Malaya since the mid-Tertiary. Van Steenis (p.103) suggests that some unusual structures, like the pitcher of Nepenthes, which may be teratological in origin, have survived because of the ‘low competitive intensity’ of tropical rain forest, but Ashton (p. 173) emphasises the importance of competition, especially intra-specific competition within the first few years of growth. Our ignorance of the breeding systems and pollination ecology of tropical plants is abysmal. This has not prevented Fedorov (J. Ecol., 54: 1-11 (1966)), disregarding what little evidence there is, from postulating that in tropical rain forest cross-pollina- tion is difficult and that genetic drift prevails over natural selection. Speculation plays such an important part in tropical botany that Fedorov’s paper is taken seriously by all four contributors to this volume who deal with general topics. The longest paper (Ashton’s) is chiefly concerned with refuting Fedorov, but the refutation is largely (and avowedly) speculative, and Ashton is far from clear as to the importance of autogamy—‘mechanisms favouring autogamy appear to be extremely rare among rain forest trees’ (p. 178), and yet ‘tropical tree taxa as exemplified by South Asian Diptero- carpaceae possess . . . an unspecialized pollination mechanism in which autogamy is usual’ (pp. 155, 189-190). So much for contradictions. The factual basis of some of the arguments is also false. According to Ashton (p. 172), ‘many temperate tree species . . . have far wider ecological ranges than any tropical tree species’. This simply is not true; witness Symphonia globulifera, Parinari excelsa, Trema orientalis, Diospyros ferrea, Dodonaea viscosa and countless others. Cain’s reference (p. 233) to Mercator’s projection may be relevant here. Richards cites the well-known fact that a very large number of Shorea spp. and other ‘nearly related’ groups of Dipterocarps occur in the A storey of tropical rain forest in south-east Asia, adding (inter alia) that in Africa the occurrence of numerous congeneric species of Diospyros in the B and C storeys is equally striking. This is indeed new, but totally at variance with the facts. Brunei (area 2226 square miles) has 152 Dipterocarp species of which 75 belong to Shorea. The entire Guineo- Congolian rain forest region of Africa (area approximately 700,000 square miles) 174 BOOK REVIEWS has fewer than 90 species of Diospyros since that is the total number known for Africa as a whole. Furthermore the rain forest species cannot, by any stretch of the imagina- tion, be regarded as ‘morphologically similar’, nor biologically similar. In contrast the zoological papers are more successful, possibly because they are concerned with well-defined aspects of speciation, illustrated by particular groups— land snails (Clarke & Murray), African Blackflies (McCrae), tropical fresh-water fishes (Lowe-McConnell) and Madagascar lemurs (Petter), and two papers on birds (Mayr, MacArthur). In his lucid summing up Cain quotes the jibe that the evolutionary thinking of botanists is 50 years behind that of zoologists. Botanists certainly have much to learn from zoologists, but it must be remembered that the task of the zoologist is infinitely simpler. Not only are his taxa usually more sharply defined and less variable, but he is concerned with faunas which have established their distributions since the last major climatic change of the Pleistocene. For the tropics, unlike most of the North Temperate zone, recent patterns of plant distribution and variation are often superimposed upon the remnants of earlier patterns, sometimes possibly of remote origin. F. WHITE Variation et spéciation chez les végétaux supérieurs. M. Bidault. Pp. viii + 145 + 47 figures. Doin Editeurs, Paris. 1971. Price not stated. In the last few years, several short texts on experimental taxonomy or biosystematics have appeared. The book under review, by Dr M. Bidault, formerly at the University of Paris (Orsay) and now at the University of Besancon, is particularly welcome as the first of its kind to be published in France. Dr Bidault is known for his distinguished work on the experimental and numerical taxonomy of Festuca ovina agg. and, as he shows in his book, he is very well qualified as an exponent of modern views on variation and evolution in higher plants. The book is divided into three sections. The first deals systematically with the different kinds of characters which are used by the taxonomist and the student of evolution in classifying variation, and with the ways in which these characters are distributed in individuals, populations and species. The second parts deals with the origins of variation, distinguishing first phenotypic from genotypic variation and then going on to discuss the different kinds of cytological and genetical factors involved, extending to hybridization and introgression. The action of the environment and the role of natural selection are then considered, and there is a description of ecotypic variation. The third part deals with speciation and with taxonomic units and methods. Speciation is discussed mainly under the headings of the different kinds of isolating factors. There is a fairly detailed account of taxonomic units, centred mainly on the species; and a good deal of space is devoted, under method, to numerical taxonomy. It is obvious that the area covered is very wide, so that treatment in depth can rarely be given; but everything is very well set out, the treatment is thoughtful and critical, and the examples are well chosen. The 47 figures, mainly graphs and line- diagrams, are clear and to the point. The work has a flexible cover and is well bound. To those who wish to have a bird’s eye view of the modern systematics of higher plants, this book can be thoroughly recommended; schools and universities will certainly find it useful. Not all recent developments are included and it would be easy to suggest additions, but given the limitations of space, the job is well done. D. H. VALENTINE Watsonia, 9, 175-179 (1972). 175 Obituaries ROGER WILLIAM BUTCHER (1897-1971) Roger William Butcher, D.Sc., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Inst.Biol., died on 13th October, 1971 in Weymouth Hospital at the age of 74. He was the last surviving member of the Advisory Committee appointed in 1930 by Dr G. C. Druce to organise the affairs of this Society on his death, well known to members for his illustrated books and work on British flowering plants and ferns, and to others for his professional work on algae and pollution. Butcher was born on 25th July, 1897, at Ashbourne, Derbyshire, where he was educated at the Grammar School. His first job was with the Tomato Diseases Labora- tory at Cheshunt, which he left after nine months to work in the Herbarium at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. His crabby writing is still familiar there on species covers, etc., and changed little during the rest of his life. On Ist July, 1925, he joined the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries as Assistant Naturalist and was stationed at Cambridge, where he worked on sugar beet pollution of the River Lark below Icklingham. On transfer to Barnard Castle he used a laborious technique of counting certain species of algae as an index to pollution of the River Tees. A move to Alresford, Hants., followed and there, about 1936, he had access to fishery tanks with controlled water flow which enabled him to carry out experimental work on water crowfoots, while he continued with his professional duties on pollution in the Bristol Avon and other rivers. From about 1939 to 1953 he lived at Bramcote, Notts., working in a laboratory with the Trent River Authority and using algae to assess pollution in the Rivers Trent and Ancholme. After a short stay at Conway he moved on 5th October, 1953, to the Fisheries Laboratory, Burnham-on-Crouch to work on marine flagellates until his retirement on 30th June, 1963, when he moved to Weymouth. His friends in the BSBI knew little of his work on marine algae which followed and I am grateful to Dr H. A. Cole for his appreciation which appears below. Roger Butcher’s interest in British field botany was characterised by a dynamism and single-mindedness which overcame all difficulties. By the time he went to Cheshunt he had a good working knowledge of flowering plants and recorded a number of interesting Middlesex flowers. Well before he was 30 he started on the preparation of Further Illustrations of British Plants, which was published in 1930. In this he had the happy collaboration of Florence Strudwick, a brilliant botanical artist who had the tare ability to combine extreme accuracy with a vivid and immediately recognisable impression of the living plant. Butcher carefully selected suitable material and provided detailed instructions about the characters to be shown. Together they set a new stan- dard for the illustration of British plants which has yet to be equalled. The difficulties he overcame in collecting material were so great that they are difficult to appreciate in this motorised age. For example, he travelled to the Isle of Arran for the two Sorbi overnight in a third-class railway carriage and back the next night. His stay in Arran was so short that he claimed to have persuaded the railway company to issue a day excursion ticket from London for the first time. During the preparation of Further Illustrations he became much interested in Thalictrum and described and illustrated three ‘new species’. A further account, which appeared in 1934, was notable for the inclusion of distribution maps and had support from some GG OBITUARIES cultivation experiments (J. Bot., Lond., 72: 153-165 (1934)). Although his conclusions were challenged he remained convinced of their validity to the end. In the early thirties the decrease of eel-grass (Zostera) was causing great concern and Butcher worked on this, publishing two papers in 1934 (J. Cons. perm. int. Explor. Mer, 9: 49-65, & Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 10: 592-7), and another in 1941 (Int. Wildfowl Inquiry, 1, 29-49). He was not the first to experiment on the effect of submergence on British batrachian ranunculi (Curnow, for example, experimented much earlier) but Butcher’s paper published in 1940 was important, and he wrote again on these in 1949 and 1960 (Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 152: 180-189; in Wilmott, A. J., British Flowering Plants and Modern Systematic Methods: 46-47; Naturalist, 1960: 123-5). His magnum opus (literally!) was A New Illustrated British Flora in two fat volumes published in 1961. Using the Strudwick drawings as a nucleus, the remaining species were drawn by a devoted team to an almost equally high standard. The outstanding feature of this book, as a leading botanist recently reminded me, is that it reflects Butcher’s familiarity with plants in the field and his independence in not copying what appeared in earlier works. The specimens drawn were preserved and are still with his herbarium in the possession of Mrs Butcher. Butcher joined the Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles (as the BSBI was then known) in 1921 and was soon accepted by the close group of friends, including Lady Davy and Gertrude Bacon (later Mrs T. J. Foggitt) associated with George Claridge Druce, the only officer. Only a fortnight after the death of Druce, the Advisory Committee he had named met on 15th March, 1932, when they were joined by other leading members. For the first time the affairs of the Society were placed on a democratic basis, and we owe a great debt to their decisions, in which Butcher played a very active part. He served on the General Committee until 1939, on the Excursions and Field Work Committee from 1937 to 1939, and as Vice-President from 1951 to 1955. At our meetings he remained a much-loved figure, and not less so for his stubbornness in raising awkward questions and persisting against all opposition. His gravelly voice, holding forth on such subjects as the iniquities of charging fees for field meetings, will be familiar to members who attended Annual General Meetings. Even when he was wrong he rendered a great service by breaking the silence arising from apathy and provoking member participation in the Society’s affairs. Roger Butcher served the Society for half a century and made a substantial contribution to British botany. I am very much indebted to his widow, Margaret, to Dr Mary Parke of The Labora- tory, Citadel Hill, Plymouth, to P. C. Wood of the Fisheries Laboratory, Burnham-on- Crouch and to Dr H. A. Cole of the Fisheries Laboratory, Lowestoft for their assist- ance in the preparation of this appreciation. J. E. LOUSLEY When Dr R. W. Butcher moved to the Fisheries Experiment Station, Conway in 1953, and later that year to the Fisheries Laboratory, Burnham-on-Crouch, he began work on the systematics and ecology of the smaller marine flagellates, especially those found in coastal and estuarine waters. This was a difficult field in which very little work had been done. Studies of the food needed by the smaller marine larvae, especially research on oysters by Cole at Conway, and by Bruce, Knight and Parke at Port Erin, had shown that these small algae were the essential food on which the success or failure of molluscan spatfalls depended. Work on the life-histories of these flagellates was continued at Plymouth by Dr M. W. Parke in cooperation with Professor Manton at Leeds, but Butcher set himself the task of forming a substantial collection from the coastal waters of the United Kingdom and of describing them in a systematic manner. He planned the production of a new series in the well-known Fishery Investigations publications of the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food and when he retired had completed Parts I, IV and VIII dealing respectively with the Chlorophyceae, Cryptophyceae and Euglenophyceae. Each part was illustrated by coloured figures OBITUARIES 177 and photographs of living cultures and, although the series is still incomplete, it has had added to it a fine volume on the Diatoms by N. Ingram Hendey (a close friend of Butcher’s), and a section dealing with the dinoflagellates is in preparation. There is no doubt that the work done by Butcher on this important and difficult field of the very small marine algae has greatly stimulated work on both their taxonomy and ecology. In these days when cultures of Jsochrysis galbana Parke and Dunaliella tertiolecta Butcher are used almost all over the world in laboratory rearing studies, one is inclined to forget the earlier days when these invaluable algae were not merely undescribed but almost unstudied. Butcher’s collection has been transferred to the Cambridge Culture Collection of Algae and Protozoa, and further descriptions of the material he collected are being prepared by scientists working there. It is good to see his pioneer work come to fruition in this manner. H, A. COLE WALTER HENRY HARDAKER (1877-1970) Walter Hardaker died on 19th November, 1970, at the age of 93. He was already, both by training and inclination, an experienced field botanist when he joined the Society in 1935—not 1953 as given in the List of members and subscribers (1969). Born at Yeadon near Leeds on 6th July, 1877, he received his early training at Leeds University, where he obtained a B.Sc. degree, proceeding to a Masters degree at Birmingham University in 1910. After graduation at Leeds he went first to teach at a school in the Isle of Man, but in 1902 he moved to Birmingham, joining the staff of Handsworth Technical School to teach general science, chemistry and botany. Here he remained until his retirement in 1938 at the age of 60. Throughout his long, active life he was an enthusiastic and tireless field botanist— probably one of the few remaining of the non-motoring school, whose explorations, throughout the British Isles, were done mainly on foot. As one would expect he was a sympathetic guide; always ready to help and encourage his younger companions, provided they had the stamina and endurance to keep up with him over those many miles of countryside which he was easily capable of covering in a day, sometimes to the positive distress of students many years his junior. He contributed many records to the Society’s publications, some of which demon- strated his meticulous observation of minor differences. He seems so often to have sought for something more definite than a plain binomial and in ‘Plant Records’ such an example as ‘Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. var. setosum C. A. Mey. subvar. integrifolium (Koch) f. incanum Ledeb.’ is indicative of this precision, if not, perhaps remarkable for its botanical significance. He did a large amount of recording for the Birmingham Natural History Society. The new Flora of Warwickshire (A Computer-mapped Flora by D. A. Cadbury, J. G. Hawkes and R. C. Readett), published in December, 1971, for that Society by Academic Press, would have been much the poorer if the lists he compiled, during half a century, had not been available. His contributions may also be noted on other midland Floras and in the Atlas. His own copies of both local and national Floras are interesting and indeed remarkable for his interpolations, on every other page, of localities or infraspecific taxa. Just as he has done for Warwickshire, so when a new Flora of Worcestershire arrives, his annotated copy of Amphlett & Rea (The Botany of Worcestershire by J. Amphlett and C. Rea, Birmingham (1909)) will have been an invaluable source book. These will all provide a more fitting memorial to his en- thusiasm and skill. C. E. A. ANDREWS 178 OBITUARIES JOHANNES LID (1886-1971) Dr Lid died in Oslo on 29th September 1971, in his eighty-sixth year. Johannes Lid was born at Voss, in southern Norway, where he received his early education, and in 1912 took his degree. In 1918 he was assistant in botany at the Norwegian Agricultural College, and the following year became a curator at the Botanical Museum in Oslo. Thus began an association which lasted for nearly forty years; he became Principal Curator in 1951 and retired from that post at the age of seventy, in 1956. The list of his published works includes some seventy items and spans the fifty odd years of his professional life. Most of his articles were published in the scientific journals of his own country, and dealt with the ecology and taxonomy of flowering plants, but some dealt with ferns and bryophytes; on a visit to Scotland in 1925 he added two species of Sphagnum to the British list (J. Bot., Lond., 67: 170 (1929)). His main interest was in the flora of Norway, especially the mountain flora, and that of various arctic and near-arctic regions; his work on arctic botany earned for him the Nansen Award, which reached him just two days before he died. His most famous single work, Norsk Flora, was first published in 1944 and reached its third edition (as Norsk og Svensk Flora) in 1963. Dr Lid was one of my contacts before the C.S.S.F. field meeting in Norway in that year; he sent valuable advice about our choice of route, and the Flora was our reference book; but during the few days we spent in Oslo he was elsewhere, so we did not meet. In later years he became interested in the flora of the Canary Islands, an area which must have provided a striking contrast to the arctic botanising of his younger days. Dr Lid was president of the Norwegian Botanical Association from 1935 till 1941 and was elected to honorary membership of that body; in 1955 our own Society paid him a similar tribute. For almost all the biographical material contained in this notice I am much in- debted to Dr Per Sunding, of the Oslo Botanic Garden, who will be warmly remembered by all who attended the 1963 meeting. R. MACKECHNIE WILLIAM JOCELYN LEWIS PALMER (1894-1971) The Hon. William Jocelyn Lewis Palmer, 3rd son of the 2nd Earl of Selborne, died in Guernsey on Trinity Sunday, 6th June, 1971 at the age of 76. He was educated at Winchester and Oxford, and after service in the first world war, worked in business in London. He was also a County Councillor and Alderman for Hampshire for many years, and a Magistrate; and twice Master of the Mercer’s Company. But he was, as well, one of the country’s finest plantsmen—and a plantsman is one who loves flowers of all sorts for their own sakes. His work on Agapanthus resulted in the Headbourne hybrids, and Philadelphus ‘Beauclerc’ was his. He hybridised daffodils, and shortly before he died ‘Larkwhistle’ received an Award of Merit. In addition to these creations, he held office with the Royal Horticultural Society for many years, including that of Treasurer for 12 years from 1953. He received the VMH in 1954. But his interest in, and enthusiasm for, plants, as befits the best plantsmen, was wide, his great knowledge belied by his quiet modesty. His wife, Dorothy (née Loder), was the daughter of the Ist Baron Wakehurst, the maker of the garden in Sussex now being run by Kew. He came in fact to garden plants via wild ones, and was a member of our Society for all but 40 years. He moved from Headbourne Worthy to Guernsey in 1968, where he was at once a valued collaborator. He seemed especially attracted OBITUARIES 179 by the minute, and was regularly to be seen prone, or on hands and knees, looking for, and after, Ophioglossum lusitanicum and Exaculum pusillum. His is the only indubitable record for the island of Salicornia europaea. He noticed the first Epilobium nerteroides among some imported heathers in his garden, and forbore to eradicate it. Yet, ever-welcome as such assistance was, he will enduringly be remembered with gratitude by all sorts of people for what he personally was, a man of special kindness, charm, gentle wit and humour. Contact with him meant one was constantly learning something worth while, for his wisdom and shrewdness were great, if unobtrusive: many were privileged and enriched by the friendship of Luly, as he was so widely called. By no means all settlers in the Channel Islands get accepted, but he and Dorothy fitted in from the start, and looked as though they had always belonged there, he with his Gallic blue beret. Although he was always being asked to identify plants, he had difficulty in remembering the faces of his friends. There are many amusing stories about Luly getting them mixed up, which always distressed him. Once he was heard to murmur: ‘If only they were as different as snowdrops, it would be so easy’! D. McCLINTOCK 180 Watsonia, 9, 180-205 (1972). Reports SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING, 271 NOVEMBER. Loa A Special General Meeting of the Society was held in the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History) on Saturday, 27th November 1971, during the Annual Exhibition Meeting. The President, Mr D. McClintock was in the chair, and some 150 members were present. The President said that, due to increasing costs in postage and printing, the Council of the Society with regret deemed it necessary to recommend the following changes in annual subscriptions. Ordinary members £3-00 (increased from £2-00) Family members £0-50 (remains unchanged) Junior members £1-00 (increased from 75p) Subscriber members £3-00 (increased from £2-00) These increases were approved by the meeting. An amendment was proposed from the floor by Professor J. H. Fremlin: ‘That persons who have been members of the Society for 40 years or more should have their annual subscription fixed at the rate current on their attaining 40 years of membership’. The Treasurer, Mr M. Walpole, informed the meeting that at present 22 members would benefit from this proposed amendment, which was unanimously approved by the meeting. There being no further business the meeting closed. I. K. FerGuson, Hon. General Secretary CONFERENCE REPORTS ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING MAY 1971 The following three papers are synopses of ones delivered in connection with the Annual General Meeting of the Society held at the University of York on the 8th May, 1971. VARIATION IN OAKS The origin of the variational patterns observed within populations of the two British oak species, Quercus robur L. and Quercus petraea (Matt.) Liebl. was discussed in relation to field and experimental results. It was argued that introgressed oak popula- tions should contains two types of trees: 1. Fertile non-hybrids 2. Relatively infertile F; and back-cross hybrids. Results from five populations in which pollen viability and hybrid status were assessed for each tree suggested that morphologically intermediate trees of suspected hybrid status showed lower percentage pollen viabilities than morphologically ‘pure’ trees. Leaf samples from different positions within single oak canopies showed a con- siderable range of morphological and anatomical variation. Many leaf characters including those which have been used in taxonomic and evolutionary studies followed gradients of light intensity within the canopies such that generally sun leaves were REPORTS 181 more robur-like and shade leaves more petraea-like. Similar results were obtained for oak seedlings under a range of light intensities. It was emphasised that only with a complete understanding of the factors influencing leaf morphology and anatomy and of the floral biology and reproductive behaviour within oaks could the significance and origin of variation within British oak popula- tions be accurately assessed. B. S. RUSHTON POLLINATOR DISCRIMINATION BELOW THE PLANT SPECIES LEVEL The work reported here is part of a study on the extent to which floral genetic variants can influence the behaviour of pollinators. In Pentas lanceolata (Rubiaceae), a tropical ornamental, variants include long and short style and differences in flower colour and pollen fertility. (This last refers to the proportion of pollen grains having stainable or protoplasmic contents.) Plots five feet square were set out on the University of the West Indies Campus, Kingston, Jamaica, with six clones each represented by six plants in a randomised arrangement. Using both marked and unmarked bees, visits to flowers together with the forage (pollen or nectar) were recorded. Data were obtained from 336 flights representing 12,367 individual flower visits. Of these, 271 flights were for pollen, 41 for nectar and 24 were of doubtful significance. Results showed that those clones with the highest proportion of ‘good’ i.e. stainable, pollen received the most visits. Data gathered over several days with marked bees showed that they either collected good pollen initially or changed over to it during the period of observations. Bees were observed to visit usually only two or three of the six available clones during any one flight. Bee visits, therefore, particularly among pollen gatherers, were apparently influenced by dissimilarities among the various clones. Such discrimination would only be sig- nificant where a plant species is monopolised by relatively few kinds of pollinator. G. P. CHAPMAN CALAMAGROSTIS STRICTA AND ITS HYBRIDIZATION WITH C. CANESCENS The world distribution and habitat requirements of Calamagrostis stricta, C. canescens and C. stricta x C. canescens were discussed and theories advanced to explain the present British distribution of both species, including the conditions required for the survival of C. stricta at the southern edge of its range where climatic conditions are likely to be critical. Characters of the parents and the hybrid as found at Leven, east Yorkshire, in 1951, were compared. Conditions for hybridization and isolating factors separating the two species were discussed. Following recent drastic disturbance of the habitat and the subsequent extension of hybridization, a biosystematic study of the Leven Calama- grostis populations was commenced in 1970. Two distinct hybrid populations were sampled as well as populations of the species and a scatter diagram produced; this diagram was discussed. One of these hybrid populations resembled the 1951 inter- mediates, whilst the second more nearly resembled C. stricta in general appearance, but the position of its individual members on the scatter diagram and the result of examination by hybrid index methods suggested that the population was the result of a backcross to C. stricta. A second scatter diagram for four different British C. stricta populations, using the same features as axes, was shown. The position of individuals on this diagram, from at least two of the populations examined, was strongly suggestive of past hybridisa- tion and introgression, as were a number of other observations concerning British C. stricta populations. H 182 REPORTS The Leven studies are believed to be important in providing the means by which past hybridisation and introgression can be detected, but the problem can only be resolved by the extension of biosystematic studies to include other British C. stricta populations. It is possible that hybridisation and introgression have played a sig- nificant part in the production of the C. stricta variants in the British Isles as well as the probable necessary adaptation to different habitats. F. E. CRACKLES TAXONOMY AND PHYTOGEOGRAPHY OF HIGHER PLANTS IN RELATION TO EVOLUTION The Conference under this title was organised for the B.S.B.I., the Linnean Society and the International Organization of Plant Biosystematists by Professor D. H. Valentine, at whose invitation it was held in the University of Manchester from 9th-12th September, 1971. He also opened the proceedings. The first three days were taken up with 23 papers given by a distinguished gathering of scientists from Europe, America and Japan. The breadth of topics attracted a wide audience, and each of the sessions was attended by between 180 and 240 people from all five continents. Almost all the papers were of broad general interest and seven of them were related directly to the European flora. The evolution of species in the Aegean region was discussed by Dr W. Greuter (Geneva) for Crete and by Dr A. Strid (Lund) for the Cyclades. Professor C. Favarger (Neuchatel) surveyed the distributions and origins of endemics in the southern European mountains, and Professor T. W. Bocher (Copenhagen) provided a similar theme relating to the arctic regions of Europe. Dr S. M. Walters (Cambridge) described the pattern of distribution and variation shown by the largely apomictic genus Al/chemilla. Dr F. Rose (London) discussed the importance of the Somme Valley of northern France in relation to the migration of species into Britain, and concluded that the English Channel had been very much less of a barrier than was often claimed. Dr E. Jager (Halle) outlined progress in the project to map all the European species; the second volume of their valuable atlas will appear in 1972. A more detailed report of the papers has appeared in Nature, Lond., 233: 309 (1971), and they will be published in full in a volume to be produced by Academic Press. During the conference a selection of exhibits based on the theme of the conference was staged in the Department of Botany. The exhibitors were: A. Conolly, Leicester (Scanning electron micrographs of seed characters in Saxifraga), R. Cotton, Man- chester (Polyploidy, morphology and geography in species of Vulpia), D. M. Cranston, Manchester (Card index of British chromosome counts of higher plants), D. H. Dalby, London (The status of Braya linearis in southern Norway), A. S. Gardiner, Merlewood (Regional population differentiation in Betula species), A. J. C. Grierson, Edinburgh (A new Mexican Anaphalis?), F. N. Hepper, Kew (Distribution patterns in western tropical Africa), J. N. Mills, Manchester (Hieracium section Alpestria in mainland Britain), A. J. Richards, Newcastle (The origin of modern dandelions), M. C. Smith, Bristol (The geography of Sempervivum in Spain), W. T. Stearn, British Museum (The phytogeographical linkage of tropical America, continental Africa and Madagascar), C. A. Stace, Manchester (Some anatomical characters in the Com- bretaceae), P. A. Thompson, Kew (Germination of the seed of Agrostemma githago in relation to its success and failure as a weed), D. L. Wigston, Coventry (Quercus hybrids in Britain). The library of the University also staged a small exhibition of interesting botanical works, classical works such as Linnaeus’ Hortus Cliffortianus and Humbolt’s Geographie der Pflanzen rubbing shoulders with Flora Europaea and the Atlas of the British Flora. Many people visited the rich collection of the herbarium of Manchester Museum, in which a demonstration of some important old collections, e.g. Spruce’s south American types, was held. Other participants took time off to REPORTS 183 investigate the plants of some adjacent building sites, where Senecio squalidus x vulgaris and Ceratochloa carinata proved of interest. On the first evening a reception and sherry party for all conference participants was given by the Vice-Chancellor of the University, and on the second evening the con- ference dinner was preceded by a visit to The Firs, the experimental gardens and glasshouses of the Department of Botany. Nearly 200 people took part in these events. On the fourth day about 70 of the participants went on a coach tour of the Peak District, visiting four contrasting sites in this rich and beautiful area. The first stop was on Snake Pass to observe the Eriophorum moorland developed on peat at 1600 to 2000 feet. Two dioecious species, Empetrum nigrum and Rubus chamaemorus, are particularly abundant in areas of peat erosion. The second stop at Burbage Moor was to examine heather moorland at about 1250 feet. Empetrum and Vaccinium myrtillus and V. vitis-idaea were stillin fruit, and the continental botanists were pleased to see Atlantic species such as Erica cinerea, E. tetralix, Ulex europaeus and U. gallii. After lunch Padley Woods was inspected. These are fine examples of sessile oakwood developed on millstone grit, and support a wide range of habitats of varying moistness. Corydalis claviculata, another Atlantic species, and the luxuriant ferns attracted most attention. To contrast with these acid areas the excursion ended with a brief visit to Monsal Dale, one of the botanically rich and famous limestone Derbyshire Dales. Here the marked absence of several southern species was noted, but the presence of northerners such as Galium sterneri and Rubus saxatilis adequately compensated. C. A. STACE FIELD MEETINGS, 1971 ENGLAND HEREFORD. 9TH—-12TH APRIL On Thursday, 8th April, fifteen members of the B.S.B.I. gathered in Hereford with the purpose of studying the distribution of mistletoe (Viscum album) in the county. Five groups were organised and a leader in each group was given a 10 km square of the national grid and instructions to examine each of the 25 ‘tetrads’ in their search. This meant some ingenious planning and occasional rough travelling. On Friday each group set off independently to criss-cross their 10 km square. In the evening a meeting was held to report the day’s happenings, followed by discussion and comparison. Saturday and Monday followed the same pattern except that the personnel had the ‘all-change’ each day. By Monday afternoon a picture of mistletoe distribution began to emerge: the centre of the county had plenty of mistletoe but to the north and west it gradually disappeared. The Black Mountains and the absence of trees in them may account for the cessation in part of the west, and Radnorshire with a somewhat similar terrain may be in the same class, though it was found that even when there were orchards it was unusual to find any mistletoe. Breconshire and Monmouthshire have a slightly higher number of records, while Worcestershire and Gloucestershire have plenty. It is not possible to compare the density of mistletoe in these two counties with Herefordshire until a similar survey has been undertaken. As expected the commonest host proved to be apple (Malus sylvestris) followed closely by hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna) and poplar (Populus spp.). A total of thirty hosts was recorded, the rarest being wych elm (Ul/mus glabra), birch (Betula spp.), hazel (Corylus avellana), dog rose (Rosa canina) and holly Ulex aquifolium). The oak of Druid legend is not common as a host, but of the five or six records found about 1860-1870, three are still living; one tree is nearly dead and consequently SO is its mistletoe, another found in 1870 is still a beautiful tree with a dozen or more bunches in various stages of growth, the third I have not seen recently but it is reported 184 REPORTS well. One known mistletoe oak found in 1869 has apparently conquered its parasite and it is now without it. It was decided that altitude had some influence on distribution. The usual limit was between 700ft and 800ft but there was one record for 900ft. Sunday was taken as a ‘day off’ and a visit to the Great Doward was arranged. This is the only area of carboniferous limestone in the county and Carex montana, C. digitata and C. humilis were found in the old quarries and on the sunny rocks overlooking the Wye Gorge. The party moved on to the Little Doward later. This is a private estate but per- mission was willingly given to visit the rocks on which Hornungia petraea has been known since 1847. It was very small, perhaps owing to the lack of rain at that time; better specimens were found on another outcrop later. A few notes were also made on the distribution of holly and Colchicum during the weekend. L. WHITEHEAD CLIVEDEN AND WINTER HILL, BUCKS. 26TH JUNE The main purpose of this meeting, attended by 36 members, was to study the grasses on the Cliveden Estate, an area of 263 acres of considerable scenic beauty. It is well- known for its hanging woods, extensive pleasure grounds, natural and planted wood- lands and grasslands, partly on chalk and partly on sand and gravel. Permission to explore the Estate was kindly given by the National Trust. The area is rich in grasses, particularly in shade-loving species along the woodland margins and glades, as well as in the coarse grasslands and meadows. Dactylis polygama and Festuca heterophylla, discovered there on the 1951 excursion of the Society, were still flourishing, the first scattered along the margins of glades, but Festuca altissima, found there in 1965 by Mr B. Ryves, could not be located in the time available. The other woodland grasses seen included Agropyron caninum, Bromus ramosus, Brachypodium sylvaticum, Festuca gigantea, Melica uniflora, Poa nemoralis and Milium effusum. The journey to Winter Hill was broken at Cookham to examine a small area of low-lying grassland and stream-margins where, among other aquatics, Glyceria fluitans, G. plicata, G. maxima and Phalaris arundinacea were noted. The steep slopes of Winter Hill, now becoming overgrown with thorns, roses, etc., provided a good mixture of the species found in chalk grassland, including Bromus erectus, Briza media, Dactylis glomerata, Festuca rubra subsp. rubra, Helictotrichon pratense, H. pubescens, Koeleria cristata and Poa angustifolia. In the adjacent Quarry Wood, the usual shade grasses were seen, with the addition of Hordelymus europaeus and the rare Bromus benekenii. The latter was growing with Bromus ramosus, but was readily distinguished by its more slender growth, less hairy leaf-sheaths, and contracted nodding panicles, with shorter branches. During the day, fifty-one species of Gramineae and various varieties and forms of these plants provided those taking part with a wide range of the British grasses. C. E. HUBBARD GUERNSEY. 9TH—I8TH JULY Well over 100 people have attended the three annual field meetings in Guernsey and the fillip to our knowledge of the island’s botany has been immense. How could the two eyes of an Englishman on his holidays hope to see a fraction of what these two- hundred plus eyes could and did see. Any way, largely thanks to the efforts of these visitors, and to the intrinsic richness of the island’s flora, a promising basis now exists for a reasonable account of its wild flowers. This year’s visit followed the pattern of the past two. The attendance however was slightly down because the date was a week too early for most schools. But, as before, there was widespread evidence of enjoyment of the island, its weather, its flowers REPORTS 185 and the accompanying company. The activities of the visitors were twice featured, with photographs, in the local press and once in the Jersey paper. The opening meeting, joint with the Société Guernesiaise, had an address by the leader on the history of Guernsey botany, which ended up picturesquely with some of John Bichard’s superb slides of its flowers. Recent discoveries have already invalidated some of the statements made at the lecture, notably in that it now seems the excellent Joshua Gosselin was no botanist! The great failure of all concerned, the leader worst of all, who after all had been at the original discovery of the British Pteridological Society meeting on the 22nd April (see p. 204), was to find no fresh tufts of the new Asplenium x sarniense. One reason doubtless is the baffling difficulty of distinguishing it from A. adiantum-nigrum, but another may well be that it is not common, for suitable hedgebanks with both parents proved to be surprisingly scarce. But considerable efforts were made to find it, with authentic specimens and Dr Sleep’s own notes in the car and consulted on the spot. But against this, two more stations were added for Microsorium diversifolium, both under trees, and three more for Cyrtomium falcatum. Perhaps the best find was made by Mrs Garratt when she found a small colony of a broomrape with pale yellow stems and lavender blue flowers just off Bulwer Avenue; and a similar colony was found a few days later a few hundred yards to the north by the St Sampsons Quarry. Attempts to trace its host in the dense turf were unsuccessful, but its bracts, and yarrow nearby, suggested it might be the long-lost Orobanche purpurea; and so Dr Hambler confirmed it to be. But who has ever seen this plant in these colours ? Next best I think was the pleasure Miss Caddick gave on the first evening, when she produced Gastridium ventricosum from the Rue du Gain in St Peters, which was matched shortly after when Dr Taylor found a single plant by the St Peters Post Office, a mile and a half away. Only one other record was then known of this plant during this century. A close third was the nearest to Hypericum linarifolium seen for very many years. Until recently I knew of no proof of this species occurring in Guernsey at all, all the vouchers being of intermediates. But now two valid collections are known, in 1881 and 1894, from Moulin Huet. The species has been claimed on numerous occa- sions, the position being aggravated by a majority (? all) of the island’s H. humifusum being of the var. decumbens with glandular sepals. It is possible that some at least of these intermediate plants may come under its var. ambiguum, of Gillot—and these intermediates are still regularly seen. This year’s discovery was made by Mr R. D. English near Kings Mills, his specimen being first thought by Dr Robson to be pure H. linarifolium, an opinion subsequently modified to 95 °{—and this is the first record away from the south cliffs. Just as good, if not even more welcome, was a species long-sought in the island and hitherto always claimed in vain. But Mr Milne-Redhead collected willowherbs, and Dr T. Pennington confirmed that two gatherings were, at last, Epilobium adenocaulon and there were also some hybrids. There was a single war-time record of Alopecurus myosuroides, but Miss Sturdy and Miss Caddick found it in two places in July, neither rediscovered, so it cannot be plentiful. I knew no record of Knautia arvensis since the Flora of 1901, so when I was sent by Miss Mauger to the Blicqs area, even the single plant I saw gave me great satisfaction—and more were seen later. Hornworts had been rarely and unsatisfactorily recorded and only one specimen existed, which proved to be wrongly named. So the only indubitable Ceratophyllum demersum is what was in the goldfish pond at Four Cabot—and C. submersum was in a similar pond at the Grange Hotel. But such plants are only aquatic oxygenators prospering. All the new species found were aliens, casuals or escapes although the status of at least two more was more permanent. Lady Anne Brewis lit on a glorious billow of Vicia varia at the edge of the St Sampsons Quarry; and Mr J. B. Marshall proved it was Senecio grandiflorus which was thickly established in grass near a garden, and had sown itself further down, at Fermain Bay and was also in a grassy field at Haute- 186 REPORTS ville. Mr E. Milne-Redhead early on pointed out to us that Calystegia x lucana was apparently widespread. Here it is in various guises, but not always certainly distin- guishable from forms of one or other parent. He and Mr C. Hare found a lovely Sisyrinchium, cowering under a burdock leaf by a dump, which he later proved to be S. iridiflorum from South America, not known to be in cultivation. Solanum dulcamara was seen with all its leaves richly edged with a cream colour, Antirrhinum majus in a striking pink and yellow peloric form, and Epilobium palustre with white flowers. Portulaca oleracea had gone from its only known garden, so it was very satisfactory when Mrs Holland found it in plenty in another garden in the Vale, where it had been known for many years. It is frequent in Jersey, so why not here too? Solanum ottonis was feared to have gone, but was happily refound hiding safely behind a shed. Sela- ginella kraussiana was not to be seen in either of its previous localities, so its discovery in the Fermain Valley was particularly welcome. As usual we are indebted to several specialists who have dealt with critical material. It was comforting that even Dr Brummitt was puzzled where to place the dozen or so gatherings of pink-flowered Calystegia, which seemed to cover the whole gamut from C. sepium to C. pulchra, and included a schizopetalous form from Perelle found by Lady Anne Brewis. She also most carefully made several collections of Rubi, but few could be named. Clearly the Channel Island’s brambles are as special as we thought and need special study. A Euphrasia from L’Ancresse Dr Yeo agreed came close to E. stricta—but none of us is yet sure of recognising this in the field. Channel Island Euphrasias, notably E. tetraquetra, also seem to differ from English ones. Miss M. E. de Putron proved to be a local devotee of old Roses and named from Fort Saumarez the ‘Apothecary’s Rose’, and ‘May Queen’, which have thriven in the scrub there in full face of the sea for well over 40 years; and ‘Seven Sisters’ and ‘Jean Guichard’ were doing the same on a low cliff at Cobo. And the prettiest plant of all? Large-flowered, very dwarf (because it was eaten down by goats) Dianthus armeria, a very rare plant in the island and in quite a new locality here on L’Ancresse, jewels in the sun, much better than when they are on long thin stalks! Of course there were lots, and lots, more. But the leader is sincerely grateful for the excellent work of this excellent company. He still hopes to repay it with an account of the flowers in 1973. D. MCCLINTOCK LEWES, SUSSEX. 16TH-18TH JULY The ancient county town of East Sussex attracted twenty-six members and friends to devote a weekend to an area which provided a good range of habitats and plants. In warm sunshine, seventeen ‘tetrads’ were visited, with an overall total of nearly 4000 records being made, including Erucastrum gallicum, Callitriche platycarpa, Scandix pecten-veneris, Torilis arvensis, Nymphoides peltata, Chrysanthemum segetum, Silybum marianum, Baldellia ranunculoides and Alisma lanceolatum. The Sussex Flora Committee is grateful to all who contributed to this most worth- while meeting. P. C. HALL PECKFORTON HILLS, CHESHIRE. 1ST AUGUST A party of eight enthusiasts and friends gathered at Gallantry Bank near Harthill, Cheshire to study the local Rubus flora. A key to the local species, which was being used in the field for the first time, was provided. After making initial acquaintance with R. ulmifolius and section Triviales in the hedgerow the first stop was made at Higher Burwardsley where bushes of the widespread R. dasyphyllus, R. selmeri, R. lindleianus and R. cardiophyllus were present in sufficient quantity to enable some of the salient points of Rubus physiognomy to be studied, along with R. incurvatus, primarily a bramble of North Wales, and R. adenanthoides, a local species common in this area of Cheshire. REPORTS 187 Lunch was taken at Gallantry Bank and further acquaintance was made with the four widespread species which together with R. carpinifolius, R. sprengelii, R. robii, R. polyanthemus and R. murrayi grow on the rough slope above the road. Here the opportunity was taken to study the growth forms of the different plants in favourable circumstances free from lopping and cutting, and various field characters were demon- strated. R. murrayi, which is a rare species in the county and apparently at the northern extremity of its range, was first found here by A. H. Wolley-Dod c 1895 (as R. ador- natus) and was collected by H. J. Riddlesdell in 1926. It still thrives. The lane from Harthill to Dropping Stone house was then visited where, on either side, the brambles were in excellent condition but care was necessary to associate correct panicles with non-flowering stems. This is the type of locality for R. adenan- thoides, which was well shown together with R. hylocharis, R. lindleianus, R. polyan- themus, R. robii, R. castrensis, and the high-arching purple prickly stems of a plant indistinguishable from R.. curvispinis W.C.R. Wats., which had the previous week been the subject of close scrutiny on the southern borders of the New Forest. A certain sense of familiarity now having been achieved with these plants, a disused railway bank near Handley was visited where several species grow in great luxuriance and quantity, including the newly described R. wirralensis, together with R. vestitus, R. rubristylus, R. murrayi, R. leightonii and R. wolley-dodii, in addition to R. ulmifolius and plants belonging to the section Triviales. Exploration and explanation here took longer than anticipated, it was a warm afternoon and the party deemed it wise to return to Gallantry Bank where two members graciously dispensed tea from the rear of a Dor- mobile, fully equipped with all the necessities for a botanist’s intellectual and physical comfort. The key was voted a cautious success, 21 of the 28 species described were seen, and it was encouragingly evident from the zeal shown in collecting and concentration particularly by the younger members that Rubus studies will not be neglected in the future. A. NEWTON THETFORD, NORFOLK. 6TH-8TH AUGUST Twenty-six members and guests gathered at the Anchor Hotel, Thetford, on the evening of 6th August to receive the plan of campaign for the weekend. Six parties were assigned for field mapping the following day; an introduction to the terrain was given by P. Wright, Deputy Regional Officer of the Nature Conservancy, and some colourful slides were shown by Miss G. Tuck of the landscapes and species peculiar to the district. Each party was given two 1 km squares to survey, for which not only an indication of presence but also a coded statement of habitat and frequency was required for each species. It is open to question whether the results of this procedure will justify the elaborate and arduous recording burden involved for each square, since every estimate of frequency and habitat will be subjective. The ‘frequent’ of one recorder may easily be synonymous with the ‘common’ of another, the ‘wood border’ of one may represent the ‘scrub’ of another and so on. It is arguable in any case whether the various habitat categories used are so clearly delineated in nature. Those squares now occupied exclusively by even-age conifer stands were found to yield only 70-100 species, but those which include more open rides, an arable field or two, a few roadsides and a damp spot can achieve 150+. The commonest plants of clay soils, e.g. Prunella vulgaris and Ranunculus acris, are exceedingly scarce, ferns are rare, Rubi are confined to the most widespread species such as R. selmeri, R. poly- anthemus, and the bird-sown R. procerus, but xerophilous species such as Koeleria cristata, Knautia arvensis and Ornithopus perpusillus are widespread, and Medicago falcata was visible in abundance. Some heavy showers were experienced but representative lists were produced and 188 REPORTS enough specimens to exercise diagnostic capacities until 10 p.m. on the Saturday. The Euphrasias in particular are a puzzling group in Breckland. On the Sunday a comprehensive tour of Breckland localities was arranged by Mr Wright and Miss Tuck during which most of the specialities of the area could be seen. At Barnham Cross Common Artemisia campestris, Phleum phleoides, Silene otites and Turritis glabra were all in excellent condition and the close association of Cirsium acaulon and Helictotrichon pratense with Senecio sylvaticus was an interesting feature. Veronica spicata and Dianthus deltoides were admired near Weeting, where a project for the study of reversion from arable to breck was described by Mr Wright. Plots of some scarce and local species raised from seed are also maintained here. At Lakenheath, where the chalk is very near the surface and the soil is very thin, a most interesting community was seen containing predominantly lichens but also Galium verum, Astragalus danicus, Asperula cynanchica, Gentianella amarella, Carex ericetorum, Botrychium lunaria and Silene. otites. Near Eriswell, two colonies of Scleranthus perennis and one of Thymus serpyllum were visited. In one place the presence of American children illustrated the precarious conditions in which the former species must rely: the open conditions induced by scrabbling feet will encourage vigour so long as the insignificance of the flowering plant protects it from depredation. Several members enquired about the publication of their efforts and it is to be hoped that the Breckland group will not be content to retain these data within the sterile confines of computer storage but will make every effort to publish at least distribution maps for the species present in this most interesting area, and thus make its features accessible to a wider public. A. NEWTON ALIEN HUNT. 25TH—26TH SEPTEMBER With the aid of a hired coach, forty-five BSBI/London Natural History Society mem- bers explored four refuse-tips to the east of London. All the sites proved to be of considerable interest and much more time could have been profitably spent on each, but rapid inspection of the more promising areas provided an excellent assortment of unusual aliens. BARKING TIP, ESSEX. Members soon familiarised themselves with a wide variety of typical bird-seed aliens including Melilotus indica and Guizotia abyssinica in full flower, while among the less common species were Lythrum junceum (=L. meonanthum), Cicer arietinum (Chick Pea), Vicia villosa subsp. varia, Amaranthus quitensis and Solanum rostratum (a prickly plant with large yellow flowers which pleased the photo- graphers). An immature plant, probably of Achyranthes aspera, was spotted, but still awaits final determination. Two thrills, even for the experts in the party, were the American grass Brachiaria platyphylla (only the second British specimen that Dr C. E. Hubbard has encountered) and the Cucurbitaceous Momordica charantia (det. C. Jeffrey). A small white-flowered Umbellifer with filiform leaf-segments turned out to be Cuminum cyminum. Cleome spinosa was a pretty sight, although somewhat smaller in all its parts than the plant in cultivation. Phalaris minor and Bidens pilosa were spotted by a few sharp eyes. Both the annual Sorghum bicolor sensu lato and the rhizomatous perennial S. halepense were present. Two aliens well-established in the neighbourhood, Hirshfeldia incana and Sisymbrium loeselii, were also noted. DAGENHAM TIP, ESSEX. The tipping of ashes from the foundry of the Ford Motor Works has provided an outstanding example of an established alien flora community the composition of which has probably remained relatively unchanged since first observed at Dagenham by Mr J. E. Lousley in 1934. Salsola pestifer still dominates large areas of ground, with scattered colonies of Amaranthus albus, Sisymbrium loeselii and Solanum sarrachoides breaking the monotony. A few plants of Abutilon theophrasti (fruiting well) and one clump of Hordeum jubatum were also found. Rumex patientia and Heracleum mantegazzianum were frequent nearby. REPORTS 189 NORTHFLEET TIP, KENT. Lone plants of Trigonella corniculata (not unlike a small Melilot) and 7. foenum-graecum aroused considerable interest, as did some tiny plants of Plantago afra (=P. psyllium; det. C. C. Townsend), a plant which has probably been sometimes mis-named as P. indica. Amaranthus blitoides, Aptenia cordifolia (leaves only, but the root was grown on in a greenhouse and the flowers have confirmed this name), Digitaria sanguinalis, Hibiscus trionum, Reseda alba and Salvia reflexa were also found. The opportunity to compare Setaria geniculata with the similar Setaria lutescens which was growing a few yards away was appreciated. CRAYFORD TIP, KENT. Three grasses, Urochloa panicoides, Panicum laevifolium and Echinochloa colonum, were eagerly collected, the first-named being much the scarcest species on our tips. Ridolfia segetum (distinguished from the similar yellow-flowered Umbellifers Fennel and Dill by its much smaller fruits—only about 2mm long), Ammi visnaga and Vigna mungo (Mung Bean) were also seen. The tip terminated within a few yards of a colony of the native Sonchus palustris, but we were able to confirm that the plants were not in any obvious danger. The following day a small party of six members leisurely explored three tips to the north-west of London, none of which was found to be rich in aliens. SHEPPERTON TIP, MIDDLESEX. Several plants of Agrostis scabra were the highlight here, although it was pleasing to see Arachis hypogea (Peanut), Lens culinaris (Lentil) and Brassica juncea (frequent on tips but easily overlooked). IVER TIP, BUCKINGHAMSHIRE. Polygonum pulchellum and the rampant garden Com- melina coelestis (presumably) were found. GERRARDS CROSS TIP, BUCKINGHAMSHIRE. Some fifty plants of Trachyspermum ammi was a remarkable sight here (although nowadays frequent on tips numbers are usually small). Two very large fruiting specimens of Anethum graveolens (Dill) and a colony of Kochia scoparia also attracted attention, but a plant of Physalis ixocarpa which was present on a previous visit had unfortunately been destroyed. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The leaders would like to express their thanks to the Greater London Council and the Ford Motor Company Ltd. for their kind permission to visit the land-reclamation sites and to the staff at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for help with determining specimens. E. J. CLEMENTS & T. B. RYVES WALES MEIFOD, MONTGOMERYSHIRE. 22ND MAY Members of the B.S.B.I. were joined by members of the Montgomeryshire Field Society at Pont Robert, where they were met and conducted around the Pendugwm woodlands by the owner, Mr Langshaw Rowland. The woods cover some 244 acres and contain a variety of species including many fine beeches. In 1970 about 8 acres were generously donated to the North Wales Naturalists’ Trust and Montgomeryshire Field Society by Mr Rowland, a former President of the Royal Forestry Society. He gave an interesting talk, and impressed members by his desire to enhance the beauty and wildlife interest of his woods and to encourage the recording of the plants and animals they contain. A ‘Linear Arbo- retum’, containing 46 exotic tree species, mainly from the Pacific coast of N. and S. America, has been created alongside a woodland track. The ground flora has been 190 REPORTS recorded by Mrs W. R. Parr. On this occasion a colony of Ophioglossum vulgatum and a fine stand of Equisetum sylvaticum were noted. A bog at Llanfihangel where Dactylorhiza incarnata has been found was visited next. Unfortunately the bog had been burnt, but, even though it was too early to identify all the remaining species, the area obviously merits a further visit. It was rather surprising to see such an abundance of Vaccinium oxycoccus still in fruit. V. J. MACNAIR WEST RADNORSHIRE, 19TH JUNE This was a joint meeting with members of Hereford Botanical Society, attended by 19 people. A visit was first made to see a colony of Dianthus deltoides, unfortunately not quite in flower, on an outcrop of igneous rock near Llansantffraed-in-Elvel Church. The party then moved on to a valley bog, known locally as the Cors, near Cefn- bychan farm, where the main purpose of the meeting was to record the area for a report to the South Wales Region of the Nature Conservancy on its possible interest. Mr P. Thomson gave a brief outline of the geology and possible origin of the bog, and provided sketch maps. This valley is very secluded at 775-800 ft and enclosed by hills. On the west of the Carneddau range of shales and volcanic rocks of Ordovician age rise to 1458 ft and on the east Gilwern hill and Castle bank, 1254 ft. The bog covers the shallow peat-filled lake and shows well the transition from fen — through areas of Phragmites, Juncus, Menyanthes and Carex rostrata to a type of raised bog with Sphagnum. In a grazed meadow bordering the bog were quantities of Platanthera bifolia, also Dactylorhiza fuchsii with Genista tinctoria, G. anglica and Cirsium dissectum. Dacty- lorhiza maculata subsp. ericetorum, D. incarnata and D. incarnata subsp. pulchella were nearer the bog, and a good deal of time was spent discussing possible hybrids. The Sphagnum areas produced Pinguicula vulgaris and Drosera rotundifolia. Also noted were Lythrum salicaria, Scutellaria galericulata, Ranunculus lenormandii and Potentilla palustris. A. C. POWELL LLEYN PENINSULA. 3RD-4TH JULY The leaders on both days were Dr W. S. Lacey and Miss Ann Conolly. On Saturday 3rd July, 14 members visited the National Trust property at Porth Ysgo and the cliffs around Gallt y Mor. Geranium sanguineum and Rubia peregrina were abundant and in full flower; Carex punctata was confirmed, growing on the cliffs with C. distans. Crambe maritima was also observed on the cliffs—an unusual habitat for it? Mynydd Cilau was visited next and several interesting aquatics, including Pilularia globulifera, were seen in the pools. On the following very wet Sunday morning 15 members assembled in Rhyd-y- clafdy to explore Cors Geirch. Many of the typical fen species were seen: Cladium mariscus, Juncus subnodulosus and Schoenus nigricans were common and Selaginella selaginoides, Utricularia intermedia and Hypericum elodes frequent. Dactylorhiza traunsteineri was Still in flower. The day concluded with a visit to the coastal heath at Cwmister, between Morfa Nevin and Tudweilog. Much of the heath had disappeared due to ploughing and re-seeding with rye-grass and clover, but Cicendia filiformis remained in small quantity in ruts and vehicle tracks. The leaders wish to express their thanks to Mr A. Vaughan Jones and Mr R. H. Roberts for help with these excursions. W. S. LACEY REPORTS 19] SCOTLAND FLANDERS MOSS, PERTHSHIRE. 30TH MAY The 23 participants assembled at South Flanders Farm at 11.00 hrs in rainy weather which improved enough to make the work amenable. Carrying numerous items of peat boring gear the party proceeded on to the raised bog where some four hours quickly passed. First, brief attention was given to the flora of the mire which supports, as is well- known, Andromeda polifolia and Ledum groenlandicum. During lunch the leader expatiated on the geological and vegetational history of the area as revealed not just by the work of Durno, Turner and Sissons, but also by Cambridge radiocarbon dates. With the help of sturdy research students from the University of Edinburgh, the leader used three types of peat samplers to reveal the stratigraphy of the mire; at the point studied, some 3m of raised bog peat overlies c 0-25m of wood/fen peat on c 7:50m of Carse Clay which rests on a lower layer of oligotrophic peat. Plant remains in the uppermost 3-50m were identified where possible. Embedded in the top of the Carse Clay were seeds of Suaeda maritima (det. Mrs C. A. Dickson), a species with few fossil occurrences. After a vote of thanks handsomely delivered by Dr W. W. Newey, the party took leave of the mire. This time sundry peat and clay samples were additional burdens. J. H. DICKSON ACHNACREE MOSS, BENDERLOCH, AND GLEN LONAN, TAYNUILT, ARGYLL. 13TH JUNE There was an attendance of 11 at this meeting, organised by the C.S.S.F. jointly with the Andersonian Naturalists of Glasgow. Before lunch an area of acid bog in Achnacree Moss was visited, from which 74 species were recorded. Drosera anglica and Isoetes lacustris were the most note- worthy. Later in the day, in the less acid conditions of upland pasture in Glen Lonan near Taynuilt, Trollius europaeus and Saxifraga hypnoides were the most interesting plants in a total of 82 species. E. R. T. CONACHER LETHANS DEN AND KNOCK HILL, FIFE. 19TH JUNE The main object of the meeting, attended by two members and two guests, was to attempt to rediscover a number of rare species recorded over a century ago. This met with only limited success, for unfortunately the most sought after were not seen, among them Cryptogramma crispa, Thelypteris phegopteris, Equisetum hyemale, E. pratense, Drosera anglica and/or D. intermedia, Pyrola media, P. rotundifolia, Paris quadrifolia, Gymnadenia conopsea, Leucorchis albida, Carex paupercula and C. pauciflora. In compensation, however, several species uncommon in Fife were seen. The upper part of the Den yielded Rubus saxatilis, Melampyrum pratense, Carex hostiana and C. pallescens, and in the wooded area about the waterfall (Swallow Craig Den) there were sheets of Stellaria nemorum and a few shrubs of Corylus avellana and Viburnum opulus—both rare as natives. In the meadows by the Black Devon River were Trollius europaeus, Cirsium heterophyllum, stands of Carex acutiformis and a little C. paniculata, and on shady banks Thelypteris dryopteris. Clumps of Rumex alpinus were also present further downstream. Time did not permit an ascent of Knock Hill (a later visit indicated that intensive grazing seemed to have eliminated likely plants), but a brief survey of neighbouring Din Moss revealed Vaccinium oxycoccus and, sparingly, Trientalis europaea and Dryopteris carthusiana. It took a further visit to come across Drosera rotundifolia in very small quantity. The hybrid orchid Dactylorhiza maculata subsp. ericetorum x D. purpurella was also noted. 192 REPORTS A total of some 200 species was recorded for the appropriate 5km square of 36/09 during the day, including over 100 additions to that square, which, like most Fife squares, was badly under-recorded for the Aflas. G. H. BALLANTYNE MEALL GHAORDIE AND CREAG LAOGHAIN, PERTH. 20TH JUNE The objects of this meeting, held jointly with the Perthshire Society of Natural Science, were to compile data for the rare species survey on Cystopteris montana, Salix lanata, Veronica fruticans and Bartsia alpina, and to compile records for the 5km grid square 27/54 SW. The meeting as advertised had to be cancelled owing to the very unfavourable conditions prevailing on the morning of the 20th June for a mountain excursion. The only visiting member and a small party of P.S.N.S. members covered instead, between heavy showers, a short stretch of the River Earn near Crieff, making additions to the 5km square card. A visit was however made on 4th July to the location advertised attended by 12 persons, a member of the P.S.N.S. and the leader representing the B.S.B.I., and an attempt was made to carry out the objects of the original meeting. In deteriorating weather conditions Cystopteris montana, Veronica fruticans and Bartsia alpina were seen on the cliffs of Creag Laoghain, the latter in full flower, but it was impossible to adequately complete the Rare Species Survey as required. Another visit will be neces- sary. Most of the commoner alpine species and many lowland ones were nevertheless — recorded for the P.S.N.S. 5km square records. A. W. ROBSON KINDROGAN FIELD CENTRE, PERTHSHIRE. 23RD-—30TH JUNE This course on Mountain Flowers was attended by 16 persons, most of whom were B.S.B.I. members. On the evening of the 23rd the party was welcomed by the Warden, Mr Brian Brookes, and a programme for the week was discussed. It was arranged to have an excursion each day to a place of particular interest. On 24th June Ben Vrackie (2757 ft) was climbed by the track from Moulin, Pitlochry. During the approach across moorland above 1000 ft species of local occurrence noted were Trientalis europaea, Antennaria dioica, Listera cordata, Tofieldia pusilla, Juncus triglumis and Eriophorum latifolium, while on. a crag near the path at 1650 ft were Arabis hirsuta, Helianthemum chamaecistus and Rubus saxatilis. Of special interest near the summit were Astragalus alpinus, Oxytropis halleri, Potentilla crantzii, Draba incana and Cerastium alpinum, and a number of other montane plants were also noted. , The Cairnwell (3059 ft) was climbed on 25th June from the highest point of the ‘Devil’s Elbow’ road (A93), after the party had stopped in Glen Shee to see fine colonies of Meum athamanticum. During the ascent Rubus chamaemorus, Chamaeperi- clymenum suecicum and Vaccinium uliginosum were seen on east-facing slopes, with Juncus trifidus and Carex biglowii on the more exposed parts. On a small outcrop of limestone Minuartia rubella, Dryas octopetala, Polygonum viviparum and Carex rupestris were seen. On 26th June the party joined the Alpine Section of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh in an excursion to Glas Tulaichean (3449 ft), approaching from the head of Glen Fearnach and finding Betula nana en route at about 2500 ft. On an outcrop of lime-rich crags at about 3000 ft were Trollius europaea, Silene acaulis, Saxifraga hypnoides, S. oppositifolia, Salix lanata, Carex atrata and Poa alpina. The rocky slopes rising from the east shore of Loch Loch were visited on the 27th June. Among the species found, mainly between 1600 and 1800 ft, were Draba incana, Arabis hirsuta, Helianthemum chamaecistus, Geranium sylvaticum, Oxytropis cam- REPORTS 193 pestris, Potentilla crantzii, Galium boreale, G. sterneri and Veronica fruticans. The Oxytropis, which is well established here, was flowering in profusion and great beauty. Glas Maol and Caenlochan Glen were visited on the 28th, the approach being made from the ‘Devil’s Elbow’ road once again. On Glas Maol the more noteworthy plants seen were Veronica alpina, V. humifusa, Juncus castaneus and Alopecurus alpinus, while on the well-known cliffs of Caenlochan most of the montane plants for which the area is noted were seen, including Thlaspi alpestre, Dryas octopetala, Salix lanata and S. myrsinites. The last day of the course was devoted to Ben Lawers (3984 ft), which was climbed from the National Trust car park and information centre on the slopes of Ben Ghlas. A large proportion of the plants for which the Ben is well known were seen, including good specimens of Saxifraga cernua. Unfortunately, persistent cold weather seemed to have hindered the flowering of some species, e.g. Gentiana nivalis. It is fitting to remark that the kind co-operation and help given by Mr Brian Brookes and his staff contributed greatly to the success and enjoyment of the course. J. GRANT ROGER INVERGARRY, INVERNESS. 10TH-17TH JULY Eleven members and friends explored the neighbourhood of Glen Garry, Loch Oich, and Loch Lochy. The weather was phenomenally co-operative, with only one wet morning. Altogether 14 5km squares were visited, and two members, who stayed a little longer, visited a 15th square. A total of 2293 records were made, an average of 168 per square. Most of these were common heath and wet moorland plants with a sprinkling of weeds of disturbed ground, but four elevated areas were visited in five squares and these provided many arctic-alpine species, some of which were also recorded washed down elsewhere. A number of species unusual in v.c. 97 were en- countered and of these the following may be mentioned: Asplenium viride in Glen Buck; Polystichum lonchitis on base-rich crags about 700m; Botrychium lunaria seen in four distinct and widely separated places; Ranunculus auricomus growing with Epilobium anagallidifolium in two flushes from some base- rich rocks at about 600m; Teesdalia nudicaulis abundant beside some forestry roads; Subularia aquatica in the R. Garry; Elatine hexandra in a pool of the R. Garry not far from Loch Quoich; Spergularia rubra growing in the middle of a weedy lay-by on a forestry road; Oxalis europaea, a garden weed at Craigard; Potentilla crantzii in a small area of base-rich rock with Trollius europaeus and Silene acaulis; P. anglica in the grass around Craigard Hotel; Betula nana in the peat hags of Coire Glas and Sron a’ Choire Gairbh; Oxycoccus palustris in Coire Glas; Veronica montana in two localities, both rocky, grassy areas; Melampyrum sylvaticum in a rocky gorge of Glen Buck; Hammarbya paludosa beside Loch a Choire Beithe, a colony of many plants, seventeen flowering; Scirpus fluitans in the R. Garry; Carex atrata on base-rich crags at 700m with Polystichum lonchitis nearby ; Festuca altissima in three places, each a rocky gorge, near a waterfall; Agropyron caninum in Glen Buck; Milium effusum in a rocky gorge of the R. Garry with Hymenophyllum wilsonii and Galium odoratum. Day by day the meet went as follows: On 10th July one member arrived early and took a walk to Loch Lundie. Carex lasiocarpa here set a pattern for the week. On Sunday 11th July, the party, now ten strong, traversed forestry roads south of Loch Garry. Monday 12th July was devoted to Gleouraich (1030m (3395 ft)) and Spidean Mialach (992m (3268 ft)). These proved rather barren hills, though Athyrium alpestre was abundant, and a single plant of Leucorchis albida was seen. On Tuesday 13th July the last member of the party arrived and the day was spent 194 REPORTS by Loch Lochy and in Coire Lochain of Meall na Teanga (930m (3050 ft)). The latter proved a very interesting area. After two days of hill botanising, Wednesday 14th July was devoted to lower ground beside Loch Oich and in Glen Buck. The greatest variety of the week was found here, as loch-shore, woodland, moor, gorge, and disturbed ground were all explored, yielding 262 records. Three persons ascended Ben Tee on Thursday 15th July, and saw Arctous alpinus and Arctostaphylos uva-ursi on the ridge. A fourth joined them in Coire Glas, while the rest explored Kilfinnan with its gorge and waterfall. The last day, Friday 16th July, was spent motoring to Kinlochhourn, with many stops on the way. There is little but moorland here as Loch Quoich is a reservoir with barren edges, trees are few and there are virtually no houses to provide weeds of cultivation. The pools in the R. Garry proved interesting and at Kinlochhourn the western seaboard provided a very sudden change. The total number of species encountered during the week was 385, though this number is subject to increase as critical species are determined. A. A. P. SLACK GLEN AFFRIC, GLEN CANNICH AND STRATHFARRER, INVERNESS. 1 7TH-24TH JULY Five persons gathered at the start of the week at the Glen Affric Hotel, but were joined later in the week by four others, and also by members of the Inverness Botany Group, who came as guests. . The first day was spent in Glen Cannich. We worked in the 5 km square 27/33 SW mainly around Loch Craskie and the banks of the River Cannich. Lobelia dortmanna was seen in this loch, and also in the next square, 27/23 SE, at Loch Carrie. Gentianella campestris was found on the shores of Loch Carrie. Some of the party climbed by Allt Charaidh to An Soutar, and between these two saw extensive areas of Betula nana, growing up to 1620 ft, and thereafter Arctous alpinus. We crossed into square 27/23 NE at the summit, where such species as Salix herbacea, Loiseleuria procumbens, Arcto- staphylos uva-ursi and Carex bigelowii were present. On the 19th, we returned to Glen Cannich, this time going to Loch Mullardoch, where in square 27/23 SW, Leontodon taraxacoides was found. The party split, some remaining on the low ground within the above square, and others climbing Allt Fraoch-Choire towards Coire an T-Sneachda. All of the recording was within square 27/22 NW. The area was not rich, but we did record TJhalictrum alpinum, Juncus trifidus, Gnaphalium supinum, Silene acaulis and Luzula spicata. The 20th found us in Glen Strathfarrar, working in the lower parts of the Glen. Squares 27/33 NE and 27/33 NW gave us many lowland woodland and riverside species, and we moved upstream to square 27/23 NE, where we climbed An Carnais, finding Melica nutans and Rubus saxatilis. The flat river plain within this square also gave us Carex lasiocarpa, alongside C. rostrata and Menyanthes trifoliata. Weather on the 21st forced us to keep to low ground in Glen Affric. We worked along the south side of Loch Beinn a’ Mheadoin, through squares 27/22 NE, 27/22 SW and 27/12 SE. The latter square was profitable indeed, producing Carex limosa, C. paupercula, Nymphaea alba and Vaccinium microcarpum. The series of small lochans and bogs in this area may well reward further attention. Better weather conditions next day enabled us to tackle a climb of Sgurr na Lapaich, between Glen Strathfarrar and Loch Mullardoch. The square was 27/13 NE. We climbed the ridge of An Leth-chreag, towards the summit recording Alchemilla alpina, Saxifraga aizoides, S. oppositifolia, S. stellaris, Carex saxatilis, Armeria maritima and many other alpine and woodland species. This is a very fine hill, worth further study. Miss Webster topped the day by finding the rare Guaphalium norvegicum. The final day, the 23rd, took us to square 27/12 SE once more, to climb the other Sgurr na Lapaich. The weather was atrocious, but a group pressed on by Allt na Faing, REPORTS 195 towards the crags, which supported such interesting plants as Saussurea alpina, Trientalis europaea, Oxyria digyna and Sibbaldia procumbens, all of which had already been seen elsewhere during the week. Lower down, at Loch Lapaich, Miss Webster had been finding Subularia aquatica and Sparganium minimum. On the 24th, after most members had dispersed, a few remained to look around the village of Cannich, which had been sadly neglected all week. Bad weather caused serious attempts at botanising to be quickly abandoned. The week was a very enjoyable one, with a fine friendly spirit among the participants. We were a group in which each contributed his or her share. None of us was a great expert, and we each learned a lot, especially from the enthusiastic and knowledgeable Miss Webster, who spent three days with us. A feature of the week was the presence of Miss J. T. Wisely, who painted most beautiful representations of the species which we brought down to her. As well as recording for the 5km squares, the opportunity was taken to view the area from the conservation angle, and a report along these lines was prepared for the Nature Conservancy. A copy of this has been presented to the Com- mittee, along with a useful list of sites worthy of future exploration. A. CURRIE BEN LEDI, PERTH. 25TH SEPTEMBER The object of the meeting, which was held jointly with the Andersonian Naturalists of Glasgow, and which was attended by twelve persons, was to investigate the bryo- phyte flora of the mountain. Species found on the way up to the east Corrie included Seligeria recurvata, *S. pusilla, *Philonotis capillaris, Dicranum blyttii, Orthothecium intricatum and Cololejeunea calcarea. On the floor of the corrie were Rubus chamae- morus, Chamaepericlymenum suecicum and Acrocladium sarmentosum. On rocks at the head of the corrie were *Pohlia polymorpha and Grimmia funalis. The richest area, one that would repay further study, was to the north of the corrie where were found Polystichum lonchitis, Draba incana, Oedipodium griffithianum, Amphidium lapponicum, Metzgeria pubescens, *Bryum dixonii, Eremonotus myriocarpus and Hygrobiella laxifolia. Species marked with an asterisk are new to v.c. 87. A. C. CRUNDWELL IRELAND URLINGFORD, CO. KILKENNY. 12TH JUNE The object of the meeting, attended by five members, was to explore the flora of turlough-type lakes known as ‘The Loughans’ about two miles south-east of Johns- town. The lakelets, fringed with Filipendula ulmaria and Potentilla anserina, contained much Ranunculus trichophyllus, R. aquatilis and Glyceria fluitans. Other damp areas, possibly under water in winter, yielded Thalictrum flavum, Parnassia palustris, Carex hostiana, C. lepidocarpa, Molinia coerulea and Ophioglossum vulgatum while the calcareous drift banks held Antennaria dioica, Linum catharticum, Briza media and Orchis morio. Tullanvoolty Bog, mentioned in older botanical literature, was next visited. Here, two miles north-west of Johnstown, the ‘Bog’ proved to be a fen some- what adversely affected by recent drainage. However, species recorded here included Cirsium dissectum, Schoenus nigricans, Carex hostiana, C. lepidocarpa, Selaginella selaginoides and Equisetum variegatum. The meeting ended with the exciting re- discovery of Ophrys insectifera recorded from this site in 1837. C. BREEN MULLINGAR, CO. WESTMEATH. 23RD—27TH JULY Twenty-five people attended the meeting centred on Mullingar, County Westmeath. The object of the meeting was to introduce members to the rich flora of the Midland lakes and mires. 196 REPORTS Saturday was spent in the Lough Owel area. The fen at Ballynagall, which is known as the ‘Scraw Bog’, was the first objective and the morning was spent there. Most of the rarities known from there were seen, Pyrola rotundifolia, Carex appropinquata and Eriophorum gracile being of particular interest. Drosera intermedia, reported by the Dublin Naturalists’ Field Club in 1967, was refound there and is a new county record, as is the rare moss Camptothecium nitens. After lunch the difficult scraw at the north-west corner of Lough Owel was pene- trated and Pyrola rotundifolia, Carex appropinquata, Thelypteris palustris and Lathyrus palustris refound by the more intrepid adventurers. Cut-away bog and fen at Welshestown South, two miles south of Lough Owel, produced Ophrys insectifera, which had not been recorded for Westmeath. Selaginella, Osmunda, Epipactis palustris and Carex diandra were also seen. Sunday was spent in the region north and north-east of Mullingar. A first call at the southern end of Lough Derravaragh found the lake-level so low that the rhizomes of Nuphar lutea were fully exposed to the air; in spite of this, however, Oenanthe aquatica, in deep water, barely surfaced. An unusual abundance of Catabrosa aquatica, a recently arrived colony of Epilobium angustifolium and a few plants of Ranunculus sceleratus were seen here. In a kettle hole just east of Fore a curious type of acid fen has developed with hummocks of Sphagnum palustre and S. rubellum and the more mesotrophic species. Here was Carex curta (discovered here earlier in the year, and now past its prime), not hitherto known from Westmeath; also a remarkable abundance of Eriophorum vaginatum and a little Vaccinium oxycoccus. At Fore itself a promising limestone bluff turned out to be so cherty that the plants" on top included Vaccinium myrtillus and Carex binervis, while by the roadside a colony of Chrysanthemum segetum also defied the surrounding limestone. The extensive fenny margins of Ben Loughs were next visited: here there is a great abundance of Cladium and Carex diandra, with Potamogeton coloratus, Carex lepidocarpa, Schoenus nigricans and other calcicoles but also a quantity of Epilobium angustifolium. A small colony of Galium uliginosum was found on a drier part of the northern shore. A list was made of the plants growing about a small lakelet to the north-east of White Lough in County Meath but did not include anything unusual. The lakelet itself was surrounded by a band of shell-marl and showed a poor development of aquatics and marginal vegetation; the peaty nature of the soil for some distance above the present water level and the presence of several sub-fossil alder stumps under water was evidence of considerable variation in water level above and below its present level. On Monday the chief objective was Lough Ree. The shore was visited at two places, south-west of Glassan and opposite Inchmore. Teucrium scordium in full flower on the stony shore made a good show at both stations and at the second there was an enormous ‘reed-bed’ of almost pure Carex lasiocarpa. Other interesting plants seen included Rosa agrestis, Thalictrum flavum and Equisetum x litorale. Pinguicula vulgaris and Blackstonia perfoliata were seen scarcely six inches apart on the stony shore. A little further north by Creggan Lough an irregularly cut-away bog yielded a good mixture of calcicole and calcifuge species, with Potamogeton coloratus and P. poly- gonifolius mingled in the water. Here the bog-holes yielded three species of Utricularia, luxuriant Myriophyllum verticillatum and some M. spicatum, and also Sparganium minimum and a little Hydrocharis; while on the surface were Drosera intermedia and a profusion of Osmunda unusual for Leinster. One plant of Epipactis palustris was seen near the roadway. Two visits to the now derelict Royal Canal showed it to be choked with Glyceria maxima and Ranunculus lingua, with a fringe of Oenanthe fistulosa and O. aquatica, with floating Hydrocharis here and there in open water. A final call at a cut-away bog near the R. Inny on the Longford border showed that drainage had diminished the interest of the place since attention was drawn to it in the Irish Naturalists’ Journal, 12: 250 (1958) but there is still a profusion of Rumex REPORTS 197 hydrolapathum and a little Hydrocharis, Ranunculus lingua and Stellaria palustris. The damp pasture beside the bridge was filled with Senecio x ostenfeldii. Tuesday morning, the last of the meeting, was spent in the Delvin area. A moraine south of Balrath Cross Roads proved to be too grassy for rare plants. A raised bog east of the Bord na Mona development at Lisclogher appeared to be subjected to controlled burning for grouse but had all the usual bog species. Crowinstown Lake to the east of Delvin has a fenny margin with Schoenus, Carex elata, C. hostiana, C. diandra, Ranunculus lingua and Epipactis palustris, but is becoming acid on the west side with Sphagnum spp., Molinia and Erica tetralix. D. SYNNoTT & D. A. WEBB EXHIBITION MEETING, 1971 The Annual Exhibition Meeting was held in the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), London, on Saturday, 27th November, 1971, from 1200 to 1730 hours. SOME CONFUSED PLANTS Plants with an overall superficial similarity do not necessarily belong to the same species or even genus and may be easily confused. In our experience this confusion often arises or is amplified because specimens are carelessly keyed and compared with descriptions, or carelessly collected, inadequately labelled and not compared with authentically named material. The following six species-pairs, represented by her- barium specimens, were shown together with short notes drawing attention to particularly useful characters. In each case the two descriptive phrases given refer respectively to the two species they follow. Cardamine flexuosa and C. hirsuta: stamens 6; stamens 4 (but the 2 short stamens in the former may be overlooked). Medicago lupulina and Trifolium dubium: leaflets apiculate; leaflets obcordate and never apiculate. Potentilla sterilis and Fragaria vesca: leaflet teeth acute and 3 terminal teeth forming a truncate apex; leaflet teeth obtuse and terminal ones forming a cuneate apex. Lamium molucellifoliumand L. amplexicaule: bracts petiolate and never amplexicaul; bracts sessile and amplexicaul. Galinsoga parviflora and G. ciliata: pappus regular, stems + glabrous; pappus irregular, stems densely hairy. Leontodon autumnalis and Hypochoeris radicata: hairs on involucre soft, terminal lobe of leaf acute; hairs on involucre stiff, terminal lobe of leaf blunt. Seven other pairs of species were exhibited at the 1969 Exhibition Meeting (Watsonia, 8: 333 (1971)). E. B. BANGERTER & L. F. FERGUSON SYNTHESISED GERANIUM PURPUREUM x ROBERTIANUM This exhibit comprised specimens and an explanatory note to illustrate hybridisation experiments involving Geranium purpureum Vill. and G. robertianum L. A further note will be published when the experiments are completed. P. M. BENOIT THE B.S.B.I./W.R.O. WEED SURVEY NO. | The survey is designed to measure the changes in frequency of 19 common weeds in arable land, and 21 less common ones in any habitat, over a period of time. This I 198 REPORTS first survey, which is continuing until the end of 1973, will be repeated after a number of years. So far, records have been received for 128 tetrads and the frequency ratings of the 19 common species in arable land were exhibited as histograms. Of these, Sinapis arvensis, Chenopodium album and Atriplex patula are apparently still widespread and common, although thought to be declining because of their particular sensitivity to herbicides. They were rated as very frequent to abundant in 14-29% of the tetrads so far assessed. Cardaria draba, thought to be increasing, has so far only been recorded in arable land in one tetrad and rare at that, although noted as a ruderal in several others. Similarly Anchusa arvensis has only been recorded from 12% of the tetrads. R. J. CHANCELLOR RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS IN EUROPE The R. bulbosus group has previously been divided into several species and subspecific categories. The group has been re-examined and in the proposed classification only two subspecies within the single species R. bulbosus L. are recognised: subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens (Brot.) Neves. Subsp. bulbosus occurs over northern and central Europe; the main habitat in which it occurs is well-drained grassland. Subsp. adscendens occurs in southern Europe in areas with a Mediterranean climate, but it only occurs in damp habitats, such as marshes and ditches. It differs from subsp. bulbosus in having entire leaves, broad, © tuberous roots and root-stocks which are only slightly swollen and corm-like. There is a continuous array of intermediates between the two subspecies, occupying climatic- ally transitional regions. Examples of both subspecies and of intermediate plants were exhibited. The distribu- tion of the various types of plants which occur in southern Europe was shown on maps. S. M. CoLes VARIATION IN SPECIES OF VULPIA The exhibit consisted of herbarium specimens, photographs of chromosome prepara- tions, and a map of Europe indicating the origin of plants of known chromosome number. Most of the European species of Vulpia fall into two main groups: chasmogamous diploids confined to the Mediterranean Region; and partially or wholly cleistogamous species which are diploid or polyploid and occur over a wider part of Europe. V. geniculata is the commonest member of the first group. In the second group V. myuros and V. membranacea are known as diploid, tetraploid and hexaploid races, and there is some indication that the diploids are natives of the Mediterranean zone and the polyploids of more northern areas. In the latter species, diploids are more chasmo- gamous than polyploids. Three British species of Vulpia are known to hybridise with Festuca rubra. A plant of the intergeneric hybrid involving V. membranacea from Harlech proved to be pentaploid, with tetraploid (Vulpia) and hexaploid (Festuca) parents. R. CoTTON & C. A. STACE THE PHYTOGEOGRAPHY OF MULL The five-year field programme of the British Museum Mull Survey Project was com- pleted in 1970. Since then a manuscript account of the Flowering Plants and Ferns REPORTS 199 has been prepared and work now centres on an investigation of the phytogeographical relationships of the flora. To this end an analysis has been made of the floras of a number of areas in terms of the Distributional Elements of J. R. Matthews. This analysis showed by means of maps and histograms that Mull fits into the general sequence of phytogeographical change in both north-south and west-east directions, with a very strong representation of oceanic and northern elements. Mull has a poor representation of the Arctic-Subarctic, Arctic-Alpine and Alpine elements when compared with the 100 km squares to the east (27 and 37). This is of course due to both the extreme oceanic conditions on Mull and the lack there of the base-rich habitats favoured by many species of these elements. It is hoped that a computerised procedure using the above data will provide a relatively precise picture of the Mull flora in relation to those of comparable areas. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) FOSSIL PLANTS FROM THE SILURIAN AND DEVONIAN OF SOUTH WALES AND THE WELSH BORDERLAND The early history of land plants was traced from the Upper Silurian into the Lower Devonian of South Wales and the Welsh Borderland. In the Silurian, very few plants are present. Dichotomously branching, naked axes from lower and upper Ludlovian horizons have not yet yielded tracheids, so that the earliest proven vascular plants are Cooksonia pertonii and C. hemisphaerica, described by Lang from the Downtonian. Plants with similar organisation, again members of the Rhyniophytina were shown from the younger Downtonian rocks of Breconshire (Steganotheca) and Pembroke- shire (Cooksonia sp.). The Breconian flora is much more extensive and varied. Members of the Zostero- phyllophytina include Gosslingia breconensis, Sawdonia ornata and four species of Zosterophyllum, while the Rhyniophytina is represented by Cooksonia sp. Also in- cluded in the assemblage are Dawsonites arcuatus (Trimerophytina), Krithodeophyton croftii (Barinophytales) and various Drepanophycus species, the first lycopods recorded from the region. D. EDWARDS SOME UNCOMMON BRITISH SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE EYJAFJORDUR AREA OF NORTHERN ICELAND On display were a selection of herbarium sheets of, in the main, uncommon British species collected by the exhibitors in northern Iceland during the summer of 1971. These were supplemented by maps and coloured photographs of the area, together with a selection of Icelandic botanical literature and details of the Katla Field Station. From the floristic viewpoint the Eyjafjordur area is both rich and diverse when compared with other regions of Iceland. The vegetation reaches higher altitudes than in most other regions, and several arctic species that occur there are absent from other parts of the country. At lower altitudes and towards the outermost parts of the local peninsulas many interesting arctic oceanic species are located. It is considered that the existence of this rich and diverse flora is, in part at least, due to the fact that the district was not covered by a continuous ice-cap, and that elements of the flora survived the major glaciations in such situations as nunataks and ice-free lowland strips on the peninsulas. J. E. Etstey & P. W. LAMBLEY 200 REPORTS VARIATION IN PUCCINELLIA MARITIMA Puccinellia maritima is a widespread and often dominant plant in British salt marshes, yet comparatively little is known of its biology, ecology or taxonomy. Work begun recently at the Coastal Ecology Research Station, Norwich, suggests that the species has reacted to the complex mosaic of habitats within the intertidal environment by both plastic responses and the production of genetically fixed ecotypes. Whilst collateral cultivation has eliminated a great deal of variation found in the field, much of this, particularly in characters related to growth-habit and leaf-type, has a genetic basis. Chromosome counts in the literature include 2n = 14, 49, 56, 63 and 77. Counts so far obtained at C.E.R.S. are mostly at the octoploid level (2n = 56), occasionally with chromosomes apparently missing (counts of 54, 55 etc). A. J. GRAY HERTFORDSHIRE ALIENS A collection of about 35 different live specimens was exhibited. The plants were representative of both the bird-seed and wool alien species which had survived in flower until the meeting. They included Senecio inaequidens, Lamarckia aurea, Psoralea americana, Echinochloa colonum, Arachis hypogaea and Scorpiurus muricatus. Also shown were a selection of the seeds and fruits of some 50 alien plants, together with actual samples of wool waste (grey shoddy), in which large numbers of fruits were visible—this shoddy was the source of about 50% of the specimens on display. C. G. HANSON MEADOW SAFFRON AND SAFFRON In spite of its name the British meadow saffron, Colchicum autumnale, is not a source of the spice saffron. The saffron, Crocus sativus, is a Mediterranean plant of ancient origin. Some 4320 styles are required for each ounce of saffron, which is therefore very expensive. F. N. HEPPER METHODS OF INSECT CAPTURE AND DIGESTION IN BRITISH SPECIES OF PINGUICULA Species of Pinguicula, although superficially the least remarkable of all insectivorous plants, show many striking adaptations for capturing and digesting their prey. Electron microscope studies of a living leaf show what happens when a living insect is trapped on its surface: how the mucilage from the stalked glands anchors it down firmly and the stalked glands start to secrete. A pool of digestive fluid, having marked detergent properties, then accumulates and wets the whole insect surface. High resolution cytochemical and other methods have located the distribution of certain enzymes (esterase, acid phosphatase, ribonuclease, protease and amylase) in unstimulated and stimulated leaf glands and these enzymes have been shown to have different patterns of distribution. The time taken for the uptake of the digestive products on the leaf surface has been followed with radioactive tracers and the translocation of the products of diges- tion, moving through and out of the leaf, has been observed over a 12 hour period. Y. & J. HESLOP-HARRISON REPORTS 201 THE NAMING OF NARCISSI The only satisfactory and accurate way to treat naturalised Narcissi is as the clones most are. The cultivars appear to persist unaltered ; in some cases they have done so for well over a century, and in one for 350 years (see Roy. Hort. Soc. Daffodil and Tulip Yearbook 1971, pp. 181-183). The numerous naturalised Narcissi of Guernsey, where vast quantities have been grown, are being treated this way in the forthcoming account of its wild flowers. A sample score or so of naturalised and named Guernsey Narcissi were shown. It has been expertly said that the full tally is likely to be nearer 100 than 50. D. MCCLINTOCK DOUBLE-FLOWERED CALLUNAS Mr J. W. Dyce’s discovery of a double-flowered Calluna in Norfolk this year seems to be about the twelfth such definitely recorded plant in the wild anywhere, apart from about three before the present century. Details of the latter and of their numerous synonyms are lost in a maze of uncertainty (See J/ R. hort. Soc., 91: 438-442 (1966)). Our present clone ‘Flore Pleno’ is probably one of them. In addition to pressing material, Mr Dyce sent his heather for propagation. This will allow study of its inherent characteristics and whether it will sport or revert. Ruth Sparkes, a yellow-foliaged cultivar, is a sport from the green-foliaged Alba Plena, which has produced an apparently identical double-flowered seedling and which is itself a sport from the single-flowered Alba Elegans. Most, but not all, plants of Ruth Sparkes have branches reverting to Alba Plena. In addition, Ruth Sparkes has sported to produce the pink-flowered Joan Sparkes. Such apparently unstable groups would seem to offer interesting possibilities for genetic investigation. D. MCCLINTOCK GUERNSEY 1971 The last of the three annual field meetings in Guernsey made fewer important dis- coveries than its predecessors, which suggests it may now not be too premature to attempt to complete an account of the island’s flowers. A few useful observations were made at other times, but the great bulk of worth-while records came from the visit of the B.S.B.I. and the Wild Flower Society in July (see p. 184), and the most exciting from the visit of the British Pteridclogical Society in April (see p. 204). In all, something like 120-150 records of some importance were made during the year, plus many hundreds of others which were new to one or other of the 79 island squares. During the year 11 taxa new to Guernsey were discovered in the island, seven species were rediscovered which had not been seen for between 25 and 75 years, ten other species were found which had been recently lost or hardly seen at all, and 16 species rare in Guernsey were found in quite new areas. D. McCLINTOCK CONYZA IN BRITAIN Three taxa of the genus Conyza originating from the New World are widespread weeds of waste ground, etc., in many parts of the world. Conyza canadensis (L.) Cronq. has been recorded in Britain since the early seventeenth century. Conyza bonariensis (L.) Cronq., first recorded at the beginning of this century, is an infrequent alien. Conyza floribunda Kunth is now established in Guernsey. The exhibit consisted of herbarium specimens showing typical and atypical variants 202 REPORTS together with an analytical key and a table of contrasting characters as an aid to the identification of these often confused and misidentified species. In the case of C. floribunda, attention was drawn to the fact that the majority of specimens examined at the herbaria of the British Museum and Kew do not entirely conform with the type description but were variants of that species which correspond to forma subleiotheca Cuatrecasas of Conyza bonariensis. J. B. MARSHALL & D. MCCLINTOCK BIRD-SEED ALIENS Many of the alien plants which appear on rubbish tips and waste ground originate from cage or domestic bird-seed. The purpose of this exhibit was to demonstrate the bird-food species, the variety of plants which are introduced into this country with bird seed and the range of countries from which they are imported. The exhibit included a list of some 30 species of plants which are imported as bird-food together with specimens and seed samples as examples. The following material was exhibited in addition: maps of the world marked to show bird-seed producing regions; samples of crude imported seed; published articles on the bird-seed industry; and specimens of plants introduced with bird-seed. J. L. MASON & D. MCCLINTOCK TREES ON STAMPS Only a few species of trees such as coconut palm, banana and rubber have been depicted on stamps in the past. In recent years designers of stamps have become more adventurous, depicting not only the tree but also its flowers and fruits. Today the main countries producing stamps showing trees are tropical and the most popular topic is the timber industry. Y. L. MOSCATI SOME SPREADING ALIENS The problem of mapping unfamiliar alien species that are establishing themselves in our country is one of increasing importance. Three species in point, all from western North America, whose spread is being mapped are Rubus spectabilis, Tolmiea menziesii and Tellima grandiflora. The exhibit attempted to give a summary of what is already known about their distribution and extended an invitation to other botanists to help in the work of mapping them. The maps were based on data in the Biological Records Centre, Monks Wood. J. O. MOUNTFORD MISTLETOE SURVEY The exhibit included a map which showed the tetrads from which Mistletoe has been reported during the last two seasons. Obvious gaps still exist in southern and south- eastern England. Some smaller maps show the distribution of Mistletoe on its most important hosts in the Hereford area; apple is by far the most widely attacked host in this essentially apple-growing area. It was suggested that the western limit of distribution is not related to the absence of orchards; altitude appears to be a most important limiting factor. The maximum altitude at which it was seen is 870 ft. The majority of hosts are exotic trees, and it seems likely that the species was much REPORTS 203 rarer before man began clearing the forests, typically occurring in open woods on limestone cliffs in the Wye Valley where Mistletoe still occurs today on Sorbus aria. Mistletoe has so far been recorded on thirty hosts within twenty miles of Hereford, the commonest being apple, hawthorn, poplar, lime, false-acacia and field maple. F. H. PERRING KENT FIELD CLUB TETRAD MAPPING SCHEME The object of this scheme is to map the distribution of the vascular plants that occur in Kent on a tetrad basis during the years 1971 to 1975 inclusive. A map of the county marked in tetrads showed that some records had already been received for about half the 1042 tetrads in Kent. From this first year’s experience it has been found that there was no magical number by which one could say a tetrad was well worked. At about 200 some of the coastal squares would include all the plants likely to be found there, whilst some of the more inland tetrads had a score of over 400 and even then new plants were still regularly being added. The exhibit also showed specimens of some of the species recorded for the first time from Kent, such as Cerastium pumilum, Hieracium calcaricola, Taraxacum comixtum, T. retzii and Scirpus holoschoenus, plus progress distribution maps of Viburnum lantana, V. opulus, Agropyron pungens and A. repens. E. G. PHILP SOUTH AUSTRALIAN PLANTS RELATED TO BRITISH SPECIES Dr A. G. Spooner, a B.S.B.I. member who emigrated to South Australia, has kindly sent a large number of herbarium specimens. A selection of those related to British species was exhibited. Some colour photographs showed examples of semi-desert, mallee, coastal dune and riverside vegetation. H. M. PRocToR HYPERICUM X DESETANGSII Examples of the parents (H. maculatum and H. perforatum) and both nothomorphs of this hybrid—nm. desetangsii CH. maculatum subsp. obtusiusculum (Tourlet) Hayek x perforatum) and nm. carinthiacum (Frohlich) N. Robson (H. maculatum subsp. maculatum x perforatum) were shown. Nm. desetangsii (usually tetraploid) is not uncommon in Britain and, owing to its interfertility with both parents, exists as a complete series of intermediates between them; only F, or F»2 plants are easily recognisable. Nm. carinthiacum, which has not yet been recorded in Britain, is only recognisable in its triploid form; the pentaploid form is similar to H. perforatum. N. K. B. ROBSON VARIATION IN CAKILE MARITIMA The characters used to differentiate infraspecific groups within this species are leaf and fruit morphology. Both show considerable variation in the field and in cultivation, leaf-shape being particularly variable. Some reliable patterns of leaf morphology have been obtained by collateral cultivation of plants from different localities in Europe, using leaves from an equivalent position on each plant. Despite the considerable variation present within each population it is possible to deduce that deeply dissected leaves are correlated with regions having little rain in the Spring (the eastern Mediterranean, Spain and the Baltic). 204 REPORTS The relationship between C. maritima and C. edentula in the North Atlantic is to be studied further, but there appear to be no good grounds for separating them as species (other than a chromosome count of 2” = 36 recorded for C. edentula by A. Love, C. maritima having 2n = 18). R. Scotr A NEW FERN HYBRID FROM THE CHANNEL ISLANDS During a British Pteridological Society excursion to Guernsey in April, 1971, a new hybrid within the genus Asplenium was discovered (A. billotii x A. adiantum-nigrum). It has since been described as Asplenium x sarniense Sleep (Br. Fern Gaz., 10: 209-211 (1971)). Several plants of this hybrid were discovered in two different localities on the island where both putative parents were growing in abundance. In view of their generally intermediate morphology and uniformly abortive spores there seems little doubt that these plants represent a cross between Asplenium billotii and A. adiantum- nigrum. The new fern is approximately intermediate between the parents, but is easily overlooked as a state of A. adiantum-nigrum, which it closely resembles in its triangular frond and conspicuous basal pinnae. The influence of A. Dillotii is seen in the pinnules, which are distinctly, although shortly, stalked, even towards the distal end of the pinna, and are oval in shape, with bluntly rounded tips bearing short, mucronate teeth. Meiosis has been examined in two plants. As expected, both are tetraploid, with the disturbed meiosis indicative of hybridity. The chromosome pairing is of the order of n bivalents and 2” univalents, which is completely in accordance with the postulated parentage. A. SLEEP THE STATUS OF SOME INTERMEDIATES BETWEEN CENTAURIUM LITTORALE AND CENTAURIUM ERYTHRAEA FROM THE LANCASHIRE COAST Mixed populations of Centaurium littorale (D. Turner) Gilmour and Centaurium erythraea Rafn have been recorded from a number of places on the Lancashire coast. Intermediate plants have previously been reported from Freshfield, Ansdell and Hightown. Morphological analysis of similar populations found at Freshfield, Ainsdale, Hightown and Lytham St Annes in 1970 and 1971 indicates that some plants are referable to Centaurium littorale, others to Centaurium erythraea and the remainder appear to be intermediate. Meiotic chromosome counts of British and European populations of Centaurium erythraea and of European populations of Centaurium littorale agree with those done by Zeltner (Neuchatel). Both species have 2n = 40 and both have regular meiosis and a high percentage of fertile pollen grains. Counts of the intermediate plants from Freshfield, Ainsdale, Hightown and Lytham St Annes gave 2” = 50, 51, 52, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59 and 60, with clear but often unequal division at anaphase I, such as 27-27 and 26-25. All have a slight reduction in the percentage of fertile pollen grains. These chromosome counts, together with the intermediate morphology, indicate that hybridisation has taken place between Centaurium littorale and Centaurium erythraea. R. UBSDELL REPORTS 205 PANELS OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF CALTHA PALUSTRIS AND TUSSILAGO FARFARA The panels are an excerpt from an attempted photographic record of the wild plants of a hill sheep-farm in the upper reaches of Tima Water, Selkirkshire (v.c. 79), the altitude being 900-1500 ft. This and neighbouring farms are about to be planted by commercial forestry, which will inevitably upset the present pattern. It is hoped that such a record may be of interest later, after the new pattern has been established. A. WALKER A STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE BRITISH MICROSPECIES OF THE GENUS HIERACIUM The exhibit presented a vice-comital analysis of the microspecies of Hieracium, using distributional data from the Critical Supplement to the Atlas of the British Flora, and choropleth mapping techniques. The data were obtained using an overlay of the Watsonian vice-counties on the Atlas grid squares. Two hundred and forty-six species were recorded for the 112 vice-counties of Britain and the 40 vice-counties of Ireland. The sections of the genus Hieracium were represented as choropleth maps showing the numbers of species for each section per vice-county. In addition, the presence- absence species x vice-county matrix was subjected to association analysis and principal components analysis. These techniques produced a major division into montane and lowland vice-county groups, which indicated main centres of distribution in the Scottish Highlands and south-eastern England, with subsidiary centres in mon- tane Ireland and Wales and the Pennines. The analysis substantially supported Zahn’s hypothesis of two separate migration pathways with subsequent microspeciation—one from Scandinavia into the Scottish Highlands, prior to the other into lowland southern England. D. L. WIGSTON & D. ASTLEY The following also exhibited: E. J. CLEMENT & T. B. Ryves, B.S.B.I. alien hunt, September 1971 (see p. 188). COMMITTEE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SCOTTISH FLORA. Inverness-shire survey. B. EVERARD. Botanical paintings. J. FAULKNER & A. C. JERMY. The status and distribution of Carex recta in Britain. A. N. Gipsy. Botanical postage stamps. S. E. GREENWOOD. Some slides taken at the Manchester Conference. A. C. JeERMy & P. BROWNSEA. New and interesting fern records from Crete. A. MELDERIS. An unusual habitat for Molinia. In the Lecture Hall the following members gave short talks illustrated by colour- slides: H. J. B. Birxs. Plants of the Yukon. C. G. HANSON. Aliens in Hertfordshire. J. L. MASON. Bird-seed aliens. A. G. SIDE. Flowers of Kent. F. M. TAYLER. Mediterranean flowers in Britain. G. Tuck. Field meetings 1971—Breckland and Alien Hunt. on 2 ae iia : thes Tare BERS Ns aiiae Amey dee Eee tiaate Ss ‘churennouanaye | cent | | kane biiw sel Nenbrdaot is godt reat ort V .3.v) stidedsbllse or8W" cout Yo estlose: soqqy pres vd beinsly o¢@ of tuods ots acrist ghimoddgion bas atl 0 tel — 2i 11 .nottiag Insesrg ort Ioeqis vidstiveat ivect tiw 1 ia iaiiscibatiisiiiiadiis enrsdink pati uridehogionl Society excueulan te napuiag in Ane ae ay OE maple jay a a ats Me mil (A. ee “ atin a t st f vl faa “AMO HAAN g auKaD, aut iepiaitnc “wheal sae fot a) abeaesiOihy ily WS" Pisgah lasiineeahs Be TA Waa Sa GS UAT! SAV OL “WHoeetalgeged Ago AN2) ‘Gaia ERT bit” he VE 1976 ne Brite Bonibiso" aw ‘sinh oar’ ASAT PSE st o** age xieynel bas betbagit ow T etsupe bing aniston: astiertah ca SAY biniielt to dsiinéo Sev OF aH? Bis ars ue te) poliiON-aoil | peti } | Bai yore eqaitt (igotoits ts DHS RST Saw MADE sabes im . ay | Soheesig Sok SHOIbbS AY Aiditedate io Hee. floas neh ait nae ; bas 2te Plante’ ficieigozes ay bs weotdue giv avin “yriatie & ¢ “Olde neiéivid® wien = Pacers ii es pitirisel ‘Seotk eee lan rf reoudrieil % Q 2971199 £ jaca botsoibai perry equota yinwo>-e0l¥ onalwok ane fr sun? Vibihte sir iw Di ti gney molenattWwbe beietinen igti | a CO "earaiceet Sir Bia tis atu Ste3 ery OWP TO ey ps ANOAER 2Titte’ botiodqie tani ie ' Oy Se RES I fi freirh oA i if ont Biver iba: 0, igor 1 ofto-—nonsipseo int heserpoadue -baslgad medivez baslwol otai sedi one om: | s sweet, A om 4 y eared bee "y wires, ‘ a Tech (881 .q 902). [VRE tedangiqed, ‘irwsch cupid. La 28 2av¥. Py SV Ive siita-ezarriovnl AHO It ‘HerrToo? yHY Wo VaUTE ree pip (1. vegalrgleae siete af psy Lees tent coodard Prtenb b bas aitheted tt. cea § eh ; » Peer peered ORO Ls 55 reisin ») Tate scdonaM ents 38 rossi a aby ihe: peer 1k wg cot rireast ebraoa cvah Rabesreiab basa ingen ORE OL mika? H, Soci ratidsc. layatia & mn ittonade, othe resanns orytiraaee anedos web borerrenhi atte): trode ovey radon aiwotio edi lisH s eh J riial [ P can pupal aN pee ahiilo ahaa Wit ! utsinolne thal anoibhAng Ltourt erat a oe ik Par, | 6, ANSEL, prea parents: enn Weill bas béabloatt- AV: ati A eae a | Ws re ik aroha Lied Cid de ope r heehee call BSBI ABSTRACTS ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE RELATING TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE BRITISH ISLES Compiled by D. H. KENT. Published annually Price £2-00 per part plus postage Includes abstracts of botanical papers published in many journals throughout the Temperate World. Subject headings include History, Biography, Floras and Catalogues, Chromosome Surveys, Systematics, etc. The Systematic Section which is the bulk of the periodical is arranged alpha- betically under families and genera. LOCAL FLORAS Edited by P. J. Wanstall The purpose of this volume is to make available to a wider public the papers read at the Conference held by the Botanical Society of the British Isles in 1961. The contributors include D. E. Allen, Dr H. J. M. Bowen, Dr J. G. Dony, J. S. L. Gilmour, Prof. J. G. Hawkes, D. H. Kent, J. E. Lousley, D. McClintock, R. D. Meikle, Dr F. H. Perring, R. C. Readett and C. C. Townsend. Demy 8&vo., 120 pages, with 2 half-tone plates, and figures in the text. Bound in buckram. Price £1.10 (post free) The above items are obtainable from EK. W. CLASSEY LTD. 353 HANWORTH ROAD, HAMPTON, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND Irish Naturalists’ Journal A MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY Published every quarter by the I.N.J. Committee Edited by Miss M. P. H. Kertland, M.Sc., with the assistance of Sectional Editors Annual Subscription £1 post free. Single Parts, 50p All communications to be addressed to THE EDITOR, SCIENCE LIBRARY, THE QUEEN’S UNIVERSITY OF BELFAST, BELFAST, NORTHERN IRELAND BT9 5EQ Viner and Hart (Booksellers) Ltd c/o Barclays Bank Ltd, 363 Hither Green Lane, London SE13 6TN Antiquarian and secondhand books on natural history Catalogues Issued THE TARAXACUM FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES By A. J. RICHARDS A Supplement to Watsonia, the Proceedings of the Botanical Society of the British Isles Price £2-00 plus postage The genus Jaraxacum, commonly known as Dandelions, has been largely neglected in the British Isles, although it is of botanical, ecological and economic importance. Most accounts of the genus in this country consider only four species, which are too general in scope to be of much service. In the present account the author shows that, due to the apomictic (non-sexual) means of reproduction usual in the genus, a much larger number of clear-cut species can be recognised in Britain, 132 in all, and that these demonstrate characteristic ecological and distributional behaviour. A substantial introduction, with notes on the taxonomic history, biology, genetics, taxonomy, distribution, identification, cultivation and collection of the British species is followed by a key to the species. In the main account, each species is treated individually with nomenclature, a full description, breeding behaviour, ecology, British distribution (including a vice-county list), European distribution and general notes and comments repeated in each case. Each species is illustrated with line drawings and there is a full index. Although our knowledge of the British species of the genus is still incomplete, it is hoped that this work will form a standard reference for a number of years and thus should be valuable to Universities, Colleges, Field Stations, Museums and to all botanists interested in the higher plants of the British Isles. Obtainable from E. W. CLASSEY LTD. 353 HANWORTH ROAD, HAMPTON, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND A Computer- Mapped Flora A Study of the County of Warwickshire Using Computer Techniques D. A. Cadbury, J. G. Hawkes and R. C. Readett with a section on Bryophytes by T. Laflin and contributed chapters by F. W. Shotton, H. Thorpe and G. T. Warwick 1971, x + 768 pp. (inc. 960 maps), 113” x 83”, £10-00 This is a County Flora with a difference. It gives, in far greater and more graphic detail than is customary, the distribution of plants in an area 50 miles by 30 miles. This distribution of plants is prefaced by chapters on the historical geography, geology, soils and climate of the county. Even more important, however, is that this is the first Flora to use computer mapping. Warwickshire includes a great variety of terrain — dry upland, sandy alluvial valley soils (both cultivated in Neolithic times), scrub and woodland. These areas have seen colonization and change from forest through arable to enclosed pastures and back to arable; the industrial revolution, too, has left its mark. There can be no more suitable area than the county of Warwickshire for so comprehensive a study. This detailed study of the flora reveals intri- cate relationships between plant distribution, geology, geography, agronomy and the history of man’s influence on a limited area. The compilation of material has taken over 15 years and has involved many amateur and professional botanists, who have made some 175,000 field observations. The efficient handling of this large volume of information Academic : Press London and New York could be achieved only by the use of a computer. ; Two types of computer-generated distribu- tion maps are used in the Flora. The simpler, produced as direct output on the computer’s line printer, show two kinds of occurrence symbols. The more complex, drawn by a graph plotter controlled by the computer, use 9 distinct symbols, each in a light and a heavy form, to indicate 9 habitats and 2 frequency ratings in each habitat. 12 overlays, a surface geology map in colour and a special check-list give added information. As an example of computer-mapped data it has no rival in the field of demography, cartography and data processing. The methods of the researchers and their thoroughness make it a model of its kind. It could prove of value not only to those interested in descriptive botany, but to anyone concerned with mapping geographic- ally distributed phenomena, such as bird populations, blood groups and speech patterns. Donations from a private trust have enabled the publishers to produce this book at a lower price than would otherwise have been possible. 24-28 Oval Road, London NW1, England 111 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10003, USA Lp be tem amanda: | A Uk be tie a me me pabsyntonih ti atta Deny its hire he ke il * Phy i a Preryi Pre & aad Se Hi PR NC aig eetemtoound mek place exmesiv See) CF Chand! kia iw append me are of vate waty 84 apt inate: iain Eben denied x eamtienily, Mie dS WH lw ee rae! 6: mt, and Cane fe fey" pale: cath Hy bas ich anid Comer: * dye wes. Wu “ated bine ui bon oe arte thy penne hen ae fh Wait < ce ee Cereal Wet Fe ee" Saosin, -. or very SiTitis), ROE ae Wh A PyteAdee, af b acy ' | ie ae fk cere opt (he) geleeoe! i Bea: . Signed POR red Ph ; Ais pat and hentia nh ead oi pencil. MES ii fe zr } ‘ —— a ye rg ot y; 1 bp : t ° pel AY nua bee were ty ion Ht | ) } [rons | i} } a aa Bla ‘ i et ihe I toasty Ta cag ie: ML EEY: B, UTE caren Cnt ectaeiiel only so apy nyt pasa iets: ‘ihc ete erie St ore te casey ove yy > TG een. Cie. OOO mieten), TEA 6 er, iTO-0 et . aa i iy ae: la 4 ; Leakey oF t UT POs By ‘i TEC a? pitas cating uae ena Nesetvenns Sain eatin rh ser — of the C ‘county of Warwit shi sing Computer Te niques: apest), a thary, J. Ch. Hawkes aad &. 0 Reet citteron Bephpies Bact, Saag eanucd ue eat euvan tine ¢ de by: F wes wens and GT. Warwiek ‘ r eta ged Pie Meer hed cri priter., ai) Lhe uence, ti geri Duthie i wo ops Ol cerrpnale wet Spee BY 3 Wee _ on eis areas here \ ‘1 erated by Aver CER, Ah 49 Cirect GUE Le «al pograbhy lew, |. ae Rae ae Le | ‘Ah etat us oty. Beh ens The, Le sap , ower, ke RET oe Ce graph Hitler Coe ott . ‘ appr ge > Cees | veel WACY ah meas Tove), tab 4 yey woe byes rae At pi iil Mee NC Spey ieoueh aty oxaniple Bk Peart los! wind Banlcte no rival inte tel Shatin, 100, has iM OSS Py, and conde’ vlna it od Tweare aoe a4) on ith Ss ‘OF Che 2e vine for po... thoroughness annie ite) solve a RE i¢ aie OPO ve OL Sere, eoePian yt tae tee reveadle Eatrt phase Th: owcttpt | ven tidiuny rent ened thee ath it aribut an i} tue 15 , baer Lag ny yy retire hy yy ai ct material baa taren Ove patterns . wiViniy¥ Yiny arated? ee att nh ron i - feats bie baiies Wey Tye tt) (le gupOle hanes ha ya : we fist iaweeet dims, ‘The efhictont’ ow than would thi of intarreen, , OOMOIES | . a. ee + 3 , fi | } hw ; i 4 rw} Ke cud, ban iii ai wv Youle eel) oe i ifth Avoritie, Men vom q \. dp y-ye| dpe ineRamaqehinemne orm Ce vite ng “somerbeagnseie sane INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRIBUTORS PAPERS and short notes concerning the systematics and distribution of British and European vascular plants as well as topics of a more general character and wider appeal are invited from both members and non- | members of the Society. Careful attention to these notes before a paper is submitted can save the author and editors much work, and do much to speed publication. Papers must be submitted in final, fully-corrected form. They should be typewritten, with wide margins double-spaced, on one side of the paper only. If possible, two copies should be sent, of which one must be a top copy. Authors should keep a fully-corrected carbon copy of their typescripts for reference. Write clearly and concisely, rigorously excluding extraneous matter. It sometimes helps the clarity of an argument to place extensive experimental or tabular data in appendices, rather than in the main text. Technical terms are of value only as aids to clarity, precision and conciseness of expression. Take care that they are used consistently, and defined where necessary. Ill-defined or general terms often need definition in a particular context, and can often with advantage be replaced by something more precise, as by the ‘deme’ terminology of Gilmour and Gregor in genecology. Make certain that the main conclusions of the paper are clearly displayed to the reader. Avoid complicated hierarchies of headings, and check carefully the consistency of those that you use; a table of contents, setting out the full hierarchy of headings with the MS. page numbers, is often helpful even if it is not to be printed with the paper. Avoid footnotes as far as possible, and keep cross references by pagenumbertoaminimum. | Tables, unless very small, should be typed on separate sheets and attached at the end of the typescript. They should be kept within a reasonable size, and as simple in structure as possible. Keys should be in one of the generally accepted forms; Flora of the British Isles by Clapham, Tutin and Warburg (2nd ed., Cambridge, 1962) and Flora Europaea (Cambridge, 1964-8) provide suitable patterns. Names of genera and species should be underlined, but any other typographical indications should be inserted lightly in pencil. Names of vascular plants should normally follow the List of British Vascular Plants by J. E. Dandy (British Museum (NH) and BSBI, London, 1958) and changes published in Watsonia 7: 157-178 (1969) or Flora Europaea (Cambridge, 1964-8) and may then be cited without authorities. Other- wise authors’ names must be cited, at least on the first occasion where they appear in the text and followed by the ‘Dandy’ or Flora Europaea name in parenthesis. Authors must follow strictly the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Utrecht, 1966). Synonyms should be cited in chronological order; misapplied or illegitimate names should be placed in square brackets. Examples will be found in recent parts of Watsonia. Except for citations of the place of publication of plant names, which may be given in abbreviated form in the text, full references should be listed in alphabetical order of authors’ names at the end of the paper; the form used for references in a recent part of Watsonia should be followed carefully. Names of periodicals should be abbreviated as in the World List of Scientific Periodicals (4th ed., London, 1963-1965). References to herbaria should follow the abbreviations given in British Herbaria (BSBI, London, 1958) and Index Herbariorum Part 1 (Sth ed., IAPT, Utrecht, 1964). Foreign language references should, where necessary, be transliterated into the roman alphabet according to a recognized convention; for Cyrillic script (Russian, etc.) the Royal Society (BS 2979: 1959) or UNESCO schemes are acceptable. Unless authors expressly indicate that they cannot get access to the necessary literature, the editors will assume that they have checked the correctness of all titles, abbreviations, transliterations and references. Papers should begin with a short abstract, in the form of a piece of connected prose conveying briefly the content of the paper, and drawing attention to new information, new names and taxa, and the main conclusions. Line-drawings should be boldly drawn in Indian ink on Bristol board, smooth surface white cartridge paper of good quality, or suitable draughtsman’s tracing materials, and should normatly be suitable for reproduction at about one-half to two-thirds (linear) their original size. Very large originals should be avoided. Scale is best indicated by a rule on the drawing itself. If a magnification is quoted this should be checked carefully against the final block. Graphs can be reproduced from originals on graph paper with feint blue ruling, but all lines to appear on the finished block must be inserted in Indian ink. Lettering on line-drawings and graphs should be inserted lightly in pencil, and will be finished in uniform style. The following standard symbols are available for graphs, etc.: A, A, O,O, 0, +, x, ©. Avoid other symbols as far as possible. If an illustration includes plant names or place names, these should be typed clearly on a separate sheet of paper. Photographs can be accepted only where essential. They must be of first-rate technical quality, of good but not excessive contrast, and of a size and character suitable for the necessary reduction. Remember that fine detail may be lost on even the best half-tone blocks. Legends to text figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet of paper and attached at the end of the typescript. If in doubt about the citation of names or references, or the presentation of illustrations or tabular matter, contributors are advised to consult the editors before submitting their typescripts. Further useful information and advice will be found in General Notes on the Preparation of Scientific Papers (2nd ed., Royal Society, London, 25p.). Proofs. Authors will normally receive a galley proof. Particular care should be given to the thorough checking of references and tables. It should be assumed that only actual errors of typography and fact can Re peucord in proof; as far as possible any words of phrases deleted should be replaced by others of equal ength. Twenty-five offprints are given free to authors of papers. Further copies may be obtained at the Society’s current price, and must be ordered when the proofs are returned. The Society as a body takes no responsibility for views expressed by authors of papers. Papers and short notes should be sent to Dr G. Halliday, Dept. of Biological Sciences, The University, Bailrigg, Lancaster. Books for review should be sent to Dr N. K. B. Robson, Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7. Plant records should be sent to the appropriate vice-county recorders. WATSONIA Botanical Society of the British Isles Patron: Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother Applications for membership should be addressed to the Hon. General Secretary: c/o Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD from whom copies of the Society’s Prospectus may be obtained. Officers for 1972-73 Elected at the Annual General Meeting, 13th May 1972 President, D. McClintock Vice-Presidents, J. E. Lousley, Dr F. H. Perring, Prof. J. Heslop-Harrison, J. C. Gardiner - Honorary General Secretary, Mrs M. Briggs Honorary Treasurer, M. Walpole Honorary Editors, E. F. Greenwood, Dr G. Halliday, Dr N. K. B. Robson, Dr C. A. Stace | Honorary Meetings Secretary, Miss G. Tuck Honorary Membership Secretary, Mrs J. G. Dony All enquiries concerning sales of, or advertising space in, the Society’s publications should be addressed to D. H. Kent, 75 Adelaide Road, West Ealing, London, W.13. Watsonia, 9, 207-228 (1973). 207 Ranunculus bulbosus L. in Europe S. M. COLES * Department of Botany, Birmingham University ABSTRACT The variation shown by Ranunculus bulbosus L. within Europe has been examined, and its classification revised. The R. bulbosus complex had formerly been split into several specific and subspecific categories. In the classification proposed here, only the one species R. bulbosus L. and two subspecies are recognised: subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens (Brot.) Neves. Subsp. bulbosus is widespread over central Europe occurring chiefly in grasslands which are well drained. Subsp. adscendens is only found in the Mediterranean region, where it occurs in habitats such as marshes. Intermediate plants are found in regions with climatic conditions transitional between those under which the two subspecies grow. INTRODUCTION Ranunculus bulbosus L. belongs to the subgenus Ranunculus section Ranunculus. Species in this section are characterised by a nectary scale which is more or less free laterally, compressed achenes with a distinct beak, and a receptacle which in fruit is not more than three times its length when in flower. Within the section Ranunculus, R. bulbosus is characterised by the following combination of characters: Plant perennial, usually pubescent. Root-stock swollen and corm-like, or, if little swollen, roots thick and tuberous. Stems never stoloniferous. Basal leaves tripartite, entire or divided into 3 or more segments with the central segment long-stalked so that it projects beyond the lateral segments. Petiole bases leaving few, if any, persistent fibres. Inflorescence one- to few-flowered. Pedicel sulcate. Receptacle pubescent. Buds ovoid, not subglobose. Sepals reflexed. Petals usually 10-15 mm long, broadly obovate. Nectary-scale obtriangular, more or less as broad as the claw of the petal. Achenes 2-4 mm, dark brown, keeled, with a well-defined paler border whose margin is marked by a distinct ridge; beak rarely exceeding 1 mm, hooked or straight; surface very finely punctate, or very rarely with small tubercles bearing hairs. R. bulbosus is widely distributed over Europe, except in the north, where it is limited to the southern lowlands of Scandinavia and south-western Finland (Harper 1957). In the south it extends into North Africa, where it occurs in Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia. In the eastern Mediterranean it reaches as far south as Kriti and Cyprus. Eastwards it extends at least as far as north-western Iran. It has been introduced into North America and New Zealand. R. bulbosus has, in previous classifications, usually been split into several specific and subspecific categories (cf. the treatment in Flora Europaea (Tutin 1964)), but from the variation pattern found within Europe, only two subspecies * Present address: Coastal Ecology Research Station, Nature Conservancy, Colney Lane, Norwich, NOR 7OF. 208 S. M. COLES within the single species R. bulbosus are recognised in this present work. The two subspecies of R. bulbosus, subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens (Brot.) Neves, may be distinguished by the following characters: Subsp. BULBOSUS Subsp. ADSCENDENS Root-stock: A well-formed corm. Only slightly swollen, rarely corm-like. Roots: Thin (rarely exceeding Thick (over 4 mm in dia- 3 mm in diameter) meter), tuberous. Basal Leaves: Divided into 3 or more Entire, or, if divided, middle (produced before Ist segments, middle segment + sessile. flowering stem of segment usually long- the year) stalked. Petiole-hairs: Fine (rarely exceeding Coarse (exceeding 0:03 mm 0-03 mm in diameter) in diameter) In the northern and central parts of its European range, R. bulbosus is re- presented by subsp. bulbosus. This subspecies characteristically occurs in well- drained habitats, mainly in lowland grasslands where the soil has a high base- status. Although subsp. bulbosus often occurs in habitats where summer drought is a factor limiting the growth of the vegetation, and where its corm may remain dormant for several of the summer months, it appears to be absent from truly xerophytic communities. Subsp. adscendens only occurs in the Mediterranean region, where it occurs in habitats which are waterlogged for at least part of the year, such as in marshes, ditches, etc. There is a continuous array of intermediate plants which are found in the transitional regions between the two climatically different geographical areas occupied by the two subspecies. Because of these intermediates the taxa recog- nised have been placed in a single species. The subspecific category would seem most appropriate for these taxa, because they are morphologically very distinct and occupy different habitats in different regions within the range of the species. Such a treatment does however leave plants which can only be designated as intermediates, but this is usually inevitable when subspecies are recognised. The distribution of subsp. bu/bosus is continuous across Europe. It often shows great variation in any one locality, but variation of a geographical nature is not apparent. The distribution of subsp. adscendens is rather disjunct, due to the con- figuration of the Mediterranean lands, but the range of variation of most characters is similar throughout. The only constant difference found between plants of different regions is that plants from the Iberian peninsula have achenes with hooked beaks, whereas plants from elsewhere usually have more or less straight beaks. Such apparently trivial variation is not thought to merit taxo- nomic recognition. MATERIAL AND METHODS This study was largely based on herbarium material from the following herbaria: British Museum (BM), Cambridge (CGE), Coimbra (COD, Edinburgh (E), Florence (FI), Leicester (LTR), Porto (PO), Stockholm (S), Uppsala (UPS) and Vienna (W). RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 209 Plants of known wild origin were grown from as wide a range of localities as possible. They included plants of subsp. bulbosus from 30 localities in Britain and from 10 localities on the Continent; plants intermediate between the two sub- species from 5 localities; and plants of subsp. adscendens from 4 localities. Plants of this latter subspecies were also grown from seed of botanic garden origin. Characters were investigated from as many parts of the plant as possible. The following characters were found to be of most value: form of rootstock and roots, shape of leaves, type of indumentum and form of beak of achenes. Many other characters have been used previously, but mostly it was impossible to see how such character distinctions were at all justified, as they do not show any notice- able correlation with plants of either taxon or to plants of different geographical regions. DISCUSSION OF CHARACTERS A detailed evaluation of characters and of the extent of variation found within them is given below. The chief characters separating the two subspecies have been plotted on the maps in Figs. 1 and 2. The characters plotted are: form of root-stock and roots, leaf-shape, width and type of petiole-hairs. Also marked on these maps is the limit of the Mediterranean vegetational zone, as characterised by the presence of Olea, Cistus, Genista, Arbutus and Nerium (taken from Thompson 1970). THE ROOT-STOCK AND ROOTS Plants of R. bulbosus are perennial. The root-stock is short and is vertically orientated, but ‘freak’ plants with a horizontal axis are found. The root-stock is always somewhat enlarged laterally and is thus corm-like. In subsp. bulbosus the root-stock is greatly swollen, whereas in subsp. adscendens relatively little expansion occurs. However in subsp. adscendens the roots are much thicker and are tuberous in appearance. A continuous range between these two root-stock types is to be found among plants which are intermediate between the two subspecies (examples of such root-stocks are shown in Fig. 3). The maximum diameter of roots in cultivated plants of subsp. adscendens was found to be 4-6 mm, whereas in subsp. bulbosus it never exceeded 3 mm. The increase in the size of the roots in subsp. adscendens is chiefly by an increase in the number of cells in the cortex. The size of the ‘corm’ in either subspecies is very variable and can be greatly modified by environmental conditions, whereas root-diameter is far more constant. The shape of the corm and the number of flowering stems produced by a corm have previously been used as diagnostic characters for taxa, chiefly within subsp. bulbosus as here understood; such use is not justified. Although the greatest dimension of a corm is usually its breadth, its shape is easily modified. Examples of such modifications are especially common in plants growing on sand-dunes, where they suffer continual burial by sand; these conditions can produce spindle- or carrot-shaped corms or even a beaded effect where numerous small ‘corms’ have been produced on the main stem. The apical bud of an over-wintered root-stock produces a flowering stem. Lateral buds may produce other flowering stems. This is partly controlled by the environment, but corms of the same size growing together in the same con- | gt gten Pd, chads "Onke ‘ lease ia ea ao OE ah, 4 ey FiGurE 1. Distribution of morphological characters 212 S. M. COLES FiGurE 2. Distribution of morphological characters in R. bulbosus in the Iberian Peninsula. [see Fig. 1 for key.] ditions can vary very greatly, producing one or many stems. Lateral buds lower on the corm produce daughter corms, although the parental root-stock may per- sist until the flowering season of the following year. When plants are growing in poor ground or are in competition with other vegetation the parental plant is usually replaced by a single daughter plant. In more favourable conditions sev- eral daughter plants may be produced; limited vegetative propagation is there- fore possible. The size of the root-stock depends not only on the size of the plant, but also on its stage of development; it is not fully developed until after the first flowering, so that at the onset of flowering neither the root-stock nor the roots may appear enlarged. In measuring these characters from herbarium sheets no absolute measurements were therefore possible, only assessments into arbitrary categories, although these were based on the expected appearance (given in parentheses) had the plant been mature. RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 213 C ivi dyheryen See ce Si se VK V \ as 2cm FIGURE 3. Root-stocks: A. subsp. bulbosus, Llandudno, N. Wales. B, C & D. Intermediate plants B. Genova, N. Italy C. Estartit, Gerona, N. Spain D. Ronda, S. Spain. E. subsp. adscendens, Rethimnon, Kriti. 214 S. M. COLES The type of root-stock was recorded using the following four categories: 1. Fully developed corm. 2. Slightly reduced corm (about 75% development of full corm). 3. Much reduced corm (about 50% development of full corm). 4. Only slight development of root-stock (not more than 25 % development of full corm). Root-type was recorded using three categories: 1. Roots thin (less than 3 mm in diameter). 2. Roots thick (3-4 mm in diameter). 3. Roots very thick, tuberous (more than 4 mm in diameter). THE STEM Subsp. adscendens was generally found, both in the wild and in cultivation, to be a taller and more robust plant than subsp. bulbosus. Subsp. adscendens often reaches a height of over 60 cm whereas subsp. bulbosus rarely exceeds 40 cm; however this distinction cannot be used as a diagnostic character as there is much overlap in the height of the two subspecies, and it is also very easily modified by environmental conditions. THE LEAF The leaf of R. bulbosus is trilobed or further dissected into 3 or more segments, in which case the terminal petiolule and the main axis of the leaf elongate so that the segments are arranged pinnately rather than palmately. The degree of dissection of a leaf varies according to its position on the plant, and when it is produced. The basal leaves produced by a plant which has over-wintered become progressively more finely divided, and those appearing just before the first flowering stem are the most finely dissected. Leaves produced from the buds in the axils of the basal leaves are very different in shape. They are broadly lobed and usually entire even when the basal leaves produced at the beginning of the season are finely divided (Fig. 4). Flowering only occurs sporadically after the a b 2cm FiGurE 4. Seasonal variation in leaf-shape. Subsp. bulbosus from Keele, Staffordshire, England a. leaf produced before first flowering stem b. leaf produced later in the season. RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 215 first main peak in spring, and consequently plants with these less-divided leaves occur infrequently in herbarium collections. This perhaps explains why no such seasonal variants have been given taxonomic recognition in the past as they have in other species of Ranunculus. Measurements of leaf-shapes, so that they would be comparable, were only made on the leaves produced just before the first flowering stem. Further discussion of leaf-shapes refers to these leaves only. The character which showed the most significant variation is the degree of dissection. The measurements (D,, D, and D,) made to record this are shown in Fig. 5. The ratios of these measurements to length of lamina are plotted in Figs. 1 and 2, the length of lamina being taken as the length of the whole lamina along the main axis of the leaf. Among the other variables of leaf-shape are the width of the lobes and the number of teeth. These do not show any close correlation with the degree of dissection of the leaf; both are very variable in any one population and do not appear to show any geographical variation. i yO *\ a o> wih 25 03, Ie \ - i OZ 7 \ Y f 7 Ss (aril UY Reap We) ZG 1] nee ( D CHIP) (N | p< — v (A) WW WAX NY f \/ \ | FIGURE 5. Measurements made on the leaves. L—length of lamina D (1,2,3)—distance from apex of leaf to the three primary divisions on the main axis of the leaf (these are ignored when at that position there is a petiolule). Within subsp. bulbosus the leaves are divided into segments; only in dwarfed plants are the leaves ever simple. A wide range of leaf-shapes commonly occurs within a single population (Fig. 6). Plants with very finely dissected leaves appear to be mainly confined to lowland populations, although even here they are not the predominant kind. Little geographical variation in leaf-shape is apparent within subsp. bu/bosus except that very finely divided leaves are rare in southern Europe. Subsp. adscendens has simple leaves (Fig. 6) but, if the leaf is divided into three segments, the latter are more or less sessile. Plants intermediate between the two subspecies are nearly always marked by having a divided leaf in which the central segment is stalked. Intermediate plants from the Sierra Nevada region in southern Spain are unusual, often having very finely divided leaves. THE HAIRS R. bulbosus is generally rather a hairy plant, except during the winter. Only very few plants of both subspecies were seen with glabrous leaves at the time of flowering; those of subsp. bu/bosus were chiefly from montane habitats. 216 S. M. COLES FiGureE 6. Examples of leaf-shapes: A. subsp. adscendens i. Faro, Portugal ii. Reguengos de Monsaraz, Portugal iii. Malaxa, Kriti. B. subsp. bulbosus _i. Copmere, Staffordshire, England ii. Llandudno, N. Wales. Hair-width is the only hair attribute showing any difference between the two subspecies, the width being much greater in subsp. adscendens than in subsp. bulbosus. Hair-width was measured on the longest hairs on a petiole (excluding the sheathing region). The measurements were divided into the following arbitrary categories: 1. Fine (less than 0-03 mm). 2. Coarse (0:03-0:05 mm). 3. Very coarse (more than 0-05 mm). The results are shown in Figs. 1 and 2. The petiole-hairs of subsp. bulbosus fall within category 1. Those of subsp. adscendens are more variable (within cate- gories 2 and 3). Also plotted in Figs. 1 and 2 are the positions of the hairs relative to the petiole. This was recorded using 3 categories: appressed, spreading and deflexed. Similar variation is found in both subspecies. The more detailed field data on subsp. bulbosus suggest that local variation in this character is to some extent ecotypic in nature; deflexed hairs are commoner in upland and coastal RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 217 habitats, whereas appressed hairs are typical of lowland pastures. The pubescence is very variable, but tends to be greater in plants with deflexed hairs. THE FLOWER The pedicel in R. bulbosus is sulcate. In subsp. bulbosus it is strongly sulcate for the whole length, unless it is more than half the total height of the plant. In subsp. adscendens, except where the pedicels are very short, the furrows fade out before the base of the pedicel. This character could only be examined on fresh material. In the past the shape of the receptacle has been used as a diagnostic character. Although it is more or less the same within a single plant, it is very variable within populations. The commonest shapes are ellipsoid to conical, but sub- globose receptacles are not uncommon. The shape and size of the sepals, petals and stamens are relatively constant throughout the species. The size and shape of the achenes in plants from any one locality are very variable (Fig. 7). No geographical trends were found in the variation of these characters, except in the form of the beak. In subsp. bulbosus the beaks of the achenes are always hooked. They are also hooked in subsp. adscendens from the Iberian peninsula, and these achenes are indistinguishable from those of subsp. bulbosus. The beaks of subsp. adscendens elsewhere in Europe are more or less straight except for a few plants in Sicilia and southern Sardegna which have curved beaks. The achenes of these plants are also peculiar in that their beaks are longer (up to 1-2mm) than are found elsewhere in the species, and that the faces of the achenes sometimes bear hairs with tuberculate bases. These plants are discussed below (p. 225). Cao oo FIGURE 7. Examples of achenes: a. subsp. bulbosus, Braunston, Northamptonshire, England, showing the variation in size and shape of the achenes of plants from a single population. b. subsp. adscendens, i. Portugal ii. Kriti iii. Palermo, Sicilia. 0 LI “S€°6:0} *6:0°L “OLS *ST | *7Z 0:97 S1+8P v ET -9€ tr El SC-Iv-61| Ive

3 O ==} = ae 5 S43), lls. sy s |@u e 3 a8 aoe. ae |= 2 Oa o a © Q Q =e * = =| =| o a. a. ve cq’) (@) =) =) Nn Nn 08 p9‘08] -9L°L9| 09:LS v8 Sv *99 | °OL °9€ |IL *LZ +88 pueysuq “QIITYSPIOYLIS 19 -9L “URI x vv purysuq 98) ‘EL‘P8 ‘arlysuo}durey}.IoN, “SL°€8| ST" EE “o[pungO,, puvlsuq “QITYSYOIMIC AA, 6S 08 ‘UO}SMED), puelsuq “‘siryseoue’y GE] etsiecee ‘peoy{ UeOY, puvlsuq ZL |76 +88 -€S ‘OITYSYOIMIE AA * "SJUPYLION 2[/punO Ql OITYSYSIMIV AA, uO}SM i =) 2 a % ie) © 3 eo oO x) A. SITYSYOIM IC AA yesseq uojNng “‘yJosseq uojlINg, * “IOMOY Jod jaS-poos o3vjUadIJed se passaidxe s}jnsoy NIOTYO ATIM JO SLNVId GHLVAILINO NAAMLAG SASSOUO TVLNAWITadd xd ‘TT ATV suapuarspd “ASQNG 4 5» suapuasspp ‘dsqns pue snsogjng ‘dsqns U99M}0q 9}CIPSULIOUT y» snsoqng ‘dsqng » eee ee 8¢ €7 50 SPL SIP ‘06 ¢ +0 0'0's8} ‘0‘68 ——————— ee | mn n—mnaneenenes eewemnerecett | ueeeeaeeementtomeemscmeeret | “BOUL « oouely ‘oIngy ‘sopenog, oouely (65 ‘IO.P 9105 ‘79 $79 “ABSIN) + 220 S. M. COLES CHROMOSOMES AND BREEDING EXPERIMENTS Almost without exception the number of chromosomes recorded for members of the R. bulbosus complex is 2n = 16 (e.g. Coonen 1939, Gregson 1965, Neves 1944). Gregson found the karyotype, except for occasional abnormalities, to be constant throughout R. bulbosus. She says it consists of 2 pairs of chromosomes with a median centromere (2 LL), 2 pairs nearly median (2 L1), 2 pairs sub- median (2Lm), 6 pairs with a much shorter arm (2Lp, + 2Lp, + 2Lps3) and 4 pairs with subterminal centromeres—one of these pairs with a satellite on the short arm (2L + 2L!). The karyotype given by Neves (1944) has a satellite on the long arm of the first pair of chromosomes which have subterminal centromeres, but he still found consistency in the karyotype of all the plants of R. bulbosus which he examined. The karyotype given by Kurita (1957) differs from that given by Gregson in the position of the satellites. An accessory chromosome was found by Gregson (1965) in material from Greece. However, not only does the karyo- type appear to be the same throughout R. bulbosus, but it is almost identical with that of R. sardous Crantz, a closely related species, and of R. ficaria L., a species from another very different section of the genus (Gregson 1965, Larter 1932). Some selfing and a low degree of agamospermy have been previously reported for R. bulbosus. These were tested for by selfing and by emasculating flowers. The plants used were grown in a greenhouse and the flowers were individually covered by cellophane bags. These tests were carried out on the following numbers of plants, several flowers per plant being tested. Flowers emasculated Flowers selfed Subsp. bulbosus (British) 12 plants from 7 localities 29 plants from 7 localities Subsp. bulbosus (from the Continent) 3 plants from 7 localities 4 plants from 3 localities Subsp. adscendens 10 plants from 3 localities 15 plants from 3 localities Intermediate plants —_ 7 plants from 3 localities In all these tests only five seeds were set, and in each case of seed-set the tests were repeated with only negative results. It is probable that these seeds were the result of contamination and that R. bulbosus is totally self-incompatible and sexual. The interfertility of plants from different regions and of different morpho- logical types was tested by means of a series of experimental crosses. The percentages of seeds set per cross are given in Table 1. The percentage from any one cross was very variable, but usually a high seed-set was obtained at least once when across was repeated several times (failure to set seed could generally be attributed to the use of rather infertile pollen, or to the arrested development of the flowers, probably due to attacks of root-fly maggots). The results indicate that there are no serious barriers to crossing between different members of the species. In Fig. 8 the results are shown in the form of histograms; the data for plants of the same subspecies have been combined. The best results are shown by crosses involving subsp. bulbosus x subsp. bulbosus. Crosses within subsp. adscendens gave lower values. Plants of this subspecies were generally less fertile than those of subsp. bulbosus. This point is discussed below. What is of interest, and for RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE DLA subsp. bu/bosus X subsp. subsp. bulbosus. _ X subsp. adscendens subsp. adscendens X subsp. bu/bosus subsp. adscendens X subsp. No.of plants 10 % seed-set FiGure 8. Histograms of percentages of seed-set in the experimental crosses. which there is no apparent explanation, is that crosses of subsp. adscendens x subsp. bulbosus gave results as good as subsp. adscendens x subsp. adscendens and better than subsp. bu/bosus x subsp. adscendens. Crosses between plants of the same subspecies, but from widely separated localities showed little, if any, decrease in seed-set when compared with crosses between plants from the same region. No appreciable differences were found in the percentage germination of achenes obtained from inter-subspecific crosses compared with intra-subspecific crosses, neither were significant differences detected between the germination of achenes from intra-subspecific crosses from the same area or from widely separated areas. As in many perennial species of Ranunculus, the germination of R. bulbosus achenes is rather erratic and germination of achenes from a single head is often spread over several months. The fertility of the F, plants obtained from the crosses was investigated by examining their pollen fertility. A mixture of pollen grains from both inner and outer anthers of a flower was stained in cotton blue. All pollen grains with contents and of normal appearance were counted as ‘good’ grains. This, however, only gives an indication of true viability. Bocher (1938) showed that, under conditions in which medium-sized grains of R. bulbosus showed good germina- tion, the smallest and largest grains did not germinate. Counts were only made on the first flower of a stem, as the percentage of ‘good’ grains decreases in subsequent flowers. Even in the first flower produced by a plant this percentage can fluctuate greatly from year to year. The measurements made, therefore, only give a rough guide to the fertility of the plant. The percentages of ‘good’ pollen grains for the parental and F, plants (maximum of 5 plants/cross) are plotted as histograms in Fig. 9. Parental plants of subsp. adscendens showed a generally lower percentage of ‘good’ grains when compared with those of subsp. bulbosus. This may be due to the fact that subsp. adscendens is from southern Europe and experiences adverse climatic conditions when grown in the British Isles. The percentages of ‘good’ grains in the F, plants from the crosses between the two subspecies were slightly lower than those of the parental subsp. adscendens, but many plants showed a reasonably high pollen 222. S. M. COLES Fy plants Parent plants subsp. adscendens subsp. bu/bosus a X subsp. bu/bosus F, plants F, plants subsp. bu/bosus (England) subsp. bu/bosus eG (ica a) X subsp. adscendens F, plants Parent plants subsp. bu/bosus (England) subsp. adscendens x a (Hungary ) F, plants F, plants subsp. adscendens (Iberian Pen.) subsp. bu/bosus (Eng!and) ae ct ( “ ) X intermediate plants (N.E. Spain) el Rae ————————_— ll No.ot | '0 plants - 5 (0) 102 20.) 530)) (40) 508 5600970) SOC Ol 100 % of good pollen FiGurE 9. Histograms of percentages of ‘good’ pollen. fertility. A general reduction in fertility was also found in F, plants from crosses of British subsp. bu/bosus with morphologically similar plants from remote localities. F, plants showed no decrease in pollen fertility when compared with their F, parents. Meiosis in the pollen-mother-cells of parental and F, plants was also examined. Univalents were quite common, but generally only in the plants which had a low percentage of “good’ grains. The low percentages of ‘good’ grains which were found in many of the parental plants are a common feature of many Ranunculus species, R. bulbosus showing a complete range in the reduction of pollen fertility from almost ‘100% fertile’ plants to those exhibiting complete gynodimorphism. Gynodimorphism is not as common in R. bulbosus as it is in R. acris L. (Coles 1971), and examination of pollen of British material of these two species showed R. bulbosus to be gener- ally more fertile. HYBRIDS WITH OTHER SPECIES No substantiated records of hybrids between R. bul/bosus and other species have been found, but from the results obtained in the experimental crosses described below such hybrids might well be expected to occur in the wild. Only a limited number of species was available for these tests. R. nemorosus DC. and R. polyanthemos LL. are morphologically close to R. bulbosus and have the same chromosome number (2” = 16). Reciprocal crosses of R. bulbosus with both these species resulted in good seed being set. Seed-set of up to 72 % was achieved when using plants of R. bulbosus and R. nemorosus from the same district, but in other cases the cross had to be repeated several times before any seed was set. F, plants were raised from some of the R. bulbosus (both subspecies) x R. nemorosus crosses, and these were fairly fertile; 40°% of ‘good’ pollen was found in several plants. RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 223 R. repens is morphologically close to the species already discussed, but has a chromosome number of 2n = 32. In crosses between R. bulbosus and R. repens no seed was ever set. Crosses between R. repens and R. nemorosus also resulted in no seed being set, but when R. nemorosus was used as the female parent some carpel enlargement (without any visible development of the seed) occurred. A tetraploid plant of R. bulbosus (2n = 32) was produced artificially (by colchicine treatment) and when pollinated by R. repens some carpel enlargement also occurred. Such enlargement did not occur when these species were selfed or when they were crossed with species of Ranunculus, showing no close morpho- logical relationships. , The annual R. sardous Crantz is morphologically very close to R. bulbosus and has the same chromosome number, but no seed was ever set when it was crossed with R. bulbosus. However, in some crosses where R. bulbosus was the female parent, but not in the reciprocal cross, a few carpels showed some enlargement. A much higher percentage of enlarged carpels occurred when R. sardous was pollinated by the closely related annual species R. marginatus D’Urv. (2n = 32). NOMENCLATURE The taxonomy of R. bulbosus is extremely confused because of the vogue for naming minor variants and the lack of co-ordination between botanists working in different regions. Index Kewensis lists over forty specific names referable to this complex, and infraspecific names are equally numerous. Except for the recognition of the two subspecies, bu/bosus and adscendens, the many variants which have been given taxonomic status are rejected. This is because there is complete intergradation from one form to another with no barriers to gene- exchange and there is no constancy in the form of their offspring, as could be found in inbreeding or agamospermous plants. The synonyms given below include only the more important ones, and are those which have been most frequently applied to variants of the complex. R. BULBOSUS L., Sp. Pl., 554 (1753) Subsp. BULBOSUS . brachiatus Schleich., Cat. Pl. Helv., 3rd ed.,24 (1815) . bulbifer Jord., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, N.S., 7: 448 (1861) . sparsipilus Jord., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, N.S., 7: 448 (1861) . albonaevus Jord., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, N.S., 7: 449 (1861) . valdepubens Jord., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, N.S., 7: 450 (1861) . castellanus Boiss. & Reuter ex Freyn in Willk. & Lange, Prodr. Fl. Hisp., 3: 932 (1880) R. bulbosus subsp. bulbifer (Jord.) Neves, Contrib. Portug. Ranunc., 84 (1944) R. bulbosus subsp. castellanus (Boiss. & Reuter ex Freyn) P. W. Ball & Heywood, Reprium nov. Spec. Regni veg., 66: 151 (1962) AAAAADA Many of the variants of subsp. bu/bosus have been given taxonomic status, one of the worst offenders being Jordan. The phenotypes to which he gave specific names can occur in a single locality, but to some extent they represent ecotypes. For instance, his R. valdepubens, a very hairy plant, is found in upland and coastal areas rather than in lowland meadows; in this latter habitat his R. bulbifer is more prevalent. He describes R. bulbifer as the most widespread species in eastern France, and indeed his description fits one of the commonest phenotypes 224 S. M. COLES found throughout Europe. This name, however, has since been applied in a much narrower sense (e.g. Neves 1944, Tutin 1964), generally to rather small plants with more or less entire leaves. Such plants, of wide geographical occurrence, are mainly of subsp. bu/bosus, but also include some intermediates between subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens; in the former case the more or less entire leaves result from environmental dwarfing. R. castellanus was formerly used for plants occurring in the pastures of the montane regions of northern and central Spain, but also reaching sea-level in north-western Spain. These habitats are occupied by outliers of subsp. bulbosus or by plants which sometimes show some intergrading with subsp. adscendens. The distinguishing features ascribed to R. castellanus are short divaricate stems and basal leaves which are small, sparsely pilose or glabrescent and which have petioles with very broad sheaths. Such characters are present in plants growing in similar habitats throughout Europe. Subsp. ADSCENDENS (Brot.) Neves, Contrib. Portug. Ranunc., 170 (1944) R. adscendens Brot., Fl. Lusit., 2: 370 (1804) R. palustris L. ex Smith in Rees, Cyclop., 29: sp. 52 (1814) R. pratensis C. Presl in J. & C. Presl, Del. Prag., 9 (1822) R. neapolitanus Ten., Ind. Sem. Horti Bot. Neap., 11 (1825) R. heucherifolius C. Presl, Fl. Sic., 15 (1826) R. tommasinii Reichenb., Herb. Norm. Fl. Germ. Exsicc., Cent. 25: nr. 2479 (1845) | R. eriophyllus C. Koch, Linnaea, 19: 46 (1847) R. broteri Freyn in Willk. & Lange, Prod. Fl. Hisp., 3: 930 (1880) R. adscendens was described by Brotero in 1804 and again in 1827. The two descriptions, based on Iberian plants, do not completely correspond, especially with regard to the indumentum. The plants Brotero described in 1827 have often been treated as a separate species, for example Freyn named it R. broteri. Brotero’s two descriptions merely represent plants of different appearance within the great variation shown by Iberian subsp. adscendens. In the material examined in this present study, no geographical trends were apparent, and no taxonomic recognition of any of the variation is considered justified. The description of R. palustris L. ex Smith (in Rees) is based on a specimen in the Linnaean herbarium. However Davis (1960) found that the specimen con- sisted of a mixture of two elements, neither identifiable with certainty, and he therefore suggested that the name should be dropped. Davis also considered R. eriophyllus and R. tommasinii in his discussion on the synonymy of R. neapoli- tanus. R. neapolitanus Ten. was based on plants of subsp. adscendens from Italy, and it has been widely used for plants in the eastern Mediterranean, but only rarely has it been applied to plants from the Iberian peninsula. In his original descrip- tion Tenore stated that R. neapolitanus has a terete pedicel and achenes with longish hooked beaks. This latter feature is also shown in Table 148 of his Flora Napolitana, although the rest of the plant agrees well enough with subsp. adscendens. He later pointed out these mistakes (Tenore 1842), and material collected and determined by him in the Herbarium at Florence (In uliginosis montani, FI) is indeed of subsp. adscendens. Presl’s description of R. pratensis leaves a slight degree of doubt as to the correct application of this name. Unfortunately no type specimen has been RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 225 traced. The plant generally held to be R. pratensis is the variant of R. bulbosus which occurs in the Palermo district of Sicilia, but is also to be seen in southern Sardegna. The only difference between these plants and those of typical subsp. adscendens, which also occurs in these regions, appears to be in the form of the achenes. In plants of ‘R. pratensis’ the beak of the achene is long, 0-8—1-2 mm, and curved, whereas in plants of subsp. adscendens the length of the beak seldom exceeds 0-6 mm and is more or less straight. Also, in “R. pratensis’ the faces of the achenes may bear tubercles which terminate in single-celled hairs (c 40% of plants examined). The density of such tubercles is very variable, but plants with as many as 50 tubercles on one face of the achene are not uncommon. Tubercled variants in species with usually smooth fruits are found in other closely related species, e.g. R. nemorosus DC. and R. macrophyllus Desf. (Davis 1960). The ‘R. pratensis’ plants therefore appear to be merely a local variant of subsp. adscendens not meriting taxonomic recognition. However a more detailed study, preferably including field-work, is required before their true status is understood. The variation might possibly be due to hybridisation with another species; a possible candidate is R. macrophyllus. This species is not well understood, but morphologically it is close to R. bulbosus and is at times confused with it, as the distinguishing features are difficult to see in herbarium material. Its achenes are very similar to those of “R. pratensis’ and, in the region where ‘R. pratensis’ occurs, R. macrophyllus reaches the eastern limits of its distribution. The following synonyms of R. bulbosus refer to plants intermediate between subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens. R. aleae Willk., Linnaea, 30: 84 (1859) R. occidentalis Freyn in Willk. & Lange, Prod. FI. Hisp., 3: 929 (1880), non Nutt. (1838) R. gallecicus Freyn in Willk., Ill. Fl. Hisp., 1: 100 (1883) R. bulbosus subsp. aleae (Willk.) Rouy & Fouc., Fl. Fr., 1: 106 (1893) R. bulbosus subsp. gallecicus (Freyn) P. W. Ball & Heywood, Reprium nov. Spec. Regni veg., 66: 151 (1962) Willkomm (1883 op. cit., Willkomm & Lange 1880 op. cit.) described R. aleae as very variable, and the forms which he recognised cover a wide span of the array of the intermediates which occur between subsp. bu/bosus and subsp. adscen- dens. He separated R. gallecicus from others in the group mainly on leaf-shape; but it is difficult to see why he considered it distinct from his R. aleae. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS Only two subspecies, subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens, within the single species R. bulbosus, are recognised within Europe and no further taxonomic divisions are considered justified. The subspecies are generally so distinct morphologically that there would be little hesitation in treating them as separate species were it not for the presence in certain areas of intermediate plants. The subspecies occupy totally different ecological habitats within different geographi- cal regions. The fact that the species is most conveniently split into two sub- species, with intermediate types of plants occupying a relatively smaller area than the ‘pure’ subspecies, may be purely a result of the limited occurrence of inter- mediate habitats. 226 S. M. COLES Little evidence of the evolution of the species is available, the chromosome number and the karyotype being uniform. Although crosses between widely separated plants, of the same or differing subspecies, were found to result in a general reduction of fertility, it is insufficient to present a significant barrier to gene-flow between all members of the species. Gene-flow and the resulting merging of the subspecies appears to be checked by the limited occurrence of the habitats required by the intermediate plants. Further investigation is required of the variation of R. bulbosus to be found outside Europe. Plants with well-formed corms occur in the mountains of Morocco. These are very isolated from subsp. bulbosus and although similar they are not morphologically identical with it. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I wish to thank the curators of the herbaria from which material was loaned, and the many people who helped to collect living material. I am indebted to the Universities of Birmingham and Keele for making avail- able facilities and funds which made this work possible. REFERENCES BROTERO, F. DE AVELLAR (1827). Phytographia Lusitaniae Selectior, ed. 3, 2. Lisbon. Bocue_r, T. W. (1938). Cytological studies in the Genus Ranunculus. Dansk bot. Ark., 9: 1-33. Cotes, S. M. (1971). The Ranunculus acris L. complex in Europe. Watsonia, 8: 237-261. CooneNn, L. P. (1939).:The chromosomes of Ranunculus. Am. J. Bot., 26: 49-58. Davis, P. H. (1960). Materials for a Flora of Turkey: IV. Ranunculaceae: II. Notes R. bot. Gdn Edinb., 23: 103-161. GreGson, N. M. (1965). Chromosome morphology and cytogenetics in the genus Ranunculus L. Ph.D. thesis, University of Liverpool. Harper, J. L. (1957). Ranunculus acris L., R. repens L., R. bulbosus L., in Biological Flora of the British Isles. J. Ecol., 45: 289-342. Kurita, M. (1957). Chromosome studies in Ranunculaceae VII. Karyotypes of Eranthis and some other genera. Mem. Ehime Univ., sect. 2., 2: 325-334. Larter, L. N. H. (1932). Chromosome variations and behaviour in Ranunculus L. J. Genet., 26: 255— 283. Neves, J. DE BARROS (1944). Contribuigdo para o Estudo cario-sistemdtico das espécies portu- guesas do Género Ranunculus L. Dissertagao para Doutoramento em Ciéncias bioldgicas na Universidade de Coimbra. TENORE, M. (1842). Ad Florae Neapolitanae Syllogem, Appendix 5. Naples. THompson, P. A. (1970). Germination of species of Caryophyllaceae in relation to their geographical distribution in Europe. Ann. Bot., 34: 427-49. TuTin, T. G. (1964). Ranunculus, in TuTIn, T. G., et alia, ed. Flora Europaea, 1: 223-238. Cambridge. APPENDIX EXAMPLES OF HERBARIUM MATERIAL OF THE TWO RECOGNISED SUBSPECIES AND OF INTERMEDIATE PLANTS R. bulbosus L. subsp. bulbosus (Fig. 10) @stfold: Hvaler:...1 km S. of Korsham (on the road to Bolingshamn), 10. VI. 1962, K. Lye (S) British Isles: v.c. 97 Westerness, grass verge near the Stage House Hotel, Glenfinnan, 2. [X. 1965, M@. McCallum Webster (E) RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L. IN EUROPE 227 FIGuRE 10. A. subsp. bulbosus B. subsp. adscendens (Brot.) Neves (Nieder-Osterreich: Wiesen (Vila Vicosa: Tapada Real: Aguas nachestdem roten Stadl bei Liesing, Férreas. 4.V.1947, A. Fernandes 12.V.1927, J. Vetter (W).) et Sousa n. 1459 (S).) Upsalia in pratis collinis freqn., VI. 1869, F. Ahlberg (CGE) St Georges s. Loire, M. et L., 26. IV. 1867, G. Genevier (CGE) R. bulbosus subsp. adscendens (Brot.) Neves (Fig. 10) Faro, V. 1889, A. Moller (COT) Prov. Estremadura. Sa de Arrabida in silvaticis umbrosis 1. Matade Vidal, solo calcareo 400 m.s.m., 22. IV. 1939, W. Rothmaler & A. P. Silva (S) Austria.* Istria. In graminosis prope ‘Pola’. 2-170m.s.m., IV & V 1897, K. Untchj (BM, E, W) Crete: Rochers calcaires de Malaxa, 13. VI. 1883, EF. Reverchon (E, UPS) * now Jugoslavia 228 S. M. COLES Intermediates between subsp. bulbosus and subsp. adscendens Toscana—Firenze in Gamberaia, 10. IV. 1948, A. Contardo (W) Italy. Dist. Massa: Alp Apuane N.W. of Terrinca, 1000m, pasture, 26. V. 1961, Davis 34,315 (E) Regnum Granatense, Sierra Nevada, in udis graminos ad flumen Monathil partibus alpini, 23-3000m., 21-28. VII. 1879, Huter, Porta, Rigo (E) Prov. de Teruel. Camarena, lieux incultes et herbeux sur le calcaire 1,500m., VI. 1892, E. Reverchon (S) (Accepted April 1972) Watsonia, 9, 229-237 (1973). 229 Two hybrids in Equisetum new to the British flora C. N. PAGE Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh ABSTRACT Two hybrids in Equisetum subgenus Equisetum are reported as new to the British flora. These are E. palustre L. x E. telmateia Ehrh. (= E. x font-queri Rothm.) and E. arvense L. x E. palustre L. (= E. x rothmaleri hybr. nov.). Descriptions and diagnoses of these hybrids are given, and the significance of their occurrence in Britain is discussed. INTRODUCTION Within the British flora two hybrids in Equisetum subgenus Equisetum (the deciduous horsetails) have previously been known. One of these, Eguisetum palustre L. x E. fluviatile L., has been recorded only from a single station in the Outer Hebrides (Page 1963). The other, E. arvense L. x E. fluviatile L. (E. x litorale Kiihlew.), has long been familiar to botanists and is widespread. This paper reports the presence in Britain of two further interspecific hybrids in the subgenus. These are Equisetum arvense L. x E. palustre L. (E. x rothmaleri hybr. nov.) and E. palustre L. x E. telmateia Ehrh. (E. x font-queri Rothm.). E. x font-queri has been previously recorded from two stations in the Mediterranean area, but earlier reports of hybrids between £. arvense and E. palustre (as E. x torgesianum Rothm.) (Rothmaler 1944) are, I think, incorrect. Good examples of both these hybrids have been found recently by the author on the Isle of Skye (v.c. 104, North Ebudes). Although both represent significant additions to the British flora, the find of E. x font-queri is in several ways of special interest. Its shoots are large and exactly intermediate in morphology between its two rather dissimilar parents (Fig. 1A, D, E); it has colonised nearly two square miles (c 5 km2) of native moorland, possibly displacing one of its parent species from most of this area; and it cones vigorously and produces spores which may not be entirely abortive. Descriptions and diagnoses of the new hybrids are detailed below, with notes on their ecology and biology. For ease of comparison the descriptions follow the format of Warburg (1962). EQUISETUM X ROTHMALERI DESCRIPTION AND DIAGNOSIS Equisetum x rothmaleri C. N. Page, hybr. nov. (E. arvense L. x E. palustre L.). Fig. 1B Caules 25—50 cm alti, 2—3 mm diam., virides, alte 5—8 sulcati; vaginae (dentibus exclusis) 6—7 mm, virides; dentes tot quot sulci, subulati, nigrescentes, marginibus 230 C. N. PAGE 5cm Ficure 1. Silhouettes of typical aerial shoots of Equisetum x rothmaleri and E. x font- queri and their putative parents taken from material collected on Skye in early July. A, E. palustre; B, E.x rothmaleri (E. arvense x palustre); C, E. arvense; D, E. tel- mateia; E, E. font-queri (E. palustre x telmateia), two vegetative shoots and one fertile shoot. TWO HYBRIDS IN EQUISETUM NEW TO THE BRITISH FLORA 231 angustis scariosis, l-costati; cavitas centralis +—4 caulis diam. Ramuli patentes vel suberecti, + regularites verticillati, simplices, plerumque tetragoni; internodium infimum vaginam caulis proximam aequans vel duplo superans; vaginae palli- dae, dentibus triangularibus-acuminatis patulis minute nigro. Strobilus 4-9 mm longus; sporae abortivae. Stems 25-50 cm, erect, 2-3 mm diameter, green; grooves 5-8, deep; sheaths (excluding teeth) 6-7 mm, green; teeth as many as the grooves, subulate, blackish with narrow scarious margins, 1-ribbed; central hollow 4+—4 diameter of stem. Branches spreading to suberect, in + regular whorls, simple, usually 4-angled; the lowest internode 1-2 times length of adjacent stem-sheath; sheaths pale, teeth triangular-acuminate, somewhat spreading, with minute black tips. Cone 4-9 mm long; spores abortive. HOLOTYPUS: Kilmaluag, near Rubha Hunish, Trotternish Peninsula, Isle of Skye, Scotland, GR 18/427.742, July1971, C. N. Page no. C 7902 (E; isotypi BM, K) Shoots of this hybrid are clearly intermediate in general morphology between those of the putative parents FE. palustre and E. arvense. The three are compared in Table 1. The hybrid resembles EF. arvense in having the teeth of the sheaths on the main shoot with only narrow scarious margins, the longest branches typically near the middle of the shoot, the first internode of the branch about as long as or longer than the adjacent stem-sheath, the branches with prominent acute ridges separated by deep furrows (usually not more than four), and spreading teeth to the branch-sheaths. It resembles FE. palustre in typically having a rather long branchless terminal portion to the stem, branches which are mostly ascending, a gradually tapering outline to the upper part of the shoot, black-tipped teeth on the branch-sheaths, and small vallecular canals and central cavity and a single common endodermis in the stem. The combination of these characters dis- tinguishes E. x rothmaleri from either parent. The appearance of the entire colony is thus one of somewhat yellow-green shoots of E. palustre with a broader outline and more conspicuously angled branches. The monomorphic habit of E. palustre is inherited in the hybrid, whose cone- bearing shoots thus differ from the sterile shoots only in being slightly shorter (25-35 cm) and in terminating in a small ovoid cone (4-9 mm long, 2-3 mm broad) which is black in colour when mature in July. Only about 5% of the shoots found bore cones, and these shoots were widely scattered amongst the vegetative ones. The cones were all small and the spores entirely mis-shapen, colourless, lacking all but the most rudimentary elaters and obviously abortive. E. x rothmaleri can be distinguished from E. x litorale (E. arvense x E. fluviatile) by its smaller size, more ascending branches, darker ochreolae, and by the transverse section of the stem, which shows a much smaller central cavity and a single common endodermis. E. x rothmaleri is distinct from E. x font-queri (E. palustre x E. telmateia) in its smaller size, green stem-internodes, stem and branches with simple ridges and single ribs to the teeth. It is less easy to dis- tinguish from E. fluviatile x E. palustre but it can be separated by its smaller size, more abundant and more regular branching, more deeply furrowed branches with more prominent ridges and a longer first internode, a single common endodermis in the stem, and the lack of any orange-brown tinge to the internodes or sheaths of the main stem (a characteristic of only E. fluviatile and its hybrids). "Wd}s oy} dn AeM OU} JO F pons x WREth MSBB SY 2S SRG ee oe eee eos eee See ee oryd soup 9) 9) mIN =o UOUIUIOS o]sUIS (FC £ soddn -o[pprum oydtuuis “yuouruo1d We SI-L C. N. PAGE asuaaaD “7 oryd1ourououl UOUWIWIOS 9[SUIS CIPS g[ppru resu g[duns ‘yuourmo1d p Ajsour 01-9 L-9 a us013 0-€-0:¢ OS-St (14ajDUUYJOA Xx “A) adjsnjod "J xX aSUaaAD “7 o1yd1OWULOUOUL £ JOMO| ojduats ‘popunol ‘MO] o-6 8-S us013 ¢-C7-S'l O£-S7C aaysnjod “7 oryd1ourououl 79 ¥o UOWIWIOD o][3UIS et o[pprw resu oy e[nsueiq AjMOT[eYS “oye1OpOU 9-7 fo oy1yM AIOAT A]}SOUL 0-7-S-C S9-Of (1aanb-juof x “q) pDiajouja] “7X adjsnjod “7 orydrourp 9dA}-jOOYUS 9] 1}.19J 4 1OJOUIeIP &> WI9}S 0} SjeUd Ie[NIAT[eA JO YIPIM Jo OTjel t< 4 1OJOUIPIP UWI9}s 0} Wd} JO MOT[OY [VUSD JO YIPIM JO O1je1 UOWUIOD d[SUIS wid}s ule Jo UJO}Jed [eWIOpopus I-+ Yyeays-w9}s yUSe[pe 0} epousajur YyouBIG JsIy JO WSUS] JO OTeI £ yoddn WI9}S ULL UO soyoUeIg }sesUOT JO uontsod o}e[nsueiq ‘yuourwo1d sospii yoursq jo odeys (G7) sospli youesq Jo Joquinu yensn 8I-vI ,, (SOBPll [Bpousoj}Ur =) Yyeoys-Wo}s UIeW JO YJo9} JO Jequinu 8I-tl (WIU) , (SALT SUIPNOXs) Ulo}S UIeUT JO Y}BoYS JO Lt peie le) | oF yooys jo wed poyoueiqun isoddn jo uoniodoid INO]OD IPOUAI}UI-UWI9}S (WUT) ,.4IPIM-U9}$ (wd) 1YysIEY ayy AIOAT 0-8-0°S 08—OP pIajvUuya} “7 ame fe SS ee a ee a ee te SS 232 (aekyS Woy [eLIo}eW UO paseq v}EP |]P) SLNAUVd AAILVLAd YWAHL GNV SGMdaAH WALASINOA JO NOSIYVdIWOO ‘T ATHVL TWO HYBRIDS IN EQUISETUM NEW TO THE BRITISH FLORA 233 LOCAL DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY A single colony of this plant was found in July 1971 at Kilmaluag near Rubha Hunish on the Trotternish Peninsula, Isle of Skye (v.c. 104) (GR 18/427.742). It is locally abundant in roadside ditches which drain flat marshy ground. It occurs for about 50 yards (c 46m) along either side of a small road and it spreads fora short distance into the adjacent marshy fields. In the ditches it is locally domi- nant but becomes less abundant in the fields where it occurs with Equisetum pal- ustre, E. fluviatile, Filipendula ulmaria, Ranunculus flammula, Potentilla palustris, Caltha palustris and other marsh species. EQUISETUM X FONT-QUERI DESCRIPTION AND DIAGNOSIS Equisetum x font-queri Rothm. (E. palustre L. x E. telmateia Ehrh.) Fig. 1E Stems 30-65 cm, erect, 2-5-4-0 mm diameter, mostly ivory-white, smooth; grooves 8-12, shallow; sheaths (excluding teeth) 12-15 mm, + appressed, greenish, sometimes blackish above; teeth as many as the grooves, blackish with scarious margins, subulate, 2-ribbed; central hollow about + diameter of stem. Branches spreading, usually in regular whorls, numerous, simple, 4-6-angled; the lowest internode +-3 the length of adjacent stem-sheath; sheaths pale, teeth triangular-acuminate, brownish, appressed. Cone 8-42 mm long; spores at least partially abortive. SPECIMENS: c 4+ mile north of Loch Leathan, 1 mile WSW of the Storr, Trotter- nish Peninsula, Isle of Skye, Scotland, GR 18/511.534, July 1971, C. N. Page no. C7880 (BM, E, K) Shoots of this hybrid are strikingly intermediate in size and morphology between those of E. palustre and E. telmateia (Table 1). They resemble E. telmateia in their large size, thick stems, stem internodes which are mostly ivory- white, biangulate branch ridges, stem- and branch-sheaths with 2-ribbed teeth, and relatively long somewhat flexuous teeth on the main stem-sheaths. They can be clearly linked with E. palustre, however, by their comparatively slender overall outline, long terminal branchless portion, spreading to subascending branches which are more robust than those of EF. tel/mateia, stems with relatively small vallecular canals and central cavity, and stomata on the stem internodes (absent in E. telmateia). Indeed, the overall appearance of stands of the hybrid is one of overgrown shoots of E. palustre with the conspicuous ivory-white internodes and long teeth on the sheaths of the main stem as in E. telmateia. Although the monomorphic habit of E. palustre is inherited in the hybrid, a few cone-bearing shoots of E. x font-queri were found in which whorled branches were absent from the vegetative nodes. However, these shoots were tall (25-50 cm) with long vegetative internodes and resembled the occasional unbranched shoots also to be found from time to time in local E. palustre colonies; they are very different therefore from the thick, short, spring cone-shoots characteristic of E. te/mateia. Most cone-bearing shoots of E. x font-queri, then, closely resemble the vegetative ones with profuse whorls of green branches. Nearly half of all the shoots seen in July 1971 bore cones. These mature in July and are ovoid in shape, slimmer than those of E. telmateia (8-42 x 3-9 mm) and pale green in colour with chestnut- 234 C. N. PAGE brown tips. They are thus intermediate between the relatively small, markedly cylindrical and usually blackish cones of E. palustre and the large, broad, ovoid- ellipsoid cones of E. telmateia, which are whitish or pale green with small brown tips. In the field, cones of the hybrid appear well-filled and seem to open and dehisce normally. Examination of the fresh spores showed that a proportion (varying from 5% to 50% in different sporangia and different cones) were relatively well-formed, green in colour, and possessed well-developed elaters. The remainder of the spores were small, mis-shapen, lacked good elaters, and were obviously abortive as in other hybrids. Equisetum x font-queri can be readily distinguished from the other known E. palustre hybrids (E. x rothmaleri and E. fluviatile x E. palustre) as well as from E. x litorale (E. arvense x E. fluviatile) by its more robust shoots with ivory-white internodes, typically more abundant branches, and 2-ribbed teeth to the stem- and branch-sheaths. LOCAL DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY It was found in July 1971 locally abundant and sometimes dominant over a distance of about two miles (c 3:5 km) by the road along the east side of the Storr on the Trotternish peninsula, Isle of Skye (v.c. 104) (GR 18/511.532- 516.614). It was present on both sides of the road and up to half a mile (c 0-8 km) from it, the altitude varying from 150-525 ft (45-160 m). It extended from just north of Loch Leathan in the south to about half a mile north of Rigg Burn. © Between these two points the hybrid forms a nearly continuous stand, becoming particularly abundant in most damp depressions, irrigated slopes, flushes, seepage lines, screebanks, drainage channels, ditches and streambanks; it is also vigorously colonising roadside verges and rubble along most of the two- mile stretch of road. The plant was not found in the immediate vicinity of the Storr itself (J. C. Gardiner pers. comm.). DISCUSSION MORPHOLOGY AND PARENTAGE OF THE HYBRIDS It has been shown in Table | that the two hybrids are almost exactly intermediate between two pairs of British species in a large number of distinct morphological characters; the parentage of each can therefore be deduced with reasonable certainty. The only morphological trait not found to be intermediate in the hybrids is the inheritance (from E. palustre in each case) of monomorphic aerial shoots. It is worth noting that in E. x litorale the monomorphic condition of one parent (E. fluviatile) is similarly dominant over the dimorphic condition of the other (E. arvense). All three putative parent species of the two hybrids are present on Skye, and at least one of these (E. palustre—the parent common to each of the hybrids) is locally extremely abundant. It colonises a wide range of wet boggy and marshy habitats, flushes, ditches, and even roadside banks and verges, and in most places cones vigorously. Both the other two parent species occur near the hybrids. The withered remains of the ephemeral spring fertile shoots of E. telmateia were found and it is probable that E. arvense is also fertile in this area. The hybrids occupy habitats intermediate between those of the putative TWO HYBRIDS IN EQUISETUM NEW TO THE BRITISH FLORA 235 parents; in the case of E. x font-queri the hybrid also occupies virtually the whole range of habitats of both. EXTRA-BRITISH DISTRIBUTION Putative hybrids between EF. arvense and E. palustre have been reported by Rothmaler (1944) under the name E. x torgesianum from about five localities in north-central Europe, although these stations are poorly documented. I am not aware of any further published records and I have found no material of this hybrid in herbaria. I have examined the material from the north-central European localities (six sheets from five stations) at Jena (JE) attributed by Rothmaler to hybrids between EF. arvense and E. palustre. Specimens from four of these localities, including the holotype of E. x torgesianum, appear to be robust plants of E. palustre with a superficial resemblance to E. arvense. I can, however, find no good characters to link any of the specimens firmly with E. arvense (or any other species). I am not convinced, therefore, that they are hybrids and in my opinion they all belong to E. palustre. The specimen from the fifth locality is equally clearly E. arvense. My material from Skye is easily distinguished from all of these plants. The name E. x torgesianum cannot, therefore, be used for the Skye hybrid, which has accordingly been described above (p. 229) as E. x rothmaleri. The Skye locality is thus the only one known for this hybrid.* Putative hybrids between E. palustre and E. telmateia have been recorded previously from two Mediterranean stations. The type locality of Equisetum x font-queri is given by Rothmaler (1944) as ‘Hispania, Gerona, Martorella de la Selva... Solum in loco classico observatum, sed frequens’, where the plant occurred in damp alder woodland. I have examined Rothmaler’s material (8 sheets bearing 45 shoots) at JE collected at various times from the Gerona locality, including the holotype of E. x font-queri collected on 29th April 1934 by Font Quer. In size and morphology all Rothmaler’s specimens are distinctly intermediate between E. palustre and E. telmateia, and are, without doubt, the hybrid between them. My Skye material of E. palustre x E. telmateia corresponds extremely closely with these Spanish specimens, and there is little doubt that they are the same hybrid. The second and, as far as I am aware, only other known station for this hybrid was detected by Hauke (1966) in herbarium material at Stockholm (S-PA) from ‘Entre le pont du Var et la mer (Alpes maritimes)’ collected by Emile Burnat, 20th May 1872. The locality is near Nice, southern France. I have examined this material and agree with Hauke’s determination. These specimens are somewhat smaller than my Skye plants (averaging about 30-45 cm) but otherwise they compare very closely with them, and small specimens of the Skye plants can be distinguished from them only with difficulty. The habitat is given as alluvial riverside sand several feet above the river water; about half the shoots seen bear cones. Further sheets from this same locality are at Kew (K), and most of these are also fertile. Judging by the size of these collections (4 sheets contain- ing 17 specimens at S-PA, 4 sheets with 22 specimens at K) the hybrid must also have once been reasonably abundant in the Nice locality, and further search for this plant both at Gerona and Nice is greatly to be desired. A retrospective search for other herbarium material also revealed a specimen which is clearly this taxon in London (BM) collected from Rigg Burn, Skye, by * This updates and re-inforces information already published (Page 1972, p. 366). 236 C. N. PAGE Patricia A. Sims, on 19th August, 1960. This record pre-dates my own find of this plant on Skye in the same locality and provides evidence that E. x font-queri has been in this area for over 10 years. These specimens were also bearing cones. EXCEPTIONAL FEATURES OF E. X FONT-QUERI ON SKYE The very large size of the area occupied by E. x font-queri on Skye cannot fail to impress even a casual observer. Further, over the whole of this area, with the exception of the immediate vicinity of the road, E. x font-queri appears to have invaded previously closed habitats. Many of the habitats it occupies are elsewhere colonised vigorously by Equisetum palustre, but in the area of the hybrid this species is almost absent, giving the impression that E. x font-queri has largely ousted and replaced this parent. The abundance of fertile shoots and the large size of the cones of E. x font- queri are also exceptional features for a hybrid horsetail. The presence of a proportion of spores in these cones which appear to be not entirely abortive is possibly unique, although it is not known whether any of these spores are viable. These features all contrast markedly with the colony of E. x rothmaleri described here as well as with the only known colony of E. fluviatile x E. palustre, which is in the Outer Hebrides. The colonies of each of these two hybrids are small and appear to be hardly, if at all, more vigorous than their parent species. Indeed, the only hybrids in Equisetum subgenus Equisetum seen by the author which approach the vigour of E. x font-queri are certain colonies of E. x litorale in other parts of the British Isles. Cases where E. x Jlitorale has invaded closed communities must also be rare. The weakness of the colonies of E. x rothmaleri and E. fluviatile x E. palustre when compared with the relative vigour of those of E. x litorale and E. x font-queri is especially significant in the light of the inter-relationships of the parent-species that have been suggested on micro- morphological grounds (Page 1972). These data indicate that FE. palustre and E. telmateia are closely related, similarly E. arvense and E. fluviatile. It appears, therefore, that the most vigorous and successful hybrids in the subgenus Equisetum are those between the most closely related (yet ecologically diverse) pairs of species, whilst hybrids between more distantly related species (which may be ecologically more similar) are scarcely, if at all, more vigorous than their parents. DISTRIBUTION AND ORIGIN OF THE HYBRIDS During this survey several stations for E. x litorale were also detected on Skye, making a total of four interspecific hybrids in Equisetum subgenus Equisetum in the Hebrides. This high local concentration of hybrids in this subgenus contrasts with the certain occurrence elsewhere in the British Isles of only E. x Jitorale. Despite the extensive total ranges of the E. telmateia complex (temperate western Eurasia and western North America) and of E. arvense and E. palustre (chiefly North Temperate regions of both the Old and New Worlds), the recorded interspecific hybrids among this trio are all from western Europe. Furthermore, the number of known stations for these hybrids is surprisingly small when compared with the relatively large number for the hybrid between E. arvense and E. fluviatile—90 stations for E. x litorale are known in Fenno- scandia (Borg 1967) and nearly 100 in the British Isles. The isolation of the Skye colony of E. x font-queri from its two Mediterranean stations suggests that, as with E. x rothmaleri and E. fluviatile x E. palustre, TWO HYBRIDS IN EQUISETUM NEW TO THE BRITISH FLORA MIT this hybrid has arisen independently in the Hebridean area, and implies that the local environment must be particularly favourable for hybridisation. Conditions that are conducive to hybridisation in Equisetum are as yet poorly understood and clearly deserve further study. Reports of Equisetum prothalli in the wild are extremely few, and are only from habitats which are damp, recently-exposed and free, at least initially, from much competition (Matzke 1941, Feigley 1949, Hauke 1967, Page 1967). The occurrence of all three Hebridean E. palustre hybrids near to or in roadside ditches suggests an association between the digging or clearing of the ditch by man and the formation of the hybrid. Any damp mud surface exposed at an appropriate season would probably form an ideal substrate for rapid prothallial growth. Manton (1950 p. 223), commenting upon the number of interspecific hybrids in Equisetum known at that time from Ireland, states that the mild, oceanic Irish climate seems likely to favour their production. This view is strengthened by the subsequent discovery of Equisetum fluviatile x E. palustre in the Outer Hebrides and the presence of these two new hybrids on Skye—both in areas where the rainfall is high and spread liberally throughout the year. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS It is a pleasure to record my thanks to Messrs J. W. Dyce, J. C. Gardiner and A. C. Jermy for useful discussion in the field, to Mr B. L. Burtt, Mr D. M. Henderson and Dr T. G. Walker for helpful comments on the manuscript, and to Mr Burtt for preparing the Latin description. REFERENCES Bora, P. (1967). Studies on Equisetum hybrids in Fennoscandia. Ann. Bot. Fenn., 4: 35-50. FrIGLey, M. (1949). An occurrence of gametophytes of Equisetum in Cheboygan County, Michigan. Am. Fern. J., 39: 106-109. HAUuKE, R. L. (1966). A systematic study of Equisetum arvense. Nova Hedwigia, 13: 81-109. HAUKE, R. L. (1967). Sexuality in a wild population of Equisetum arvense gametophytes. Am. Fern. J., 57: 59-66. MANTOoN, I. (1950). Problems of Cytology and Evolution in the Pteridophyta. Cambridge. MATZKE, E. B. (1941). Gametophytes of Equisetum arvense L. Torreya, 41: 181-187. PaGE, C. N. (1963). A hybrid horsetail from the Hebrides. Br. Fern Gaz., 9: 117-119. PaGg, C. N. (1967). Sporelings of Eguisetum arvense in the wild. Br. Fern Gaz., 9: 335-338. PaGE, C. N. (1972). An assessment of inter-specific relationships in Eguisetum subgenus Equisetum. New Phytol., 71: 355-369. ROTHMALER, W. (1944). Pteridophyten-Studien I. Reprium nov. Spec. Regni veg., 54: 55-82. WARBURG, E. F. (1962). Equisetum, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 6-11. Cambridge. (Accepted June 1972) % wicuibac: oo “fitenh ois Bit od “isn at : wer ALO vere air | \ ork band 2oil fa ban oie 06 func 1, 900% as trxadt aes Ce a “) 5 AL ee! QbOT ynigiar beRL a is * Vat abtadly Pekan EAB ETO phy t veg riadesg: el Thee pro vid edor, PARGD T Kc ; moda gel b peace, ria “VGReDaabrga isis _ nese vo aciami ot, neemage weliigontn as aieatalte encltehai ah. gnnithy ide toate tna mae ares A fy fe! opin malt zohan Jrisglont, pe Sora iBT 8 pire enceey ok LIS wiht BE, nanigubera jie) sowed ot vinbilieataos at IO, gO asi oe 4y . AR aorepailp Asai vend ae m2 eid oe: his ebiid ud woe, owt ososd To, nomena adtibaracok ahs qanti tay unenangh 8 the ra Naame aac Usthinesn wg i he pry * Rei ee rrgmerg oo eS aoe Mit sag Minot: ashing paaon ore lM) GM pong 9 Molo dabeih onltontnoizsuoairk Jqbreanet 9) etppinonmteHss | lavtqlaak capady voila col 3 ety Mey heaeette ines ale sin cr nk; ue a) oF pie ; perod, with) he rot Tc pik Sati signih w ye AR the) ease po Lihineaasieaial here ehintd tinea ioa tina) Sooo, > ws yesh le HACE a AS 3 vt . | | SO 90h ONY, te EP hcl hl B 1G" Seen diuinisag 1's rhule.3 sip wah Setting od torn) See Ti tiene vi pari Bok, blew Coe i cage | cola tag (yet? oe enbinditic.. Oo vEareiNaee vi my woianbonil a seg ahve antn Te Tote ak SM BVW Tool LENA TANS aa, Bele aead CULT pr Ota) Wet ‘eSbirstY Saran Meh bh PEESELE +O oo wea AR Bling ot Ar genet yanateelsipel © agai ot a sini tome. acitlenoraist mage aot lO Infpmersees nA | i, ROEW2EE LET “i Cenk ey WL, Ve) wodayatl J coibeteeaeiys ; CF ea RT ik A Ande . (al, ASMA | | ‘Sybiamay. tt ~~ ‘aur ‘bab Hy ere " Bay] on hasagoah of het oe =, lntts (he COG) amar New Vi eed fies trick chara fromm cot iv eum seutione far dele ve rer , tively later nung Tie iad ese Tor Ri ot dies are uae’ Te ni ‘+5 ade pivitsher’ Wik Taare ace Watsonia, 9, 239-246 (1973). 239 A cytological study of the British Labiatae (excluding Mentha) J. K. MORTON Department of Biology, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada ABSTRACT Chromosome numbers based on indigenous material are reported for 41 of the 47 species of Labiatae native in Britain. The hybrid origin of Stachys x ambigua Sm. is confirmed, its chromosome complement at diakinesis consisting of 83 univalents. A spectrum of polyploidy is given, the incidence being 69-8%. This figure is likely to be reduced to 67% when the few remaining species are examined. INTRODUCTION In Britain the Labiatae consist of 47 native species, about 13 naturally occurring hybrids (or hybrid complexes) and some 16 well-established introduced species. Of these, 4 native and 3 introduced species, together with 9 hybrid complexes, belong to the genus Mentha and will not be considered in the present paper. An account of the chromosome numbers in the British Menthae has already been published (Morton 1956). The large proportion of introduced taxa (about one third) in the British Labiatae is largely due to many species being important herbs which have long been cultivated in cottage and monastery gardens for their fragrance, and their medicinal and culinary uses. Chromosome numbers are reported in this account for all but 6 of the native species, from material of known British origin. Details of the materials used, chromosome numbers, ploidy level, and the location of voucher specimens are given in Table 1. Genera and species are arranged alphabetically and the nomenclature is that of Warburg (1962). MATERIALS AND METHODS Living material was collected in the field and brought into cultivation either by transplanting or by growing from seed. In most cases chromosomes were studied in root-tip preparations using previously-described section and squash techniques (Morton 1956, 1962). Root-tips were taken from well-grown plants to prevent anomalies arising from seedling root-tips or from misidentification of immature material. DISCUSSION Most of the chromosome numbers confirm those already reported for the same species in other parts of their range. However, numbers for 26 of the species (and one hybrid) are here reported for the first time from material of British Cc = v 6 a HOG 99 “O°A Ao[spuowpy WME €Z0S TEA wunpiagdy “T == G 6 = 118i € O'A weyxlig “peoH Alog Wf INHA $98 “YT ajnvaixajdup "7 8] “314 C 6 =P Sl 99 ‘O°A purpyony doysig WHE LZLP “TY wngpp unnuvy = v 6 == 9 posiqeooyun “ysMiig (P61) Puepny ¢ = v 6 == OG L ‘OA Ainqoay WHE 06 "T Daapsapay DUIOYIA[D ae v 8 ol = ITT ‘O°A AOUYIO “TEMA WIE €sIs “4 7 ‘ = v 8 a HCE 96 “O°A SSOUIOAU] Wf LLP (uus0g mpyfig *D “our) "T s1y0.41a1 “D 9 “SI Z 8 = 9 CLA RMI =I NH = Sz0s THA Dsoivads sisdoajny =< (6 6 ——_ 8 I SINYSU[OOUTT 66 6¢ 4 74 66 aS v 6 =F 98 sonieooy Auvut = (T L6]) JOT[NUIBAMA 4 * eZ “SI v 6 = OE €9 ‘OA PPEWJoys “spoom Ao[peH Wie “us _ = v 6 == 690 PE O'A OSP_ Opus) Uo}OOMA, WE €7LPr (1e]0d w? IWA (J) Uojopqosps wnajso -1UDT =) ‘Spny Wnajn] uojopqoajvy a C Ol — 0% 99 O'A WeYING ‘soleND Aqsiey Wf “u's . : JI ‘S14 G Ole = 02 €€ ‘O"A JoJSOOUDITD) WE SIL “YT aupajna unipodouyy oT “SI C TL = 2 ~~ Of O°A IYSIAA JO IST “UMOG sody WME INHA 80S ‘Juloig VIDA As “D = 9 Vee = = Cl? 6 ‘OA ZIISBD BJIOD WHE 0987 ‘ ; = v Cle — S8r €Z “O'A weysusg Wf L8Lyr IAB ("J) Diadou pysunUD|DD = v tl = — 8h OA 9[deysuieg ‘spueg uojUneg =A INHM 8006 z % oe v Cle = a8 € ‘OvA WIeYXLIg “spueg s,uUe WHE 698P il 5 PI ‘SI v Cle, == Aer PE “O'A UOYSULIOYA WHE LI8Pv "P1Of suapuaosp DYyJULUDIDD oT “SI (6 8 —= $9] ] ("A ,9AOD oouvUAyy Wer 8=u's ‘ — (6 8 = 9] 99 “O°A OTBPIVOM Ul oyesIsoM IAI INH +0LP "T syoupoyfo vouojag am (o [LA am 76 Pesieooyun “Yyshniig (Ir61) puepny yoseH Ypyaof ‘dsqns "T pasiu vjojjog a v 8 = €9 “O°A P[SLYous “spoom, Ao[peH Wir “us : = v 8 = CE peslyeooyun “YsHiig (Or61) opney "T suvjdoa “y QI “sI4 v 8 (5 OI] ‘O°A slp YINOS Wf ‘Us “T syppiupsdd py = v iL =. 8¢ pesiTeooyun “Yysniig (Ip61) puepny "qoTyog (J) sdydapumys vsnly eB] “S14 99 ‘O°A WeYING ‘sorend Aqsiey WHE 789 3 . = G 6 tS} Ip (O°A IOMOD “peop SION =A? SNH GG ‘u's Apueqd (We) sisuaasp souldp uonensniyy Aplo[g ‘Ou-oseg Uu uz UISIIO (uoTeoI[qnd 0} 9dUaIOJOI IO) 4x SIOYONO A ‘OU DOUdIOJOI uOWIOWL “Mf AVLVIdVT HSILTdd NI SYHdNON ANOSOWOUHD 'T ATEVL by Queene St Ceacel cel Sh SF | FIANANANAN A ATToWuUouwuouOotTatN | wniieqisy soyjny Woe epeury ‘oopiaje AA JO AVISIOATUG) ‘ASOTOIg JO JUOUTVIedeq SY) JO WiNTIeEqIOH “” ~LVM SQ “weying jo AysiaAlug ‘Auvjog Jo juowWyIedeq 94} Jo WintieqIyH ~ WHO xx INO[OS YsTuseIS [ensnuN Ue JO SIOMOP , m= WM ~ 00 00 &* rE ~ ™ oO = | | NN 0S - eat & ae NSN SY NOD CO! | Seen Ss = VC 8C 9S—-0S ve CEP ce v9 col Ol €8 €8 €8 Ot Ge, Ct vs VS VS VS 8¢ 87 Of ve ve Of ve ve CC 81 81 whe UIe}IG Ul SATCU 4OU y HLOPNS Pue ALOJION AdiING PUe Y[OJION sorppesoy Auey| posiyesoyun “ysnig SIH ‘OA ole[D “peox] ord p O°A SMOLING UOJUNeIg €H ‘O'A YIO_D ¢‘AIOQIeD Ssory OV (OA ZITeXI Pp ‘O'A OpAOID OL (OA YUE ‘AqJOUWpoyAI 601 “9°A XSI J OrA OINIY, SATIO Ale FY SUID] PE (OA OSPA JOPUN UdJOOM 99 ‘O°A AjTJO\SO1{ ‘odoyljog LI (OCA MOD € (O°A OF{ YNOWATY 8 OA UOFUTM 6 (O'A BISD IJ1OD 8 (A PIOJIOUL 99 ‘O°A SePIVIAA UT 9}831SOM PE (OA UOUTIONIAL, posiyeooyun “Yysnig €Z (OA YOOISPOOMA “OULT Ud0IH €Z “O'A WYOMA J OA OINIL, ‘AIO Alex SUryy posiyesoyun “Yysnig py ‘OA ojdeysureg ‘spueg uojunes LI ‘OA MOY posijesoyun “Yysnig 99 ‘O°A ofepIeOAA ‘UINgG odoysol] 60] ‘O°A sound jJouUNG WIO} POIOMOPY-d}1YM & , (pS61) HOsId (VS61) 081d (VS61) H08Idg (Tr6l) puepny Wf 897 — ‘U's WME ZOEr Wwe Lpriid Wwe WHG ¢l6r WME L7ZS LVM ‘SAME = 6ETS WE 060 Ww INHG Zr WHE SZ8P WF 8s0ZLP WHE 620 Wwf ‘SNHG L88r WHE 9I18P WHE 908P Wise LOL WHE Y9I8P (Ty6l) puepny 601S NIE iy Wf 100¢ — ‘u's (Tél) puepny Wf 9967 Wf 60LP (Tél) puepny = 66LY LVM ‘SINME = EVs ‘pre ‘d sas—odA}050 SWIIICU JIeMPp | "TY wnpjddsas * 7, "TJ Sapioisajnd °T, ‘UUOY JaINAp snwudy [, "TI VIUOpOAOIS * “"T winipsogs winidédna I, "T voayoqg ds °s "T siasniod °¢ "T (CT) Sisuaasp *s "WIS DNSIGqUD x °*S "7 vuidjp skyonjig “‘spny dou *¢ ‘TY DIDINI14a]08 DIADIJaINIS 6G GG 6G 66 66 6G 66 66 66 “TINO Saplouiusoy viavs “TY Siapsjna “ "TY CT) vivian] oyjaunsgd . “T adpgjna wnuvsioE 66 5 6G *"T DIADIVI DJadaNn "TY unydydossyau $1112 "T addasjna wniqnssdvjpy "7 snavdoina sndooaT *"T vovIpsvd SnAnuodT ,, “T winaindand *T “I wnyofiyjaIInNjou “'T 242 J. K. MORTON r >» ws \ \ @ ah 38, Dy, Sf wo 2! YOO a 4 8 980%,” Ls ‘i P : SS 8 8 @ 9 @a? on 00 oe AS YRS g ® Pe ® 8 P= A rw / ok oa ° ee fyi Pare 2 o& d § = f 10 pum ae, 2 & 3 a rg ao ioe. a & o> 84 egw ose se" @ y | af g ¢ s) 9% & ae @ % Qt, é: C ees o, ? +) = & g h Q @ a) suas f tS wee » Pe gt or ao, Or eo 6 vo a & oe . a“e ) . Pad g Re C- “ates Stee § ee e,°s : @ oar eo ¢ a 4ci e o a gue j 4, e k i FiGurE |. Chromosomes in British Labiatae: a. Acinos arvensis g. Lamium album b. Ajuga pyramidalis h. Melittis melissophyllum c. Betonica officinalis i. Prunella laciniata d. Calamintha ascendens j. Salvia horminoides e. C. sylvatica k. Scutellaria galericulata f. Clinopodium vulgare 1. Stachys alpina Metaphase plates of root-tip mitosis in squash preparations, except for a, f, g, k and 1, which are from sections. In all except c and f the material was prefixed in a saturated aqueous paradichlorobenzene solution A CYTOLOGICAL STUDY OF BRITISH LABIATAE 243 e®% via *weuge ee rt % > v2 be 9 ®e yy) ese ® e te } | we eee Jt e™ 8 Ry Ba eR, “3 ogee at he “ees o°@ a b ~ bus ee ° 2 y) te & ~y @ “) o e % » ®X @ 6 eo @ ) pn ee 8 » "9 "0 o Seg ae ee e 9% e 10 um FIGuRE 2. Chromosomes in British Labiatae: a. Galeobdolon luteum d. Nepeta cataria b. Stachys x ambigua e. Lamium moluccellifolium c. Galeopsis speciosa a—d. Metaphase plates of root-tip mitosis in squash preparations. Material prefixed with paradichlorobenzene. ; e. Anaphase II of pollen-mother-cell meiosis in squash preparation. 244 J. K. MORTON origin, including 3 species and one hybrid* not previously examined cytologically. Few of these observations call for any comment but the following are worthy of note. Betonica officinalis L. The material from Kynance Cove was a dwarf maritime ecotype which in nature grows only 3 or 4 inches high. Under cultivation in the north of England it retained its dwarf habit over the 6 years that it was grown, and made a very attractive rock-garden plant. Similar plants grow on the sea- cliffs at Marsden, Co. Durham. Calamintha. The species of this genus form a polyploid series of apparently closely related species. Experimental work is desirable to determine their relation- ships. In particular the hexaploid material of C. nepeta from Corfe Castle re- quires further study to see whether it may be of hybrid origin with accompanying amphidiploidy. Glechoma hederacea L. It is desirable that more material of this species be examined from elsewhere in Britain. In continental Europe diploid and tetra- ploid races occur, together with triploids in some areas. Similarly both races occur in North America as a result of introduction (Gill & Morton 1973). A fuller study of British populations may reveal a situation similar to that in Galeobdolon luteum (Wegmiller 1971) in which both diploid and tetraploid races occur in this country. : Prunella. The population of P. laciniata at Tytherington has undergone extensive introgression with P. vulgaris and it is doubtful whether pure P. Jaciniata remains in that locality. Previous workers (fide Federov 1969) have frequently reported a diploid number of 32 in this genus, both for P. /aciniata and P. vulgaris. My own obser- vations indicate that both these species have 2m = 28 in Britain. Salvia horminoides Pourr. The number reported here (2n = 54) for British material may be a new number for this species, but there is considerable con- fusion in the literature with S. verbenaca L. for which this and other numbers (2n = 42 and 64) have also been reported. Stachys x ambigua Sm. This has for a long time been presumed to be a hybrid between S. palustris and S. sylvatica. The diploid number (2” = 83) reported here for the first time confirms this, for the parents have 2n = 102 and 64 respectively. Furthermore, the count for the Wick material was obtained from a pollen-mother-cell squash which showed 83 univalents at diakinesis. S. x ambigua is a rather variable plant and it is possible that it consists of a hybrid complex rather than a simple F, hybrid, which these chromosome counts suggest. Further material is being examined to resolve this problem (see also Wilcock 1972). S. palustris itself is a very variable and widely distributed plant. In North America some of its forms have been erroneously referred to as S. x ambigua (Epling 1934). Recent work on North American plants of S. palustris shows that most have 2m = 64, though a plant with 2” = 96 has been found (Gill & Morton 1973). *“Calamintha nepeta (L.) Savi, Scutellaria minor L., Stachys x ambigua Sm. and Teucrium scordium L. A CYTOLOGICAL STUDY OF BRITISH LABIATAE 245 POLYPLOIDY The spectrum of polyploidy for the native British Labiatae can be readily established from the above data, coupled with those already published for the genus Mentha (Morton 1956). There are only 4 native species of Mentha in Britain—WM. aquatica (2n = 96), M. arvensis (2n = 72), M. rotundifolia (2n = 24) and M. pulegium (2n = 20)*. I am now of the opinion that the base-number in the section Mentha is probably 12 rather than 6. The forms of M. spicata and M. longifolia with 2n = 36 are sterile triploids with incomplete chromosome pairing —not fertile hexaploids. Several genera have high base-numbers which are almost certainly of secondary origin due to allopolyploidy—viz. Marrubium (17), Melittis (15), Nepeta (17), Origanum (15), Stachys (15 and 17) and Teucrium (17). The spectrum of polyploidy thus becomes :— Primary diploids 13 4x 17 Polyploids | &* 3 30 8x 3 : Secondary base-numbers 7 % polyploidy 69-8 This is slightly lower than the figure (71-4 %%) calculated several years ago from less complete information (Morton 1961) in which the base-number in the genus Mentha section Mentha was presumed to be 6. On the basis of their known chromosome numbers in material from other countries, the 6 Labiatae which have not yet been examined cytologically using British material (Salvia pratensis, S. verbenaca, Stachys germanica, Galeopsis angustifolium, G. segetum and Teucrium botrys) will not greatly alter this picture, but will probably reduce the percentage of polyploidy to about 67%. This high percentage of polyploidy in the British Labiatae contrasts with that found in our native Caryophyllaceae where the percentage is 41-2 (Blackburn & Morton 1957). REFERENCES BLACKBURN, K. B. & Morton, J. K. (1957). The incidence of polyploidy in the Caryophyllaceae of Britain and Portugal. New Phytol., 56: 344-351. EPLING, C. (1934). Preliminary revision of American Stachys. Reprium nov. Spec. Regni veg., 80: 1-75. FeDEROV, A. A. (1969). Khromosomnye chisla tsvetkovykh rasteny. Leningrad. GILL, L. S. & Morton, J. K. (1973). A cytological survey of the Canadian Labiatae, with a conspectus of the Canadian species. In press. MAubE, P. F. (1940). Chromosome numbers in some British plants. New Phytol., 39: 17-32. Morton, J. K. (1956). The chromosome numbers of the British Menthae. Watsonia, 3: 244-251. Morton, J. K. (1961). The incidence of polyploidy in a tropical flora. Recent Advances in Botany, 9: 900-903. Morton, J. K. (1962). Cytotaxonomic studies on the West African Labiatae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot., 58: 231-283. Picorrt, C. D. (1954). Species delimitation and racial divergence in British Thymus. New Phytol., 53: 470-495. RUTLAND, J. P. (1941). The Merton Catalogue, Supplement 1. New Phytol., 40: 210-214. * The count for M. pulegium is from material collected at Slapton Sands in Devon. 246 J. K. MORTON WARBURG, E. F. (1962). Labiatae, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 730-763. Cambridge. WEGMULLER, S. (1971). A cytotaxonomic study of Lamiastrum galeobdolon (L.) Ehrend. & Polatschek in Britain. Watsonia, 8: 277-288. Witcock, C. C. (1972). Is Stachys x ambigua Sm. always distinguishable? Watsonia, 9: 62. (Accepted May 1972) Watsonia, 9, 247-251 (1973). DAT Notes on British Rubi (1) Eee DEES 23 Dartmouth Avenue, Newcastle, Staffs. ABSTRACT Three brambles described in Watson’s Handbook (1958) as R. insularis, R. broensis and R. septentrionalis are considered. The Scottish bramble which Watson called R. insularis is shown to be identical with R. septentrionalis and the Surrey bramble which Watson identified with R. broensis is renamed R. milfordensis. R. broensis is excluded from the British list. INTRODUCTION There is a common bramble in Scotland which Rogers (1900) identified with R. villicaulis Koehl. and Watson (1958) as a rule, though not always, with R. insularis Aresch., but which cannot be satisfactorily equated with either. The late B. A. Miles told me in 1965 that in his view the Scottish bramble matched specimens which C. J. Lindeberg distributed in 1882 as no. 11 of a set entitled Herbarium Ruborum Scandinaviae (Fasc. 1). There is an example in MANCH which A. Newton and myself have both examined and we are inclined to agree with Miles, though the specimen we saw is in fruit and apparently shade-grown. There is some doubt about its correct name. Lindeberg called it R. umbraticus P. J. Muell. on the strength of a determination by Mueller himself: ‘Nomen Milleri retineo, quod hanc ipsam formam suum R. umbraticum agnovit auctor.’ But Watson (1946) thought Mueller was wrong (there is a note to this effect on one of his specimens in my herbarium) and renamed it R. broensis. In addition to no. 11 there are two specimens in MANCH of no. 12 of Lindeberg’s Herb. Rub. Scand. (Fasc. 1) which match the Scottish bramble even more closely. Printed labels with each sheet bear the name R. confinis n. sp. and a full Latin description. Watson gave this bramble a new name too, when he discovered that the name R. confinis was already in use for a different species. He had a Scottish specimen in his herbarium (now in CGE) gathered by S. M. Macvicar from Moidart, Inverness, in 1894, which he considered to be identical with Lindeberg’s no. 12. Accordingly he (Watson 1946) renamed Lindeberg’s no. 12 R. septentrionalis and then wrote that name on Macvicar’s Moidart specimen. In my judgement and also in that of A. Newton he was fully justified. Another specimen in Watson’s herbarium and now in mine was collected from Loch Boisdale, Outer Hebrides, by Professor J. W. Heslop-Harrison in 1939 and was also correctly named R. septentrionalis by Watson. A. Newton tells me there is a third in SLBI from Croe Bridge, Kintoul, W. Ross, collected by E. F. Warburg in 1948 and determined by Watson as R. septentrionalis. Whether or not Lindeberg’s no. 11 and no. 12 are forms of the same species, it is plain that no. 12 and the Scottish plants Watson named R. septentrionalis are identical, and Watson is to be commended for being the first to recognise that. The strange thing is that he did not realise that the Scottish plants he had been 248 E. S. EDEES calling R. insularis and which he continued to call by that name were also identical with Lindeberg’s no. 12, that in fact there are not two brambles in Scotland of this household, but only one, and that the right name for them is R. septentrionalis. An examination of many living bushes and herbarium specimens has made this clear. It may be that the credit for this discovery should go to W. H. Mills. There is a specimen in CGE collected by him near Dunblane, W. Perth, in 1953, which was first named R. insularis by Mills and confirmed by Watson as a small form of that species. But the name R. septentrionalis in Mills’ handwriting has been added to the sheet, though we do not know whether on his own or someone else’s authority. It is not known whether R. insularis Aresch. occurs in Britain or not. It is a Swedish bramble with its headquarters in north-west Skane. I have not seen any specimens collected by Areschoug, but there are six in MANCH from the Jocus classicus, collected by F. Elmqvist in 1891, and another in my own herbarium, collected by K. Friderichsen in 1893, which answer the original description and are quite unlike any Scottish bramble I have so far seen. The colour of the flowers alone should be enough to distinguish R. insularis from R. septentrionalis. In R. septentrionalis the petals are white or rarely pale pink; in R. insularis petals, stamens and styles are said to be rose-red. Specimens in my herbarium which Watson collected at Boar’s Hill near Oxford in 1934 and 1950 and named R. insularis are near the true plant as I understand it, but they are very different from the Scottish bramble to which Watson gave the same name. | The specimens which Lindeberg distributed as no. 11 in Herb. Rub. Scand. (Fasc. 1) may have been a shade form of his no. 12. They came from the same locality and were gathered in the same year, though a month later. Lindeberg wrote on the label of no. 12: ‘Cum priori, apud nos saepe commutato, in paroecia Bro Bahusiae multis locis.’ But, as we have seen, Watson (1946) thought them distinct and renamed no. 11 R. broensis. Unfortunately the south of England bramble which Watson identified with Lindeberg’s no. 11 is in our judgement a markedly different species. It is plentiful about Milford, near Godalming, in Surrey and we propose to call it-R. milfordensis. DESCRIPTIONS | Rubus septentrionalis W. C. R. Wats., J. Ecol., 33: 338 (1946) (R. confinis Lindeb., non P. J. Mueller) The following is Lindeberg’s original description of R. confinis, printed on the labels of his specimens (Herb. Rub. Scand., Fasc. 1, no. 12), which are dated mid- July 1882: ‘Turio inferne obtusangulus sursum acutangulus passimque sulcatus sub- pruinosus et patenter pilosus, aculeis numerosis (10-20 in interfolio) validis compressis inaequalibus rectis reclinatis et curvatis armatus. Folia quinato- pedata |. raro digitata petiolo ad max. partem plano cum petiolulo terminali elongato aculeis falcatis valde armato, foliola parva coriacea omnia petiolulata, supra laete viridia nitida parce pilosa subtus pallide viridia pubescentia I. superiora cinereo- et canescente-tomentosa, terminale pro longitudine latum ovatum ellipticum |. obovatum abrupte acuminatum sursum biserratum basi rotundatum |. leviter cordatum. Rami floriferi parum extensi villosi aculeis mediocribus sparsis reclinatis et subfalcatis foliisque ternatis vestiti, foliola NOTES ON BRITISH RUBI 249 subtus pallide viridia pubescentia et villosa, terminale obovatum apicem versus grosse biserratum. Inflorescentia pauper aculeis longioribus firmis pl. m. subu- latis et curvatis uberius armata tomentoso-villosa glandulis villo obtectis inferne foliosa interrupta ramulis 1-3-pollicaribus racemigeris 1. 1-3-floris, superne, aphylla racemosa pedunculis patentibus semi-pollicaribus aequalis |., ramulis inferiorib. parum longiorib. 2-3-floris, decrescens. Bracteae satis evolutae pedunculum vulgo superantes. Flores mediocres petalis obovato-orbicularibus albis staminibusque stylos bis superantibus. Sepala mucronata in flore et fructu laxe patentia.’ The following English description is the result of personal observation: Stem angled, furrowed, dull purple, clothed with spreading hair, pruinose or subpruinose. Prickles strong with triangular bases, more or less patent, clothed like the stem with spreading hair, varying in length, some being considerably longer than the width of the stem, often crowded but unevenly disposed. Leaves quinate, pedate or digitate, thinly strigose above, softly hairy beneath, with even but compound serrations. Terminal leaflet broadly ovate or roundish obovate with an abrupt acuminate point and an indented or nearly entire base, 2-3 times as long as its petiolule. Petiole armed with falcate prickles. Stipules linear and fringed with sessile and minutely stalked glands. Flowering branch clothed with spreading hair like the stem, though more densely, and becoming felted above; armed with strong, declining prickles which are sometimes bunched or in pairs; with ternate leaves below giving place to simple leaves above, which are like those of the stem in texture and colour. Panicle cylindrical with strongly ascending, three-flowered peduncles below and spreading one- to two-flowered peduncles above. Bracts broad and con- spicuous. Sepals aculeolate at the base, patent. Petals obovate, white or faintly pink. Stamens white, much longer than the green styles. Carpels glabrous. Receptacle pilose. LECTOTYPUS: Bro, Bahusia, Sweden, July 1882, C. J. Lindeberg and J. L. Johansson, distributed as R. confinis n. sp. by C. J. Lindeberg, Herb. Rub. Scand., Fasc. 1, no. 12 (One of the two sheets in MANCH with this number has been selected as the lectotype and renumbered 12A) Exsiccata from the following vice-counties have been examined: 9, 43, 87, 88, 95-7, 103-8, 110. Some of the specimens determined were for private collectors, others are in BM, CGE, E, MANCH. Most of the records are for Scotland, but the plant has also been recorded for England and Wales and the two specimens I have seen from south of the border are listed below with those in my own herbarium: Branksome Park, GR 40/0.9, Dorset, v.c. 9, 1-15/7/1895, W. M. Rogers, Set of British Rubi, no. 111, MANCH Bank near Builth Road station, GR 32/0.5, Radnor, v.c. 43, 11/8/1898, A. Ley, MANCH Loch Lubnaig, GR 27/5.1, W. Perth, v.c. 87, 2/8/1966, E. S. Edees Callander, GR 27/6.0, W. Perth, v.c. 87, 2/8/1966, E.S.E. Methven, GR 27/9.2, Mid Perth, v.c. 88, 22/7/1966, E.S.E. Findhorn, GR 38/05.62, Elgin, v.c. 95, 24/7/1966, E.S.E. 250 E. S. EDEES Forres, GR 28/99.56, Elgin, v.c. 95, 24/7/1966, E.S.E. Lossiemouth, GR 38/2.6, Elgin, v.c. 95, 28/7/1966, E.S.E. Nairn, GR 28/9.4, Easterness, v.c. 96, 27/7/1966, E.S.E. Tain, GR 28/7.8, E. Ross, v.c. 106, 10/8/1897, W. A. Shoolbred Achadhantuir, GR 29/08.24, W. Sutherland, v.c. 108, 30/7/1958, E.S.E. Achmelvich, GR 29/07.24, W. Sutherland, v.c. 108, 30/7/1958, E.S.E. Loch Boisdale, GR 08/7.1, Outer Hebrides, v.c. 110, 23/8/1939, J. W. Heslop- Harrison Rubus milfordensis E. S. Edees, sp. nov. R. broensis W. C. R. Wats., J. Ecol., 33: 338 (1946), pro parte Turio alte arcuatus, angulatus, viridis vel castaneus, glabrescens, aculeis plerumque ad angulos dispositis, e basi valida declinatis. Folia quinata, digitata, superne leviter strigosa, subtus molliter pubescentia, serrulata. Foliola plana et late disposita. Foliolum terminale oblongo-obovatum, acuminatum, basi emarginatum, petiolulo proprio triplo longius. Foliola infima breviter pedicellata. Petiolus aculeis falcatis armatus. Stipulae lineares, glandu- losae. Ramus florifer pubescens aculeis validis reclinatis falcatisque armatus. Inflorescentia basi laxa, foliis ternatis et ramulis ascendentibus multiflorisque, ad — apicem densior foliis simplicibus bracteisque instructa. Flores magni patentesque, 3-4 cm diametro. Sepala albo-marginata, pubes- centia, laxe reflexa. Petala lata, obovata, cuneata, usque ad 2 cm longa, rosea, interdum emarginata. Stamina alba stylos virides multo superantia. Carpella glabra. Stem high-arching, angled, green or chestnut brown, glabrescent. Prickles for the most part confined to the angles, declining from a strong base. Leaves quinate, digitate, thinly strigose above, pubescent beneath, finely toothed. Leaflets flat and well spaced. Terminal leaflet oblong-obovate with an acuminate point and emarginate base, three times as long as its petiolule. Basal leaflets shortly stalked. Petiole armed with falcate prickles. Stipules linear and fringed with glands. | Flowering branch pubescent with strong declining and falcate prickles. Panicle lax below with ascending, many-flowered peduncles subtended by ternate leaves, more compact above with simple leaves and bracts. Flowers large, opening widely, 3-4 cm diameter. Sepals loosely reflexed, white- edged, pubescent. Petals broad, obovate, tapering to the base and up to 2 cm long, pink, often emarginate. Stamens long, white. Styles green. Carpels glabrous. Ho.otypus: Crowthorne, GR 41/8.6, Berks, v.c. 22, 8/7/1936, W. C. R. Watson as R. broensis (herb. E. S. Edees no. 13099) In addition to the type the following exsiccata have been examined in my own herbarium and in CGE: Newlands Corner, Guildford, GR 51/0.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 5/7/1950, W. H. Mills, CGE Private road to Cutt Mill on north side of pond south of Puttenham Common, GR 41/91.45, Surrey, v.c. 17, 2/8/1957, E. S. Edees NOTES ON BRITISH RUBI 231 Witley Common, Milford, GR 41/9.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 28/7/1957, E.S.E. Albury Heath, Guildford, GR 51/0.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 6/7/1963, B. A. Miles as R. confertiflorus Royal Common, Milford, GR 41/9.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 1942, W. H. Mills, CGE By A30 east of Hartford Bridge, GR 41/7.5, N. Hants., v.c. 12, 6/7/1953, W. H. Mills as R. confertiflorus, CGE Yateley Common, GR 41/84.59, N. Hants., v.c. 12, 27/7/1968, E.S.E. Roadside foot of Mare Hill, Witley, GR 41/9.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 9/7/1952, W. H. Mills as R. confertiflorus, CGE Shakleford Common, GR 41/9.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 1942, W. H. Mills as R. rhombifolius var. megastachys, CGE Rodborough Hill near Witley, GR 41/926.409, Surrey, v.c. 17, 1962, B. A. Miles as R. confertiflorus, CGE Puttenham Common, GR 41/9.4, Surrey, v.c. 17, 1892, E. S. Marshall and E. F. Linton as R. holerythros, Set of British Rubi, no. 77, CGE R. milfordensis has a very different appearance from R. septentrionalis in the field, though general differences of size, colour, texture and habit, which arrest the eye, are not easily expressed in words. In detail, the stem of R. milfordensis lacks the white, spreading hairs of R. septentrionalis and the prickles are less crowded and usually declining. The terminal leaflet is larger, often nearly oval and with a less abrupt point. The panicle produces more and larger flowers and the petals are pink. R. milfordensis is a local species, frequent within fifteen miles of Guildford, but not yet certainly known further afield. ACKNOWLEDGMENT I should like to thank Mr A. Newton for help in the preparation of this paper. REFERENCES Rocers, W. M. (1900). Handbook of British Rubi. London. WATSON, W. C. R. (1946). Rubus appendix to Check-List of British Vascular Plants. J. Ecol., 33: 337-344. WATSON, W. C. R. (1958). Handbook of the Rubi of Great Britain and Ireland. Cambridge. (Accepted June 1972) ‘To wing a 1 680, i 6, | si Whe a Daiieseitrk hat 7a bitty eae he, We ashes 1d, BRO 2 ZED LORIN ITS hae lsgithakle WA, .@ ‘0 n ae eee VE: OM nome BOIEAD “coi cH owe Hee ole My cual ae pa Rate AD ‘momo’ ae) wil LC OUND Ka Ai. Pes, oP WED a oe BY ; ih colt bi be, hy, RIS, QM eng OS A sig ‘ustenn Ml va. co seas e ey iad CT aida Mais tl ate waco levied strhrosa of | at (aetna a mont, pan rape te aibzs a me icitae Hes, ai | i aa " yg ak LESAN. x te cmohe geld it ih a, ee ey eobioing ‘St ek ) bas Ent tavo. viunon wsfio 203838), fi tRGD) hatiava at ee ate cs MD i, 1938) (bas areas Lage Omg ainen af ‘ | aM at rks oi) tl A ial siyy inauped, Pe lbwt {aac} Sa | Laie aflaayh, sane flegation 19 ae UR ean Lhe Ls ‘ate, Lagnie. bie eteaiS: Nei nih lbs ae Weds Be a be at} Re wel te tO ae ta ats, nt BPE 19} nomwalt a” ABM s 7 | ie hing: See a) eee wl ed sient IONS patente vn aul) rune) atiet obit on Uo ok ce doh ait Ng aA NB vert 48 Lyset cei 19 tails Wad 98 ‘gece a ee yale ain ik swe Yat p Aeal om \e Joodhnakh cored) ind nn Ere iS) ning an ries a or aie PA actons tes sith i rh awe baw ae Cie: ie A To ie Lye hie Sopaly ie u Hh: RI Loar Oe AA ‘ale Arve LOD RAG, ORY Mee eke a i ‘4 ee a ey ae ray ‘ : 4 (olowitig elute heave Lane ; i ot i | : ae | Cel Rate wa we ayy 4 ae FAG VY Rea m ner ao -" a Putte py WS OD A ay eee Hea Watsonia, 9, 253-256 (1973). D3 Distribution of Vallisneria spiralis L. in the River Lea Navigation Canal (Essex-Hertfordshire border) S. HARRIS Department of Zoology, Royal Holloway College, Englefield Green, Surrey and T. A. LORDING 78 Antlers Hill, London, E.4 ABSTRACT The occurrence of Vallisneria spiralis in the River Lea Navigation Canal has been surveyed. It was found that the plant was the dominant hydrophyte over lengths of the canal, and its distribution in relation to water-flow, water temperature and other factors is discussed. This alien plant is generally distributed in warmer parts of the world, and in Europe is found as far north as the Midi in France. It has previously been recorded as naturalised in West Gloucestershire, Worcestershire, South-west Yorkshire and South Lancashire (Tutin 1962). An earlier record than ours for the River Lea Navigation Canal was made by M. R. Gilson at Wormley, Hertfordshire, (GR 52/373.054) on October 9th 1961. However this report was not followed up and we knew of the record only after our survey had been completed. Vallisneria was found by us in the canal at Cheshunt, Hertfordshire, (GR 52/369.024) in 1970 (Dony 1971), and the full extent of its distribution was surveyed from August to October 1971 (Fig. 1). The survey was carried out from the tow-path, this lying on the west side of the canal north of Enfield Lock (GR 51/375.996) and on the east side of the canal below this level. Access to the other bank was restricted over most of its length. The results show that the plant occurs over a length of 54 miles and is found in three vice-counties: North Essex (v.c. 19), Hertfordshire (v.c. 20) and Middlesex (v.c. 21). It was found that Vallisneria has the centre of its distribution around Cheshunt, and is the dominant hydrophyte over lengths of the canal, forming dense clumps each of several hundred plants. Throughout this part of the canal water-flow is negligible, the bottom is composed of mud and gravel, and the water is shallow, Vallisneria not occurring in water more than three feet deep. This results in a central channel free of Vallisneria, and above and below each lock there is also a length of canal (usually 100-150 yards) uncolonised by Vallisneria due to the greater depth and increased water-flow in the vicinity of the locks. North of Aqueduct Lock (GR 52/372.044) only two small clumps of Vallisneria were found, both near Wormley, although the habitat appears to be suitable as far north as Nazeing (GR 52/373.067). North of this level the canal bottom becomes 254 S. HARRIS & T. A. LORDING Lower Nazein 06 gq Aqueduct Lock | At 04 | pie Cheshunt Lock | 03 Lie ae ee ke es a eee aE 2 Cheshunt : q | ert be poanaeiraes onrrimauenie tks Waar NI yt nis 02 | YL Waltham Common Lock | | | | ! | 01 | | Waltham Lock (EL (S2)e |O. Sad iy Ith Abie 00 TQ (51) fv asin SD DeY oon | | Rammey Marsh Lock | ll 99 Sewardstone a 98 King George V Reservoir al 97 Eastern Flood Channel 318 319 Ficure 1. Distribution of Tape Grass, Vallisneria spiralis, in the River Lea Navigation Canal. DISTRIBUTION OF VALLISNERIA SPIRALIS L. 255 muddier, with a heavy covering of leaf litter, and this appears to be an unsuitable substratum for Vallisneria, which has only been found in areas with a gravelly bottom. South of Waltham Abbey (GR 52/376.005) the clumps of plants become more isolated, and south of Enfield Lock very few plants are found. Enfield Lock marks the northern limit of industrial use of the canal, and below this level the water is much deeper to facilitate access by barges. The few plants found are on shallow gravelly shelves, and are very stunted, presumably due to the industrial pollution. However even these plants flower freely. An extension of the range further south seems to be impossible, the deep polluted water providing an unsuitable habitat. In this country Vallisneria is normally believed to be associated with areas of warm water. Thus Savidge et alii (1963) record that the Hollinwood Canal in South Lancashire had a short length warmed by condensed steam from the Mersey Mill, and here Vallisneria used to grow profusely, so that it had to be repeatedly dragged out. They also record it as abundant in the Reddish Canal in 1940 opposite Broadstone Mill, where the plant was found in water with a temperature as high as 29°C. Also in South Lancashire in 1956 the plant was recorded in hot water coming from an air compressor at Howe Bridge Colliery, Atherton. However the only heated effluent discharged into the Lea Navigation Canal between Hertford and Enfield is the Rye House Generating Station’s cooling water at Dobbs Weir Pool, Hoddesdon, (GR 52/384.082) about 34 miles north of the most northerly record for Vallisneria in the canal. The Rye House Station is a peak load station, so that the discharge from it is intermittent, and the effect on water temperature is negligible. Quarterly water temperatures (Table 1) are available for Rye House, Dobbs Weir and Broxbourne, respectively 34, 24 and 3 of a mile north of the Vallisneria at Wormley. Between Wormley and Enfield, where flow is negligible, the water temperature is similar to that at Rye House. Thus in this area Vallisneria does not seem to require warm water. For most other sites for Vallisneria details of water-flow are not available. TABLE 1. QUARTERLY WATER TEMPERATURES IN THE LEA NAVIGATION CANAL FOR 1970-1971 Rye House Dobbs Weir Broxbourne July—Sept. Min. 13.075 18-0°C Ie2- CE 1970 Av. 16-95 Pes 20-6°C Max. DACOne 23-07€ PB AVAC Oct.—Dec. Min. 0-0°C 7-O2C 4-0°C 1970 AV. 6:75C 10-0°C 10-6°C Max. 10-0°C 1355€ IW7-OKE Jan—March Min. SHUM 50°C 7T-0°C 1971 AV. 8-0°C 8-0°C 9-4°C Max. 10:5°C 12-05€ 13:05 April-June Min. 9:05€ 12:0°C 10-0°C 1971 AV. 139° € SEE 15-0°C Max. 17-07 € 22-05E 19-0°C 256 S. HARRIS & T. A. LORDING However Amphlett & Rea (1909) record the plant in Worcestershire in the stagnant water of Knapp’s Brickyard, Northwick, in 1868. This is in agreement with the present observations, where water-flow is negligible or non-existent over the area of canal colonised by Vallisneria. Periodically the Lea Navigation Canal is dredged, but this seems to have no long-term effect on the abundance of the plant, except perhaps in aiding its dispersal, large rafts of dredged-up plants drifting downstream. The various habitat requirements outlined above limit the area of the Naviga- tion Canal that can be colonised by Vallisneria, and also prevent the plant colon- ising the neighbouring streams, river and flood channels, all of which have connections with the Navigation Canal. Vallisneria has been present in the canal for at least eleven years, and is now well established, and this has made it impossible to discover the time or place of the original introduction. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to Dr J. G. Dony and Mr S. T. Jermyn for their advice and criticisms during the preparation of the manuscript, and also to Dr F. H. Perring for sending the details of earlier Vallisneria records. We are also indebted to the Lee Conservancy Catchment Board for making available details of water- temperature and flow-rates. REFERENCES AMPHLETT, J. & REA, C. (1909). The Botany of Worcestershire. Birmingham. Dony, J. G. (1971). Plant notes for 1970. Trans. Herts. nat. Hist. Soc., 27: 119-120. SAVIDGE, J. P., HEYwoop, V. H. & GorbDon, V., eds. (1963). Travis’s Flora of South Lancashire, p. 292. Liverpool. TuTIN, T. G. (1962). Vallisneria, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 938-939. Cambridge. (Accepted April 1972) Watsonia, 9, 257-262 (1973). D5 Festuca glauca Lam. and its var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt. P. J. O. TRIST Glovers, 28 High Street, Balsham, Cambs. ABSTRACT From a study of Festuca glauca Lam. in the Breckland, Suffolk, it is concluded that var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt. is only a habitat modification resulting from unfavourable conditions. INTRODUCTION Following an initial study of the habitat of the grass described by Sir J. E. Smith (Sowerby & Smith 1808) as Festuca caesia (F. glauca var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt.), further observations were made on the ecology of the British representatives of Festuca glauca Lam. and of its var. caesia in the only two known sites in the Breckland of West Suffolk, East Anglia. It had already been noted that var. caesia is scarce in some seasons and that plants of this variety become virtually indistinguishable from var. glauca when removed to the more fertile soil of a garden. F. glauca and the var. caesia have been studied for more than 160 years. The history of the nomenclature leaves room for doubt as to their certain distinction and this is reinforced by personal study of the two plants over several seasons. This paper discusses the habitat, local climatic conditions and the behaviour of these two taxa under field and garden conditions. Field observations have been made in the only two known localities of F. glauca in West Suffolk, at Foxhole Heath (GR 52/736.776) and Little Eriswell (GR 52/724.799). Hind (1889) only recorded ‘F. glauca Sm.? at Mildenhall and at Cattawade on the tidal River Stour. The former probably referred to the Foxhole Heath site and his query was no doubt aimed at the Cattawade record, which could have been a mistake for F. rubra subsp. rubra var. pruinosa. THE BRECKLAND HABITAT The ten-year average annual rainfall for the years 1958-1968 at Elveden, West Suffolk (GR 52/824.799), is 23-32 inches whilst at Saxmundham (GR 62/368.638) in East Suffolk the average is 25-23 inches. In eight out of ten years of this period the rainfall at Elveden has been from 0-88 to 4-33 inches lower than that at Saxmundham. The soil texture in the Breckland varies from a fine to a coarse sand with a very low organic matter content and therefore it has little or no potential for moisture retention. Most of the area comprises a highly calcareous sand but there are heath areas, such as Foxhole, which are extremely acid. On the Breckland sands there is a critical period for plant growth which usually falls somewhere between 20th May and 10th June when ten days without rain, more particularly if it follows or is accompanied by drying winds, will cause severe drought conditions. It is a period when barley is making its second root 258 P. J. O. TRIST growth and, if affected by this drought, the crop is permanently stunted in growth with consequent loss in yield. This is also a period which can have a marked effect on the growth of certain natural members of the Breckland flora. The topography and the variations in the growth of vegetation on Foxhole Heath are typical of several of the poorer areas which remain uncultivated in West Suffolk. Much of the higher ground at Foxhole, between 15 m and 22:5 m altitude, is largely colonised by isolated dense tufts of Festuca ovina. No plants of F. glauca have been found there but plants of var. g/auca are seen at this altitude in the closed sward of the wide roadside verge. Below the 15m contour on the Heath var. glauca is found in closed sward and var. caesia in open sward. There is little difference in the soil status. P and K are low on the upland soils and very low in the lowland; the pH of both is about 4-5. Proceeding to the lower ground the plant cover is at first very open with scattered plants of Festuca ovina and Aira praecox; Thymus pulegioides, Senecio jacobaea and Anthoxanthum odoratumthen appear and this eventually leads into an open sward of Koeleria cristata, Hieracium pilosella and isolated plants of Calluna vulgaris. This finally becomes a closed sward of grasses and other plants. These include Festuca ovina, F. rubra subsp. rubra, Agrostis tenuis, Koeleria cristata, Rumex tenuifolius, Galium verum and Teesdalia nudicaulis. It is in this type of closed sward that F. glauca var. glauca is found. It also occurs with several of the above grasses and Helictotrichon pratense on the nearby roadside verge. On the verge in Lords Walk at Little Eriswell no var. caesia is seen and var. glauca is only found in a closed sward of Festuca rubra, F. ovina, Allium vineale, Medicago falcata and M. x varia; it is absent from the adjacent open sward of Bromus Sterilis. Typical var. glauca is always found in dense vegetation. Its leaf-length is accentuated by competition, which also results in the leaves becoming more or less erect, rather than reflexed. It is noticeably palatable to rabbits. This close association with other plants is an indication of its moisture requirements. Within the more or less closed sward there are small open areas with a sparse cover of stunted Festuca ovina and lichens; it is only in this habitat that var. caesia is found while var. glauca is absent. TAXONOMY Festuca glauca var. caesia is said to be distinguished by its stunted growth, with few, very narrow leaves often only 5-8 cm long, and culms which over-top the leaves by 5—25 cm. The leaves may even be as short as 1:5 cm, but they are always distinctly curved, pointing downwards or sideways. They have a distinct “‘bluish-grey’ hue but Breckland plants are less pruinose than the plant for so long grown in European gardens for ornamental purposes. By contrast, the leaves of var. glauca are mostly straight and never curved to such an extent; at Foxhole and Eriswell they are more generally a greyish-green, but occasionally bluish-green according to the degree of drought. Var. caesia is said to have spikelets 6 mm long and lemmas 4 mm long, compared with var. glauca which has spikelets 2-8 mm long and lemmas 4-5-5 mm long. Var. caesia is seldom found with more than 1—2(-5) culms and it is scarce or absent in some seasons. Measurements of both varieties will be discussed later. Smith (1808) originally gave var. caesia specific rank as Festuca caesia. Lowe (1868) treated both F. caesia and F. glauca as a single variety, var. caesia (Sm.) FESTUCA GLAUCA LAM. 259 Lowe, of F. ovina. He commented that it was ‘glaucous and altogether larger’ than F. ovina. This is clearly a reference to F. glauca Lam. Hackel (1882), who saw specimens from Smith’s type locality, retained both taxa under F. ovina sensu lato as F. ovina subsp. eu-ovina var. glauca (Lam.) Hackel and F. ovina subsp. eu-ovina var. glauca subvar. caesia (Sm.) Hackel. Festuca cinerea Vill., which predates F. glauca, is now being used by several Continental botanists for what is supposedly the same plant. However, F. cinerea differs in having pubescent spikelets, whereas typical F. glauca is completely glabrous. Sir J. E. Smith spent the last 30 years of his life at Norwich and botanised with James Crowe (1750-1807) of Lakenham. In English Botany (Sowerby & Smith 1808) the paragraph on F. caesia reads as follows: ‘In almost the last botanical excursion that I enjoyed with my late friend Mr Crowe, when we examined the country round Bury St Edmunds, in June 1804, along with our experienced guide Sir Thomas Cullum, we were much struck with the very glaucous aspect of this grass on the dry barren heaths north of that town. We preserved both dry and living specimens; and though the latter have been cultivated ever since in the rich moist ground at Lakenham, and have consequently grown very luxuriantly, their glaucous hue, and all the essential characters above stated, by which they may be known from F. ovina, t. 585 and duriuscula, t. 470, remain unchanged’. Smith concluded therefore that F. caesia is quite distinct from F. ovina and F. duriuscula (F. longifolia). Specimens 132-134 of F. caesia in his herbarium (LINN) are from ‘heaths about Bury, June 15, 1804. Both vegetative and floral characters of this specimen are identical with those of the var. caesia under review. Another specimen from the same area is in K. The Linnean Society also has a specimen labelled Festuca glauca ‘from Mr Crowe’s garden from heaths near Bury 1804’. It is apparent that these two plants were under close observation at this time. Smith recorded F. caesia ‘near and north’ of Bury St Edmunds, but a search of local archives of correspondence with Sir Thomas Cullum does not reveal any information as to the precise locality. It is improbable that Smith referred to heath to the north of Ingham, as Rochefoucauld (1784) commented that the country between Ingham and Thetford ‘is covered with heather in every direction as far as the eye can see’. It is unlikely that F. g/auca or Smith’s F. caesia would have been growing in such a habitat and Rochefoucauld also commented on the complete absence of plants other than heather, ‘except in the little valleys’. On the basis of soil-type the area immediately east of Bury St Edmunds is probably ruled out and there is some doubt of the plant growing in the more fertile soils of the Fornham parishes to the north of the town. It seems likely, therefore, that Smith’s plants were collected from the west and north-west, towards Risby and Cavenham, or even from the present sites in the parish of Eriswell. CULTIVATION EXPERIMENTS Special attention to the growth-habit and habitat of var. caesia was first made by the writer in 1963. At no time has this dwarf variant been observed in a closed sward where var. glauca is found. It is always in an open low sward, mainly comprising stunted F. ovina, and on rabbit runs; if it were in the closed sward it would hardly be noticed. It does not appear to flower annually, a fact that bears no relation to differences in the total annual rainfall. Throughout the period May to August, 1968, no plants were observed and yet the April to July rainfall P. J. O. TRIST 260 €-I-S-0 ¢:7-S:0 L-1-¥:0 9-I-8-0 8-I-$-0 CAE—E:0 0-S-0:7 V-S-0°S 8-7-0: 0-7-8:¢ 0-S-S-7 Vo See 8-€-0-€ O0-V-S:E ¢--0-€ €:€-0-¢ O-F-€:€ BG S:C 0-€-1:7 0-€-S:7 0-€-0:¢ 0:7-S'I 0-€-8°C 0-¢ -V'1 0-L-S-9 0-L-8-¢ 0-L-0°S G-9-S°¢ 0:9-S-¢ O:9E-0;6 0:9-S:¢ SILAS? 0:9-0-7 0:S-S-V ¢-L-0:9 33a Pam vS-bv 8I-L vI-8 O£-87¢ vC-I7 0:SC-0°8 0-I-S-0 ¢-0-£:0 L:0-¥:0 L:0-S:0 8-0-£:0 v:0 —-Cc:0 Ie-SI cI-S Ic-O1 8e-81 CC-8 O-L -S-I 896] Pop10de1 896] POpsOde1 “Y96I Tl9MSIIq x9 ‘P961 SJOYUXOF X9 | P96T 9JOYXOY x9 | PO6T B[OYXO xO juejdsues uopiey | 896] [OMS xO | 896] BJOYXO xo | JUL[dsueI] UspIeH JSUL, “QI JSUT, “qa9fF] DINDIS “eA Donn] s “eA DINDIsS *IeA DISADI “IRA DINDIS “eA DISIDI “IRA wu YISUST-UMP-CUIWS T WU YjSU9]-eWUWST wus yysus]-ounys Joddq wu YISUST-OUIN]S IOMOT WU YISUd-jO[OyIdS Wd YySUN]-s/o1Ueg Wd YysuUs,-WynD WUE Y}PIM-jeo’] Wd Y}SUds]-JeoT VISAVI AVA UNV VONVTIDUVA VOAVTD VOALSTA AO SLNANAUNSVAW AONAOSAUOTANI GNV WN) “AVdT ‘T ATaVi FESTUCA GLAUCA LAM. 261 amounted to 9-41 inches compared with 8-42 inches in 1964, when many plants were seen. The comparison, year by year, of the rainfall of individual summer months does not give the answer. The most likely explanation is that some of the seeds of var. glauca (which are distributed by birds and wind) fall on open or semi-open ground where the sandy soil and inadequate ground-cover give rise to soil moisture conditions which are inadequate for young seedling grasses, and this causes stunting or even death. In addition it is more than likely that late germination occasionally clashes with the critical drought period referred to above. In order to pursue this theory, in 1964 very small plants of var. caesia from Foxhole Heath were introduced into a garden at Bury St Edmunds where organic matter, P, K and pH are higher. In the following year the length and number of leaves increased considerably and the plants have continued to thrive in a form which bears no resemblance to their original condition. The leaf-width and -length, together with the length and number of culms, are significantly greater than those of the original plants (Table 1). The leaf-length of the 1964 herbarium specimen referred to in this Table is typical of var. caesia, ranging from 1-5-7-0 cm. The few leaves are distinctly curved and bluish-grey in colour. By contrast, when such plants are moved to the more fertile soil of a garden, many more leaves are produced forming a dense tuft and ranging in length from 18—38 cm. The leaves are no longer strongly curved and the colour changes from bluish-grey to a greyish-green. The influence of the more fertile soil is also shown by the 1968 measurements of material of var. glauca transplanted from Eriswell in 1964, leaf-length ranging from 15-31 cm. This is considerably greater than that of material collected at Eriswell in 1968 from a sandy roadside bank. The leaves of both varieties are flat or tightly inrolled. Those of var. caesia in the wild are the narrower, varying in width from 0-2—0-4 mm but overlapping the range of var. glauca. As is evident from Table 1 the leaves of both varieties become wider in cultivation; to what extent this is the result of unrolling has not been investigated. Culm-length is variable. The majority of var. caesia culms are short but always several times the height of the leaves, whilst in var. glauca the culm is frequently about equal to the leaves in the wild and more than twice as high under garden conditions. It is clear therefore that the vegetative growth of transplants of both var. caesia and var. glauca is considerably influenced by increased fertility. The panicles of the 1964 wild-collected material of var. caesia varied from 1-3-2:8 cm in length. They were distinctly smaller than cultivated material (4:-5-5:0 cm) and both cultivated and wild-collected material of var. glauca (4:0-7:5 cm). The spikelets varied in length from 5-0—7-0 mm and this is reason- ably consistent in all the material. The lower glumes of wild and cultivated material of var. caesia ranged from 1-4-2-0 mm in length; they differed only slightly from those of var. glauca (2:0-3-0 mm). The measurements of the upper glumes, lemma and lemma-awn varied little in the two varieties. CONCLUSIONS As a result of this study I consider that F. glauca var. caesia is merely a de- pauperate form of F. glauca growing under adverse soil conditions. It does not therefore merit varietal status. 262 P. J. O. TRIST The following description of F. glauca is based on specimens from Suffolk and includes material referred in the past to var. caesia. An erect, densely tufted, glaucous and glabrous perennial, 8-50 cm. Leaves erect or strongly curved, especially in semi-open habitats, flat or tightly inrolled, usually 0-4—1-0 mm wide, but 0-2-0-4 mm in stunted plants, abruptly pointed, smooth and less pruinose than most continental plants, frequently greyish-green, bluish-green in stunted plants. Sheaths smooth, open to the base, pale brown, becoming darker at the base. Ligule minute. Culms erect or spreading, relatively stout, with 2 nodes both near the base. Panicle 2-8 cm, narrowly oblong to ovate in outline, more or less crowded, greyish-green; rhachis slightly flexuous. Spikelets 5-7 mm; florets 5-7, separating at maturity. Glumes persistent, acuminate, the tips and upper margins hyaline; lower glume 2-3 mm; upper glume 3-4 mm. Lemma rounded on the back, 3-5-5:-5 mm, mucronate or narrowed into a fine 0-3-2-5 mm awn. Palea about as long as the lemma. Anthers 2-3 mm. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am much indebted to Dr C. E. Hubbard for his interest and guidance in this study, and to Mr D. H. Kent and Dr C. A. Stace for helpful criticism. REFERENCES HACKEL, E. (1882). Monographia Festucarum europaearum, pp. 94-5. Kassel & Berlin. HIND, W. M. (1889). The Flora of Suffolk, p. 406. London. LowgE, E. J. (1868). A Natural History of British Grasses, p. 155. London. ROCHEFOUCAULD, F. DE LA (1784). A Frenchman in England, p. 210. Cambridge. SOWERBY, J. & SMITH, J. E. (1808). English Botany, 27: Plate 1917. London. (Accepted November 1971) Watsonia, 9, 263-267 (1973). 263 Weeds of a Leicester garden T. G. TUTIN Department of Botany, University of Leicester ABSTRACT The main changes over 25 years in the weed-flora of a Leicester garden are described briefly and attention is drawn to the behaviour of certain species, very local in the wild, which become aggressive weeds in the garden. A list of the 95 species occurring as weeds is given. Observations have been made on the weeds in a garden in Knighton, Leicester (GR 43/601.012) since 1947 and the changes that have occurred in these 25 years seem of sufficient interest to justify putting them on record. The garden, of approximately half a hectare, surrounds a farmhouse, the oldest parts of which are probably 16th century. The land was farmed until about 1930, when most of it was sold for building; two fields of pasture remained to the north of the house, and a strip to the west was used as a nursery garden until recently. The garden can conveniently be divided into three sections: 1. The original kitchen garden and front garden and associated paths and hedge bottoms ; 2. The ‘kitchen midden’ area on the north and east side of the house 3. The new garden made from a piece of permanent pasture in 1948-1950. These three sections differ from one another in a number of ways, not least in their weeds. It should be borne in mind that weeding has been to a certain extent discriminatory. Aggressive weeds such as Aegopodium podagraria have been actively discouraged, although no species has been intentionally eliminated. On the other hand, rare or interesting species have been tolerated or even mildly encouraged. A short description of the three sections follows. SECTION 1 This is about = of the total area. It slopes gently towards the south and in the lower part has a rather light alluvial soil with water-worn pebbles; higher up the soil is derived from the boulder clay but has been worked for many years and, particularly in the kitchen garden, well manured with farmyard manure. The supply of manure ceased about ten years ago. The striking feature of this area was the abundance of Chenopodium poly- spermum, C. rubrum and, in one patch, C. ficifolium. These rapidly diminished after manuring ceased and C. polyspermum and C. ficifolium have not been seen for several years now; in 1971 two small plants of C. rubrum were all that could be found. Atriplex hastata, A. patula and Polygonum convolvulus, formerly common, particularly among rows of Pisum sativum, have also greatly diminished. 264 T. G. TUTIN Agropyron repens and Aegopodium podagraria are restricted to different parts of section 1 and, in spite of determined efforts to get rid of them, both manually and by the use of herbicides, occupy approximately the same area now as in 1947. The abundance of the former has been greatly reduced by digging out and by treatment with dalapon but the latter is much as it was. It is perhaps remarkable that neither has succeeded in invading new territory. Myosotis arvensis, Papaver lecogii, Geranium robertianum and Bromus sterilis are each confined to its own small area where, though never abundant, they have maintained fairly steady populations for 25 years. Sonchus arvensis and Cam- panula rapunculoides likewise each occur in one small patch and are more or less unchanged in area and abundance. Convolvulus arvensis, formerly a widespread weed in the kitchen garden, has been greatly reduced by 2,4D and is no longer a serious weed. Oxalis corniculata, which was abundant in 1948 and for some years after, has now disappeared, though no exceptional measures were taken against it. Corydalis lutea, Linaria purpurea, Papaver atlanticum and Tanacetum par- thenium (Chrysanthemum parthenium) are obviously relics from earlier fashions in garden plants; they are not very aggressive and are reasonably ornamental, so they are left in odd corners. Epilobium adenocaulon, now the commonest willowherb in all parts of the garden, first appeared about 1965 although known in Leicester for many years. Senecio squalidus apparently arrived in Leicester about 1944 and appeared in the garden about 1957; it has not spread widely but is confined to an old wall and cinder path. Two recent arrivals, not deliberately introduced, are Arctium minus and Dipsacus fullonum, one seedling of each of which was noticed simultaneously in 1968. Both were left undisturbed and flowered in 1969. Dipsacus, when in flower, was visited by numerous solitary bees by day and by moths at night. No visits by honey-bees or butterflies were noticed. The fruiting plant was visited regularly by goldfinches throughout the winter months, but abundant seedlings appeared in 1970, the one most distant from the parent plant being about 10m away. About half the seedlings flowered in 1971 and the remainder will in 1972, and presumably from now on some plants will be flowering every year. This is in marked contrast to Linum bienne, which was accidentally introduced about 20 years ago and which has maintained itself in a small patch ever since. This has so far proved strictly biennial, so a year in which all the plants flower is followed by one in which none flowers. Arctium was more effectively dispersed than Dipsacus, the most distant seed- ling found being 40 m from the parent. Only one out of the numerous seedlings which germinated in 1970 flowered in 1971. Most, if not all, of the remainder seem to be going to flower in 1972. The seeds of these two species most probably arrived in mud on shoes, as the original seedlings appeared in a place where shoes are scraped. They are likely to have come from Shangton, south-east of Leicester. The species of Veronica show some features of interest. V. persica and V. agrestis flower, fruit and germinate throughout the year, except in very severe winters. The latter is here the commoner, which is the reverse of the usual situation. V. arvensis has a more limited season of growth and usually, if not always, produces only one crop a year; it is confined to two small areas in the garden and seems unable to spread. V. hederifolia, as is well known, is strictly seasonal, though very abundant; the seeds germinate only after being chilled in winter. WEEDS OF A LEICESTER GARDEN 265 SECTION 2 The soil here is light, ashy and well-drained, with bones, broken pottery and clay pipes, horseshoes and other rusting agricultural remains. This section occupies about $ of the total area, is level and is raised somewhat above the surrounding land, being held up in part by a low brick wall. The number of species of weeds is comparatively small, much of the area being covered by Chelidonium, Circaea and Stachys sylvatica with the addition of Meconopsis cambrica, which was formerly cultivated. Solanum nigrum and Urtica urens, though not abundant, are perhaps the two most characteristic weeds in this area. In the shade on the east side of the house is a large patch of Ranunculus auricomus, which is unlikely to have been deliberately introduced and may be a relic from the distant past. Other possible relics from former woodland which survived until recently in the vicinity, though not actually in the garden, are Allium ursinum, Melica uniflora and Mercurialis perennis. A change in the use of the adjacent field has brought about the extinction of Primula veris within the last ten years. SECTION 3 The original turf of this area consisted of a mixture of grasses, with such charac- teristic meadow species as Hordeum secalinum, Alopecurus pratensis, Anthoxan- thum odoratum, Cynosurus cristatus and Trisetum flavescens, together with Ranunculus acris, R. bulbosus, R. repens and Leucanthemum. The lawn still has a similar composition, though R. acris has succumbed to mowing and, unlike the other three species, has failed to establish as a weed. This section occupies about § of the total area and the cultivated part consists of a fairly steep, south-facing slope with a level area at the top. The latter is used as vegetable garden and is separated from the former by a hedge of Berberis x stenophylla, which shelters the bank on the north. The soil has a high humus- content and good texture, but boulder clay is not far below the surface and water often stands in depressions in winter for several days on end. The first year after the removal of the turf from the bank Ranunculus arvensis appeared in some quantity; it diminished fairly rapidly in succeeding years and has not now been seen for some time. This plant is very rare in Leicestershire now, and the most likely source seems to have been from the germination of previously buried seeds. Anagallis arvensis perhaps had a similar source, but this just manages to maintain itself. The adjoining field was levelled and sown with a grass mixture and this sowing was undoubtedly the source of Bromus lepidus, Lolium perenne and, perhaps, Agrostis gigantea. The worst weeds in this part of the garden are of my own introduction: Agropyron donianum from Inchnadamph, given me by Mr J. E. Raven, Hierochloe odorata from Lough Neagh, given me by Dr C. E. Hubbard, and Lapsana intermedia from Totternhoe, the gift of Mr E. Milne- Redhead. I had not expected extreme aggressiveness from species as local as these are, but I have entirely failed in my struggles to control them. A. donianum and L. intermedia reproduce freely by seed while H. odorata is, fortunately, com- pletely sterile but advances inexorably by innumerable slender rhizomes. Its mass of long leaves swamps plants such as J/ris sibirica and even things as large as Potentilla fruticosa survive with difficulty. A. donianum has established itself successfully in a hedge and in an unmown strip of lawn. Crataegus, Fraxinus, Sambucus and, to a lesser extent, J/ex occur regularly, 266 and the first two frequently, as seedlings and would not take long to establish a scrub, if left. T. G. TUTIN Oxalis europaea, O. exilis and Poa nemoralis were introduced with various plants bought from nurseries; the two former died out after a few years, but the latter continues on a small scale. It is perhaps worth recording that Poa annua occurs as three genetically distinct variants, a perennial one in wet places, a tall annual with little antho- cyanin in fertile soils, and a dwarf annual with much anthocyanin on infertile clay which is not excessively wet. Rumex sanguineus grows in moderate quantity in hedge-bottoms but does not invade cultivated ground. In 1971 a single seedling of var. sanguineus, with the characteristic purplish-red veins and thick leaves, appeared. I know of no possible source of introduction, so it is probable that this plant has arisen from var. viridis, either as a new mutation or through the segregation of a double recessive. The following is a list of the species recorded as weeds, with numbers indicating the sections of the garden in which they occur. An asterisk indicates that they have now disappeared. Of the 95 species no fewer then 75% have Linnaean names, though some of these are no longer placed in their original genera and others have been raised from varietal rank. The corresponding percentage for the British flora as a whole (excluding microspecies) is about 62%. Achillea millefolium L. 1 C. rubrum L. 1 Aegopodium podagraria L. 1 Circaea lutetiana L. 2 Aethusa cynapium L. 1 Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. 3 Agropyron donianum F. B. White 3 C. vulgare (Savi) Ten. fe; 3 A. repens (L.) Beauv. Convolvulus arvensis L. 1 Agrostis gigantea Roth 3 Corydalis lutea (L.) DC. 1 A. stolonifera L. 3 Crepis vesicaria subsp. haenseleri Alliaria petiolata (Bieb.) Cavara (DC P! Di Sell 13 & Grande 2 Dipsacus fullonum L. 1 Anagallis arvensis L. 3 Epilobium adenocaulon Hausskn. 1, 2, 3 Anthriscus sylvestris (L.) Hoffm. 1 E. angustifolium L. Ss Arabidopsis thaliana (L.) Heynh. 1 E. hirsutum L. 3 Arctium minus Bernh. I E. montanum L. 12.3 Atriplex hastata L. 1 E. roseum Schreber 38 A. patula L. es. Erophila verna (L.) Chevall. ] Brachypodium sylvaticum Euphorbia peplus L. ve (Hudson) Beauv. 3 Festuca rubra L. 3 Bromus lepidus Holmb. 3 Galium aparine L. 1,3 B. ramosus Hudson 3 Geranium robertianum L. 1 B. sterilis L. i Geum urbanum L. 1 Calystegia silvatica (Kit.) Griseb. 1, 2 Glechoma hederacea L. 3 Campanula rapunculoides L. 1 Hierochloe odorata (L.) Beauv. 3 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. 3 Holcus lanatus L. 3 Cardamine hirsuta L. 3 Lamium album L. #2, 3 Chelidonium majus L. 2 L. purpureum L. RY, 3 Chenopodium album L. 1>3 Lapsana intermedia Bieb. 3 *C. ficifolium Sm. I Leucanthemum vulgare Lam. 3 *C. polyspermum L. l Linaria purpurea (L.) Miller 1 WEEDS OF A LEICESTER GARDEN 267 Lolium perenne L. 3 R. repens L. 8 Matricaria matricarioides Rumex crispus L. 3 (Less.) Porter 1 R. obtusifolius L. 3 Myosotis arvensis (L.) Hill l R. sanguineus L. 3 *Oxalis corniculata L. ] Senecio squalidus L. ] *O. europaea Jordan 3 S. vulgaris L. Ps: *O. exilis A. Cunn. 3 Solanum dulcamara L. 1 Papaver atlanticum (Ball) S. nigrum L. 2.3 Cosson Sonchus arvensis L. ] P. lecogii Lamotte S. asper (L.) Hill [Ee 2a3 Plantago major L. S. oleraceus L. I. 253 Poa annua L. DNS Stachys sylvatica L. 2. l 1 1 1 P. nemoralis L. 3 Tanacetum parthenium (L.) 2 1 P. pratensis L. 40) Schultz Bip. | P. trivialis L. BI the Taraxacum officinale Weber 1, 2, 3 Polygonum arenastrum Tragopogon pratensis L. 3 Boreau |e} Urtica dioica L. IPS P. aviculare L. 3 U. urens L. 2 P. convolvulus L. 3 Veronica agrestis L. | P. persicaria L. ] V. arvensis L. |e Prunella vulgaris L. 3 V. hederifolia L. nse * Ranunculus arvensis L. 3 V. persica Poiret e283 R. bulbosus L. 3 V. serpyliifolia L. 3 (Accepted May 1972) UP if eh m I os af 4 ay riven feteyog auld snc: ans wi at ws a c sacurs ; a ‘sibitinsliy Bert Poa polis 83; f) Pra GY she Ln égves, appaancds T acl Aaiton kG Use? OF ere! ia “wat AOR J asin pact aa ‘wd auilg\taantde ie yh asdwiratthe. oe ba ign wert a 1 TRG disse | bis ae? io sa outa uss wiv Be sie eee iver Hides, aah DS Rs Asai ae geal wi re noch ile Me BA Aatien its wk US" IASG rp ] Area she in ne denoted Ae Rees MAST TA rab 4 _ ae ot War, sorregteln ¢ T, . pre ry hi “_ Lia plant hase ¥ +a my A Jeried NHS se ication A Tie ty SOTA A vaio | vd UI 1 LRAT SOG, geo f " Pe fete feo eee fessor eral mn [ ve fcedressfronafesl ma es fonporsboabenal Le fe [= fe Pe A.= height of plant (cm) B = width of plant (cm) C = length of stem to 1st branch (cm) D = number of primary -branches E = length of leaf (mm) F = width of leaf (mm) G = length of corolla (mm) = length of capsule (mm) Key to polygraph Each radius has six divisions with values from 0-5 E. L. SWANN 352 ‘suone[ndod vsosowau *q pure vsnfuoos visvsydnyz AJOJION[ JOJ sydessAjog *¢ TaNo14 esosowau *7 eSNfJuod ‘J 353 NORFOLK EUPHRASIAE ‘suonvindod vjpsuoja "J luausayopnasd “Fz pue vsosowau x vsnfuod °yz ‘tdausayopnasd visvsydny Y[OJION IOJ sydeisAlog ‘p aN -ejeBuoja’} Mausayopnasd "7 Hausayopnasd"z 354 E. L. SWANN DISCUSSION These three species, E. confusa, E. nemorosa and E. pseudokerneri, are all members of Pugsley’s series Nemorosae. These are late-summer flowering species which are usually tall and richly branched. This is well shown by the histogram of the number of primary branches but that of length to the first branch shows that E. confusa is markedly smaller, and hence apparently more ‘bushy’, than E. nemorosa. E. confusa is also distinct in its small leaves. E. nemorosa is shown to be a very variable plant and in my opinion the erec- tion of varieties based on these characters is not justified. E. pseudokerneri varies in height much like E. nemorosa but there is here rather more suggestion of a division into medium-sized plants and taller ones (f. elongata). E. pseudo- kerneri is best recognised by its longer corollas and, to a lesser extent, the longer capsules. The range of corolla-length in E. confusa, 6-8-5 mm, is within the range given by Warburg (1962) (4:5-8(—9)mm) but considerably greater than that allowed for by Pugsley (1930). The polygraphs of E. nemorosa and E. pseudokerneri are rather similar but that of E. confusa has a pronounced bias to the ‘south-east’, reflecting its large number of branches, small leaves and the short distance to the first branch. These results do therefore suggest that the taxa recognised as occurring in Norfolk by Yeo are valid ones. ASSOCIATED SPECIES Species lists have been made of vascular plants occurring within a circle of approximately one metre radius in 15 stations for E. confusa, 8 for E. nemorosa and 11 for E. pseudokerneri. No fewer than 99 species were found to be present but the following lists apply only to those which were listed more than once. E. confusa Linum catharticum Lotus corniculatus Achillea millefolium Agrostis stolonifera A. tenuis Medicago lupulina Anthoxanthum odoratum Ononis spinosa Astragalus danicus Pastinaca sativa Briza media Carex flacca Centaurea nigra Cirsium acaulon Dactylis glomerata Festuca ovina Galium saxatile G. verum Helictotrichon pratense Hieracium pilosella Holcus lanatus Koeleria gracilis Leontodon taraxacoides Phleum bertolonii Plantago lanceolata P. media Poa pratensis Potentilla reptans Poterium sanguisorba Pteridium aquilinum Scabiosa columbaria Senecio jacobaea Succisa pratensis Thymus pulegioides Trifolium repens Achillea millefolium Agrostis stolonifera Anthoxanthum odoratum Briza media Carex flacca Centaurea nigra Cirsium acaulon Conopodium majus Dactylis glomerata Equisetum fiuviatile Galium verum Holcus lanatus Juncus inflexus J. subnodulosus Leontodon taraxacoides Linum catharticum Lotus corniculatus L. pedunculatus NORFOLK EUPHRASIAE E. nemorosa Lychnis flos-cuculi Medicago lupulina Molinia caerulea Ononis spinosa Pastinaca sativa Phleum bertolonii Plantago lanceolata P. media Poa pratensis Potentilla erecta Poterium sanguisorba Prunella vulgaris Ranunculus flammula Rumex acetosa Senecio jacobaea Trifolium pratense T. repens E. pseudokerneri * species associated only with forma elongata Achillea millefolium * Anagallis tenella * Angelica sylvestris Briza media Carex flacca Centaurea nigra Conopodium majus Dactylis glomerata * Epipactis palustris * Equisetum fluviatile Galium verum Helictotrichon pratense Hieracium pilosella Holcus lanatus * Hydrocotyle vulgaris * Juncus acutiflorus * J. subnodulosus Koeleria gracilis Lotus corniculatus * LL. pedunculatus * Lychnis flos-cuculi Medicago lupulina * Mentha aquatica * Molinia caerulea Ononis spinosa Pedicularis palustris Plantago lanceolata Poa pratensis Potentilla erecta Prunella vulgaris * Ranunculus flammula Rhinanthus minor Rumex acetosa * Succisa pratensis Trifolium pratense a95. It is very difficult to detect the host plant in the field, not only because of the poorly developed root-system of Euphrasiae but also because the haustoria cease to function after a time, become detached, and then the Euphrasia becomes a saprophyte. On only one occasion was a plant pulled up complete with host. This was at Scarning in a very calcareous fen where E. pseudokerneri f. elongata was attached to Drosera intermedia; it must be unusual for a semi-parasite to parasitise an insectivorous plant. 356 E. L. SWANN Plantago lanceolata, which is a very common associate and is sometimes locally dominant on sheep-walks and forest-tracks, is probably the most frequent host-plant, particularly for E. confusa. The relatively high frequency of Dactylis glomerata, Holcus lanatus and Poa pratensis is in agreement with observations of other workers on host grasses. ACKNOWLEDGMENT I am grateful to Dr P. F. Yeo of Cambridge not only for his willing help in the determination and confirmation of the taxa but also for reading the typescript and making valuable suggestions for its improvement. REFERENCES BUCKNALL, C. (1917). British Euphrasiae. J. Bot., Lond., 55, Suppl. NICHOLSON, W. A., ed. (1914). A Flora of Norfolk. Norwich. Petcu, C. P. & SWANN, E. L. (1968). Flora of Norfolk. London. PuGsLey, H. W. (1930). A revision of the British Euphrasiae. J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), 48: 467-544. TOWNSEND, F. (1897). Monograph of the British species of Euphrasia. J. Bot., Lond., 35: 321-336, 395-426, 465-477. TRIMMER, K. (1866). Flora of Norfolk. London. WARBURG, E. F. (1962). Euphrasia, in CLAPHAM, A. R., TUTIN, T. G. & WARBURG, E. F. Flora of the British Isles, 2nd ed., pp. 702-716. Cambridge. WETTSTEIN, R. VON (1896). Monographie der Gattung Euphrasia. Leipzig. YEO, P. F. (1962). A study of variation in Euphrasia by means of outdoor cultivation. Watsonia, 5: 224-235. (Accepted December 1972) Watsonia, 9, 357-361 (1973). 357 Observations on Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland ALISON RUTHERFORD Rosslyn Cottage, Church Road, Rhu, Helensburgh, Dunbartonshire G84 8RW and A. McG. STIRLING 17 Austen Road, Jordanhill, Glasgow G13 1SJ ABSTRACT Ecological and other data are given for Polypodium australe in ten Scottish sites where the taxon has recently been observed. Evidence has been presented by Synnott (1970) and by Roberts & Synnott (1972) for the occurrence in Scotland of Polypodium australe, the diploid segregate of the P. vulgare complex, based on 19th century herbarium material. Recently we have reported the taxon from a number of Scottish localities (Rutherford & Stirling 1972) representing the most northern stations so far known for this southern species. In all the localities under consideration (Table 2), the diploid grows in rocky situations, generally on slopes exceeding 60 degrees and with an aspect ranging from south-east to south-west. One site, however, faces north and two others more or less east. All the sites with two exceptions are coastal and lie within 100 m of the high tide mark, usually on sea-cliffs or cliffs of raised beaches. Site 1 is approximately six miles and site 7 two miles from the coast. The latter is the most easterly of the Scottish sites though some English localities lie even further to the east. Polypodium australe is generally regarded as a calcicole in the British Isles and, with one exception, this is supported by the nature of its habitats in Scotland. We have found it on a wide range of rock types including sandstones and rocks of volcanic origin, but in only one instance on limestone, which is rather surprising considering its prevalence on the Carboniferous limestone of England, Wales and Ireland. The basic nature of the sites is evident from the species lists in Table 1 though site 1 is the notable exception. In addition to the species shown, P. australe is accompanied at site 1 by species more typical of neutral or acid habitats, including Dryopteris dilatata, Luzula sylvatica and Deschampsia flexuosa. In the other sites the frequent occurrence of the calcicolous or basiphi- lous species Geranium sanguineum, Helianthemum nummularium and Saxifraga granulata is significant. More or less constantly occurring species are Asplenium trichomanes, Hedera helix, Thymus drucei, Teucrium scorodonia and Festuca rubra. At site 2 P. australe grows epiphytically on ash (Fraxinus excelsior) and D 358 ALISON RUTHERFORD AND A. McG. STIRLING TABLE 1. SOME ASSOCIATES OF POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE AT 10 SCOTTISH SITES (LISTED IN TABLE 2) Site number Pee 2eg 3 4B) ss Gi eee 8 Asplenium adiantum-nigrum = aE A. trichomanes ip wise wae Polypodium vulgare P. interjectum oe ate P. vulgare x interjectum P. australe x interjectum = Helianthemum nummularium Silene maritima Linum catharticum ss Geranium sanguineum + G. molle Lotus corniculatus Rubus ulmifolius R. fruticosus agg. a Sedum anglicum + SS. acre + Umbilicus rupestris + =F =F -- + 10 +++ 4 +++4++ + + ++++4++ + + +++ 0 + + -+- ++++4++4 +++ ++ Saxifraga granulata + Hedera helix Th ar aE Armeria maritima BS Veronica officinalis Thymus drucei Teucrium scorodonia Plantago lanceolata + Campanula rotundifolia + se =f Festuca rubra =P SS ae MSE PSE Dactylis glomerata + Brachypodium sylvaticum + =E Helictotrichon pratense = H. pubescens ! + Tortella nitida + =: iO 8RE +++4 ++ +++4+4+4 +++ +- elder (Sambucus nigra), and at site 5 on ash and hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna). The site at Killinallan, Islay, calls for particular comment as the fern grows there on quartzite, a rock not usually notable for supporting a rich flora. Here, however, the rock crevices have become filled with sand blown from neighbour- ing dunes. A parallel example in North Wales is cited by Hughes (1969). It is noteworthy that P. australe has not yet been found on walls or similar man-made habitats in Scotland even though it is not uncommon in such sites elsewhere. In all its Scottish localities P. australe is readily recognisable to the practised eye. The field characters generally found to be most useful are the relatively short, broad frond-shape, the rather narrow and often serrate pinnae, the marked tendency for at least the lower pinnae to be inflexed, and the very long rhizome-scales. Nevertheless a considerable degree of variation in frond mor- phology is evident in the Scottish plants. Some of this variation is undoubtedly due to environmental factors; for example, colonies growing in shade and in conditions of high soil moisture produce much larger fronds which often show a tendency to depart from the normal shape, exhibiting varying degrees of POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE FEE IN SCOTLAND 359 crenation of the pinnae. Such plants were observed at sites 2 and 5 and at the latter fronds measuring up to 30 cm long (excluding the petiole) and 15 cm wide were not uncommon. The behaviour of some of these variants in cultivation is being observed. Features frequently quoted as characteristic of the diploid but found to be unreliable are the degree of serration of the pinnae and the colour of the frond. Although many populations of P. australe have more or less serrate pinnae, forms are frequently encountered in which the pinnae are almost completely entire. The fronds of P. australe apparently never assume such a deep colour as in P. vulgare sensu stricto or P. interjectum, but these two commoner species can, especially when growing in full exposure, produce fronds of a much lighter, almost yellowish green. Hybrids involving P. australe appear to be of rare occurrence, the tetraploid hybrid P. x rothmaleri Shivas (P. australe x P. interjectum) having been found only at sites 2 and 3 where both putative parents grow in close proximity. Despite diligent search in localities where P. vulgare is intermixed with P. australe, the rare triploid hybrid P. x font-queri Rothm. has not yet been discovered.* There are, as yet, no published records of this hybrid for the British Isles although it has been reported from the south of England and North Wales. Hybrids may often be recognised in the field by their intermediate frond characters but the degree of resemblance to one or other of the putative parents can be such that field recognition is virtually impossible. It should be emphasised that hybrids usually produce apparently normal sori though examination of the sporangia will reveal a high proportion of abortive spores. The idea that desiccated or partially developed sporangia are indicative of hybridity is erroneous as such abnormal features are almost certainly the result of arrested development due to unfavourable conditions. Table 2 shows the number of indurated annulus cells in fourteen Scottish plants and, for comparison, six plants from English, Welsh and Irish localities. The data for the Scottish plants correspond closely with those of Roberts (1970) based on material from North Wales. Of the 700 sporangia counted for the Scot- tish material, 55% had 6 or 7 indurated cells and only 10% had less than 5 or more than 9. Of the 300 counts on the non-Scottish material, 58° were of 6 or 7 and only 6% exceeded 9; there was none less than 5. The occurrence of P. australe in western Scotland” is scarcely surprising in view of the comparative mildness of parts of the western seaboard where plants of Lusitanian or Mediterranean-Atlantic distributions are known to occur. For example, the Mediterranean-Atlantic moss Tortella nitida has a remarkably similar distribution in the British Isles (Stirling 1971). The occurrence of P. australe in the Edinburgh area is less easily explained on climatic grounds and it would appear that it may be expected to occur where suitable basic conditions prevail almost anywhere in Scotland south of the Central Highlands and perhaps even further north than its present recorded limit (Islay) in the Western Isles. The present northern limit of P. australe is the island of Lismore, 56°30'N. *Since this paper was written we have found the triploid hybrid (P. x font-queri) at Maiden- bower Craigs, Dumfries, in 1972 and P. australe has been discovered in Kintyre (v.c.101) by Mr A. G. Kenneth. 360 ALISON RUTHERFORD AND A. McG. STIRLING TABLE 2. THE NUMBER OF INDURATED ANNULUS CELLS IN 20 PLANTS OF POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE 50 sporangia of each plant were examined Site Date of Grid Number collection Locality Reference Range Mode 1 July Maidenbower Craigs, Dumfries 1972 (Permian Sandstone breccia) 25/97 4-8 6 2 October Southwick, Kirkudbrightshire 1971 (Silurian) 25/95 4-9 7 3 January Port Ling, Kirkudbrightshire 25/85 6-10 7 1972 (Silurian) 4 January Lendalfoot, Ayrshire 1972 (Ultrabasic intrusion) 25/18 8-13 9 4 January Lendalfoot, Ayrshire 1972 (Ultrabasic intrusion) 25/18 4-9 6 5 January Heads of Ayr, Ayrshire 1972 (Volcanic agglomerate) 26/21 4-7 6 6 November Portencross, Ayrshire 1971 (Old Red Sandstone conglomerate) 26/14 5-9 7 7 May Arthur’s Seat, Edinburgh 1972 (Basalt) 36/27 6-12 8 | 1855 Arthur’s Seat, Edinburgh (herbarium (Basalt) 36/27 6-9 dl material) 8 September Isle of Lismore, Argyll 1972 (Limestone) 17/84 6-9 a 8 September Isle of Lismore, Argyll 1972 (Limestone) 17/84 31 2) 9 June Bennan Head, Arran 1972 (Volcanic intrusion) 16/92 5-8 6 9 June Bennan Head, Arran 1972 (Volcanic intrusion) 16/92 6-10 8 10 June Killinallan, Islay 1972 (Quartzite with blown ay 16/37 4-7 6 herbarium __ Brighstone, Isle of Wight 6-9 (| cultivated Somerset 6-13 8 cultivated Manorbier, Pembroke 6-11 7/ cultivated Pembroke Castle 5-8 7 cultivated Pembroke Castle 5-10 7 herbarium Dingle Court, Co. Kerry 7-11 8 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to many people for help and encouragement in the preparation of this paper, in particular to Mr T. A. W. Davies and Mr R. H. Roberts. REFERENCES Hucues, W. E. (1969). The distribution of Polypodium vulgare L. subspecies serratulum Arcangeliin North Wales. Nature Wales, 11: 194-198. PERRING, F. H. & SELL, P. D., ed. (1968). Critical Supplement to the Atlas of the British Flora, p. 3. London. POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE FEE IN SCOTLAND 361 Roserts, R. H. (1970). A revision of some of the taxonomic characters of Polypodium australe Fée. Watsonia, 8: 121-134. Roserts, R. H. & SyNNotT, D. M. (1972). Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland and North- East Ireland. Watsonia, 9: 34-41. RUTHERFORD, A. & STIRLING, A. McG. (1972). Polypodium australe Fée and the tetraploid hybrid in Scotland. Brit. Fern Gaz., 10: 233-235. STIRLING, A. McG. (1971). Distribution maps of bryophytes in Britain — Tortella nitida. Trans. Br. bryol. Soc., 6: 333. STIRLING, A. McG. (1972). Polypodium australe Fée in the Edinburgh area. Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 41: 549-551. SyNnnotTT, D. M. (1970). Evidence of Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland. Trans. Proc. bot. Soc. Edinb., 40: 623-624. (Accepted November 1972) ; { ; Has bai nna Li ‘eee o ae . ¥ ahs mie wet le} Wh waite Piss healed eet) Wenge oe ere) ae ETE ee ty wid Ra Nery UE ‘ | rene: na > ly Pa nia | , Se Ay an Rave OPUS Bead the ft Ni aa Ma KOR tae caer tL " i ba he ae ; bee) Lee f Age th ny Mi ian ‘ % Toe ate nar ‘ \ .) sur bs ath eiteNr heh ECW ORT veapy | | f i ne i Me vy ', ‘ty s tan % fd af i | oa a oh ‘ Pena 6! fA Yi \; y 1 ye wih a ie NG) AC lame 1 ie ‘ ch PANNE -. { (ahi fl v . - : ‘ ” i} ty ; Watsonia, 9, 363-367 (1973) 363 Chromosome numbers in the British species of Calystegia and Convolvulus C. A. STACE Department of Botany, University of Manchester ABSTRACT British material of all 4 British species of Calystegia had 2n = 22; it is believed that previous counts of 2m = 24 are errors. British material of Convolvulus arvensis had 2n = 48. The chromosome number of all four British species of Calystegia has been determined as 2m = 22, and that of Convolvulus arvensis as 2n = 48. These counts are believed to be the first for Britain for Calystegia pulchra and Con- volvulus arvensis, and, together with those reported by Brummitt (1973), the first British counts of any of the species to be published. Material of Calystegia from 2 sites in Sicilia also had 2n = 22. Root-tips were obtained from seeds grown on wet filter-paper in the light at 20°C. The germinated seeds were pre-treated for 6 hours with a 0.002M aqueous solution of 8-hydroxyquinoline at 15°C, and root-tip squashes made by the Feulgen method. The chromosomes were observed and photographed under negative phase-contrast with a microscope magnification of x 1,600. This usually gave results superior to those obtained by positive phase-contrast and far superior to those with normal lighting. Seed samples were obtained from the following 23 localities: C. sepium (L.) R.Br. subsp. sepium 2n = 22 1 Altcar, near Formby, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 34/32.06 2 Levenshulme, Manchester, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 33/87.94 3 Plymouth Grove, Manchester, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 33/85.96 4 Wellington Road North, Stockport, Cheshire, v.c.58, GR 33/88.90 5 Park Lane, Poynton, Cheshire, v.c.58, GR 33/92.83 6 Roadside near Bells Yew Green, near Tunbridge Wells, E. Sussex, v.c.14, GR 51/61.36 C. pulchra Brummitt & Heywood 2n = 22 1 Reynolds Lane, Tunbridge Wells, W. Kent, v.c.16, GR 51/57.40 C. silvatica (Kit.) Griseb. 2n = 22 1 Shrigley Road North, Higher Poynton, Cheshire, v.c.58, GR 33/94.83 2 Bramhall Moor Lane, Hazel Grove, Cheshire, v.c.58, GR 33/90.86 3 Between Altcar and Ormskirk, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 34/36.06 4 Carr Cross, Scarisbrook, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 34/37.13 364 Cc. A. STACE 5 Chorltonville, Manchester, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 33/81.93 6 On fixed dunes, Southport, S. Lancs., v.c.59, GR 34/32.16 7 Roadside, St Asaph, Flint, v.c.51, GR 33/03.74 8 Roadside west of St Asaph, Flint, v.c.50, Gr 33/00.73 9 Roadside near Tarvin, Cheshire, v.c.58, GR 33/50.68 10 Brerton Road, Hartlepool, Durham, v.c.66, GR 45/49.33 11 By Cameron Hospital, Hartlepool, Durham, v.c.66, GR 45/49.32 12 North Farm Estate, High Brooms, near Tunbridge Wells, W. Kent, v.c.16, GR 51/59.41 13 Roadside on outskirts of Catania, Sicilia C. soldanella (L.) R.Br. 2n = 22 1 Fine Shingle on Slapton Sands, Slapton, S. Devon, v.c.3, GR 20/83.44 2 Sandy foreshore just south of Catania, Sicilia Convolvulus arvensis L.2n = 48 1 High Brooms Gas-works, near Tunbridge Wells, W. Kent, v.c.16, GR 51/59.41 The karyotype morphology of all these samples was examined in some detail (Figs. 1 & 2); it was concluded that there was no significant variation among the 22 collections of Calystegia species. 10 of the 11 pairs of chromosomes are very short (c 1-0-1:5 ~m) and it is very difficult to define any structural details. It appears that about 8 may be best described as metacentrics and 2 as submeta- centrics. The other chromosome pair is a longer metacentric with a well-defined satellite (total length c 2-2-2-6 um). In most cases the secondary constriction is fairly long, but in others it is very short and the satellite is not discernible. In Convolvulus arvensis all 24 pairs are short (c 1-0-2-0 um) and no satellites were Clearly observable. As in Calystegia the chromosomes vary from sub- metacentrics to metacentrics. 3 Since earlier reports of the chromosome numbers of both Calystegia sepium and Convolvulus arvensis are conflicting, all previously-published chromosome counts of British species of these two genera were checked. This permitted counts based on material of unknown origin or from Botanic Gardens, and publications repeating earlier original counts, to be excluded. There are about 5 published original counts of C. soldanella, all 2n = 22, based upon material from Japan, North America and Portugal. No published counts of C. silvatica have been traced, and only one of C. pulchra (Holub et alii 1970). The latter, also 2n = 22, was obtained from material collected from the Frydlant district of northern Bohemia, Czechoslovakia. In the case of C. sepium, 11* separate counts have been discovered; 7 of these are 2n = 22, 3 are 2n = 24, and 1 is 2n = 20. Of the 2m = 22 counts, 1 is based on Japanese material (Kano 1929) and is the earliest count for the genus; 2 are based on material from the U.S.A. (Jones 1968, from Virginia, and Lewis 1966, from Missouri); 3 are based on Czechoslovakian material (Murin & Vachova in *Since writing this I have found that H. Wcisto (Acta biol. cracov., Bot., 14: 73 (1971)) found 2n = 22 in three separate collections of C. sepium from southern Poland. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF CALYSTEGIA AND CONVOLVULUS 365 FiGurE 1. Karyotype of Calystegia silvatica (Kit.) Griseb. from Cameron Hospital, Hartlepool, Durham,v.c. 66. FiGure 2. Karyotype of Convolvulus arvensis L. from High Brooms Gas-works, near Tunbridge Wells, W. Kent, v.c. 16. Majovsky et alii 1970, from south-western Slovakia, and Holub et alii 1970, 2 separate collections from central Bohemia); and 1 is based on Dutch material (Gadella & Kliphuis 1967). One of the 2n = 24 counts (Wolcott 1937) refers to material from New Jersey, U.S.A., one (Feféldy 1947) to Hungarian material, and the other (Laane 1969) to Norwegian material; the last is the only published count in the genus based on meiotic rather than mitotic studies. The single 2n = 20 count (Smith 1965) was made from a collection from Kansas, U.S.A. Thus 13 of the 17 published counts of species of Calystegia agree with the 22 counts reported here for the first time. In the case of C. sepium the data based on American and Japanese specimens should be used with care, because they probably refer to a non-British taxon; C. sepium subsp. sepium is only a rare 366 Cc. A. STACE alien in these countries. Further attention was paid to the remaining four counts. Smith (1965) gave no details of the karyotype morphology of his 2n = 20 count, and did not comment that it was a number different from any previously published. The two mitotic counts of 2n = 24 are accompanied by figures, and both show two chromosomes which are smaller than the rest and which, from their positions in the drawing, might well represent satellites. No morphological details are given for them = 12 count, but in view of the small size of the chrom- osomes (particularly at meiosis) it would be easy to mistake satellites for an extra bivalent. Thus it is very likely that the counts of 2m = 24 are errors, although it is of course not possible to exclude the possibilities that some strains might have 24 (or 20) chromosomes, or (as suggested by Holub et alii 1970) that the 2” = 24 reports represent 2n = 22+ 2B. | There are only 4 previous counts of Convolvulus arvensis, three of which are given as 2n = 50 (Wolcott 1937, from Virginia, U.S.A.; Hagerup 1941, from Denmark; and Garajova in Majovsky et alii 1970, from near Bratislava, Czechoslovakia). Khoshoo & Sachdeva (1961) made detailed observations on the chromosomes of C. arvensis from a number of sources in the Punjab Plains of northern India and also from various European samples, although the latter were from Botanic Garden material of unknown origin (Khoshoo 1972 in litt.) All samples had 2” = 48 or n = 24, and the figures provided show a morphology closely comparable with that shown in Fig. 2. Thus in this species it is impossible to say whether the chromosome number varies or is always 2n = 48. Finally, a point of some interest concerning the appearance of the interphase nucleus is worthy of mention. In all the species examined it was found that during interphase the nucleus of meristematic cells possesses well-marked prochromosomes which, in favourable cases, and using negative phase-contrast, allow the chromosome number to be counted accurately. This feature was earlier noted in C. sepium by Persy (1935, 1936). During early prophase the rest of each chromosome becomes progressively visible from the position of the prochromosome outwards towards each telomere, and only after this process is completed are the chromosomes seen to shorten. ACKNOWLEDGMENT I am greatly indebted to Miss Pauline Moorhouse for making most of the chromosome preparations and for other technical assistance. REFERENCES Brum Itt, R. K. (1973). Calystegia — some British chromosome counts. Watsonia, 9: 369-370. FEFOLpDY, L. (1947). Chromosome numbers of certain Hungarian plants. Archiva biol. hung., Ser. 2, 17: 101-103. GADELLA, T. W. J. & KutpHuts, E. (1967). Chromosome numbers of flowering plants in the Netherlands, III. Proc. K. ned. Akad. Wet., Ser. C, 70: 7-20. HAGERUP, O. (1941). Nordiske Kromosom-Tal, 1. Bot. Tidsskr., 45: 385-395. Ho vs, J., Mésicex, J. & JavuRKOvA, V. (1970). Annotated chromosome counts of Czecho- slovak plants, 1-15. Folia geobot. & phytotax., 5: 339-368. Jones, A. (1968). Chromosome numbers in Jpomoea and related genera. J. Hered., 59: 99-102. KAno, T. (1929). Proc. Crop Sci. Soc. Japan, 4: 15-21. (Original article not seen). KuosHoo, T. N. & SACHDEVA, V. (1961). Cytogenetics of Punjab weeds, 1. Causes of poly- morphicity in Convolvulus arvensis. Indian J. Agric. Sci., 31, Genet. Supp.: 13-17. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF CAL YSTEGIA AND CONVOLVULUS 367 LAANE, M. M. (1969). Meiosis og kromosomstrukturell hybriditet i en del norske plantearter. Blyttia, 27: 141-173. Lewis, W. H. (1966). Chromosome numbers of phanerogams, I. Ann. Mo. bot. Gdn, 53: 100-103. MAjsovsky, J. & Co-workers (1970). Index of chromosome numbers of Slovakian Flora, 1. Acta Fac. Rerum nat. Univ. comen., Bratisl., Bot., 16: 1-26. Persy, J. (1935). Observations sur le comportement du nucléole dans la caryocinése somatique du Calystegia sepium R.Br. (Convolvulus sepium L.). Bull. Soc. r. Bot. Belg., 67: 193-195. Persy, J. (1936). Nouvelles observations sur le comportement du nucléole dans la caryocinése somatique du Calystegia sepium et sur sa néoformation. Bull. Soc. r. Bot. Belg., 68: 222-233. SMITH, E. B. (1965). Chromosome numbers of Kansas Flowering Plants, 2. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., 68: 463-464. Wo tcorr, G. B. (1937). Chromosome numbers in the Convolvulaceae. Am. Nat., 71: 190-192. (Accepted November 1972) ‘WE AOD GHA cratopeayyalay ora wily Ee Wii! Wed ye ety ts ie ome | ok COSI UA (i (steiticdsiteeetevto epodicntttts +, mh hap aL Chin on ae oe ae terse ae d ab th sao PINS, (atl eh br ‘nes ten’ Diyehowe: TGR oat very i 1 oho one Sao tania a 4 Seeger aN ae io Baus Amis ah | ut CH POT RONIE: ct , | Phere Kee ati i nares helt y CCT. OF # “Cin oles arvensis, thse , f" neg ' a3 +, “tt i WW {") ty ; af . (yan saonetin : ae! 2 I ‘s a iat © BS Be TK a ye iat Cea ph vi shen : nae) oF nw ora Lee ee\ Alt surmples bad Qr be 4 Ory ‘aed the Sgures tia i hee r eerie (erat COMeeT iL LHe (” ape eee. i) ithe species examined at ire ieee he Rs et ‘4 a vireo a ig: evetnine ot Prey ath Aa vie neg hoa ¥ 1 cheered dumber’ inh Guyer ait) wee anately, f wiitest ont, She yi POPS +e vi LY; Op T I Durie cutly ¢ beeotne? proerevely ¥ bibles Troma the. cs f rae See? ie) BOOee * Weer ea we et ws . Le 7 nee Fy ak tay] s Pantine | EOGEG 3 ’” eraratny Wd ‘er techéhcat atta teins ceed ANCE (PQTPV 4 esl sry i Late ee YO Recntitt tere piv unyy We) enti re i Whee’ vey. (oun ras ae re an i ak) in | unweiwa B. CORAT), Con POHL OO beth ef ay EL, Pee el: Mon, 2 ee aM i : ‘Pe Ne . ‘Pay rifiake Klan ta) frit; TMnanr eb aut Msih beh Fu ae Tar WF AS DA, eae + oreo . r J p tiie, | 3 aie i n it pat TED aL a o yf cee Feren Y Dok Bt eee ert ‘atl nist Ne i ith yw Hot Cee ot Pe ae Watsonia, 9, 369-373 (1973). 369 Short Notes 100/b. ARABIS BOREALIS Andrz. ex Ledeb.—Not in Ireland. Arabis borealis Andrz. ex Ledeb. is part of the Arabis hirsuta aggregate (Jones 1964, cf. Titz 1972). It is a native of northern Asia and northern Russia (Jalas 1949), but it was recently also reported from Ireland by Scannell (1965). This was based on the identifi- cation of a herbarium specimen in DBN (originally labelled ‘Arabis sp.? Kilrush, Co. Clare (Dock), 16/4/1930. R. A. Phillips’) by B. M. G. Jones in 1965. In the course of the revision of Irish herbarium material from DBN this plant has recently been investigated by me. Its habit is distinctly different from that of Arabis hirsuta agg., and a thorough examination of its flowers revealed a more or less pear- shaped ovary, which indicates that it is in fact a species of Camelina. Though there are no siliculae on the plant, which is rather immature, it seems probable that it is Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz var. pilosa DC. Thus the record of Arabis borealis for Ireland (being rather improbable from the first) should be deleted. REFERENCES JALAS, J. (1949). Uber Arabis borealis Andrz. ex Ledeb., eine im fennoskandischen Florengebiet bisher tibersehene Art, nebst einigen Bemerkungen zur Systematik nordischer Arabis hirsuta (L.) Scop.-Formen. Archvm Soc. zool.-bot. fenn. ‘Vanamo’, 2: 64-73. JonEs, B. M. G. (1964). Arabis, in TuTIN, T. G., et alii, ed. Flora Europaea, 1: 290-294. Cambridge. SCANNELL, M. J. P. (1965). Arabis borealis Andrz. ex Ledeb. in Ireland. Ir. Nat. J., 15: 113. Titz, W. (1972). Evolution of the Arabis hirsuta group in Central Europe. Taxon, 21: 121-128. W. TITz 406. CALYSTEGIA—Some British chromosome counts. Dr C. A. Stace has invited me to publish the following chromosome counts which were included in my thesis (Brummitt 1963). Voucher specimens are deposited in the her- barium of the University of Liverpool (LIVU). Anthers were obtained from buds in wild populations. Root-tips were obtained by growing rhizomes in gravel under a mist propagation unit for a few days. Material was fixed in Carnoy’s fluid and stained in aceto-carmine. Calystegia sepium (L.) R.Br. subsp. sepium Burrows Lane, near St Helens, v.c.59, GR 33/474.947 n= 11 Cartbridge Lane, Halewood, near Liverpool, v.c.59, GR 33/448.864 2n = 22 Calystegia sepium subsp. roseata Brummitt Salt marsh, Llandudno Junction, v.c.49, GR 23/280.773 n= 11 Calystegia silvatica (Kit.) Griseb. Waste ground, Storeton Quarry, Bebington, v.c.58, GR 33/316.843 n= 11 Railway embankment, Thomas Lane, Broadgreen, Liverpool, v.c.59, GR 33/407.907 Dre — wD In all the preparations a pair of small satellites, as described by Stace (1973), was noticed. The above count of C. sepium subsp. roseata is, as far as is known, the only one to date of this taxon. The opportunity is also taken to record a count made by Dr C. J. Marchant in 1966 on rhizomes supplied by me. A voucher specimen is deposited at Kew (K). 370 SHORT NOTES Calystegia soldanella (L.) R.Br. Sand dunes, Deganwy, eastern side of mouth of R. Conway, v.c.49, GR 23/774.797 2 — REFERENCES BRUMMITT, R. K. (1963). A taxonomic revision of the genus Calystegia. Ph.D. thesis, University of Liverpool. STACE, C. A. (1973). Chromosome numbers in the British species of Calystegia and Convolvulus. Watsonia, 9 :363-367. R. K. BRUMMITT 506. CALYSTEGIA—Inheritance of the schizoflorous character. Variants of various species of Calystegia and related genera in which the normally infundibuliform corolla is divided almost to the base into 5 separate segments have been known for a long time. Druce (1897) pointed out that the plant he later described as Convolvulus arvensis var. stonestreetii was first reported c 1690, and it has been found at fairly frequent intervals since. Similar variants in the species of Calystegia are less common in Britain. Druce (1922) described Volvulus sepium var. schizofiorus (= Calystegia sepium f. schizoflora (Druce) Stace), collected in S. Devon in 1921, and Hepper (1954) reported the analagous C. silvatica var. quinquepartita Terracciano from Dumbarton. At K there is a specimen of C. sepium f. schizoflora from Chichester, W. Sussex, collected in 1948 by H. D. Hewitt, and recently McClintock (1972) reported from Guernsey a schizoflorous pink-flowered plant. In 1966 Mr F. J. Holroyde kindly showed me colour-slides of C. silvatica var. quinquepartita growing at Ruxley Gravel Pits, W. Kent, and at my request also sent seeds from this plant. Since this species is very highly if not completely self-sterile (Stace 1961) the seeds had almost certainly been the result of cross-pollination from another plant, which would have possessed a normal corolla, no other plants of var. quinquepartita then being known in the area. Thus it should be possible to determine whether the divided corolla is dominant or recessive to the undivided one. The 1966 seed failed to germinate, and although a similar batch collected in 1968 germinated well the plants failed to survive the winter of 1969-70. However a further batch collected in 1970 germinated successfully and three of the plants flowered at Manchester in 1972. The corollas were completely normal, suggesting that the divided corolla is genetically recessive, as would be expected from its rarity in nature. The constancy of this character as recorded in the wild argues strongly against the possibility that its expression is governed by growth conditions. The Ruxley plant has appeared constant for at least 8 years, and there are records of Convolvulus arvensis var. stonestreetii persisting in one spot for 16 and 28 years respectively (Lousley 1937, Cruttwell 1944). It is perhaps worth emphasising here that in a self-sterile species it is obviously not possible to determine by growing seed collected in the wild whether a characteristic is plastic or genetically-controlled, since the expression of the character in the offspring depends partly on the nature of the pollen parent. It seems very likely that some of the conflicting results reported by Allen (1966) are explicable on this basis, e.g. Plantago lanceolata varieties which have been variously reported as breeding true from seed or not so. REFERENCES ALLEN, D. E. (1966). A list of intraspecific taxa of British phanerogams tested in cultivation. Watsonia, 6: 205-215. SHORT NOTES 371 CRUTTWELL, N. E. G. (1944). Convolvulus arvensis L. var Stonestreetii Druce. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 12: 497. Druce, G. C. (1897). The Flora of Berkshire, p. 357. Oxford. Druce, G. C. (1922). Volvulus sepium Junger. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 6: 297. Hepper, F. N. (1954). Monstrous forms of Calystegia sylvestris and Galium verum. Proc. bot. Soc. Br. Isl.,1: 94-95. LousLey, J. E. (1937). Convolvulus arvensis L. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 11: 268. McC uintock, D. (1972). Field Meetings, 1971—Guernsey. Watsonia, 9: 184-186. Stace, C. A. (1961). Some studies in Calystegia: Compatibility and hybridisation in C. sepium and C. silvatica. Watsonia, 5: 88-105. C. A. STACE 431/1. HEBE x FRANCISCANA (Eastwood) Souster, not H. x Jlewisii— Naturalized in Britain. — For some years a shrubby Veronica or Hebe, naturalized in a number of places in south-western Britain and the Channel Isles, has passed under the name H. x Jewisii (Armstrong) Cockayne & Allan. Recently, Mr David McClintock noted its similarity to the plant known in horticultural circles as H. x franciscana and, knowing of my interest in the New Zealand flora, asked me to look into the question of the correct name for the naturalized plant. Both names were coined to cover interspecific hybrids and in both cases the authors suggested that the parentage was H. elliptica (Forst. f.) Pennell x H. speciosa (R. Cunn. ex A. Cunn.) Andersen. In doing this, Armstrong (1881), who first described H. x lewisii (as Veronica x lewisii Armstrong), was evidently in error for, thanks to the help of Mr L. J. Metcalf of the Christchurch Botanic Garden, New Zealand, who kindly examined Armstrong’s type material in CANTY for me, it is apparent that the parentage of this plant is really H. elliptica x H. salicifolia (Forst. f.) Pennell, as had been sugges- ted by Allan (1961). Not only does the type indicate this but Mr Metcalf informs me that he raised progeny by selfing plants comparable with Armstrong’s hybrid and obtained offspring ranging in appearance from ones approaching H. elliptica to others more like H. salicifolia. There is, however, no doubt about the parentage of H. x franciscana. It first arose as an artificial hybrid raised in cultivation in Edinburgh by Mr Isaac Anderson-Henry about the middle of the last century, using as parent plants Veronica decussata (a synonym of H. elliptica) and H. speciosa. Anderson-Henry proposed the name Veronica lobelioides for the hybrid, but evidently this name was never validly published, although an inadequate unsigned description appeared in The Garden, 6: 328 (1874). It is also interesting to note that the name V. lobelioides was used by Druce (1932), without description, for the plant naturalized in Devon and Cornwall. A comparison of specimens of H. elliptica, H. salicifolia and H. speciosa from the wild with the plant naturalized in Britain shows that the last is quite unlikely to include H. salicifolia in its parentage, and that its appearance is consistent with its being a hybrid between the other two species. Furthermore, it exactly matches material in cultivation as H. x franciscana and without doubt has become naturalized by escaping from cultivation and by being planted as a hedge-plant resistant to sea-spray and wind. Evidently the use of the name H. x Jewisii arose from an early misidentification of the cultivated plant (for example the name was used in this sense by Nicholson (1901)). HEBE X FRANCISCANA (Eastwood) Souster, Jl R. hort. Soc., 81: 498 (1956) H. elliptica (Forst. f.) Pennell x H. speciosa (R. Cunn. ex A. Cunn.) Andersen Veronica lobelioides hort. ex Druce, Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 9: 570 (1932), nom. nud. 372 SHORT NOTES V. x lewisii sensu auct. angl., non Armstrong V. x franciscana Eastwood, Leafl. West. Bot., 3: 221 (1943) Hebe x lewisii sensu auct. angl., non (Armstrong) Cockayne & Allan Naturalized in Devon, Cornwall (including the Isles of Scilly) and the Channel Islands. Hebe salicifolia has also been recorded as naturalized in south-western England and Ireland, and H. speciosa in Ireland. The former is readily distinguished from H. x fran- ciscana by its acute, narrowly lanceolate leaves, 4-15 x 1-3 cm. In H. speciosa they are obtuse, obovate-oblong and 5—10 x 2:5-4:5 cm, in contrast to those of H. x franciscana which are smaller, rounded-obtuse, oblong-elliptic and 2-5 x 1:3-2-3 cm. REFERENCES ALLAN, H. H. (1961). Flora of New Zealand, 1: 950. Wellington. ARMSTRONG, J. B. (1881). Veronica lewisii. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 13: 357-358. Druce, G. C. (1932). Veronica lobelioides Hort. Rep. botl Soc. Exch. Club Br. Isl., 9: 570. NICHOLSON, G. (1901). I//ustrated Dictionary of Gardening, Suppl., p. 732. London. P. S. GREEN 522. CONYZA—Taxa found in Britain. As a result of the examination of numerous specimens of the genus Conyza in the herbaria at the British Museum (Natural History) and at Kew, the following analytical key has been devised and one new combination has proved to be desirable: C. FLORIBUNDA Kunth var. SUBLEIOTHECA (Cuatr.) J. B. Marshall, comb. et stat. nov. C. bonariensis var. leiotheca forma subleiotheca Cuatr., Webbia, 24: 222 (1969) 1. Leaf-margins ciliate .. os .. CC. canadensis 1. Leaf-margins smooth or with minute, hooked couiae 2. Inflorescence a pyramidal panicle or sometimes with lateral (secondary) pyra- midal panicles overtopping main axis; pappus dirty white or light russety-brown, becoming darker in older herbarium specimens; phyllaries greyish-green fre- quently tipped with reddish-purple. . : : .. C. bonariensis 2. Inflorescence a cylindrical or sub- “corymbose. panicle: pappus drab straw- coloured or tawny-yellow; phyllaries greenish-brown 3. Capitula 4-6mm diam.; involucres sparsely to moderately pubescent; phyllaries light brown on mature heads; leaf-surfaces with evenly appressed hairs; leaf-margins smooth =f - CC. floribunda var. subleiotheca 3. Capitula 3-4 mm diam.; involucres glabrescent: phyllaries dark chestnut- brown on mature heads; leaf-surfaces glabrescent or glabrous; leaf-margins with minute hooked setulae es + C. floribunda var. floribunda Conyza canadensis seems to have been first described by John Parkinson in Theatrum Botanicum (1640) as Eupatorium cannabinum americanum angustifolium from material sent to him from New England. It is now an almost cosmopolitan weed, being recorded from many parts of the world. Although it is common and widespread in south-eastern and eastern England, and scattered in Wales, it seems to be unrecorded for Scotland and Ireland. C. bonariensis was first described by Dillenius in Hortus Elthamensis (1732) as Senecio bonariensis purpurascens foliis imis coronopi and was based on material grown from seed originating, it is thought, from Buenos Aires. It now occurs as a weed in many tropical and sub-tropical regions of the world. In Europe it has a mainly Mediterr- anean distribution. In this country it is an infrequent alien, first recorded from Gala- shiels, Selkirk, in 1913. Since then it has been occasionally reported, usually as an introduction with wool shoddy. SHORT NOTES ws C. floribunda var. floribunda is native of tropical South America and Brazil and has occurred as an alien in Spain. It has not yet been recorded in Britain. C. floribunda var. subleiotheca, a native of South America, is a widely distributed weed in the tropics and subtropics. It appeared in Spain and southern France during the early part of this century and has during recent years been observed and collected in Guern- sey. The following is a list of the known synonyms: CONYZA CANADENSIS (L.) Cronq. CONYZA FLORIBUNDA Kunth Eupatorium canadensis L. Erigeron coronopifolius Sennen Conyzella canadensis (L.) Rupr. E. gonzaloi Sennen Leptilon canadense (L.) Britt. & Brown E. sumatrensis Retz. Marsea canadensis (L.) Badillo Conyza altissima Naudin C. barcinonense Sennen CONYZA BONARIENSIS (L.) Cronq. C. capillipes Spencer Moore Erigeron bonariensis L. C. daveauana Sennen E. crispus Pourr. C. flahaultiana Sennen E. undulatus Moench C. naudini Bonnet E. linifolius Willd. C. pappiflava Sennen E. ambiguus (DC.) Schultz Bip. C. rouyana Sennen Conyza ambigua DC. Conyzella linifolia (Willd.) Greene Leptilon bonariensis (L.) Small L. linifolium (Willd.) Small J. B. MARSHALL 605/7f. JUNCUS FOLIOSUS Desf.—In Wales. On 20th September 1971 I found a colony of Juncus foliosus growing in a shady, peaty part of the shore of the Mawddach estuary near Barmouth, Merioneth, v.c. 48 (GR 23/ 6.1). It was growing with J. bufonius L. sensu stricto, but I could find no morphological intermediates. Specimens have been deposited in NMW. To the best of my knowledge J. foliosus has not been previously reported from Wales, though Dr C. A. Stace tells me (1972 in litt.) that old specimens from Merioneth and elsewhere in Wales of J. bufonius sensu lato which are in fact J. foliosus do exist in some herbaria, e.g. BM, MANCH. The characters of the two taxa in this district are here compared: J. bufonius L. sensu stricto. Germinating in spring. Erect, scarcely rooting at the nodes, and proliferating only late in the season and in wet places. Flowers often cleistogamous. Perianth green, rarely slightly dark-tinged. Anthers shorter than the filaments, often adhering to the top of the developed capsule. Pollen scanty. Seeds with 54-72 concolor- ous ribs 13—27um apart, appearing nearly smooth through a hand-lens. J. foliosus Desf. Germinating in autumn. Sprawling, rooting at the nodes, and freely proliferating from an early age. Flowers usually chasmogamous. Perianth strongly tinged with brownish-black. Anthers longer than the filaments, not adhering to the top of the capsule. Pollen abundant. Seeds with 22-30 conspicuous dark-brown ribs 35—55um apart, plus faint intermediate ribs, obviously ribbed even through a hand-lens. Numerous searches of other apparently suitable places in Merioneth during 1972 failed to reveal any further colonies of J. foliosus. P. M. BENOIT 374 Watsonia, 9, 374-392 (1973). Plant Records Records for publication must be submitted in the form shown below to the appropriate vice-county Recorder (Watsonia, 8: 435-447 (1971)), and not to the Editors. Records are arranged in the order given in the List of British Vascular Plants by J. E. Dandy (1958) and in his subsequent revision (Watsonia, 7: 157-178 (1969)) but Taraxacum is arranged according to Richards (Watsonia, 9, Suppl. (1972)). With the exception of collectors’ initials, herbarium abbreviations are those used in British Herbaria by D. H. Kent (1958). The following signs are used: * before the record: to indicate a new vice-county record. + before the species number: to indicate that the plant is not a native species of the British Isles. + before the record: to indicate a species which, though native in some parts of the British Isles, is not so in the locality recorded. { ] enclosing a previously published record: to indicate that the record should be deleted. 1/4. LYCOPODIUM CLAVATUM L. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. Among Calluna near the sea. E. P. Beattie, 1970, E. 2nd record. 7/1. HYMENOPHYLLUM TUNBRIGENSE (L.) Sm. 45, Pembroke: 3 km south of Nevern, GR 22/09.36. On rocks in oak wood. F. Rose, 1965, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 7/2. HYMENOPHYLLUM WILSONIL Hook. 74, Wigtown: Pularyan Burn, Main Water of Luce, GR 25/14.68. Rocks in ravine. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 79, Selkirk: Kirkhope Linns, Ettrick, GR 36/38.24. Damp rocks. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. Confirmation of Ist record by A. R. Smith, 1927; the record in Watsonia, 8:53 (1970) is the 2nd record. 11/1. ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L. **35, Monmouth: Monmouth, GR 32/50. 12. Wall of car-park. I. F. Gravestock, 1972, field record. 14/1. PHYLLITIS SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Newm. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/ 01.81. Churchyard walls. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 2nd record. 21/3. DRYOPTERIS ABBREVIATA (DC.) Newm. *79, Selkirk: Bught Rig, Douglas Burn, Yarrow, GR 36/26.28. Scree slopes, 1100 ft. C.S.S.F. Party, 1972, herb. R. W. M. Corner, conf. R. H. Roberts. 21/6. DRYOPTERIS CARTHUSIANA (Vill.) H. P. Fuchs *45, Pembroke: Esgyrn Bottom, GR 12/97.34. Old peat cuttings. T. A. W. Davies, 1972, BM,NMW, det. A. C. Jermy. (Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 21/6x 7. DRYOPTERIS CARTHUSIANA (Vill.) H. P. Fuchs x D. DILATATA (Hoffm.) A. Gray *45, Pembroke: Esgyrn Bottom, GR 12/97.34. Raised peat bog. J. W. Donovan, 1972, BM, det. A. C. Jermy. (Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 21/8. DRYOPTERIS AEMULA (Ait.) Kuntze *45, Pembroke: Llanychlwydog, GR 22/0.3. R. M. Payne, 1952, field record. 1 km N.W. of Amroth, GR 22/15.08. M. G. Collett, 1960, field record. 2nd record. (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 22/3. POLYSTICHUM LONCHITIS (L.) Roth 97, Westerness: Coire an Lochain, Meall na Teanga, GR 27/22.92. Rock crevices, 700 m. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. Range extension. PLANT RECORDS 375 24/4. GYMNOCARPIUM DRYOPTERIS (L.) Newm. 74, Wigtown: Pularyan Burn, Main Water of Luce, GR 25/14.68. Ravine. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 25/1/2. POLYPODIUM AUSTRALE Fée *42, Brecon: near Cwmdu, GR 32/1.2. Walls of Old Red Sandstone. M. Porter, 1972, NMW, det. S. G. Harrison, 3 miles north of Merthyr Tydfil, GR 32/01.10. Limestone cliffs. M. Porter, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 198 (1973)). 25/1/3. POLYPODIUM INTERJECTUM Shivas *57, Derby: Ticknall limeyards, GR 43/36.23. In deciduous woodland on limestone. A. Willmot, 1972, field record, det. A. C. Jermy. *79, Selkirk: by north tributary of Hawkshaw Burn, Kirkhope, Ettrick, GR 36/36.24. C.S.S.F. Meeting, 1972, herb. R.W.M. Corner, det. J. A. Crabbe & A.C. Jermy. 40/1/1. ACONITUM ANGLICUM Stapf 782, Haddington: Archerfield Estate, Dirleton, GR 36/50.84. Open woodland. E. P. Beattie, 1960, 1972, E. 2nd record. *+83, Edinburgh: Ravelston Dykes Quarry, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.73. E. P. Beattie, 1967, 1972, E. +40/v. ACONITUM VULPARIA Reichb. *57, Derby: near Hassop Hall, GR 43/22. 72. Well-established in woodland. Mr Strachan, 1971, field record. 46/7. RANUNCULUS SARDOUS Crantz *42, Brecon: 1 mile S.W. of Three Cocks, GR 32/16.36. Wheatfield and old railway line. M. Porter & H. Soan, 1972, NMW. 1 mile S.W. of Talgarth, GR 32/14.33. Wet pasture. M. Porter, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 45, Pembroke: Marloes, GR 12/7.0. C. D. Pigott, 1955, field record. 2nd record. (All three records Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 46/10. RANUNCULUS AURICOMUS L. 96, Easterness: Falls of Foyers, GR 28/4.2. Woodland. A. J. & M. Souter & M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 2nd record. *97, Westerness: Meall na Teanga, GR 27/22.92. Base-rich flushes, 600 m. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. 46/17. RANUNCULUS OMIOPHYLLUS Ten. 74, Wigtown: Knockquhassen, GR 25/02.59. Muddy track. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 46/22c. RANUNCULUS PENICILLATUS (Dumort.) Bab. *82, Haddington: Hadding- ton, GR 36/51.73. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 47/1. ADONIS ANNUA L. 96, Easterness: Inverness, GR 28/66.44. Beet field. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 49/1. AQUILEGIA VULGARIS L. *+96, Easterness: Milton of Drumnadrochit, GR 28/49.30. River shingle. M. McC. Webster, 1964, E. 50/3. THALICTRUM MINUS L. 44, Carmarthen: Crwbin, GR 22/46.12. Calcareous rubble. I. M. Vaughan, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). 57/1. CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM L. *95, Moray: Gilston lochs, near Elgin, GR 38/20.66. M. McC. Webster, 1972, ABD, BM, CGE, E. 2nd and only extant record. *H32, Monaghan: Creevy Lough, GR 23/83.07. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. 58/8. PAPAVER ATLANTICUM (Ball) Coss. *9 Dorset: Cerne Abbas, GR 31/66.01. Wall-top. R. D. English, 1970, 1972, field record. 62/1. CHELIDONIUM MAJUS L. *96b, Nairn: Nairn, GR 28/89.56. Roadside verge. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 66/2. FUMARIA CAPREOLATA L. *96 Easterness: Ardesier, GR 28/78.55. Waste ground. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 376 PLANT RECORDS +67/2. BRASSICA NAPUS L. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 67/4. BRASSICA NIGRA (L.) Koch *+96, Easterness: Inverness, GR 28/67.46. Distillery yard. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. +67/j. BRASSICA JUNCEA (L.) Czern. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 69/3. RHYNCHOSINAPIS CHEIRANTHOS (Vill.) Dandy *95, Moray: Slochd, GR 28/8.2. Railway embankment. M. McC. Webster, 1971, field record. Long established. *96, Easterness: Daviot to Tomatin, GR 28/7.3., and Culloden to Daviot, GR 28/7.4. Railway embankments. M. McC. Webster, 1930, 1971, BM, CGE, E. Ist and 2nd records. +70/2. SINAPIS ALBA L. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. 1970. Loch Ness, south of Dores, GR 28/55.29. Newly sown roadside verge. 1971. 2nd record. Both records M. McC. Webster, E. 72/1. DIPLOTAXIS MURALIS (L.) DC. 82, Haddington: West Barns, Dunbar, GR 36/65.78. Waste ground. E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972, E. 2nd record. 73/1. ERUCA SATIVA Mill. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. +76/2. RAPISTRUM RUGOSUM (L.) All. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inver- ness, GR 28/67.46. M.McC. Webster, 1971, E. +79/p. LEPIDIUM PERFOLIATUM L. 29, Cambs.: Gog Magog Hills, Cambridge, GR 52/49.54. Newly sown grass on golf-course. N. Jardine & R. Hill, 1972, field record. 2nd record. +84/2. THLASPI ALLIACEUM L. *29, Cambs.: between Ashwell and Steeple Morden, GR 52/27.40. Field margin. S. D. Garrett, 1972, field record, det. S. M. Walters. *50, Denbigh: between Llandulas and Pen-sarn, GR 23/92.78. Refuse tip. J. M. Brummitt, 1971, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13:48 (1972)). 85/1. TEESDALIA NUDICAULIS (L.) R.Br. 48, Merioneth: Morfa Harlech, GR 23/5.3. Acid sandy pasture. E. D. Pugh, 1965; rediscovered by O. H. Black & H. Handley, 1972, NMW, conf. P. M. Benoit. Only extant locality and only record from natural habitat. 88/5. COCHLEARIA DANICA L. *+57, Derby: Butterley, GR 43/40.51. Railway ballast. R. A. Frost, 1972, DBY. Millers Dale, GR 43/13.73. Railway ballast. B. S. Pendlebury, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 94/3. DRABA MURALIS L. *+97, Westerness: Fort William, GR 27/08.72. Rocks above the beach. Mrs C. Rowbottom, 1971, field record. 95/2. EROPHILA SPATHULATA Lang *95, Elgin: Culbin Sands, near Forres, GR 28/99.64. Dunes. M. McC. Webster, 1930, 1972, field record. Lossiemouth, GR 38/22.70. Dunes. M.McC. Webster, 1972, E, conf. P. D. Sell. 2nd record. +97/7. CARDAMINE RAPHANIFOLIA Pourr. *34, W. Gloucester: Clanna. Hewels- field, GR 32/56.02. By Aylesmore brook. O. P. Clarkson Webb, 1971, 1972, field record, det. D. McClintock. 7100/3. ARABIS CAUCASICA Willd. *§82, Haddington: walls by R. Tyne, Hadding- — ton, GR 36/86.74. E. P. Beattie, 1970, E. 84. Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. Waste ground. E. P. Beattie & K. M. Calver, 1970, E. 2nd record. PLANT RECORDS S77 100/4. ARABIS HIRSUTA (L.) Scop. 97, Westerness: Aonach Beag, GR 27/45.73. Limestone outcrops. A. A. Slack, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 102/6. RoRIPPA AUSTRIACA (Crantz) Bess. *42, Brecon: near Llanfihangel Tal-y-llyn, GR 32/11.27. Rough grassland. S. I. Leitch & M. Porter, 1972, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 198 (1973)). +105/1. ERYSIMUM CHEIRANTHOIDES L. 96, Easterness: south of Nethybridge, GR 28/98.20. Waste ground. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 2nd record. 112/1. RESEDA LUTEOLA L. *96 ,Easterness: by Holm mill, Inverness, GR 28/65.42. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 112/2. RESEDA LUTEA L. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1971, field record. 113/12. VIOLA TRICOLOR L. subsp. TRICOLOR 45, Pembroke: 3 km north of St David’s, GR 12/75.28. Potato field. T. Inskipp, 1972, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 122/1. ELATINE HEXANDRA (Lapierre) DC. *97, Westerness: pool in R. Garry near Loch Quoich dam, GR 28/10.01. R. Groom, 1971, field record. *H32, Monaghan: Creevy Lough, GR 23/83.07. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. 123/12. SILENE NOCTIFLORA L. *45, Pembroke: Newport, GR 22/0.3. Weed in nursery. C. C. Townsend, 1956, herb. U.C. Swansea. 1 km south of Stackpole, GR 11/98.95. In field. F. H. Fremlin, 1965, field record. 2nd record. (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). 123/13 x 14. SILENE DIOICA (L.) Clairv. x S. ALBA (Mill.) E. H. L. Krause 95, Elgin: Grange Hall, Forres, GR 38/06.59. Roadside verge. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 2nd record. *96, Easterness: west of Lewiston, GR 28/49.28. By farm. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. Groam, GR 28/51.43. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 131/2. CERASTIUM ARVENSE L. *42, Brecon: Llangattock, GR 32/21.17. Garden weed. Mrs J. P. Sankey-Barker, 1972, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 198 (1973)). 131/10. CERASTIUM DIFFUSUM Pers. *42, Brecon: near Craig-y-cilau, S. of Crick- howell, GR 32/19.15. Limestone rocks and grassland. M. Porter, 1972, NMW, det. E. Milne-Redhead. (Nature Wales, 13: 199 (1973)). *57, Derby: between Temple Normanton and Heath, GR 43/43.67. Railway tracks. S. Band & J. Hodgson, 1972, field record. 131/11. CERASTIUM PUMILUM Curt. *15, E. Kent: near Margate, GR 61/35.69. Old railway line. C. C. Hare, 1971, MNE. 133/1. STELLARIA NEMORUM L. *74, Wigtown: Aldouran Glen, GR 25/01.63. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. 133/3. STELLARIA PALLIDA (Dumort.) Piré *95, Elgin: Findhorn, GR 38/04.64. 96, Easterness: Fort George, GR 28/77.56. Dunes. Ist post-1930 record. 106, E. Ross: Fortrose, GR 28/73.56. Caravan Park. 2nd record. All 3 records M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, conf. P. D. Sell. 135/1. MOENCHIA ERECTA (L.) Gaertn., Mey. & Scherb. 47, Montgomery: Ffridd Faldwyn, Montgomery, GR 32/21.96. V. J. Macnair & E. D. Pugh, 1972, field record, det. P. M. Benoit. Ist post-1930 record. 136/7. SAGINA NORMANIANA Lagerh. 96, Easterness: Sgurr na Lappaich, GR 28/16.35. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, conf. P. D. Sell. 2nd record. 378 PLANT RECORDS 143/3 x 5. SPERGULARIA RUPICOLA Lebel ex Le Jolis x S.MARINA (L.) Griseb. *45, Pembroke: Stackpole Head, GR 11/99.94, Cliff-top. J. A. Ratter, 1971, E. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). 143/5. SPERGULARIA MARINA (L.) Griseb. *84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98.81. E. P. Beattie, 1971, E. 147/1. ILLECEBRUM VERTICILLATUM L. *56, Notts.: Langley Mill, GR 43/45.47. Railway ballast. S. Jackson, 1972, DBY. +152/1. CARPOBROTUS EDULIS (L.) N.E.Br. *45, Pembroke: Tenby, GR 22/13.00, Limestone cliff. T. A. W. Davis, 1972, field record. Ist localised record. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). +153/1. AMARANTHUS RETROFLEXUS L. *95, Elgin: Forres tip, GR 38/02.59. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 154/11. CHENOPODIUM MURALE L. 45, Pembroke: Bentlass, GR 12/96.01. By shore. T. A. W. Davis, 1971, NMW, det. J. P. M. Brenan. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). 156/3. ATRIPLEX HASTATA L. *84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/99.81. Shore. Carriden, GR 36/02.81. Shore. 2nd record. Both records E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 159/1. SALSOLA KALI L. 107, E. Sutherland: Dornoch Point, GR 28/80.87. M. Barron, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 160/2. SALICORNIA DOLICHOSTACHYA Moss *84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98.81. E. P. Beattie, 1971, E. 162/2. TILIA CORDATA Mill. *45, Pembroke: Cwmcneifa, Clydau, GR 22/25.35. Wooded ravine. F. Rose, 1965, field record. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). 163/2. MALVA SYLVESTRIS L. *96, Easterness: Longman Point, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1971. E. 163/4. MALVA NEGLECTA Wallr. 80, Roxburgh: above Stichill Linn, GR 36/70.37. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. 164/2. LAVATERA CRETICA L. 45, Pembroke: Nolton Haven, GR 12/85.18. Above the beach. C. C. Jones, 1970, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). 165/1. ALTHAEA OFFICINALIS L. 45, Pembroke: Pwllcrochan, GR 12/92.03. Top of salt-marsh. S. M. Coles, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). 166/1. LINUM BIENNE Mill. *H32, Monaghan: by Lough Naglack, GR 23/85.02. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. +166/2. LINUM USITATISSIMUM L. *84. Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. +168/3. GERANIUM ENDRESSII Gay 83, Edinburgh: Ravelston, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.73. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 2nd record. +168/6. GERANIUM PHAEUM L. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. 2nd record. Still present 1972. 168/7. GERANIUM SANGUINEUM L. *84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. PLANT RECORDS 379 168/10. GERANIUM COLUMBINUM L. *H32, Monaghan: near Lugadadorris, Carr- ickmacross. Limestone quarry. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. 168/15. GERANIUM LUCIDUM L. 96, Easterness: Kilmorack, GR 28/48.44. M. McC. Webster, 1963, E. 2nd record. 4171/3. IMPATIENS PARVIFLORA DC. *83, Edinburgh: Corstorphine Hill, Edin- burgh, GR 36/20.74. M. MacKie, 1970, E. 4171/4. IMPATIENS GLANDULIFERA Royle *84, Linlithgow: Linlithgow, GR 26/ 98.76. Disused quarry. Near Nether Kinneil, Bo’ness, GR 26/96.79. Roadside verge. 2nd record. Both records E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. *96, Easterness: Ness Castle, GR 28/65.41. M. McC. Webster, 1970, field record. 4173/2. ACER PLATANOIDES L. *82, Haddington: Luffness, near Aberlady, GR 36/48.80. E. P. Beattie, 1971, E. $3, Edinburgh: Lady Victoria Wood, Newton- grange, GR 36/34.65. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. 2nd record. Many young trees. 4183/2. LUPINUS ARBOREUS Sims *35, Monmouth: Portskewett, GR 31/49.88. T. G. Evans, 1972, NMW. 4191/2. MELILOTUS OFFICINALIS (L.) Pall. 84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98.81. E. P. Beattie, 1967, field record. 2nd record. 192/10. TRIFOLIUM STRIATUM L. 35, Monmouth: Mathern, GR 31/52.89. T. G. Evans, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 80, Roxburgh: above Stichill Linn, GR 36/70.37. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. 206/2. VICIA TETRASPERMA (L.) Schreb. 44, Carmarthen: Green Castle, Car- marthen, GR 22/39.16. Farmyard. I. M. Vaughan, 1972, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). 4206/6. VICIA VILLOSA Roth *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1972,E. 207/2. LATHYRUS NISSOLIA L. 35, Monmouth: Uskmouth, GR 31/33.82. On boiler ash. T. G. Evans, 1972, NMW. 1st post-1930 record. 211/2. RUBUS SAXATILIS L. 74, Wigtown: Pularyan Burn, Main Water of Luce, GR 25/14.68. Shaded ravine. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 211/11/126. RUBUS ERRABUNDUS W. C. R. Wats. *80, Roxburgh: 1 mile south of Newcastleton, GR 35/4.8. C. W. Muirhead, 1969, E, det. E. S. Edees. 211/11/201. RUBUS TAENIARUM Lindeb. *80, Roxburgh: 1 mile south of New- castleton, GR 35/4.8. C. W. Muirhead, 1969, E, det. E. S. Edees. 211/11/204. RUBUS RADULA Weihe ex Boenn. *80, Roxburgh: south of Hawick, GR 36/5.1. C. W. Muirhead, 1969, E, det. E. S. Edees. Ist localised record. 211/11/356. RUBUS DASYPHYLLUS (Rogers) Rogers *80, Roxburgh: | mile south of Newcastleton, GR 35/4.8. C. W. Muirhead, 1969, E, det. E. S. Edees. 212/6. POTENTILLA ARGENTEA L. 80, Roxburgh: Stichill Linn, GR 36/70.37. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. 82, Haddington: Over Hailes, East Linton, GR 36/57.76. E. P. Beattie, 1962, field record. 2nd record. 212/11. POTENTILLA TABERNAEMONTANI Aschers. *52, Anglesey: Marian Dyrys, near Bwrrd Arthur, GR 23/59.81. Limestone outcrop. T. Thomas, 1971, field record, det. W. S. Lacey. 82, Haddington: near Hailes Castle, East Linton, GR 36/57.75S. Rocks. E. P. Beattie, 1967, field record. 1st post-1930 record. 380 PLANT RECORDS 212/14. POTENTILLA ANGLICA Laichard. 97, Westerness: Craigard, near Inver- garry, GR 28/29.02. R. Groom, 1971, field record. 2nd record. +215/3. FRAGARIA ANANASSA Duchesne *84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98.80. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 218/2. AGRIMONIA PROCERA Wallr. 82, Haddington: Tyninghame, GR 36/61.78. E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972, E. 2nd record. 220/3/3. ALCHEMILLA FILICAULIS Buser *44, Carmarthen: Carreg Ceuneu, GR 22/66.19. Limestone. I. M. Vaughan, 1970, NMW, det. M. E. Bradshaw. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). 4226/5. PRUNUS CERASUS L. *95, Elgin: Arthurs Bridge. S.E. of Lossiemouth, GR 38/25.67. E. Advie, GR 38/12.34. Field record. 2nd record. Both records M. McC. Webster, 1970. +227/5. COTONEASTER FRIGIDUS Wall. ex Lindl. 83, Edinburgh: Ravelston Dykes Quarry, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.73. E. P. Beattie, 1967, 1972, E. 2nd record. 232/5 x 1. SORBUS ARIA (L.) Crantz x S. AUCUPARIA L. *35, Monmouth: Pierce- field Cliffs, near Chepstow, GR 31/53.95. Limestone cliffs. T. G. Evans & C. Titcombe, 1972, NMW,, det. F. H. Perring. 1st Welsh record. 232/6. SORBUS LATIFOLIA (Lam.) Pers. *44, Carmarthen: near Carreg Cennen, GR 22/65.19. I. M. Vaughan, 1970, NMW,, det. P. J. M. Nethercott. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). +235/3. SEDUM SPURIUM Bieb. *84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972,E. ~— 95, Elgin: Grantown on Spey, GR 38/02.26. River bank. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 2nd record. +235/6. SEDUM ALBUM L. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2nd record. +235/11. SEDUM REFLEXUM L. 83, Edinburgh: Lanark road, Balerno, GR 36/15. 66. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. Ist post-1930 record. 235/12. SEDUM VILLOSUM L. 95, Elgin: Cromdale, GR 38/1.2. Flush by burn. Mrs Christie, 1971, E. Ist post-1930 record. 246/2. RIBES SPICATUM Robson *95, Elgin: Grantown on Spey, GR 38/0.2. Riverbank. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. ; $246/4. RIBES SANGUINEUM Pursh *82, Haddington: Nunraw Abbey, Garvald, GR 36/59.60. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. Well naturalised. *83 Edinburgh: Dreghorn Woods, Edinburgh, GR 36/22.68. E. P. Beattie, 1956, E. Still present 1972. Near Upper Firth, Howgate, GR 36/27.59. E. P. Beattie, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 249/2. LyYTHRUM HYSSOPIFOLIA L. 57, Derby: Belper, GR 43/35.47. Garden weed. Mr Swindall, 1971, DBY, det. D. McClintock. Ist record for 50 years. 251/1. DAPHNE MEZEREUM L. *44. Carmarthen: Crwbin, GR 22/46.12. Calcar- eous woodland. I. M. Vaughan, 1971, NMW. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). 254/5. EpILOBIUM ROSEUM Schreb. 84, Linlithgow: Linlithgow, GR 26/99.77. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 7254/6. EpILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Hausskn. *82, Haddington: Longniddry, GR 36/44.76. Railway sidings. E. Burnhead, near Spott, GR 36/65.73. Roadside verge. Field record. 2nd record. Both records E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972. *84, PLANT RECORDS 381 Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98.81. Waste ground. 1971. Carriden, GR 36/01.81. Waste ground. 1972. 2nd record. Both records E. P. Beattie, E. 7254/13. EpILOBIUM BRUNNESCENS (Cockayne) Raven & Engelhorn 44, Carmar- then: near Brechfa. Edge of Forestry plantation. Mrs E. Grey, 1972, field record. 2nd record. Site since destroyed. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). *H32, Mona- ghan: Priestfield Lough, Rossmore Castle, GR 23/65.30. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. 4257/1. FUCHSIA MAGELLANICA Lam. 74, Wigtown: Aldouran Glen, GR 25/01.63. Woodland. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 258/3. CIRCAEA ALPINA L. *105, W. Ross: Inverpolly Forest, GR 29/0.1. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E, conf. J. Heslop-Harrison. 261/1. HipPpURIS VULGARIS L. 74, Wigtown: White Loch of Ravenstone, GR 25/ 40.44. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. *84, Linlithgow: near Winchburgh, GR 36/08.76. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. *96, Easterness: Auchna- gairn, Kirkhill, GR 28/55.45. M. McC. Webster, 1954, field record. Essich, GR 28/65. 38. M. Barron, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 265/1. SwWIDA SANGUINEA (L.) Opiz *+74, Wigtown: Portpatrick — Leswalt road, GR 15/98.59. Established on roadside. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. 274/1. ANTHRISCUS CAUCALIS Bieb. *96, Easterness: the Longman, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. By the sea. M. McC. Webster, 1954, field record. Ardersier GR 28/78.55. By the sea. M. McC. Webster, 1964, field record. 2nd record. 285/1. APIUM GRAVEOLENS L. 50, Denbigh: Furnace, Bodnant, Glen Conwy, GR 23/79.72. Saltmarsh. J. M. Brummitt, 1971, NMW. 2nd and only extant record. (Nature Wales, 13: 48 (1972)). 285/4. APIUM INUNDATUM (L.) Reichb.f. 95, Elgin: Millbuies Loch, south of Elgin, GR 38/24.57. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. Probably 2nd record. 294/1. PIMPINELLA SAXIFRAGA L. *97, Westerness: Loch Ailort, GR 17/7.7. By the sea. A. J. Souter & M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. Ardverikie, Kinlochlaggan, GR 27/53.89. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 297/1. BERULA ERECTA (Huds.) Coville *48, Merioneth: Morfa Harlech, GR 23/5.3. P. M. Benoit, 1972, NMW. Ist definite record. 298/1. CRITHMUM MARITIMUM L. *97, Westerness: Ardnamurchan Point, GR 17/ 42.64. R. Groom, 1971, field record. 300/3. OENANTHE SILAIFOLIA Bieb. *34, W. Gloucester: Ashleworth Ham Nature Reserve, GR 32/83.26. Water meadow. S. C. Holland, 1972, field record. 301/1. AETHUSA CYNAPIUM L. 96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, field record. 2nd record. 7309/3. PEUCEDANUM OSTRUTHIUM (L.) Koch 95, Elgin: Grantown on Spey, GR 38/0.2. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 310/1. PASTINACA SATIVA L. *+96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. 7320/20. POLYGONUM SACHALINENSE F. Schmidt 45, Pembroke: 3 km N.N.E. of Mathry, GR 12/89.34. Woodland edge. P. S. H. Henry, 1971, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 202 (1973)). *57, Derby: between Cromford and Lea Hall, GR 43/31.56. Roadside. S. Band & J. Hodgson, 1972, field record. 382 PLANT RECORDS 325/1/3. RUMEX TENUIFOLIUS (Wallr.) Love *96, Easterness: Spey Dam, Laggan, GR 27/58.93. Loch Killin, GR 28/53.08. 2nd record. Both records from river shingle, M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, conf. J. E. Lousley. 4325/5. RUMEX ALPINUS L. *96, Easterness: Dalcross, GR 28/75.49. Railway embankment. M. McC. Webster, 1968, field record. 325/18. RUMEX MARITIMUS L. 57, Derby: Langley Mill, GR 43/45.47. G. C. Steele, 1972, DBY. 1st post-1930 record. +325/21. RUMEX TRIANGULIVALVIS (Danser) Reching.f. *16, W. Kent: Dartford, GR 51/56.74. Rubbish tip. J. Mason & J. R. Palmer, 1968, field record. Not seen since. Stone, GR 51/57.74. Disused quarry. J. R. Palmer, 1971, 1972, MINE. 2nd record. 1972 specimen. 329/1. HUMULUS LUPULUS L. *+82, Haddington: Scougall, Nerth Berwick, GR 36/61.83. Roadside verge. E. P. Beattie, 1969, E. Gullane, GR 36/48.82. Railway embankment. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 2nd record. $336/2. ALNUS INCANA (L.) Moench *96, Easterness: Aigas, GR 28/4.4. 1950. Glen Doe, GR 28/41.08. 1972. 2nd record. Both records M. McC. Webster, field records. *97, Westerness: Loch Treig, GR 27/34.77. Self-sown on railway embank- ment. E. Leanachan, GR 27/21.89. Field record. 2nd record. Both records M. McC. Webster, 1972. 4341/1. QUERCUS CERRIS L. *84, Linlithgow: Linlithgow Castle, GR 36/00.77. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 343/13 x 11. SALIx AURITA L. x S.CAPREA L. 57, Derby: Manystones quarry, Brassington, GR 43/23.55. H. Lucking, 1971, field record, det. R. C. L. Howitt. Ist post-1930 record. 358/5. WACCINIUM MICROCARPUM (Rupr.) Hook.f. *106, E. Ross: Eileanach Lodge, Kiltearn, GR 28/52.68. K. Butler & M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. 359/3. PYROLA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. 44, Carmarthen: Laugharne Burrows, GR 22/28. 07. Dunes. D. Davies et alii, 1972, field record. (Nature Wales, 13: 200 (1973)). 2nd record. 364/1. EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. *84, Linlithgow: Winchburgh, GR 36/00.63. Shale bing. R. W. M. Corner, 1967, field record. Blackridge, Blawhorn Moss, GR 26/ 88.68. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 2nd record. 4370/5. LysIMACHIA PUNCTATA L. 83, Edinburgh: Ravelston Dykes Quarry, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.73. E. P. Beattie, 1967, 1972, E. 2nd record. 372/2. ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. 96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 2nd record. 7375/1. BUDDLEJA DAvipI Franch. *57, Derby: by Swarkestone Bridge, GR 43/36.27. H. Lucking, 1970, field record. 82, Haddington: North Berwick, GR 36/57.84. Disused quarry. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 2nd record. 83, Edinburgh: Ravelston Dykes Quarry, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.73. E. P. Beattie, 1967, E. 2nd record. Still present 1972. 7378/2. LIGUSTRUM OVALIFOLIUM Hassk. *83, Edinburgh: Ravelston Dykes Quarry, GR 36/21.73. 1967. Hailes Quarry, Edinburgh, GR 36/20.70. 1972. 2nd record. Both records E. P. Beattie, E. 382/4. CENTAURIUM ERYTHRAEA Rafn 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/0.8. E. P. Beattie. 1972, field record. 2nd record. PLANT RECORDS 383 383/1. BLACKSTONIA PERFOLIATA (L.) Huds. *48, Merioneth: Morfa Harlech, GR 23/5.3. Mrs M. Newton, O. H. Black & H. Handley, 1972, NMW. Ist certain record. 385/3/1. GENTIANELLA AMARELLA (L.) Borner *79, Selkirk: N.E. side of Akermoor Loch, GR 36/40.21. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. H32, Monaghan: Lugadadorris, Carrickmacross, GR 23/81.05. L. Farrell, 1972, field record. +392/2. SYMPHYTUM ASPERUM Lepech. 96, Easterness: Beaufort Castle, GR 28/50.42. M. McC. Webster, 1972, CGE,E. 2nd record. $392/2 x 1. SYMPHYTUM X UPLANDICUM Nyman 82, Haddington: Samuelston, Haddington, GR 36/48.70. Banks of R. Tyne. E. P. Beattie, 1969, field record. 2nd record. +393/1. BORAGO OFFICINALIS L. *96b, Nairn: Nairn tip, GR 28/90.54. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 400/3. MyYOSOTIS STOLONIFERA (DC.) Gay ex Leresche & Levier *79, Selkirk: Flesh Cleuch Burn, Douglas Burn, Yarrow, GR 36/26.24. C.S.S.F. Meeting, 1972, herb. R. W. M. Corner, det. A. E. Wade. 403/1. ECHTUM VULGARE L. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 7406/2. CALYSTEGIA PULCHRA Brummitt & Heywood 82, Haddington: Long- niddry station, GR 36/44.76. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 84, Linlithgow: below Stacks Farm, Carriden, GR 36/03.80. E. P. Beattie, 1970, E. 2nd record. 4408/1. NICANDRA PHYSALODES (L.) Gaertn. *95, Elgin: Brodie Castle gardens, GR 28/98.57. 1971. Elgin tip, GR 38/22.63. 1972. 2nd record. Both records M. McC. Webster, E. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 7413/4. SOLANUM SARRACHOIDES Sendtn. 29, Cambs.: near Great Heath Wood, Gamlingay, GR 52/22.51. Sandy fields. R. J. Pankhurst, 1972, field record, det. S. M. Walters. 2nd record. 416/7. VERBASCUM NIGRUM L. *35, Monmouth: Newport Docks, GR 31/30.86. T. G. Evans & C. Titcombe, 1972, field record. *+82, Haddington: Garleton Hills, GR 36/86.76. Quarry. E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972, field record. 417/1. MISOPATES ORONTIUM (L.) Raf. *+95, Elgin: Dyke, GR 28/98.58. Garden weed. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 7418/1. ANTIRRHINUM MAJUS L. *45, Pembroke: Dinas Cross, GR 22/0.3. M. S. Johnson, 1954, field record. Between Fishguard and Goodwick, GR 12/9.3. D.McClintock, 1956, field record. 2nd record (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 203 (1973)). 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. ist post-1930 record. 420/3. LINARIA REPENS (L.) Mill. *84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 420/3 x 4. LINARIA REPENS (L.) Mill. x L. VULGARIS Mill. 42, Brecon: near Dyfynnog, GR 22/92.27. Old railway line. M. Massey & M. Porter, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 199(1973)). 422/1. KICKXIA SPURIA (L.) Dumort. 45, Pembroke: Marloes, GR 12/7.0. C.D. Pigott, 1955, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 203 (1973)). $423/2. CYMBALARIA PALLIDA (Ten.) Wettst. *82, Haddington: Haddington, GR 384 PLANT RECORDS 36/51.73. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. *84, Linlithgow: Linlithgow, GR 36/00.77. E.P. Beattie, 1967, E. Still present 1972. 424/3. SCROPHULARIA UMBROSA Dumort. *47, Montgomery: Lymore, Mont- gomery, GR 30/23.96. By ditch. V. J. Macnair & D. Pugh, 1972, field record. Near Devil’s Hole, Montgomery, GR 30/22.98. By ditch. V. J. Macnair, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 204 (1973)). 4424/5. SCROPHULARIA VERNALIS L. *96, Easterness: Ardersier, GR 28/77.55. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 4425/1 x2. MIMULUS GUTTATUS DC. x M. LuTEus L. *109, Caithness: near Thurso Castle, GR 39/1.6. W. S. Lacey, 1972, UCNW, det. R. H. Roberts. 4425/2. MIMULUS LUTEUS L. *74, Wigtown: Mochrum Loch, GR 25/30.52. Roadside. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. 7428/1. ERINUS ALPINUS L. 82, Haddington: Gifford, GR 36/53.68. E. P. Beattie, 1969, E. 2nd record. 430/3. VERONICA CATENATA Pennell *H32, Monaghan: east of Lough Fea demesne, GR 23/83.02. L. Farrell, 1972, field record. 439/1. LATHRAEA SQUAMARIA L. 46, Cardigan: Llannerch Aeron, GR 22/47.60. | A. O. Chater, 1971, NMW. Ist record for 60 years. (Nature Wales, 13: 204 (1973)). 440/3. OROBANCHE RAPUM-GENISTAE Thuill. 44, Carmarthen: near Cais, GR 22/68.39. I. M. Vaughan, 1972, NMW. Ist record for 60 years. 440/8. OROBANCHE MINOR Sm. *H32, Monaghan: near Lugadadorris, Carrick- macross, GR 23/81.05. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. 442/2. ULTRICULARIA NEGLECTA Lehm. *96b, Nairn: Loch Loy, GR 28/92.57. Forest pool. M. McC. Webster, 1969, 1971, E, K, det. P. Taylor. +445/4x 5. MENTHA AQUATICA L.x M. SPICATA L. 57, Derby: Norbury, GR 43/12.42. K. Hollick, 1972, DBY. Ist localised record and Ist for 50 years. 453/1. CLINOPODIUM VULGARE L. 95, Elgin: Grantown on Spey, GR 38/0.2. Riverbank. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 2nd record. 459/3. STACHYS ARVENSIS (L.) L. 96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 2nd record. 469/2. SCUTELLARIA MINOR Huds. 74, Wigtown: Garheugh, GR 25/26.50. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 472/4. PLANTAGO MARITIMA L. 83, Edinburgh: Granton, Edinburgh, GR 36/22. 77. Waste ground by sea. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 2nd record. 485/3. GALIUM MOLLUGO L. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 485/7. GALIUM STERNERI Ehrend. 96, Easterness: Glen Markie, GR 27/59.99. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. 2nd record. 485/10. GALIUM ULIGINOSUM L. 95, Elgin: Cromdale Hills, GR 38/1.2. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 1st post-1930 record. 497/1. DIPSACUS FULLONUM L. 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2ndrecord. Subsp. sativus (L.) Theil. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. PLANT RECORDS 385 506/11. SENECIO PALUDOSUS L. 29, Cambs.: fen ditch, GR 52/—.—. D. Dupree, 1972, field record, det. S. M. Walters. Ist record this century. 7507/2. DORONICUM PLANTAGINEUM L. *96, Easterness: Ardersier, GR 28/78.54. 1971. Newton of Budgate, Cawdor, GR 28/82.49. 1972. 2nd record. Both records M. McC. Webster, E. 96b, Nairn: Easter Milton, GR 28/95.53. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. +509/4. PETASITES FRAGRANS (Vill.) C. Pres] 96, Easterness: Dochfour, GR 28/61. 39. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 514/1. FILAGO GERMANICA (L.) L. 80, Roxburgh: above Stichill Linn, GR 36/70. 37. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post-1930 record. *516/1. ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) Benth. *97, Westerness: Spean Bridge, GR 27/15.80. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. 525/1. EUPATORIUM CANNABINUM L. 97, Westerness: Kinlochmoidart, GR 17/6.7. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 2nd record. +533/3. LEUCANTHEMUM MAXIMUM (Ramond) DC. *82, Haddington: North Berwick, GR 36/57.85. Gullane, GR 36/47.83. 2nd record. Both records E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. *83, Edinburgh: Ravelston Dykes Quarry, Edinburgh, GR 36/21.73. E. P. Beattie, 1967, 1972, E. Blackhall, Edinburgh. GR 36/22.74. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 7544/2. CENTAUREA MONTANA L. *96, Easterness: Connage, Ardersier, GR 28/77.53. Roadside. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. 550/3. LEONTODON TARAXACOIDES (Vill.) Mérat *97, Westerness: Loch Ailort, GR 17/7.7. Roadside verge. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 551/2. PICRIS HIERACIOIDES L. 182, Haddington: Kingston, North Berwick, GR 36/52.82. E. P. Beattie, 1971, E. 2nd record. *+84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. *557/3. CICERBITA MACROPHYLLA (Willd.) Wallr. *47, Montgomery: Montgom- ery, GR 32/22.96. Roadside. V. J. Macnair & E. D. Pugh, 1972, field record. Montgom- ery, GR 32/21.93. Roadside. Mrs A. Walton, 1972, field record. 2nd record. (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 205 (1973)). 84, Linlithgow: Linlithgow, GR 26/99.77. Waste ground. E. P. Beattie, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 558/1/39. HiERACIUM PETROCHARIS (E. F. Linton) W. R. Linton *95, Elgin: Findhorn gorge, Relugas, GR 38/00.50. M. McC. Webster, 1970, CGE, det. P. D. Sell & C. West. 558/1/47. HIERACIUM SCHMIDTII Tausch *80, Roxburgh: north bank of R. Tweed at Trows Crags, Makerstoun, GR 36/66.31. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, CGE, det. P. D. Sell & C. West. 558/1/58. HIERACIUM CHLORANTHUM Pugsl. *06b, Nairn: Drynachan, GR 28/86. 35. Cliff by R. Findhorn. M. McC. Webster, 1970, CGE, det. P. D. Sell & C. West. 558/1/94. HIERACIUM DURICEPS F. J. Hanb. *96b, Nairn: Drynachan, GR 28/86. 38. Rocky cliff. M. McC. Webster, 1970, CGE, det. P. D. Sell & C. West. 558/1/98. HIERACIUM EXOTERICUM Jord. ex Bor. *15, E. Kent: Maidstone, GR 51/76.53. Cemetery wall. E. G. Philp, 1972, MINE, det. C. West. *83, Edinburgh: Carberry Tower, Musselburgh, GR 36/36.69. E. P. Beattie & V. Leather, 1968, E, det. P. D. Sell. 386 PLANT RECORDS 558/1/204. HIERACIUM CALCARICOLA (F. J. Hanb.) Roffey *15, E. Kent: Maid- stone, GR 51/75.56. Railway yard. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. C. West. 558/219. HIERACIUM PERPROPINQUUM (Zahn) Druce *80. Roxburgh: north end of Newcastleton, GR 35/48.88. Railway cutting. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, CGE, det. P. D. Sell & C. West. 559/5. CREPIS BIENNIS L. 50, Denbigh: entrance to Coed Accas, Nantglyn, Denbigh, GR 33/03.64. J. M. Brummitt, 1971, BM, NMW, det. J. B. Marshall. 2nd and only extant record. 560/3. TARAXACUM LACISTOPHYLLUM (Dahlst.) Raunk. *96b, Nairn: Nairn, GR 28/90.57. Dunes. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/4. TARAXACUM RUBICUNDUM (Dahlst.) Dahlst. *90, Forfar: Montrose Links, GR 37/7.5. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb.U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. 560/7. TARAXACUM COMMIXTUM Hagl. *15, E. Kent: Greatstone, GR 61/08.23. Sand-dunes. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/12. TARAXACUM LAETUM (Dahlst.) Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Hothfield, GR 51/97.45. Sandy grassland. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. *95, Elgin: Lossiemouth, GR 38/22.70. Dunes. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/17. TARAXACUM OXONIENSE Dahlst. *16, W. Kent: Stansted, GR 51/61.61. Downland. Mrs P. White, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/18. TARAXACUM RETZII van Soest *16, W. Kent: Kemsing, GR 51/55.59. Downland. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/20. TARAXACUM PROXIMUM (Dahlst.) Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Greatstone, GR 61/08.23. Dunes. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det., A. J. Richards. 560/21. TARAXACUM SIMILE Raunk. *15, E. Kent: Greatstone, GR 61/08.23. Dunes. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/33. TTARAXACUM UNGUILOBUM Dahlst. *106, E. Ross: Amat Lodge, Strath Carron, GR 28/4.9. River bank. U. K. Duncan, 1971, herb. U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. 560/35. TARAXACUM LANDMARKII Dahlst. *95, Elgin: Clashdhu, GR 38/03.52. Railway cutting. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/37. TARAXACUM SPECTABILE Dahlst. *47, Montgomery: Llanfihangel-yng- Ngwynfa, GR 33/08.16. V. J. Macnair, 1972, field record, det. A. J. Richards. *64, Mid-W. Yorks.: Ingleborough, GR 34/7.7. Limestone pavement. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. *97, Westerness: Loch Treig, Fersit, GR 27/35.76. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/42. TARAXACUM EURYPHYLLUM (Dahlst.) M.P. Chr. *65, N. W. Yorks.: Hawes, GR 34/8.9. Roadside. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. *69, Westmorland: 1.5 km west of Kirkby Lonsdale, GR 34/59.78. Roadside. G. Halliday, 1972, LANC, det. A. J. Richards. *95, Elgin: Grantown on Spey, GR 38/04.26. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/44. TARAXACUM PRAESTANS H. Lindb.f. *64, Mid-W. Yorks.: Ingleborough, GR 34/7.7. Limestone pavement. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. *91. Kincardine: Bogmuir, near Fettercairn, GR 37/6.7. Roadside. U. K. Duncan, 1972, herb. U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. 560/50. TARAXACUM NAEVOSUM Dahlst. *65, N. W. Yorks.: Hawes, GR 34/8.9. Roadside. M.McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. PLANT RECORDS 387 560/51. TARAXACUM LAETIFRONS Dahlst. *96, Easterness: Kirkhill, GR 28/54.45. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/58. TARAXACUM STICTOPHYLLUM Dahlst. *95, Elgin: Fochabers, GR 38/33.58. By R. Spey. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/61. TARAXACUM NORDSTEDTI Dahlst. *89. E. Perth: Loch of Lowes, near Dunkeld, GR 37/0.4. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb. A. Robson, det. A. J. Richards. 560/64. TARAXACUM ADAMI Claire *96, Easterness: Glenmoriston, GR 28/40.17. Roadside. M. McC. Webster, 1972, CGE,E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/67. TARAXACUM SUBCYANOLEPIS M.P. Chr. *90, Forfar: north end of Lunan Bay. near Montrose, GR 37/6.5. Railway embankment. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb. U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. 560/68. TARAXACUM CYANOLEPIS Dahlst. *95, Elgin: Forres, GR 38/03.58. Old railway line. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. *96, Easterness: Inchnacardoch, Fort Augustus, GR 28/37.09. Roadside. M. McC. Webster, 1972, CGE,E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/75. TARAXACUM PANNUCIUM Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Folkestone, GR 61/21.35. Waste land. A. Ford, 1971, MINE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/78. TARAXACUM ALATUM H.Lindb.f. *95, Elgin: Dyke, GR 28/98.58. Garden. M. McC. Webster, 1972, CGE,E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/79. TARAXACUM LINGULATUM Markl. *15, E. Kent: Hothfield, GR 51/97.45. Roadside. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. *16, W. Kent: Harvel, GR 51/65.63, Mrs P. White, 1971, MINE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/94. TARAXACUM EKMANII Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Ashford, GR 61/01.43. Roadside. E. G. Philp, 1971, MNE, det. A, J. Richards. 560/103. TARAXACUM CORDATUM Palmer. *95, Elgin: Burghead, GR 38/11.68. Sandy ground. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. *96b, Nairn: Nairn Dunbar golf-course, GR 28/90.57. M. McC. Webster, 1972, CGE,E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/104. TARAXACUM ADSIMILE Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Acol, GR 61/30.67. Roadside. C. C. Hare, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/105. TARAXACUM LONGISQUAMEUM H.Lindb.f. *65, N. W. Yorks.: Hawes, GR 34/8.9. Roadside. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. *90, Forfar: R. South Esk above Cortachy, near Kirriemuir, GR 37/3.6. River bank. U. K. Duncan, 1972, herb. U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. *96, Easterness: Viewhill, Kirkhill, GR 28/55.46. Gravel drive. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/106. TARAXACUM DAHLSTEDTI H.Lindb.f. *90, Forfar: Needle’s Eye, Arbroath, GR 37/6.4. Sandstone sea-cliff. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb.U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. *91, Kincardine: ‘The Burn’, foot of Glenesk, GR 37/5.7. Wall-top. U. K. Duncan, 1970, ABD, det. A. J. Richards. 560/107. TARAXACUM DUPLIDENS H.Lindb.f. *90, Forfar: Boddin Point, near Montrose, GR 37/7.5. U. K. Duncan, 1972, herb.U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. *96, Easterness: Kilmorack, GR 28/48.44. Waste ground. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/113. TARAXACUM BRACTEATUM Dahlst. *95, Elgin: Glenerney, GR 38/00.46. Stream-bank. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 388 PLANT RECORDS 560/115. TARAXACUM HAMATIFORME Dahlst. *95, Elgin: Relugas, GR 28/99.48. Roadside. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/116. TARAXACUM MARKLUNDII Palmer. *15, E. Kent: Hythe, GR 61/18.35. Mrs J. M. Long, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. *16, W. Kent: Tunbridge Wells, GR 51/59.40. Roadside. W. E. Coultrup, 1971, MINE, det. A. J. Richards. *Q0, Forfar: R. South Esk, above Shielhillbridge, near Forfar, GR 37/4.5. River bank. U. K. Duncan, 1971, herb.U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. 560/118. TARAXACUM OBLONGATUM Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Folkestone, GR 61/20. 35. Edge of wood. A. Ford, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/119. TARAXACUM MACULATUM Jordan *15, E. Kent: Hythe, GR 61/16.35. Roadside. Mrs J. M. Long, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. 560/121. TARAXACUM DUPLIDENTIFRONS Dahlst. *15, E. Kent: Hythe, GR 61/18. 35. Roadside. Mrs J. M. Long, 1971, MNE, det. A. J. Richards. *90, Forfar: Boddin Point, near Montrose, GR 37/7.5. U. K. Duncan, 1972, herb.U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. 560/123. TARAXACUM OBSCURATUM Danhlst. *90, Forfar: Seymour Street, Dundee, GR 37/3.3. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb. U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. New to Scotland. 560/124. TARAXACUM PARVULICEPS H.Lindb.f. *95, Elgin: Grantown on Spey, GR 38/04.26. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/125. TARAXACUM POLYODON Dahlst. *69b, Furness: Kents Bank, GR 34/7.3. W. L. Smith, 1939, LANC, det. A. J. Richards. *90, Forfar, South Street, Arbroath, GR 37/6.4. Stony sea shore. U. K. Duncan, 1970, herb. U.K.D., det. A. J. Richards. *96b, Nairn: Trades Park, Nairn, GR 28/85.55. Wall. M: McC. Webster, 1972, CGE,E, det. A. J. Richards. 560/127. TARAXACUM CRISPIFOLIUM H.Lindb.f. *96, Easterness: Glen Strath- farrer, GR 28/39.40. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E, det. A. J. Richards. 563/3. ALISMA GRAMINEUM Lejeune *29, Cambs.: near Welches Dam, Manea, GR 52/46.85. Fen-drain. R. P. Libbey, 1972, field record, det. S. M. Walters. 576/2. ZOSTERA ANGUSTIFOLIA (Hornem.) Reichb. *35, Monmouth: Black Bedwins, R. Severn, GR 31/48.86. On inter-tidal gravel. T. G. Evans & C. Titcombe, 1971, 1972, NMW, det. T. G. Tutin. 577/20. POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers. *79, Selkirk: east end of Akersmoor Loch, GR 36/40.21. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, BM,herb.R.W.M.C., det. J. E. Dandy. 579/2. RUPPIA MARITIMA L. 74, Wigtown: near St Helena Island, mouth of Water of Luce, GR 25/19.56. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 7605/2. JUNCUS TENUIS Willd. 35, Monmouth: Newport Docks, GR 31/30.86. T. G. Evans, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. *83, Edinburgh: Edinburgh, GR 36/22.72. Railway track. E. P. Beattie, 1967, 1972, E. *84, Linlithgow: Linlithgow, GR 36/ 98.76. Canal tow-path. E. P. Beattie, 1967, 1972, E. 96, Easterness: Cannich, GR 28/34.32. Roadside. C.S.S.F. Meeting, 1971, E. 2nd record. 605/4. JUNCUS COMPRESSUS Jacq. *80, Roxburgh: north bank of R. Tweed, Trows Crags, Makerstoun, GR 36/66.31. Clefts in rock. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, BM, herb.R.W.M.C., det. A. Melderis. 605/25. JUNCUS BIGLUMIS L. *96, Easterness: Sgurr na Lappaich, Glen Strath- farrer, GR 28/16.35. M. McC. Webster, 1971, field record. PLANT RECORDS 389 +605/p. JUNCUS PLANIFOLIUS R.Br. *H16, W. Galway: Lough Truscan, S.E. of Carna, GR 84/8.0. Wet grassy track by lake. M. Scannell, 1971, DBN. 1st record from British Isles. (See Exhibition Meeting, 1972, pp. 431—432.) 7606/4. LuzuLA LUZULOIDES (Lam.) Dandy & Wilmott *97, Westerness: Ardverikie, Kinlochlaggan, GR 27/53.89. By drive to house. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. 607/6. ALLIUM OLERACEUM L. 29, Cambs.: Little Abington, GR 52/53.49. Roadside. Mrs B. A. Jackson, 1972, field record, det. S. M. Walters. 1st record since 1905S. 625/2. EPIPACTIS HELLEBORINE (L.) Crantz *94, Banff: Tomintoul, GR 38/1.1. T. M. Groucher, 1917, GLA. Subsequently seen at Craighalkie, Tomintoul by A. J. Souter, 1952, and Miss Raeburn ef alii, 1972. 631/1. HAMMARBYA PALUDOSA (L.) Kuntze 96, Easterness: Loch A’ Chlachain, GR 28/65.31. M. Barron, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 643/15. DACTYLORHIZA FUCHsII (Druce) Sod x D. PURPURELLA (T. & T. A. Stephenson) Sood *105, W. Ross: Inverpolly Forest, GR 29/0.1. Moorland bog. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E, det. J. Heslop-Harrison. 649/1. ARUM MACULATUM L. 196, Easterness: Ness Castle, GR 28/65.41. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 2nd record. 652/2. SPARGANIUM EMERSUM Rehm. *96b, Nairn: Nairn Dunbar golf-course, GR 28/89 57. Ditch. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 652/3. SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. 44, Carmarthen: Llyn y Gwaith, GR 22/67.50. D. Davies & I. M. Vaughan, 1972, field record. 1st record since 1935. (Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 653/2. TYPHA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. *H32, Monaghan: Priestfield Lake, Rossmore Castle, GR 23/65.30. L. Farrell, 1972, DBN. Probably introduced. 655/5. SCIRPUS HOLOSCHOENUS L. *115, E. Kent: GR 51/9.6. M. J. Newcombe, 1971, MNE. 656/4. ELEOCHARIS MULTICAULIS (Sm.) Sm. 42, Brecon: 2 miles west of Cilmery, GR 22/98.51. Boggy flushes. M. Massey & M. Porter, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 199 (1973)). 663/3. CAREX PUNCTATA Gaudin 74, Wigtown: Garheugh, GR 25/26.50. Cliff. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 663/4. CAREX HOSTIANA DC. 82, Haddington: Bothwell Water, GR 86/67.66. E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 663/8 x 4. CAREX DEMISSA Hornem. x C. HOSTIANA DC. *44, Carmarthen: near Temple Bar, GR 22/57.17. K. Lewis, 1971, field record, det. A. C. Jermy. (Nature Wales, 13: 201 (1973)). 663/10. CAREX SEROTINA Meérat 74, Wigtown: Loch Dernaglar, GR 25/26.57. Stony shore. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. 663/43. CAREX ATRATA L. 97, Westerness: Coire an Lochain, Meall na Teanga, GR 27/22.92. A. McG. Stirling, 1971, field record. Range extension. 663/47. CAREX ACUTA L. 74, Wigtown: Prestrie Loch, Whithorn, GR 25/46.38. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record, 1st post-1930 record. F 390 PLANT RECORDS 663/52. CAREX BIGELOWII Torr. ex Schwein. 80, Roxburgh: N.W. summit of Peel Fell, GR 35/62.99. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb.R.W.M.C. Confirmation of doubtful Ist record. 663/56. CAREX DIANDRA Schrank 74, Wigtown: Prestrie Loch, Whithorn, GR 25/46.38. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. Ist post-1930 record. *96, Easter- ness: Essich, GR 28/65.38. By lochan. M. Barron, 1972, field record. 663/67. CAREX SPICATA Huds. *47, Montgomery: 2 km south of Arddleen, GR 33/25.13. By canal. T. A. W. Davis, 1970, NMW, det. A. O. Chater. (Nature Wales, 13: 205 (1973)). : 663/72. CAREX CURTA Gooden. 45, Pembroke: Esgyrn Bottom, GR 12/97.34. T. A. W. Davis & S. B. Evans, 1972, NMW. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13: 203 (1973)). 663/81. CAREX DIOICA L. 82, Haddington: Faseny Water, S.E. of Garvald, GR 36/64.62. E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 669/1 x 2. GLYCERIA X PEDICELLATA Townsend 45, Pembroke: 3 km north of St David’s, GR 12/76.28. T. Inskipp, 1972, field record. 2nd record. (Nature Wales, 13 :203 (1973)). 669/3. GLYCERIA DECLINATA Bréb. 74, Wigtown: Prestrie Loch, Whithorn, GR 25/46.38. H. Milne-Redhead, 1972, field record. 1st post-1930 record. 4671/2 x 3. LOLIUM MULTIFLORUM Lam. x L.TEMULENTUM L. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E, det. C. E. Hubbard. 1st record for British Isles. 4671/3. LOLIUM TEMULENTUM L. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E. 672/3. VULPIA MYUROS (L.) C. C. Gmel. *+84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 196, Easterness: Bunchrew, GR 28/61.45. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E, det. C. E. Hubbard. 2nd record. 673/1. PUCCINELLIA MARITIMA (Huds.) Parl. 84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98. 81. E. P. Beattie, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 673/2. PUCCINELLIA DISTANS (L.) Parl. *84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 26/98.81. E. P. Beattie, 1971, E. 675/1. NARDURUS MARITIMUS (L.) Murb. 33, E. Gloucester: Daneway Banks Nature Reserve, Sapperton, GR 32/94.03. Lady Ricketts, 1972, field record, det. C. A. Stace. 2nd record. 676/11. PoA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. *42, Brecon: near Llanfihangel Tal-y-llyn, GR 32/11.27. Wall-top. M. Porter, 1972, field record, det. C. E. Hubbard. (Nature Wales, 13: 199 (1973)). 676/12. POA SUBCAERULEA Sm. 82, Haddington: Scoughall, GR 36/61.83. Dunes. E. P. Beattie & U. K. Duncan, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 681/1. MELICA UNIFLORA Retz. 80, Roxburgh: Jed Water below Ferniehurst Bridge, GR 36/64.18. Shady bank. R. W. M. Corner, 1972, herb. R.W.M.C. Ist post- 1930 record. 683/1. BROMUS ERECTUS Huds. *H32, Monaghan: east of Lough Fea demesne, GR 23/83.02. L. Farrell, 1972, field record. PLANT RECORDS 391 +683/4. BROMUS INERMIS Leyss. 95, Elgin: Roseisle, GR 38/14.65, Verge. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 2nd record. 683/5. BROMUS STERILIS L. 96, Easterness: Kirkhill, GR 28/58.45. Gravel drive. M. McC. Webster, 1972, field record. 2nd record. 1683/18. BROMUS SECALINUS L. *42, Brecon: 2 miles north of Llangorse, GR 32/13.30. Wheatfield. M. Porter, 1972, NMW. Ist definite record. Llangynidr, GR 32/15.19. Garden weed. M. Porter, 1972, field record. 2nd record. (Both records Nature Wales, 13: 199 (1973)). 4683/20. BROMUS WILLDENOWII Kunth *95, Elgin: Elgin tip, GR 38/22.63. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M.McC. Webster, 1970, E, det. C. E. Hubbard. 685/5. AGROPYRON JUNCEIFORME (A. & D. L6ve) A. & D. L6ve 84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/02.81. Shore. E. P. Beattie, 1968, E. 1st post-1930 record. 687/2. HORDEUM MURINUM L. 96, Easterness: Longman Point, Inverness, GR 28/66.47. M. McC. Webster, 1964, E. 2nd record. 689/1. KOELERIA CRISTATA (L.) Pers. *84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. +692/3. AVENA STRIGOSA Schreb. *45, Pembroke: 1.5 km N.E. of St David’s, GR 12/76.26. Arable field. A. J. Silverside, 1970, NMW, conf. A. Melderis. (Nature Wales, 13: 203 (1973)). 94, Banff: Craigellachie, GR 38/28.44. Disturbed roadside verge. M. McC. Webster, 1971, field record. Ist post-1930 record. *96, Easterness: the Long- man tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E, conf. C. E. Hubbard. 699/1. AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link **57, Derby: near Cowley Bottom, near Dronfield, GR 43/34.77. Site of old coal-shaft. M. C. Hewitt, 1972, DBY. 700/1. CALAMAGROSTIS EPIGEJOS (L.) Roth. [*48, Merioneth: Watsonia, 8: 311 (1971). The material on which this record is based has been redetermined as C. cane- scens (see below).] *84, Linlithgow: Carriden, GR 36/01.81. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 700/2. CALAMAGROSTIS CANESCENS (Weber) Roth *48. Merioneth: between Towyn and Aberdovey, GR 22/5.9. Mrs K. M. Stevens, 1969, 1972, BM, NMW, det. A. Melderis. Ist definite Welsh record. This record was originally published as C. epigejos (see above). 701/4. AGROSTIS GIGANTEA Roth *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1964, E, det. C. E. Hubbard. +701/7. AGROSTIS SCABRA Willd. *16, W. Kent: Blackheath, GR 51/39.75. Railway siding. R. C. Palmer, 1971, OXF, det. C. E. Hubbard. 702/1. APERA SPICA-VENTI (L.) Beauv. 57, Derby: Whitwell Wood, GR 43/52.78. S. Band & J. Hodgson, 1972, field record. 1st record for over 50 years. 707/1. PHLEUM BERTOLONII DC. *84, Linlithgow: Bo’ness, GR 36/98.80. Waste ground. E. P. Beattie, 1972, E. 708/1. ALOPECURUS MYOSUROIDES Huds. 96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1971, E. 2nd record. 709/1. MILIUM EFFUSUM L. 97, Westerness: by R. Garry, near Iron Bridge, GR 28/27.02. A. A. Slack, 1971, field record. 2nd record. 392 PLANT RECORDS +713/2. PHALARIS CANARIENSIS L. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1972, E. +718/1. ECHINOCHLOA CRUS-GALLI (L.) Beauv. *96, Easterness: the Longman tip, Inverness, GR 28/67.46. M. McC. Webster, 1970, E, conf. C. E. Hubbard. Watsonia, 9, 393-407 (1973). 393 Book Reviews Phytochemical Ecology. Edited by J. B. Harborne. Pp. 272. Academic Press, London, New York. 1972. Price £5-00. This volume is a report of the eighth annual symposium of the Phytochemical Society, and consists of 14 reviews spanning this field of work. The intensive study of chemical compounds occurring in plants leads, at first sight, to a bewildering complexity. However, the studies reported here mostly confirm the hypothesis that few of these compounds lack a biological function. Many of the naturally occurring alkaloids, phenolics and terpenes function as attractants, repellents or toxins towards insects or higher animals, and some may also be important in stimulating or inhibiting the germi- nation of seeds. Such observations are likely to have important repercussions in the applied biological sciences, as in the case of plants palatability to stock, and in the control of insects and parasitic weeds. British botanists will not learn of many new facts concerning their own flora from this book, nor should they wish to purchase it unless they have a fair grasp of organic chemistry. Most field workers know that toxic alkaloids occur in Senecio species; but how many are aware that other alkaloids occur in ‘palatable’ species such as Lolium perenne and Phalaris arundinacea, while poisons in the form of cyanogenic glucosides may lurk in Trifolium repens and Lotus corniculatus (though not in L. uliginosus)? The report has been promptly produced by the editor, there is very little overlap between individual reviewers, and the book production is of that high quality one has come to expect from Academic Press. H. J. M. BOWEN Flowers of Iona. Jean M. Millar. Pp. 32. The Ilona Community. 1972. Price 25p. This unpretentious little book is an example of a kind of publication that is sorely needed at this present time. It is a simple direct account of the flowers of a small area intended for the interested layman, who would never think of referring to himself as an ‘amateur botanist’ or even perhaps as a ‘naturalist’. Mrs Millar has provided a short introductory account of the most obvious plant communities, and these are accompanied by simple sketches that would probably enable the complete novice to recognise most of the plants mentioned in the text. This is followed by a systematic list with scientific and vernacular names, flower colours and times of flowering. Spaces are provided so that users can fill in dates as the various species are observed for the first time. Alternate pages are left blank to allow for the addition of new records and other notes. The floristic list is very incomplete, the rushes, sedges and grasses being completely omitted together with many other less obscure species. However, it will be noted that in the introduction Mrs Millar has expressly stated that she is providing a list of plants with recognisable ‘flowers’. I understand that she is already working on a second edition which, along with additional records, will include the families omitted in the present volume. It is often easy at the professional level to point to defects and deficiencies in works of this kind, but sometimes, as in this case, it is possible to take a much more positive view and to note with pleasure the generally high standard of the material that has been included. It is greatly to be hoped that many botanists will follow the present example and provide simple, cheap booklets on the plants of the many areas of our country where holiday-makers tend to congregate. In this way contact could be made 394 BOOK REVIEWS with many well-intentioned people who are completely untouched by the more formal range of natural history publications. Such contacts can only serve the best interests of conservation in Britain. J. F. M. CANNON Morphologie des Végétaux Vasculaires — Cytologie, Anatomie, Adaptations. H. Camefort. 2nd edition. Pp. 407+ 44 plates + 261 figs. Doin, Editeurs, Paris. 1972. Price Fr. 78-00. This book gives the impression of a text which students are likely to: have to learn as a job of work, rather than to read as an instructive pleasure. It is apparently aimed at levels less advanced than the University. The text presents its facts tersely; it is illustra- ted chiefly by line drawings (261) and there are 44 plates including a few electron micrographs. Reproduction of the plates is of indifferent to poor quality and the line drawings are not inspiring. Attractiveness of presentation as a whole seems not to have been considered important. The range of content and coverage is not exactly what one might expect from the title. There are seven major section headings: the plant cell; plant tissues; the stem (la tige); the leaf; the root; adaptation of vegetative organs to storage function; adaptations in relation to an environmental factor — water. Reproductive structures, apparently covered by a sister text in the series, are not specifically included. The plant cell is treated at length under the first heading, at levels ranging from cytochemistry through electron microscopy to unsophisticated light microscopy. Yet structure and function of specialised cells are not considered in this section. Xylem and phloem cells, for instance, are considered in the section on plant tissues, where their structure is dealt with only down to the level of light microscopy and function receives only a brief introductory mention. Throughout the major part of the book morphology and anatomy are dealt with as essentially static factual subjects. There is little consideration of developmental aspects, either from structural or physiological points of view. The section on adapta- tions in relation to water is also low in physiological content. In conclusion, this is not a book that one would choose to read. I doubt that students given it as a text will be stimulated by it. Any who are stimulated, and wish to explore the subjects further, will immediately find a further shortcoming of the book: there is no bibliography and there are no suggestions for further reading apart from a rare reference to another text of the same series. W. A. CHARLTON Three-dimensional Structure of Wood. B. A. Meylan & B. G. Butterfield. Pp. 80+ 61 plates. Chapman & Hall, London. 1972. Price £2-00. This is a most valuable book. It provides a good balance of text and illustrations that cannot fail to give a clear picture of wood structure to the student. The light microscope has been the traditional tool for the study of wood anatomy for many generations of students. They have laboured to visualise the relationship between thin flat sections of wood and the real three-dimensional substance itself. Now they can obtain a ready understanding with the minimum of effort. What a saving of mental energy! The pictures have reproduced well, on the whole. The degree of enlargement means that, for the best effect, they should be held at arm’s length. There are 61 plates in all, grouped in 14 sections. Starting with the cell wall, the reader is taken through pitting and other wall sculpturing to tissue systems, and then the complex structure of angio- sperm and gymnosperm wood; there is also a brief account of reaction wood. D. F. CUTLER BOOK REVIEWS 395 Probing Plant Structure. J. Troughton & L. A. Donaldson. Pp. 116+105 S.E.M. photographs. Chapman & Hall, London. 1972. Price £1-75. Many people will welcome this book as a very useful source of illustrations for teaching. It will be of particular value to those who have no access to a scanning electron micro- scope. The non-botanist might also have his interest aroused by the clear way in which the photographs illustrate details of plant structure, particularly because of the great depth of focus achieved by the S.E.M. The text to the illustrations is brief, sometimes to the extent of making over-generalisations. The student would need supplementary anatomy and physiology reference- and text-books to derive the maximum benefit from the photographs. Most of the criticisms of factual statements are small, but the keen reader will notice some statements that are misleading. Some of the original quality of the illustrations seems to have been lost in reproduc- tion or over-enlargement. Graininess is obtrusive in some pictures: however, others are good, particularly those showing apical meristems. Lettering on the plates is sometimes difficult to see and would have been more useful if arrows had been used to pin-point the cells or tissues concerned (see plate 58). There are a few misprints — the Latin name for Dandelion, for example, is given as Taraxacum oficiales, instead of T. officinale. In summary, this book will undoubtedly be widely used and it provides a useful and easily understood supplement to other anatomy and morphology texts. D. F. CUTLER A Gardener’s Dictionary of Plant Names. A. W. Smith. Revised and enlarged by W. T. Stearn and I. L. L. Smith. Pp. 371. Cassell, London. 1972. Price £3:25. It is indeed fortunate that the revision of the late Colonel A. W. Smith’s work has been largely undertaken by Dr W. T. Stearn, a scholar whose publications are inevitably both thorough and stimulating. This revised publication cannot fail, I believe, to arouse a continuing and lasting interest, both to the gardener and botanist alike — an attitude that many do not normally associate with a Dictionary! The book is divided into two main sections, each section being preceded by an explanatory introduction by Dr Stearn. A lucid explanation entitled ‘An Introduction to Botanical Names’ precedes the main bulk of the work, which is devoted to the origin and meanings of some 6,000 botanical names. Within this section we learn, for example, that the Reverend Stephen Hales (1677-1761), a curate of Teddington (after whom the genus Halesia was named), was, in addition to his ecclesiastical profession, an ingenious inventor. It is probable that he undertook the first measurement of blood pressure, the experiment being ‘performed one Sunday on a white mare, thrown and tied to a gate, whose blood, transferred through a goose’s windpipe (an effective medium before the invention of rubber tubing) rose in a glass tube to a height of 8 feet 3 inches.’! Another fascinating account of the Scottish horticulturalist William Forsyth (whose surname is perpetuated in one of the most widely cultivated genera of garden shrubs) indicates that this gentleman had a keen eye for business. He formulated and manufactured a concoction known as ‘Forsyth’s plaister’, consisting of lime, dung, woodashes, soap- suds, sand, urine, etc., which, he claimed, ‘was capable of curing defects in growing trees’ and would restore oak trees ‘where nothing remained but the bark’ and ‘brought to such a degree of soundness that no one can know the new wood from the old’. In desperate need of timber for ships to fight Napoleon, the British Government paid Forsyth a generous gratuity of £1,500, but he fortunately died before his ‘plaister was finally discredited’. The second section, with its enlightening introduction, consists of an index of some 3,000 vernacular names, together with their botanical equivalents, an explanation and classification of which may be obtained by reference to the first section, while another 396 BOOK REVIEWS most useful addition to each section is a comprehensive bibliography. After browsing through this most fascinating and readable publication, I felt that, in many ways, it could be considered as a companion volume to Dr Stearn’s classic publication on Botanical Latin. J. E. ELsLey Arctic Adaptations in Plants. D. B. O. Savile. Pp. 81. Monograph No. 6, Canada Depart- ment of Agriculture. 1972. Obtainable (free) from Information Division, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada, K14 OC7. This is the only publication I have seen on this subject. It is a very useful and informative booklet, drawing on material from a wide variety of sources; but, as will become apparent, I do have a number of criticisms. The author begins with a brief consideration of the arctic environment. He then discusses the various morphological and physiological adaptations shown by the vascular plants in relation to such factors as winter hardiness, snow abrasion, low summer temperature and short growing season. There follows a short section dealing with what little we know of adaptations in cryptograms, but excluding the fungi which have a section of their own, reflecting the author’s particular interest. The book makes refreshing reading, as a number of current views on the arctic flora and its environment are challenged. The author is very sceptical about the importance of low soil-nitrogen in relation to stunting and he emphasises the important role, at least in some species, of insect pollinators. He is a passionate advocate of long-distance dispersal: while stressing the role of dispersal by birds, he is convinced that the most important agent in the arctic is wind dispersal in winter over the ice. He would have us believe that the east Greenland enclave of Saxifraga tricuspidata on the basalt of the Blosseville Kyst has originated by long-distance dispersal 700 km over the ice-cap from west Greenland, and that the recent discovery of this species in Peary Land in an area well studied by botanists must therefore be the result of long-distance dispersal during the last 50 to 100 years! A further controversial issue is the age of the arctic flora, which Savile contends is of recent origin. He is impressed by the occurrence of spruce in the late Tertiary/early Pleistocene deposits on Meighen Island (80°N) in the Canadian arctic and concludes that the present-day arctic land masses must then have been largely tree-covered, allowing only two, or at the most three million years for the arctic flora to evolve. This view runs counter to those of Becher, Dahl and, more especially, of L6ve. L6ve con- siders that the flora evolved during the mid-Tertiary, when in the north Atlantic sector there was still a land connection between Greenland, Spitsbergen and Scandi- navia. The brief section on the arctic environment surprisingly does not include any refer- ence to such vital physical factors as solifluction, gelifluction and the effects of needle-ice. . Neither is there any mention of the delicate relationship between snow protection and the effect of prolonged snow-lie on the growing season. The author doesn’t discuss what he understands by a successfully adapted species. I would suggest that it is any species which can grow and reproduce itself sucessfully over wide areas of the arctic. He says that Salix arctica is one of the best-adapted species of the high-arctic. Yet, from the fact that it grows appreciably better in east Greenland than on the bleakest outpost of the Canadian arctic, he deduces that ‘it is far from completely adapted to high-arctic temperatures’. The terms high- and low-arctic are used misleadingly throughout without reference to precipitation. The book is obviously aimed at North American botanists (Canadian place-names are rarely localised) and the author is apparently less familiar with other areas of the arctic. Triglochin palustris (p. 46) and dioecious sedges (p. 36) are not limited to the BOOK REVIEWS 397 periphery of the arctic. The former reaches 76°N in east Greenland, Carex parallela nearly 80°N in Spitsbergen and C. scirpoidea 76°N in west Greenland and 80°N on Ellesmere Island, where it has recently been discovered (Waterston unpub.). There are several dubious statements: the strongly caespitose Carex misandra can hardly be said (p. 32) to show ‘vigorous. . . vegetative propagation’ ; the Phippsia concinna on Meighen Island (p. 56) is almost certainly a form of P. algida; and Antennaria is far from being the only genus in the arctic with obligate agamospermy (p. 36), Hieracium and Taraxa- cum being other obvious examples. The only misprint I noticed was of Jan Mayen (p.40). The inevitable and over-brief discussion on the relationship between polyploidy and latitude is not helped by a failure to distinguish between the various types of polyploids. Despite these criticisms I recommend the booklet. It is very well produced and illus- trated with clear line-drawings; and I am pleased not to have to conclude with the all-too-familiar complaint about the price — the book appears to be available free on request. G. HALLIDAY Flora of Staffordshire. E. S. Edees. Pp. viii+ 280+ 15 half-tone plates. David & Charles, Newton Abbot. 1972. Price £4-20. When, on a spring outing in the early 1930’s, the writer of this appreciation met the author and he mentioned that he hoped to publish a Flora of Staffordshire about the year 1960, the young imagination boggled: then, 1960 seemed aeons distant. But here, in 1972, it is: the first full-scale Staffordshire Flora, the life work of one man. The book may be likened to an iceberg in that there is much more there than meets the eye. Records, all of which are post-1929, are presented by means of an economical system of lettering on a 10 km grid-square basis: only rarities are given localities, map-refer- ences for which may be found in a gazetteer at the end of the book. The lettering system is adequate for common plants, but one would have liked more information about the less frequent and local species. There are 200 distribution maps based on 2 x 2 km tetrads, or, as the author prefers to call them, minor squares. Similar maps for each species are in his possession, as are species-lists for each of the 800 tetrads which make up the area of the county. Each tetrad (except for a few in built-up areas) was visited personally three times, at cifierent seasons of the year, a degree of coverage which might well make some other producers of county Floras blush. The book has, admirably, a strong historical bias, and one can sometimes learn at least as much about a plant’s occurrences in the 18th and 19th centuries as its distri- bution in the 20th: just occasionally one is left guessing as to the present position, e.g. of Vinca major and Mentha arvensis. The genera are all printed together under their families with nothing, not even heavier type for the first member of each genus, to separate them. This is tiresome, especially in the case of the larger groups. The book is illustrated by 15 (plus one on the jacket) good black-and-white photographs, aestheti- cally so much more satisfying than coloured ones. These are, appropriately, mostly of habitats. Critical groups receive due attention, though Sorbus rupicola, as a local speciality, is dismissed rather summarily. The Rubi in particular very properly benefit from the attention of a national authority. Few aliens of the casual type are included, possibly a wise decision in view of the large numbers of species which have occurred locally in industrial sites such as the Burton-on-Trent maltings, though the persistence there of Herniaria cinerea is noted. A list of these brewery aliens, nowadays less numer- ous owing to different methods of unloading the barley, would have been an interesting addition. Colonising newcomers like Impatiens capensis and Bidens frondosa are well documented: both are spreading via waterways. Of the introductory chapters, there is an excellent account of the history of field botany in Staffordshire, but the section on the vegetation occupies scarcely six pages of 398 BOOK REVIEWS text. There are indeed relief, solid geology and soil maps, but little concerning rainfall and no habitat samples. There is no county map. One feels that the work may have received Procrustean treatment in the cause of economy, yet the result is an expensive book, surprisingly bulky for less than 300 pages, owing to the thick paper. Nothing, however, is so dull as uniformity, and it would indeed be sad if all our county Floras were written from the same angle, with no scope for individuality. The shortness of the book, as a whole, is disappointing. There are a few misprints (and, alas, an error in the brief errata slip!). Mr Edees has earned our gratitude in giving us not only the first Flora of his county, thus satisfactorily filling a gap in the literature, but also a book for the botanical bedside to induce dreams of the pools, mosses and moorlands of Staffordshire. K. M. HoLiick The Concise Flowers of Europe. Oleg Polunin (assisted by Robin S. Wright). Pp. xix + 92 +192 colour plates. Oxford University Press, London. 1972. Price £1:95. The author’s earlier work Flowers of Europe (reviewed in Watsonia, 8(3): 321 (1971)) contained, besides descriptions, keys and line drawings, a set of 192 plates in colour of - over 1100 common European plants. These excellent colour photographs have been reproduced, with English names added, to form the basis for this handy-sized soft-back. The text which precedes them is new and consists simply of brief 3-4-line descriptions of each of the plants photographed, with months of flowering and, alongside each, three symbols representing one of 16 flower- or inflorescence-types, one of nine habitat types and one of eight generalised European distribution patterns. These sym- bols are conveniently defined on the front cover. The sequence of the descriptions is not that of the photographs but is subject to a logical hierarchical grouping based on easily observed superficial characters. Thus all the medium-sized herbaceous plants with small white flowers will be found together by choosing appropriate headings in sequence. Within this group the symbols referred to allow rapid selection of a final small number of descriptions sharing one flower type, habitat and distribution pattern. This is clearly intended for the layman—English.names only are used (with some compromises like Soft Urospermum, Common Andryala, Hacquetia), the descriptions are nontechnical and the arrangement of the text forms a simple type of key. Thus the disadvantages of literal and metaphorical weightiness possessed by the parent work have been eliminated and an attractive, reasonably priced pocket, or at least glove-box, book, emerges at an appropriate time for ‘going into Europe’. Reduction has meant, of course, some loss, and the 1100-odd species now covered are even more select than the 2600 of Flowers of Europe. Thus, for example, Volume 2 of Flora Europaea has 433 numbered species in the Umbelliferae and 842 in the Legumi- nosae, of which 20 and 76 respectively are pictured here. The British reader may wish the space taken up by such familiars as primrose, snowdrop and mistletoe had been less mundanely allocated; but perhaps they are there to counter the danger of thinking that the yellow primrose by an alien river’s brim must necessarily be something more. The preface claims that the user will in almost every case find in this book at least a closely related species to the one he has in his hand, but it seems to me that, if he has unluckily chosen a plant outside the 1100 to search for, he will need a fair degree of systematic knowledge or an unusually discriminating eye before the chances that he will light upon the right related species are high. So long as no-one buys this book under the impression that it will provide an easy way of finding the name of any plant they come across in Europe, only pleasure and profit will result from acquiring it. S. S. HOOPER BOOK REVIEWS 399 The Flora of the Isles of Scilly. J. E. Lousley. Pp. 326. David & Charles, Newton Abbot. 1972. Price £4-75. The easiest way to find a plant new to the British list is to go to the Isles of Scilly. Whether it be Certomium falcatum under the shore line boulders, Phormium colensoi at the back of St Martins or one of the myriad weeds of the bulb fields, these exotic plants will appear as an integral part of the enchanted landscape of the Islands, not as the ephemeral of shoddy field or corporation rubbish tip. It is this element in the vegetation which has made the writing of this scholarly book a task different from and beyond that of the normal regional Flora, and requires it to be judged by wider stand- ards. The introduction paints a wonderfully complete picture of past and present condi- tions on the Islands and shows how they have interacted to produce the unique flora which gives Scilly so much of its character. Mr Lousley deals with the geology and soil and with the particularly mild and equable climate. These, combined with many other factors, in an area isolated from the mainland for at least 300,000 years, have favoured a flora of predominantly Mediterranean and South European species which can take advantage of the mild winter growing season, and rest in the summer on the shallow soils. Man’s activities have also taken advantage of these physical conditions and thus reinforced their effect on the flora. The earlier vegetable immigrants followed the same route round the Atlantic coasts of Europe as did Bronze Age Man, even where the plants were not imported by him unintentionally. Later, alien plants were obtained from ships calling at the Islands, and with the establishment of Tresco Gardens the trickle became a flood of new species. Finally, in the bulb fields the Mediterranean weeds found a perfect home, where the growing season of the crop coincided with their own and the ground could not be disturbed for several years. So we have the Isles of Scilly as we know them today, with their sharp contrasts of wind-bitten backbones and promontories, where diminutive rarities hide in the heather, sheltering the unbelievably lush vegetation of cove or bulb field. Our understanding is further increased by contrasting the flora with that of Cornwall, the Channel Islands and the Mediterranean. We notice how many flowers common on the mainland are absent from Scilly. Some of these, like Anthyllis vulneraria, are inexplicable absentees; with others the habitats are just not there. With the exotics the first task is to decide which to include. The Tree Echiums do not merit more than a mention. Fascicularia pitcairniifolia, with a horrid prophecy, ranks fully. In making these decisions Mr Lousley has considered the historical side — the seafaring tradition, the part played by Tresco — then evaluated the place of the indivi- dual species, whether as escaped and naturalised ornamental plants, as weeds of the bulb fields spreading to unstable natural habitats, or as planted windbreaks, firstly becoming part of the general scenery of the Islands and then establishing themselves in more natural ways. It is easy to see why these weeds have flourished; it would be interesting to be given more speculations as to why they should ever have turned up. In this way Mr Lousley has rendered immense service to the botanical visitor, and to those non-botanists who are merely intelligently interested, by explaining the landscape produced by years of bulb cultivation on windswept islands, and by providing for the first time an accessible means of identifying the plants without recourse to a whole library of foreign Floras. The section on the Aizoaceae fills a big gap in British botanical literature and will enable people who have never before had the means to do so to try to understand the Mesembryanthemums. Barbara Everard’s clear drawings are an immense help in identifying other miscellaneous unusual species. With all these plants the author gives notes on the country of origin and some description of their habitats, the associated species on the Islands and their rate of increase. With some, such as Allium triquetrum and Oxalis articulata, he has been able to ferret out the exact date of introduction. 400 BOOK REVIEWS ‘First Records’ are of importance in a community including so many aliens. These are, always given, but with some inconsistency in their format. The more frequent form quoting both the first published and first field record, might appear contradictory to the general reader, though useful to the professional botanist. I wish that we had been told how often a record is the first record for Britain. The plan of the Flora, abbreviations and so on, are clearly explained in a 4-page guide, there is a very full Bibliography and the Index, besides plants, includes customs, places and people. It is pleasing to find old friends like Miss Knox juxtaposed with Knotted Hedge Parsley. The individual islands have been used as the natural and obvious units of recording, the smaller islands and rocks being grouped together to make ten divisions in all. This system makes for easy comparison in the study, and will be extremely usable in the field. Neither the map showing the divisions nor the geological map are worthy of the work. They are too small and are divided across two pages so as to make Bryher, Sampson and St Agnes totally unrecognisable. They have far too little detail. They are, however, better than those which have been inflicted on us in most recent local Floras. It is odd that the standards of cartography of a generation imbued with dot maps and grid lines should be so far below those of their predecessors. The type-face and running headings are clear and admirable and, though the buyer may boggle at the price, he will find it very well worth paying for a first-class production. Mr Lousley is to be congratu- lated on distilling the accumulated knowledge of so many years in so readable and instructive a book. R. C. L. Howrrt Conifers in the British Isles, A Descriptive Handbook. A. F. Mitchell. Pp. 322 + 24 plates, and with 203 drawings by C. Darter. Forestry Commission Booklet No. 33. H.M.S.O., London. 1972. Price £2:25. Those in the know had been eagerly awaiting this exposition of Mr Mitchell’s know- ledge of the Conifers cultivated in Great Britain. They will not have been disappointed; here are 322 pages in large format (275 x 215 mm) almost entirely freshly written by him. In a field where secondhand opinions are common, here is a significant exception. The descriptions are cast in useful comparative paragraphs and the information they give is almost all newly observed ‘from living specimens’; there are new keys to the difficult genera, Abies, Picea and Tsuga; colours are strongly featured and even smells are often described. The most novel part of the text is that on Cupressocyparis, with its three species. The emphasis throughout on growth and cultivation is a characteristic feature of the book. This is a personal account including “every species the author has found growing’ and, for varieties and cultivars, all those reaching about 20 feet tall: a total of 587 descrip- tions. Also included are summaries of the thousands of statistics collected by the author during the last decade or so from 526 estates and forests. These complement the same author’s lists in the latest Conifer Conference Report. The records are given here in feet and inches under species; in the Report they are in metric measure under localities. Perhaps there are other ways to make use of this vast quantity of data but its collection and listing alone is a tremendous service to science. A glossary and an index to estates completes the text. The drawings are an important part of the work. Miss Darter has drawn from fresh specimens and the results set a new standard for the representation of conifer foliage; one wishes they had been reproduced at natural size. 24 full-page half-tone plates come as a bonus: they are studies of the individual trees impressive for their size or history. The author avers that his keys are ‘not strictly botanical’, but who will wish them to be, so long as they work? He includes no synonyms, few references and no index, but who BOOK REVIEWS 401 will miss them? Perhaps his ‘reversed system’ used in describing branching (see p. 92) is not a good idea, and one must criticise the incorrect use of ‘recurved’. Another unfortunate feature is the title, being exactly the same as that of the Conifer Conference Report published in the same year. But in such a splendid work these things are merely shortcomings. Anyone with the slightest interest in Conifers will enjoy this book, to read as well as to consult, for here a master arboriculturist conducts us species by species through the gardens and forests of Great Britain. At the price, this must easily be the book bargain of its year. J. LEwIs Thomas Johnson — Botanical Journeys in Kent & Hampstead. Edited by J. S. L. Gilmour. Pp. ix+167+2 folded maps. The Hunt Botanical Library, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. 1972. Obtainable from Wheldon & Wesley Ltd., Codicote, Herts. Price £5-25 post free. There are few botanical works which can rival Thomas Johnson’s Jter Plantarum of 1629 and his Descriptio Itineris Plantarum of 1632 for rarity and interest. Of the first, only two copies are known to exist, of the second five. They were included in a reprint of Johnson’s shorter works in 1847, and the Descriptio reprint was reissued in 1849, but even these are rare. Thus, relatively few botanists have seen the full wording, which is wholly in Latin, though most know of them as the source of a large number of first records of plants from Kent and Middlesex or from references in writings on the history of botany in Britain. The great importance of these books rests on their value as early accounts of the journeys of apothecaries in search of plants, as a source of early records and for the section on Hampstead Heath in the Descriptio, which is the first Flora of a small district printed in England. Followed by Ray’s Cambridge Catalogus in 1660, this is claimed as the first of our long series of local Floras. There has been a need for easily available facsimiles, and Mr Gilmour is to be congratulated on his enterprise and on recruiting so much talent for their interpretation. The copies at the British Museum have been used for the facsimiles, which take up about a quarter of the book. The rest is devoted to full translations by C. E. Raven and R. E. Latham, to which modern names have been added by F. Rose and others, and papers on the flora of N. Kent 1629-1971, by F. Rose, and Hampstead Heath, by P. W. Richards (to which D. H. Kent has made important contributions), and shorter notes on other aspects. There are two pairs of maps, an old map with the conjectured route marked and a modern map for comparison. For the first time Johnson’s accounts of these journeys can be read in English in full, the adventures he shared with his companions, where they stayed, and the hazards of 17th century travel. It is grand reading and yet I was just a little disappointed by this accurate and precise translation. It lacks something of the enthusiasm and inspiration of the looser account which ap- peared in The Phytologist, 1848, as part of their review of the 1847 reprint. Finding the modern equivalents of Johnson’s pre-Linnaean names is an exceedingly difficult task, calling for a wide knowledge of early botanical literature and detailed knowledge of the past and present flora along the routes. It has been undertaken by Dr Francis Rose for flowering plants, and by Dr P. W. Richards and Dr W. D. Marga- dant for bryophytes and lichens and James H. Price for marine algae. For flowering plants and ferns each determination has to be done in two stages — first to find the modern equivalent of the name used, then to decide by comparison with other records and knowledge of the present flora whether Johnson applied it correctly. For example, given that Orchis myodes prima of Lobel was Ophrys insectifera L. (O. muscifera Huds.), did Johnson’s party really find it in July, let alone on their second journey in August, or did he misapply the name to some other plant, perhaps a late-flowering Ophrys 402 BOOK REVIEWS apifera? The occasional notes that rarer species still grow in the same neighbourhood are of tremendous interest, but it would be good to have more of these, and especially to know if more of the common plants are still there. The reproduction of the facsimiles is good, but the background is too grey. Compari- son of the title page and illustrations of the Descriptio with Plates III and IV in Kew & Powell’s Thomas Johnson shows that a somewhat more pleasing reproduction is possible from the same copy of the book. The printer’s device on p. 99 on a white background should be compared with the same in the facsimile on p. 71. This is a delightful and botanically valuable book for which we have waited a long time. Mr Gilmour and his team, and the Cambridge University Press who printed it, are to be congratulated on a first-class production. I hope it will inspire someone to walk the routes again and produce a free and spirited account of Johnson’s journeys, combined with a description of the modern flora and indicating the changes. He could still stay at The Bull at Dartford and The Bull at Rochester, find some of the places unspoilt, and explain the changes in the last 300 years. Thanks to the Hunt Botanical Library, the basic material for such a study is now freely available. J. E. LOUSLEY August Garcke. Illustrierte Flora — Deutschland und angrenzende Gebiete — Gefdass- kryptogamen und Bliitenpflanzen. 23rd edition. Edited by K. von Weihe. Pp. xx+ 1607. Paul Parey, Berlin. 1972. Price Dm 124-00. The first edition of Garcke was in 1849, the 22nd in 1922. The manuscript of a 23rd was a lamentable casualty of the closing chaos of the last war. This, eventual, 23rd edition is about twice the size of the 22nd, with 2914 species, numbered throughout. The area covered is Grossdeutschland indeed, Germany and neighbouring districts, stretching as far as the Kurische Nehrung. Microspecies are usually lumped or grouped — Hiera- cium into 19 species — but there are 44 pages summarising Rubus subgenus Rubus. Adventives and escapes are only occasionally included, but there are three Forsythias. Hybrids are merely listed — 14 pages of them for Salix — sometimes with binomials, practically never with any other data, and several are omitted e.g. Polygonatum and Potentilla. Diagnoses are generally brief, 4—6 lines. Too rarely are any measurements given except for overall length, e.g. there is no indication that Geranium flowers are not all the same size. No dates are given for the first records of introduced plants such as Veronica filiformis. Telling characters are left out, such as that Symphytum bulbosum vanishes completely after flowering or the presence of rhizomes in Rumex acetosella; Cynosurus echinatus is said to be perennial. 2—3 lines are given on habitat and distribution. As is too often the case on the Continent, ‘England’ is used sometimes to mean England, sometimes instead of, or to include, some or all of the other countries of the United Kingdom, although Ireland and Scotland are, rarely, mentioned separately. Thus Inula salicina is credited to ‘England’ and Galeopsis segetum to ‘S. England’, while Draba aizoides and Homogyne alpina are ignored for our islands. Indeed the distribu- tion of them is not always accurate, e.g. Minuartia tenuifolia, as it is called here, is given for S.E. England only: but how did they know that Senecio paludosus would reappear in England — or were they 120 years out of date? The habitats may differ interestingly from those we are used to, e.g. Cornus suecica (credited to ‘N. England’) from scrub and wood edges, Viola kitaibeliana from cornfields and waste places and Ilex from acid soils only. It is interesting to see Vicia pannonica noted as recently appearing by autobahns. The taxa are regimented, in one place or another, into Phylum, Class, Subclass, Order, Suborder, Family, Subfamily, Genus, Subgenus, Tribe, Subtribe, Section, Subsection, Series, Chorus, Species, Subspecies, Convariety, Variety, Subvariety, BOOK REVIEWS 403 Formenkreis and Cultivar. But of only species and below are descriptions given. For the rest, families, genera, etc., the only indication of their characters (except for basic chromosome numbers) is to be found by turning back to the keys; and even for the species there are frequently important characters in the keys unmentioned in the later text. Not all the groupings in these grades are attributed to an author, owing to the difficulties of knowing the correct attribution. There is a muted lingering of the Middle Ages in the references to the official drugs prepared from certain of the plants. The 460 drawings are all new: most cover several species and their details, and nearly all are good, but not that of Gaudinia. None have any sort of scale. Practically every species is given a vernacular name. Latin nomenclature is usually at best conservative — many genera now generally split being kept lumped, e. g. Dactylorchis (sic) is treated as only a subgenus of Orchis. But some are just not according to the Rules, however regrettable, such as the continued use of Mentha rubra or M. rotundifolia, Phragmites communis or Ruppia spiralis. Authorities may differ from those we use, e.g. for Valerian- ella locusta or Sedum hispanicum. Names differ too; for example, x Festulolium ascendens (no mention of loliaceum), while Potamogeton pusillus is used for P. berch- toldii of Dandy & Taylor and P. panormitanus for their P. pusillus. Synonyms are few, or indications of taxa sunk, so that there is no clue to, for example, Atriplex longipes, Polygonum nodosum, Veronica sublobata or many others. Continental spellings persist — surely these should have been settled by now? — such as Helodea, Heleogiton, Honckenya, Bartschia, Cobresia, as does the use of classical Latin such as Dipsacus sylvester (Hudson wrote D. sylvestris) or Sonchus paluster (Linnaeus wrote palustris). Bidens is here masculine, Cotoneaster feminine and Glechoma neuter. Flora Europaea is not among the books listed. Misprints are remarkably few — I noted only one, plus Hieracium peleteranum being given an intrusive ‘i’ in the Key. But all these are motes, not beams. There are new characters used, new thoughts, new groupings, new treatments, splits, aliens, and related species to look out for — I made ten pages of notes. It will often be worth seeing what “Garcke’ has to say. D. MCCLINTOCK The Naturalist in the Isle of Man. Larch S. Garrad. Pp. 234+ 16 half-tone plates +17 maps. David & Charles, Newton Abbot. 1972. Price £3-75. It is difficult for one person to do justice to all aspects of natural history in an area even as limited as the Isle of Man; but this, the third in the Regional Naturalist Series, contains much to interest naturalists resident in or visiting the island. The first chapter is introductory, the other eight devoted to regions or types of habitat; but the treatment is very uneven. The old mining areas are virtually ignored and the wonderful sheltered glens, which are such a feature of the island, are not described in any detail. There are references to most of the more obvious groups of plants and animals, though there is some imbalance and liverworts are included only in the index. The author has made use of much of the bibliography listed, but some of her more extraordinary statements might have been avoided by consultation with specialists in certain groups. Much valuable space has been wasted by repetition and the inclusion of many irrelevant geological and historical details. Despite the claim in the Author’s Note, unfamiliar names such as Danish milk-vetch, major Manx ladies tresses and willow moss have been used without the scientific names. There are clumsy lists of English names followed by all the Latin equivalents, and several ambiguities which could have been avoided by using capitals for vernacular names. A list of areas of natural history interest with O.S. grid references would have been invaluable in the appendix, but this is devoted entirely to a list of birds without any 404 BOOK REVIEWS indication of the significance of the asterisks. The lack of lists for the other groups could have been compensated for by the inclusion of a really good index, but this one is most unsatisfactory. There are various omissions and one can locate Rhynchosinapis monensis, for example, only by looking under ‘Mooragh, Ramsey’ or ‘Ray, John’, neither of which leads to the second reference on p. 70. The value of the book is thus severely limited. J. A. PATON Atlas de la Flore Belge et Luxembourgeoise — Pteridophytes et Spermatophytes. E. van Rompaey & L. Delvosalle. Pp. 290. Jardin Botanique National de Belgique, Bruxelles. 1972. Price Belg. Fr. 350-00. Biogeography has long been well served by Belgian botanists. Since before the second world war L’Institut Floristique Belge (1.F.B.), a very active group of amateurs, has been preparing distribution maps which have been published in successive volumes of La Flore Generale de Belgique. Now the two authors, who have been associated with the project from the beginning, with the help of L. Reichling from the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, have gathered together maps of 1,626 species or subspecies and published them in a convenient format, 6 maps per page. The maps show the presence or absence in 4 x 4 km squares and the territory covered includes not only Belgium and the Grand Duchy but considerable areas of overlap into Holland, Germany and Northern France. The total number of squares was 2,970, not far short of the c.3,650 10 km squares which cover the British Isles. The actual survey was done by making lists in particular 1 km squares. In 3% of the cases only a single | km square in a 4x 4 km square was visited, in 30% two were visited, in 40% three or four and in the rest between five and eight. A total of 12,000 lists were made from a possible of c. 40,000. This would be almost equivalent in the work involved to making one list in every 2 x 2 km square. Whilst no major errors may have arisen, more reliance could be placed on the maps had the recording been more evenly spread using the 2 x 2 km rather than a random | km. As the authors themselves admit in the introduction, ‘it was usually the richest areas floristically which were the most intensively surveyed’, a temptation square-mapping was designed to resist.. Unfortunately no map is provided to indicate the extent of the unevenness, whether this is scattered at random, or whether perhaps there are underworked areas of con- siderable extent. A situation map showing the number of records per 4 x 4 km square or the number of 1 km squares/4 x 4 km square surveyed would have been most helpful. Nine-tenths of the surveying was carried out between 1950 and 1970 but, to make the maps comparable with those in the Af¢las of the British Flora, the authors have used 1930 as the major date line: pre-1930 records are shown with a circle, post-1930 with a cross. This gesture underlines the importance of coordinating mapping work on a European scale whenever possible: ornithologists are already planning a survey of the distribution of the Birds of Europe to be carried out simultaneously in all countries over a five-year period. Only in this way can a ‘snap-shot’ of distribution be obtained. The authors of this Atlas admit that the populations on which many records made before 1955 were based may well be extinct now, especially for species of damp habitats. Thus the Atlas reveals only declines in species which have been going on for over 40 years. But, from the first pages, we are made aware that the species which have declined in Belgium are those which have also declined in Britain: Huperzia selago, Lycopodium inundatum, Equisetum hyemale, Botrychium lunaria, Dryopteris cristata and Pilularia globulifera, to quote from the Pteridophyta alone. Unfortunately the Atlas does not make it easy to interpret the distribution patterns of the species and their changes. No maps of physical feature or climatic gradients are BOOK REVIEWS 405 provided and the only detail on the base map, the rivers, is obscured by the heavy pattern of squares, all of which are shown. The floras of Britain and the Low Countries have so many species in common that to glance through this Atlas produces the same interest and pleasure, and stimulates just as many lines of thought, as a modern County Flora. Perhaps, now that we are entering the European Economic Community, meetings of the B.S.B.I. will become as frequent in Brussels as they are now, for example, in Dublin. If so, then this Atlas will be an excellent and essential guide. I look forward with enthusiasm to the publication of the explanatory volume which is promised in a few years. F. H. PERRING Flora of Rutland. Guy Messenger. Pp. 184+56 map pages. Leicester Museums. 1971. Price £2-50. This would best be described as a model Flora because it is so closely modelled on John Dony’s excellent Flora of Hertfordshire published 5 years ago. In size, format and contents it closely follows the pattern established by Dr Dony, and what an excellent pattern it is! All the essential facts about the flora of the county are packed into only 128 pages of text, and 56 pages of maps which, with 15 maps on each page, illustrate the distribution of 845 species. Whilst we may wish it were still possible to indulge in Floras of the length of the previous work to cover the area, Flora of Leicestershire and Rutland by A. R. Horwood and Lord Gainsborough, which ran to 984 pages, printing and publishing costs are now so great that the product would be beyond the pocket of all but the wealthy collector. But even if cost were no consideration it is surely above argument that modern county Floras ought to include as much information in map form as possible, not only to interpret distribution now but to make it possible to compare changes with maps to be made in the future. As the author says in his preface “The rapidity with which the vegetation of England is changing. . . can only be fully appreciated by someone who is prepared to observe and record in laborious detail the Flora of a comparatively limited area over an extended period of time.’ This the discipline of producing maps ensures and this Guy Messenger has done. Moreover, despite the length and apparent exhaustiveness of Horwood & Gainsborough, this is the first time that a thorough survey has been made of Rutland, our smallest English county. For nearly 20 years Mr Messenger and a few friends studied intensively each of the 100 2 x 2 km tetrads which cover the area. Not only was this period long enough in which to do the work, but it spanned an era of extensive change in the land-use of the county, most significantly of all perhaps the change from a largely grassland county with 70% of agricultural land to a largely arable county with only about 30% under grass, so that, whilst the work proceeded, species like Primula veris, Campanula rotundifolia and Conopodium majus were becoming rare or local. A section on the Changing Flora of Rutland brings this out very effectively and shows how, even in this extremely rural county, the native flora is declining and being replaced by naturalised aliens and garden escapes, though to the botanist interested in species per se it must be some consolation that the number of species to be found, over 1000, remains approximately the same. The value of a local Flora lies essentially in the local information it contains, which can be given only by the author who has an intimate knowledge of the behaviour of the plants in his own area. Thus it is refreshing that Mr Messenger has assessed the status of each species in Rutland and given in detail the range of habitats in which the species occur. He calls upon Sir Edward Salisbury to support his view that it is impossible to draw a distinction between natives and introductions, and he prefers to recognise G 406 BOOK REVIEWS ‘Constituents’, which are a normal species of a stable community, ‘Intrusives’, which may invade such a community from time to time, ‘Residuals’, which occur at some stage during plant succession but are likely to be eliminated, and ‘arable weeds’ and ‘casuals’. In the account of each species the range of habitats is given under each status, and this is certainly an economical way of presenting the information. My only fear is that, unless I were using the Flora daily, I would be so mystified by the plethora of abbrevia- tions that I would not have the patience to translate. When I came face to face under Rumex acetosa with: ‘Constituent: Ef, Er, Ev, Gp, Gr. Intrusive: Ag, Gg, Gl, Sb’, I turned with relief to the statement above: “Grassland, woodland rides, roadsides, railway banks, widespread and common; occasional garden weed.’ Another useful feature of the Flora is that, despite the compact accounts and their telegraphic style, when a species is of especial interest it is given more leisurely treat- ment, if sadly only to record the last rites of one now extinct. The ‘injudicious clearance of scrub’ which put paid to Linum perenne at Great Casterton is a grisly warning to all slash-happy conservationists. It is interesting to learn that Holly sets seed satisfactorily and appears to be indigenous in some woods: it is never thus in adjacent Lincolnshire. The Flora ends with a complete gazeteer of the County, with notes on plants of interest to be found in particular places and details of access. This last touch ought to persuade botanists that Rutland is more than ten minutes of rolling country on the A.1: that it is a county worth turning aside into to explore what are now, following the publication of this Flora, the four best-documented 10 km squares in Britain. F. H. PERRING Guide du Naturaliste dans les Alpes. J. P. Schear and others. Edited and published by Delachaux and Niestlé. S.A., Neuchatel (Switzerland). Pp. 421, + 61 plates (colour and black and white). 1972. Price not stated. Guides du Naturaliste are the equivalents in the French language of the familiar Field Guides published by Messrs Collins, and several volumes in translation, though not this one, are common to both series. The size of these books, their style and presenta- tion with a profusion of illustrations will be recognised at once by anyone who has become addicted to the series. The guide to the Alps has six authors and is divided into nine parts which deal in turn with geology, climate, flora, vegetation, insects, other invertebrates, mammals, birds and finally human settlement and economy. All the sections are profusely illustrated, though each has its own distinctive style. The immediate appeal of this book to botan- ists will be in the first four sections. In few parts of Europe is geological structure so conspicuously interesting, so important to the botanist and yet so complicated, as in the Alps. Professor Schaer begins with a child’s guide to petrology and then, with the aid of numerous maps, sections, block-diagrams and photographs of outstanding quality, he describes the deposition of the great thickness of sediments, their uplift and folding, the intrusion of igneous complexes and the evolution of present land forms. The account is outstanding for giving both an appreciation of principles and a detailed description of practical value in the field. Professor Veyret adopts the same method and combines a general outline of the processes controlling climate over the region with sufficient attention to local features which affect patterns of vegetation and human settlement. The accounts of the flora and vegetation are both provided by Professor Favarger and illustrated with coloured plates which are water-colours of small pieces of vegeta- tion composed of the most characteristic species. No attempt is made to include descriptions and pictures of all the common species of flowering plants, and such a BOOK REVIEWS 407 treatment would only duplicate what is already available in many popular illustrated Floras. Instead Prof. Favarger first discusses the ecology of the more significant species, grouped in their families, and then gives a brief but fascinating analysis of types of geographical distribution, paying special attention to the problems of vicariance and endemism. The description of vegetation is both biological and sociological. The main types of vegetation are treated within the framework of plant sociology but without inclusion of either long lists of species or tables. This is perhaps not the appropriate place to review the remaining sections in detail but they clearly provide the type of information which would enable a botanist to identify and appreciate many of the animals he is likely to encounter. He would need to be very deeply engrossed in his examination of plants not to notice the brilliant colours and noisy call of a rock-thrush or hear the whistle-like call of marmots. Even a wet day can be enjoyed in the company of black salamanders. The emphasis of the whole guide is ecological and on conservation. The threat to the Alps is undoubtedly largely from tourism, which has brought in its train, not only the development of resorts and the opening up of remote summits by ski-lifts and railways, but also a more fundamental change in rural economy and the gradual abandoning of the alpine system of agriculture based on transhumance. No one who frequently visits the Alps can fail to notice the ever-accelerating change which has taken place since the end of the second world war. C. D. PiGottT 408 Watsonia, 9, 408-409 (1973). Obituaries JOHN HUTCHINSON (1884-1972) Dr John Hutchinson, one of the best-known flowering plant taxonomists this century has produced, died suddenly at his Kew home on the 2nd September 1972, aged 88. All members of the B.S.B.I. will be familiar with his name, although he was never a member of the Society. Throughout his botanical career Hutchinson spent an extremely busy life, beginning with his work on the Flora of Tropical Africa and his self-imposed task of writing the Flora of West Tropical Africa at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and ending with his work on the Genera Plantarum. Except when drawing British plants for his Penguin Books, Hutchinson had little time for field work in Britain. All his drawings were done from living material while travelling around the countryside in a caravan during his holidays. His best-known works on British botany were those published by Penguin Books, viz. Common wild flowers (1945), More common wild flowers (1948), Uncommon wild flowers (1950), and British wild flowers (1955), which has recently been reissued by David & Charles (1972). Other books dealing with British plants written by him include: A bouquet of wild flowers with paintings by Hyacinth Abbott (1946), The story of plants in collaboration with Dr R. Melville (1948), British flowering plants (1948), and Wild flowers in colour with illustrations by E. Hahnewald (1958), as well as two I Spy books for the now defunct News Chronicle. J. L. GILBERT DENYS D. MUNRO SMITH (1890-1971) Dr Munro Smith died in the Bristol Royal Infirmary at the age of 81 on Ist December, 1971, after sustaining multiple injuries in a fall in the Avon Gorge three weeks earlier. On 12th November he was studying bryophytes in The Gully area of the Gorge when he slipped and fell from the cliff edge. Denys Munro Smith was born in Bristol and educated at Clifton College. His father, Dr George Munro Smith, was a medical practitioner and President of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society from 1910 to 1912. Like his father, Denys Munro Smith was also a medical practitioner with a keen interest in natural history. He served as a Captain in the R.A.M.C. during the First World War, in which he was wounded and taken prisoner. At first his interest lay principally in birds and in photography, and it was not until later in life that he was attracted to flowering plants and joined (1955) the Botanical Society of the British Isles. Still later he developed a strong interest in bryophytes and joined the British Bryological Society. Dr Munro Smith was an enthusiastic field botanist in the Bristol region, especially in the vicinity of Downend, to the east of the city, where he was in practice for 40 years. On retiring to Clifton in 1969, he concentrated his efforts on the flora of the Gorge area. Many of his finds are reported in articles on ‘Bristol Botany’ in the Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society, every account from 1955 to 1971 containing records made by him. He corresponded widely with experts of critical groups and reported on, for example, Hieracium and Mentha. Both native and alien plants commanded his OBITUARIES 409 attention, and a substantial number of his records refer to unusual forms of flower colours, and to plants growing outside their normal habitat range. Among his finds in the Bristol area, which reflect his eye for detail and small differences, mention may be made of Cirsium arvense vat. integrifolium, Fumaria densiflora, Lathyrus palustris var. pilosus, Rosa canina x tomentosa and Sonchus arvensis var. glabrescens. His late-developing interest in bryophytes was rewarded by several new vice-county records (Dicranum strictum, V.c. 6; Lejeunea lamacerina var. azorica and Polytrichum aurantiacum, V.C. 34). Other records are included in his short article on the mosses of the Frome valley (Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. for 1965). Of greatest note, however, was his discovery (in 1963) of Pohlia lutescens, new to Britain, in Oldbury Park, Bristol; this moss has been described by Dr E. V. Watson (Trans. Br. bryol. Soc., 5: 443-447 (1968)), and is now known from a number of localities. Dr Munro Smith will be remembered for his persistence in exploring the plant life of his favourite sites and for his capacity to alight on the unusual. He is survived by his widow and daughter, but he was predeceased by his son, P. G. Munro Smith, who also was interested in natural history. A. J. WILLIS 410 Watsonia, 9, 410-433 (1973). Reports FIELD MEETINGS, 1972 ENGLAND WELLS, SOMERSET. 30th MARCH—3rd APRIL HEREFORD. 12th—16th APRIL Both these meetings were arranged to assist the Society’s survey of the distribution of mistletoe, Viscum album, on different hosts, and the centres were chosen because they were known to be at the centre of areas where mistletoe would be abundant. The survey technique used on both occasions was to divide the members attending into car loads of 3 or 4 people, each of which was given a 10 km square to cover during a day. The surveying was done almost entirely from roads because mistletoe is easy to recognise with binoculars from considerable distances before the buds burst on the trees. Every one of the 25 tetrads (2x 2 km squares) in the 10 km square had to be visited and the hosts on which mistletoe was seen listed. Observers also noted the high- est altitude in the whole 10 km square at which it occurred, and whether or not it was fruiting. For both meetings there were about 15 members present and we were able to send 5 parties into the field each day. In this way 20 or more 10 km squares were listed in each area. . But recording mistletoe was not our only pleasure. During each meeting one day was devoted to seeing something of the other interesting plants of the neighbourhood, on show at Easter. From Hereford we visited Gt Doward and the woods along the Wye Valley. Three early-flowering and rare sedges were seen, Carex digitata, C. humilis and C. montana during the morning whilst, in the afternoon, by kind permission of Brig. R. P. Waller, we scrambled through scrub and over scree in the grounds of Wyeastone Lees to refind an old record of Hornungia petraea. From Wells we went east to Asham Wood, part of which is a reserve of the Somerset Trust. It is a superb wood threatened, however, with almost complete destruction over the coming years as it is being quarried away. Lathraea squamaria and the leaves of Colchicum were identifiable at this time of year. } We were fortunate that for both meetings we had the assistance of the appropriate County recorders. Capt. R. G. B. Roe kindly led the field meeting from Wells and gave much useful local advice. In Hereford, Mrs Whitehead not only gave us the benefit of her wide local knowledge, but entertained the party each evening in her magnificent drawing room, in which tea is perpetually hot. The Society is deeply indebted to them both. F. H. PERRING WARLEY PLACE GARDENS, ESSEX. 13TH MAY By kind permission of the owner, Mr Norman Carter, 50 members attended this meeting after the Annual General Meeting of the Society to explore the site of what was once the great garden of Miss E. A. Willmott (1860-1934) with the object of seeing some of the many species which have persisted and even multiplied over years of competition with the native flora, the garden having received no attention since her death. In its heyday, around 1900, some 100,000 different kinds of plants, including varieties, are said to have been grown on the estate of 35 acres, with a staff of more than 50 gardeners to tend them. REPORTS 411 The garden had almost entirely reverted to woodland, but much of interest remained. Trees and shrubs included a fine bay-like tree, Umbellularia californica. This caused some speculation: it was pinched for scent, and sampled by several noses which, after a few seconds, began to feel the effect of something like a mixture of ammonia and pepper, which lasted for five minutes or more. There were various forms of Hedera helix: H. colchica rooted up trees to become arborescent, producing ripe fruit (rarely developed in this country), a sample of which has since germinated. Parthenocissus quinquefolia was also holding its own. Bamboos flourishing in the lower woodland were Arundinaria japonica, A. vagans and Sasa palmata. Periwinkles, Vinca major with its subsp. acutibola, and V. minor, survived in strength. Campanula latifolia, C.trachelium and C. rapunculoides looked well. Among the smaller woodland species were Tellima grandiflora, Geranium nodosum, Dentaria pinnata and Caulophyllum thalictroides. Especially in the clearer conditions near the paths there were numerous small bulbs such as Scilla italica and Allium triquetrum. Crocus purpureus, which may antedate Miss Willmott, abounded in an adjoining field. Although we saw only one patch of the native toothwort, the purple Lathraea clandestina was plentifully naturalised. The above necessarily brief account merely summarizes what was noticed in that part of the site that was visited. Miss Willmott’s name, and that of her garden, are still with us: horticulturally they are the mark of a good plant. Her ghost (we are told) resides in Eryngium giganteum. We did not see this plant, but one hopes, on that wet but so enjoyable Saturday afternoon, that she slipped out to join us in her old garden: perhaps she did. K. HOLLIcK INGLEBOROUGH AREA, YORKSHIRE. 11TH JUNE The object of this well-attended meeting (34 members and friends) was to examine the flora of limestone pavements in Chapel-le-dale, then to investigate the summit cliffs of Ingleborough. On ungrazed pavements Antennaria dioica, Convallaria, Melica nutans, Orchis mascula, Potentilla tabernaemontani, Primula farinosa, Saxifraga tridactylites and Trollius were in full flower, but the presence of newly opened Anemone nemorosa and most of the Lotus corniculatus being only in bud indicated the lateness of the season. Grazed pavements had no emergent vegetation but in their grykes much Actaea, Dryopteris villarii and Thelypteris robertiana were found. On the way up Ingleborough a flush-line full of Chrysosplenium alternifolium and Adoxa was discovered and Carex bigelowii appeared at 2,000 ft. Salix herbacea was not found despite a search. The top Yoredale limestone, which outcrops at 2,100 ft, carries luxuriant stands of alpine vegetation. From the botanists’ path along the base of the cliff, damp gullies and ledges covered with Saxifraga aizoides, S. hypnoides, S. oppositifolia, Sedum roseum, Minuartia verna, Cochlearia officinalis and Poa alpina were seen, while smaller outcrops yielded Botrychium and Draba incana. During the day, special attention was paid to the Alchemillas: A. glaucescens and A. wichurae were seen near the pavements, whilst A. minima (confirmed by M. E. Bradshaw) was found in its typical habitat — ground subject to periodic flushing with calcareous ground-water — just above the lunch spot, a new site for this Craven endemic. O. L. GILBERT HUNTINGDONSHIRE. 1 6TH-18TH JUNE The main purpose of this meeting, attended by 13 members, was to assist in the record- ing of the flora of Huntingdonshire on a tetrad basis. By kind permission of the Director, Prof. K. Mellanby, members were accommodated in the ‘tower’ at Monks Wood and were able to use the common room and other facilities which enabled dis- 412 REPORTS cussion about problems of identification encountered in the field during the day to be sorted out in a convivial atmosphere. During the week-end, 25 tetrads were visited and nearly 4,000 records were made. Recording was done in a variety of habitats; the intensively arable squares on the boulder clay yielded about 150 species per tetrad, while the Ouse valley, with its river, pits, meadow grasslands and villages, was more rewarding with as many as 233 species being recorded from a tetrad. Lathyrus nissolia was found at three sites, the abundance of this species on a new roadside verge being of special interest. Scirpus tabernaemontani, previously known from only two other sites in the county, was plentiful in a water- filled hole on Wyton aerodrome. Among other interesting species recorded during the weekend, the discovery of Artemisia absinthium in some quantity around factories in Huntingdon was noteworthy. T. C. E. WELLS OLD WINCHESTER HILL & EAST MEON, HAMPSHIRE. 18TH JUNE A joint meeting of the B.S.B.I. and the botany section of the London Natural His- tory Society was held at the above locations. Eleven B.S.B.I. members together with five visitors assembled at Petersfield station and drove by private car to a site at East Meon, which is a reserve of the Hampshire and Isle of Wight Naturalists’ Trust, where the party admired hundreds of Cephalanthera longifolia growing with C. dama- sonium, Galium odoratum and Neottia nidus-avis in beech woodland. The group proceeded to Old Winchester Hill National Nature Reserve where they endured appalling weather conditions to see the rich chalk flora of the hill. Galium cruciata, Ophrys apifera and Coeloglossum viride were growing on chalk slopes near the road. Aspects of mangement being carried out by the Nature Conservancy for the conservation of the flora were pointed out. Finally, the party visited a roadside at Exton to see Aceras anthropophorum and Ophrys insectifera. J. L. MASON STOW-ON-THE-WOLD, GLOUCESTERSHIRE. 19TH—26TH JULY Only five attended this meeting based at a Youth Hostel and arranged especially for younger members. On Thursday, 20th July, the area east of Stow around Broadwell, Evenlode and Aldestrop was examined. It is off the wolds, coming down into the plain, a country-side of wide-margined lanes and wettish, cattle-grazed fields with the River Evenlode winding tortuously and lazily through them. On the damp lanesides a good deal of Stachys palustris, Lysimachia nummularia and Carex otrubae was found. A large sheet of water at Aldestrop had a plentiful and lovely display of Nymphaea alba and there was much Potamogeton crispus. Ceterach officinarum was plentiful on a village wall and Dryopteris dilatata was in woodland near Oddington. We also saw a fine roadside display of Cicerbita macrophylla, which is now becoming established in abundance in the Stow area. Friday was hot and sultry and the party, together with two U.S.A. hostellers, made for the hills around Condicote, Hinchwick and the old Roman road track. In the high country around Hinchwich a colourful and beautiful display of Cirsium eriophorum was seen in an old quarry and a lot of Allium vineale var. compactum was noted. The Roman road was interesting and its wide, partly short-turfed verges had some of the expected Oolitic Limestone flora; Astragalus danicus, still flowering, was the most interesting plant. The arable field margins by this track had several noteworthy plants, Legousia hybrida being quite plentiful. Saturday was a free day, but on the Sunday in sunny weather the party went across the fields bordering the River Ey, between Lower and Upper Slaughter, to Swiss Cottage REPORTS 413 and on through beautiful Eyford Park, by bridleway, to Swell Hill and so home. At Lower Slaughter Cardamine raphanifolia, a quite recently discovered Gloucestershire plant, was plentiful. Hippuris vulgaris and Dactylorhiza praetermissa were found in the river and on an adjacent marsh between the Slaughters. Trifolium fragiferum and Senecio aquaticus were in the riverside marsh just above Upper Slaughter church, and by the shady track, higher up and adjoining the stream, Dipsacus pilosus was plentiful. On a hillside in a nearby rocky wood there was an abundance of Helleborus viridis in fruit. Impatiens parviflora was flowering in great profusion by the margin of a wood and in several other places. On the Monday, the party went to Moreton-in-Marsh and headed towards Batsford, Blockley, Bourton Woods and Five Mile Drive. In woodland we saw a single flowering specimen of Campanula persicifolia but it is probably not native here. Along a field-track coming off the Five Mile Drive Legousia hybrida was again seen, here growing with Valerianella dentata. The extensive woodlands in this area produced the most note- worthy plant: for fifty yards or more on both sides of a rocky, sloping, woodland track, Vicia sylvatica was seen in extraordinary profusion, some plants being well over twenty feet high. Lathyrus sylvestris was also in this woodland, just coming into flower, and there was also much Alchemilla vestita, Valeriana officinalis and Campanula trachelium. On the final day the party ventured farther afield, by car. It was thought that Ciren- cester Park might be quite interesting and a halt was made at Daglingworth cross-roads to investigate Oakley Wood, and then on through to the Broad Ride. Several fruiting plants of Aquilegia vulgaris and immense quantities of the huge leaves of Colchicum autumnale were seen. The most interesting plant was Sedum telephium, seen in great quantity at the woodland edge of a dark, damp ride. Lunch was taken in the Broad Ride, where a hurried and unsuccessful attempt was afterwards made to find Carex filiformis. We then crossed the county border, through the fritillary country of north Wiltshire, to a large, hilly wood on the chalk, only a short distance from industrial Swindon. Here a fine show of Ornithogalum pyrenaicum was found, together with considerable quantities of Helleborus viridis and a little Paris quadrifolia. C. S. DOWNER CANNOCK CHASE, STAFFORDSHIRE. STH AUGUST The purpose of this meeting was to study the Rubus flora of Cannock Chase which consists for the most part of well-defined and widely distributed species, so that it is admirably suited to introduce beginners to the perplexities and delights of bramble recognition. The party comprised sixteen members and friends. The main stop was Sycamores Hill, south of Brocton, where Rubus cardiophyllus, R. carpinifolius, R. criniger, R. dasyphyllus, R. dumetorum agg., R. leightonii, R. lindleianus, R. polyanthe- mus, R. rubristylus, R. selmeri and R. vestitus grow in close proximity. Other species were seen in the neighbourhood making twenty in all. We are very grateful to Mrs D. R. Haszard of Milford Hall for permission to visit her woods. The party dispersed at 5.30 p.m. after seven hours in the sun. E. S. EDEES SCOTLAND MULL OF GALLOWAY, WIGTOWN. 10TH—11TH JUNE Twenty-three members and friends, including members of the Andersonian Naturalists of Glasgow, took part in this joint meeting. On the first day the primary objective was to explore as thoroughly as possible the coastal cliffs in an attempt to rediscover Oxytropis halleri. Two parties were formed, one working north from West Tarbert Bay and the other working south from Slock Mill. Oxytropis was not seen by either party in spite of careful search and 414 REPORTS the impression gained was that this rare species should perhaps now be regarded as extinct in this locality. Most of the well-known plant specialities were noted during the day. These included Erodium maritimum, Limonium binervosum, Euphorbia portlandica and Inula crithmoides. Other species noted were Astragalus danicus, Crithmum maritimum, Berula erecta and Verbascum thapsus. The highlight of the day however was the discovery by the second party of a colony of Trientalis europaea near Dunman. This species is very rare indeed in the south of Scotland and its occurrence in this locality was decidedly unexpected. Next day the shore at Port Logan provided sandy beach and grassy habitats with some stabilised shingle in contrast to the cliff topography of the previous day. The more noteworthy species here were Beta maritima, Calystegia soldanella and Catapodium marinum. A magnificent patch of Crambe on shingle near Port Logan House attracted much attention, particularly from the photographers of the party. Near Kirkmaiden, Ceterach officinarum was observed on a wall, and Geranium lucidum on the roadside bank nearby. Terally Bay on the coast north of Drummore was visited next in order to examine the flora of the fine shingle beach there. The form of Vicia sylvatica which Druce described as var. condensata was abundant, as was Raphanus maritimus. Other species noted were Rosa pimpinellifolia and Trifolium striatum. Finally a brief visit to a low-lying marsh near Logan Mill produced Salix pentandra and Typha latifolia. A. McG. STIRLING LOCH LAGGAN, WESTERNESS. 8TH—1 5TH JULY The party of ten met as planned on the evening of 8th July, and next day visited the NW quadrant of the square 27/37. Scattering over moorland, lochshore and woodland, and ascending on Meall Cean Dearg to the highest point in this quadrant at about 800 m, produced records of 195 plants including Arctous alpina and Leucorchis albida. On the way home a little attention was paid to other nearby squares. Next day, 10th July, squares to the north of Glen Spean were visited. Although the weather was very showery and mist often prevented an accurate assessment of position on the mountain, no fewer than 5 quadrants received attention. The backward state of the vegetation for the time of year made identification of some plants difficult. Carex saxatilis for instance was very immature, but Carex vaginata was well advanced. In these 5 quadrants 667 records were added, though this figure includes records made on later visits during the week. The weather continued windy next day, but it was drier and the party drove to Loch Pattack Lodge. Two cars endeavoured to continue to Loch Pattack but became bogged down and were turned with difficulty. Parties visited the high ground in three quadrants and in spite of the late season found Cerastium cerastoides, Salix myrsinites and Carex capillaris. Another party explored the low ground along the River Pattack. A total of 373 records was accumulated. Next day, 12th July, was very wet and windy and so work in the shelter of the trees on Ardverickie Estate was undertaken. In addition to working some previously visited areas, two new quadrants were explored adding 381 records. The sand-dunes at the NE end of Loch Laggan proved particularly productive with Ranunculus bulbosus, Pimpinella saxifraga, Helictotrichon pubescens, etc. Unknown to the main party another member arrived and recorded 170 plants in Glen Roy, including Dactylorhiza incarnata subsp. pulchella. Thursday 13th July dawned clear and bright and by the time the party breasted the hills in 27/47 the sun was hot. All four quadrants were visited by various members of the party. Again the backward state of the vegetation was all too apparent, but 265 records were added including a second county record of Arabis hirsuta at the unusually high altitude of 1200 m. Equisetum hyemale, Salix reticulata, Salix lanata, Veronica fruticans and Luzula arcuata were seen by various members of the party. REPORTS 415 After such a strenuous day, the following, 14th July, was devoted to less exhausting recording. Creag Aoil and Lon Lianachan, two contrasting areas in the shadow of Ben Nevis, were visited. The first is a limestone crag which again yielded Arabis hirsuta and 181 other records. The second is a bog with singularly ferocious Molinia caerulea tussocks and 89 other species including Dactylorhiza incarnata and Carex lasiocarpa. On the way back to the hotel, gorges in the River Spean were visited and here the very rare Listera ovata was seen. Another party strayed to Brackletter and the neighbour- hood of the Caledonian Canal, returning with 161 records. This concluded the organised part of the meeting as members had various transport arrangements for the following day, Saturday 15th July. However, three cars with several members en route for the south visited a steep limestone crag in Glen Nevis, adding 136 records for the SW quadrant of 27/17. Included in this total was Equisetum hyemale, Dryopteris abbreviata and the third record of Arabis hirsuta in one week! Another member visited hills beside Loch Lochy which had been worked-over last year, and added a few new records. Altogether 401 different species of vascular plants were seen, and these constituted 2803 records, subject to adjustment as critical species are identified. Ardverickie Estate and the Forestry Commission were most helpful regarding access to certain areas during the week, and this is a most appropriate place to record thanks to them for these facilities. A. A. P. SLACK SELKIRK. 29TH—30TH JULY Those attending on both days were Miss J. Gibbons, Mr C. Badenoch, Mr G. H. Ballantyne and Mr Arthur Smith. On the 29th Miss W. Simpson and Lady Emma Tennant were present and on the 30th Mr A. McG. Stirling joined the party. The object of the meeting was to visit underworked and potentially interesting areas in Selkirkshire (v.c.79) and to record in the relevant 10 km squares. The party started by exploring a system of wooded ravines at the Hawkshead Burn in Ettrick, where the dominant tree is Betula pubescens. The main interest was the presence of Juniperus communis in some quantity in the Bleak Burn ravine. In v.c.79 it is probably most abundant in this locality. Although there were several dead bushes there was evidence of regeneration, with a number of small bushes and seedlings present. Thelypteris phegopteris and T. dryopteris were seen and Sedum villosum occurred locally in springs. In the afternoon the Upper and Lower Shaws Lochs were examined. The Upper Loch had large stands of Scirpus lacustris and Phragmites australis with conspicuous Nuphar lutea. Dying Salix pentandra trees occurred at the fringe of the fen with much Menyanthes trifoliata, Potentilla palustris and associated Hippuris vulgaris. The most interesting discovery was Calamagrostis stricta which was scattered over a wide area in its only extant site in v.c.79, the other locality having been flooded. Among the carices present were C. acutiformis, C. curta, C. diandra, C. lasiocarpa and C. paniculata. Potamogeton alpinus was present in the burn flowing into the Upper Loch. The Lower Loch had rather uninteresting well-drained stony margins but Isoetes lacustris (2nd v.c. record) fragments were gathered from the shore-line with Potamogeton crispus and P. berchtoldii. At the north side Eriophorum latifolium occurred locally associated with Eleocharis quingueflora and Carex lepidocarpa. On the following day the party explored the burns on the south side of Dun Rig (2,344 ft) above the Douglas Burn in Yarrow. Galium sterneri was common in basic grassland and Dryopteris abbreviata (new v.c. record) was locally abundant on scree above the Douglas Burn. Sedum villosum and Myosotis stolonifera (new v.c. record) ascended to about 1,800 ft. Among the apparently uniform Hieracium flora of H. vulgatum, Mr Stirling found two plants of H. duriceps (new v.c. record). The summit of Dun Rig produced a third county record for Carex bigelowii, and Melampyrum 416 REPORTS pratense ascended to over 2,000 ft. It was interesting to see the profusion of Rubus chamaemorus, with several fruiting plants present on blanket peat. We later heard that one person had gathered 15 pounds of the fruit locally some weeks before. Vaccinium oxycoccus Was an unusual plant in the same blanket bog at a height of 2,275 ft. Near Muttonhall, Carex laevigata was seen in a marshy area and the hybrid Mimulus cupreus x guttatus was established on the shingle bed of the Douglas Burn. A total of forty additions were made for the relevant 10 km squares. R. W. M. CorNER KINGUSSIE, EASTERNESS. 1 STH—22ND JULY The meeting was attended by twenty-one people who stayed for a varying number of days. Our purpose was to cover aS many underworked quadrants (5 x 5 km squares) in Easterness as possible, thus furthering the Inverness-shire Survey. We visited seven- teen quadrants during the week and added 88 species to the Atlas for the 10 km squares visited. A party of three left Kingussie railway station at 10.30 a.m. on Saturday 15th and the vicinity of the Creagdhubh monument on the A86 road was our first stop in quadrant 27/69NE. Trientalis europaea was abundant in the birch woods and Carex pauciflora in the bogs above the woods; Listera cordata was also noted here. The pinewood proved uninteresting but the open moor had Primula vulgaris and Helictotrichon pratense. In the afternoon, in quadrant 27/69SW, Cystopteris fragilis was found growing on a graveyard wall but small ferns were uncommon in the district. A delightful riverside pasture was visited next; it was full of Trollius europaeus, Cirsium heterophyllum, Platanthera chlorantha and Dactylorhiza purpurella. Later we went to the riverside at Laggan Bridge and then on to the shingle beds, where plants were making a fine show for the photographer, particularly Silene maritima, Anthyllis vulneraria, Gentianella campestris and Galium boreale. But only one plant of Polygala vulgaris was found. There was a complete absence of Sedum species. The following day seven of us searched the shore to the north-west of Loch Insh. Beneath the water was a carpet of Littorella uniflora and nearby a good stand of Carex vesicaria with C. rostrata; Koeleria gracilis grew by the roadside. Colonised shingle to the north-east of the road had Platanthera chlorantha and Gentianella campestris. Lunch was taken in the blessed shade of the pines, where Mr McBeath showed us Pyrola media and much Goodyera repens. He also pointed out a patch of Listera cordata measuring about 2ft by 1ft. For quadrant 28/80NW.on this and subsequent visits we listed 235 species. A forest track in quadrant 28/80NE led us to a lochan whose cool waters contained some nice plants, viz: Apium inundatum and Sparganium angusti- folium. We brought the card for this quadrant up to 200 by adding six species at the car park. It is now at 326 thanks to Messrs McBeath and Barnes. We took refuge under the shade of great pines for tea and half an hour later in intense heat were recording by the beautiful pools in the Feshie near Feshiebridge; we did not add much here. Fourteen assembled at Kingussie station next day for an expedition up Glen Feshie, Lord Dulverton having kindly given his permission. We proceeded to Creag na Caillich in quadrant 28/89SE. We ascended the Calluna-covered north-east slope in great heat and went around to the cliffs above Allt Lorgaidh on the north-west; there we saw Asplenium viride, Silene acaulis, Rubus saxatilis, Dryas octopetala, Saxifraga stellaris, S. oppositifolia and Salix myrsinites. Amongst the Calluna was Rubus chamaemorus and Chamaepericlymenum suecicum. Lycopodium selago and L. alpinum grew on the top, and in a little basic patch on the east side we found Botrychium lunaria, Linum catharti- cum and Coeloglossum viride. On acid ground nearby was Vaccinium uliginosum. On our way down this side we found Epilobium anagallidifolium, E. brunnescens, Saxifraga aizoides, Gentianella campestris and Briza media. We were very pleased to have Mr REPORTS 417 Ferguson of Antwerp University and his students with us on this occasion; we recorded 119 species. On this very hot day four of us worked in quadrant 28/91NE at Loch Garten. The number of species was few (77) but Pyrola minor, P. media and Goodyera repens were making a fine show. Equisetum sylvaticum and Blechnum spicant grew to a great size in a woodland ditch; some Blechnum fronds were about 2ft long. In the cool of the evening we met Messrs McBeath and Barnes who, from Kincraig station, led us up Suidhe, a basic hill north-west of Kincraig; here we made many additions to quadrant 28/80NW as we traversed bog and cultivated land as well as basic grassland. The best find made by our guides was Circaea alpina. That afternoon Mr Martin found Tees- dalia nudicaulis by the Spey. On Wednesday two of us examined the swamp between Kingussie and Kincraig in quadrants 28/80SW (116 species) and 28/70SE (123 species) under a blazing sun. In the morning we waded through mud up to the thighs and crossed the railway; in a small lochan Mr Kingston found what we hope will be verified as Callitriche obtusangula which would be a new vice-county record. In the afternoon we found Chaenorhinum minus and Galium mollugo, both new to the 10 km square. We added 11 species to those recorded in the Atlas for the 10 km square in quadrant 28/80SE and 4 species in quadrant 28/80SW. In the evening we met Messrs McBeath and Barnes at Loch an Eilean and added Ramischia secunda and Pyrola minor to that quadrant. On Thursday, another hot day, two of us worked around Loch Moy in quadrant 28/73SE; we found it disappointing botanically, but did add 22 species to those recor- ded in the Atlas for the 10 km square, noting a total of 139 species. Mr and Mrs Morrison spent the day in quadrant 27/89NW and made additional records to 28/80NE, 28/70SE and 27/79NE in Glen Feshie, Kingussie Golf Course and near Tromie Bridge. In the evening we met two others of our group and were taken to the pine forest in quadrant 28/80NE. We saw more Ramischia secunda here and were delighted at having a roe deer pursue us barking; at dusk some capercaillie flew up from close at hand. We were very happy to have Mr Colin Murdoch with us on Friday 21st July, when two of us were taken by him to the delightful Spey meadows between Newtonmore and Kingussie, in quadrant 27/79NW, where he showed us Teesdalia nudicaulis. Silene maritima was common on the shingle with nice plants of Alchemilla alpina; Anthyllis vulneraria and Thymus drucei were most colourful here. The sandy shingle, which used to harbour Lupinus nootkatensis, was now bare of this showy plant, nor could we find Saxifraga oppositifolia in its former habitat. After lunch, taken in the shade of a large alder tree on the banks of the Spey, we added some marsh and water species from a small lochan at 27/775.991. We added 22 species to those recorded in the A/¢/as for this 10 km square. In the evening Messrs Copping, Kingston, McBeath and Morrison met the writer at the Court House, Kingussie, in order to bring records up to date. On Saturday 6th July six of us travelled to the Pass of Drumochter in quadrant 27/67NW. Here we followed a mountain stream on foot up A’Mharconaich and saw Geranium sylvaticum, Alchemilla alpina, Saxifraga stellaris, S. aizoides, S. oppositifolia, Oxyria digyna, Solidago virgaurea and one plant of Luzula spicata. In the bogs were Selaginella selaginoides, Drosera rotundifolia, Tofieldia pusilla, Eleocharis quinqueflora, Carex pauciflora and C. dioica. Higher up we found Sibbaldia procumbens, Veronica alpina and Juncus triglumis. Among Vaccinium myrtillus and Empetrum hermaphro- ditum was much Vaccinium uliginosum and Chamaepericlymenum suecicum. We left one of our party to examine the gullies above the A9 road and proceeded through the mist and rain to the top, where vegetation was sparse, the chief species being Loise- leuria procumbens, Juncus trifidus, Luzula spicata and Carex bigelowii. We returned over the Sow of Atholl in bad visibility and pouring rain; this was the final day of the official meeting. To Mr McBeath’s local knowledge and enthusiasm the success of the week was very largely due, and to him for his untiring and continuing efforts go our most grateful 418 REPORTS thanks. We are also greatly indebted to Mr Murdoch who gave us valuable advice in planning the week and suggested many places worth visiting, to Mr Kingston, who has been a very great help in checking records, and to Mr Ribbons, who marked the vice- county boundaries on our two sets of eleven one-inch maps. My thanks go too to all those who attended the week, worked so hard in spite of the temperature, and made it such a happy and interesting time for me. Although the official meeting lasted from 15th-22nd July, eleven people assisted me in recording during seven days before and three days after this and to them I am very grateful; they mapped for periods varying from one to four days. During this time work was done on fifteen quadrants including Loch Morlich and district, Tomatin, Loch Einich, Loch Gynack and Loch Insh, Coire Garbhlach and other areas in Glen Feshie. Near Kingussie we stopped to look at Sambucus ebulis, and Miss E. Young found Anthriscus caucalis; this is a new vice-county record. The cliffs above Loch Einich and some peat pools above them were interesting with Carex vaginata, C. rariflora and C. atrata found by Messrs Copping and McBeath; Salix myrsinites and S. lapponum were plentiful here and Coeloglossum viride was locally abundant. Mr Mackechnie and Mr Kingston found Subularia aquatica and Carex lasiocarpa at Loch Insh and a magnificent area of Linnaea borealis, discovered by Messrs Barnes and Mc- Beath, was a splendid end to our recording. E. R. T. CONACHER KINDROGAN FIELD CENTRE, EAST PERTH. 26TH JULY—2ND AUGUST Fifteen members joined together for this week supported throughout by the warm hospitality and expert guidance of Brian Brookes and his staff, who joined in fully with our activities whenever their other duties permitted. The purpose of the meeting was clear cut. During the last four years the Biological Records Centre has been conducting a survey of the size of the present population of the 300 rarest species in our flora as an essential part of a Red Data Book for British Plants to be published through the Society for the Promotion of Nature Reserves. With publication due in 1973 we were surprised to find how little information had been re- ceived about the Scottish flora and decided that a meeting in the Kindrogan area was desirable as, from it, many of the important sites of species for which information was lacking were within reach. The first full day, Thursday, 27th July, was a training day — both physically and bot- anically. The whole party climbed the relatively gentle slopes of Ben Vrackie from Moulin, stopping on route to assess the effectiveness of the introduction of Schoenus ferrugineus from the shores of L. Tummel prior to the site being flooded, a good exam- ple of the need to know the exact localities of species and for action to be taken to protect them. As soon as the zone containing Astragalus alpinus and Oxytropis halleri had been reached, the party, with the aid of orange marker posts, worked out the limits of the populations of the two species so that they could be recorded by Miss Hamilton of the B.R.C. staff. This exercise showed that both species were more abundant than had been previously appreciated. Most of the party then climbed to the summit to learn the more frequent mountain-top species not previously known to several of the visitors from the south. As we reached the top the clouds lifted and the descent was made in brilliant sunshine. On the second day, Friday 28th, it was decided, in view of the promising weather, to cover the ground between the Devil’s Elbow and Meikle Kilrannoch. An early start was made and the whole party started climbing Meall Odhar at 9.0 a.m. Though we were shrouded in mist for the first hour, this then lifted and the rest of the day was passed in brilliant and burning sunlight. The party was divided into four groups of REPORTS 419 3 or 4, each of which was dropped at one point on the route to record one or two species. The first stayed on Glas Maol and recorded Alopecurus alpinus in several flushes. The second descended into Caenlochan Glen and made observations on Cystopteris montana, Carex rupestris, Erigeron borealis, Gentiana nivalis, Salix lanata and Veronica fruticans. A third party hoped to reach the bottom of Canness Glen, but found the ground north of Caderg so difficult to traverse at speed that they had to be content with working the headwaters of Canness Burn where they found a single specimen of Alopecurus alpinus. Finally, two members went as far as Meikle Kilrannoch where they found the fascina- ting serpentine area which contains one of the very few localities in Britain for Lychnis alpina. It seems there are at least 1000 plants scattered over an area of 10 acres. Saturday was a day for exploring new ground searching for old records. Full marks for endeavour go to Mr Martin who, with his wife and Miss Hamilton, searched in vain for Lychnis viscaria above Pitlochry Golf Course, but he returned on Sunday morning, eventually finding 12 flowering spikes on a dry rock ledge. A second party went to Carn Dubh, the highest point in 37/06, because there were few records of mountain plants from this 10 km square. After a long walk on a very ‘poor’ mountain a dozen species were added to the list including Carex pauciflora, Gnaphalium supinum, Lyco- podium annotinum and Sibbaldia procumbens. The rest of the party went up Glen Tilt hoping to scour mountains on either side for long-lost records. In the event the length of the journey and Forestry fences thwarted this endeavour. However, a sortie up Allt Fheannach produced a small population of Juncus alpino-articulatus. Sunday was a day of comparative rest, except for Mr Martin scrambling above Pitlochry, but the majority decided to meet at St Cyrus in the afternoon to explore the cliff and sand-dune flora. This was an aesthetic experience as much as a botanical one; the size and abundance of Campanula glomerata in the fixed dunes continues to be a source of wonder to me. During the visit a dozen species were added to the published list for this N.N.R., including Rumex longifolius and the hybrid Silene alba x dioica. Monday was one of the most rewarding days in terms of plants seen and populations recorded. One party went to the Sow of Atholl where, besides plotting the area covered by Phyllodoce caerulea, they refound an old locality for Salix arbuscula, though only 2 widely separated bushes were discovered. A second party visited the Birks of Aber- feldy to record Melampyrum sylvaticum. Five separate populations were encountered, adding up to about 200 plants, and reaching an altitude of 900 ft. The rest of the team was detailed to record Scheuchzeria palustris on Rannoch Moor. This was done at the classic site and over 500 flowering spikes were counted; a plan to make a wide search for other sites was defeated by a plague of voracious midges, followed by a very heavy downpour to which they were a prelude. En route, a diversion was made at Craig Varr, near Kinloch Rannoch, to try to refind an old record for Lychnis viscaria. Once again, Mr Martin’s nose had its reward and a good colony of 86 flowering spikes covering 100 square yards was located after a 2 hour search. The last day, Tuesday, Ist August, was spent in the lowlands to the south-east on the borders of Perth and Angus. Old records of Melampyrum sylvaticum and Polygonatum verticillatum in wooded river valleys near Blairgowrie were followed up, but in vain. The only successful party was that which set out to look for Naias flexilis. After search- ing for an hour with two grabs, a quantity was found near the south-west corner of the Loch of Clunie. Four other lochs nearby were investigated during the day without success. Although it is recorded ‘in almost all of the chain of lakes between Dunkeld and Blairgowrie’ by White in The Flora of Perthshire, the only localised records at B.R.C., based on the major herbaria, are from Loch of Clunie. On the final evening during a discussion on the week’s work, it was agreed that a meeting of this kind with clear objectives was worthwhile, and that another meeting in two years’ time was highly desirable. However, it was felt that next time we should 420 REPORTS concentrate on a limited number of problems, generally working as a single party so that we could cover one area in detail on each day. We all hoped that on the next occasion we should have the pleasure of the company of more indigenous botanists. F. H. PERRING DUNNET, CAITHNESS. 1 5TH—21ST AUGUST The Dunnet meeting, which was attended by 28 members and guests, was unique in two respects. It was the first C.S.S.F. meeting to be held in Caithness, and the occasion was marked by an invitation from H.M. Queen Elizabeth, the Queen Mother and Patron of the B.S.B.I., to visit her at the Castle of Mey. At the Northern Sands Hotel a meeting was held on the evening of Tuesday 15th August to complete the plans for the programme and to give the visitors to Caithness the opportunity to meet Mr J. M. Gunn, the recently appointed B.S.B.I. recorder for v.c. 109 and joint leader of the meeting. On Wednesday, five groups visited different areas on Dunnet Head, the most northerly part of the British mainland; the day was spent, in damp weather, recording from the heather moors, lochs and sea cliffs. The western part of the peninsula is in 10 km square 39/17 and 56 new records were made, including Ophioglossum vulgatum subsp. vulgatum, abundant above the west-facing sea cliffs, Anthyllis vulneraria subsp. lapponica (Hyl.) Jalas and Drosera x obovata, all of which are new vice-county records. It was particularly interesting to see Salix herbacea, Arctous alpinus and Saussurea alpina, all normally species of higher altitudes, growing on Dunnet Hill, which has a height of 398 ft. Carex bigelowii was found on Burifa Hill. Square 39/27 includes the eastern portion of Dunnet Head, and here a rather wider range of habitats enabled 96 new records to be listed. Drosera x obovata was also found here, Salix repens subsp. repens was common and Agropyron juncei- forme x repens was seen; all are new to the vice-county. Most of the party went to Wester Farm on Thursday morning to look at the rare grass Calamagrostis stricta growing in a fen immediately to the west of the farm. Some members remained to map the full extent of the colony and found that the species is spread over some three acres, all within square 39/26. As Caithness is the only vice- county north of Mid Perth in which Calamagrostis stricta is known, it is desirable that the habitat at Wester should not be thoughtlessly destroyed. In addition, two grasses from the same site have been tentatively identified by Dr C. E. Hubbard respectively as intermediate between Agrostis canina subsp. montana and A. tenuis and as Calama- grostis scotica. Dr Hubbard also identified as C. stricta specimens collected near St John’s Loch in square 39/27. The other members travelled to the Thurso Museum to see and advise upon the herbarium of the Caithness naturalist, Robert Dick (181 1- 66). This collection was, some years ago, ‘rescued’ by Mr Gunn and, currently, with the assistance of Miss Valerie Hewison, has been painstakingly looked after by him. The herbarium consists of Caithness plants together with specimens from other parts of the British Isles, obtained by Dick in exchanges. In the afternoon all the members of the party had the honour of meeting H.M. Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother, at the Castle of Mey. Her Majesty received us in the Drawing Room and afterwards presided over an extremely sumptuous Scottish tea. Later the Queen Mother invited us to see her garden and spent some time in taking the party round the flower, fruit and vegetable beds, delighted, one felt, at the surprise evinced by her visitors, especially those from southern Britain, at the luxuriant plant growth in this garden on the remote northern coast of Scotland — just as we were delighted at the first-hand evidence of our Patron’s great and intimate knowledge. Of particular interest was the wide variety of well-developed plants in the herb border which had been started by Her Majesty some years earlier. Queen Elizabeth then put those present particularly deeply in her debt by enquiring whether it would be of interest to see Mertensia maritima on the seashore. Doubt was EEO POO Dx; ib, hes Mbt PLATE |. Her Majesty, Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother, with members of the Society who attend- ed the C.S.S.F. field meeting at Dunnet, returning from the shore at the Castle of Mey, Caithness. NSS SASS. GC RAKE : ~~ LH CEKE : a SE S : SSNS S S : PLATE 2. Her Majesty, Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother, with the President of the Society, David McClintock, and other members of the Society who attended the C.S.S.F. field meet- ing at Dunnet, in the garden of the Castle of Mey, Caithness. REPORTS 421 expressed about imposing any further on Her Majesty’s generosity but, when she learned that some of her guests had never seen this species, she insisted on fetching her anorak and hood and, donning strong shoes, led the way in blustery weather over the fields to the shore, to everyone’s keen satisfaction. In anticipation of this, we learnt from her staff, she had made a special visit there that morning to check on it. The three specimens of Oyster Plant were in good flower. In the photograph opposite p. 420 Her Majesty is seen returning from the shore, accompanied by Mr Gunn and followed by other members. In the driveway of the Castle, Her Majesty again spent some time talking to the members of the party, some of whom showed her plants we had collected. She was interested in the Adder’s Tongue and accepted for her garden half a clump of a most unusual dwarf Calluna which had been collected on Dunnet Head. Her Majesty subsequently indicated that, as suggested by the President of the B.S.B.I., it might be named in commemoration ‘Castle of Mey’. She expressed a keen interest in and knowledge of Robert Dick and gave precise directions to some members who wished to photograph late-flowering Primula scotica. The members then took their individual leaves of the Queen Mother and left the Castle drive as she and her party, who had also entertained us magnificently, remained on the lawn waving goodbye. The visit, attended throughout by sunshine and by the friendliest Scottish hospitality, will undoubtedly remain for ever in the memories of those who had the privilege of taking part. In the evening some members attended a Ceilidh in Thurso organised by the Caithness Field Club. The programme on Friday began with a visit to the Caithness glass factory at Wick; thereafter the day was devoted to recording in square 39/36. Small groups visited different parts of the square and produced a total of 183 new records of which the following are new to vice-county 109: Papaver somniferum, Impatiens glandulifera, Alchemilla vestita, Rosa rugosa, Ribes uva-crispa, Fuchsia magellanica, Symphytum x uplandicum, Utricularia intermedia, Mentha x gentilis, Tripleurospermum maritimum subsp. maritimum, Lilium pyrenaicum, Scirpus fluitans and Agropyron junceiforme x repens. At Wick harbour Puccinellia capillaris (conf. C.E. Hubbard) was found. The weather on Saturday 19th August was not good enough to permit a hoped-for visit to the Island of Stroma with the Caithness Field Club and instead the day was devoted to the River Thurso and neighbouring areas, including Thurso railway station sidings. In square 39/16, which includes the last five miles of the River Thurso, 50 new records were obtained and of these 14 were new to the vice-county: Sinapis alba, Rorippa x sterilis, Viola cornuta, Hypericum maculatum, Rubus latifolius (det. A. New- ton), Ribes uva-crispa, Epilobium adenocaulon, Symphytum x uplandicum, Mimulus guttatus x luteus (this hybrid, det. M. McC. Webster, was found also at John o’Groats, 39/37), Veronica montana, Mentha x verticillata, Doronicum pardalianches, Sparganium erectum subsp. erectum and Agrostis gigantea. On the terracing in Thurso cemetery Alchemilla conjuncta and Saxifraga x urbium D. A. Webb were plentiful. A search of the river banks nearby for Ajuga pyramidalis proved fruitless. In the adjoining squares: 39/06 yielded 20 new records, the hybrid Mimulus guttatus x luteus (det. D. McClintock) and Hieracium latobrigorum (conf. C. West) from the Burn of Acharole being new to the vice-county; 39/15 produced 65 new records, Anthyllis vulneraria subsp. vulneraria and subsp. lapponica (Hyl.) Jalas and Sparganium erectum var. microcarpum (Newman) C. Cook being new to the vice-county; and in square 39/25 76 new records were made, among which Aconitum vulparia, Aubrieta deltoidea (L.) DC., Lupinus polyphyllus Lindley, Laburnum alpinum (Miller) Berchtold & J. Presl, Rubus latifolius (det. E. S. Edees), Cotoneaster horizontalis, Sorbus intermedia, Saxifraga x urbium D. A. Webb, Ribes sylvestre, Heracleum sphondylium x mantegazzianum (conf. C. W. Muirhead), Humulus lupulus, Salix nigricans, Symphytum caucasicum, Symphori- carpos rivularis and Campanula latifolia were new to the vice-county. Hieracium latobrigorum (conf. C. West) was found on a cliff at Crosskirk near the mouth of the Forss Water. H 422 REPORTS On the final day of the meeting most of the 16 members who were still present went to search for Saxifraga hirculus, northwest of Loch Rangag in square 39/14. The old record for this species (see Trans bot. Soc. Edinb. 26: 73-75 (1911)) was not confirmed but 22 new records were made for this square. A grass collected at the Loop Burn was sub- mitted to Dr C. E. Hubbard who thought it might be Agrostis canina x tenuis. In the afternoon members diverged and recorded in Squares 39/26 at Dunnet Bay and Links and 39/23 at Achastle. Fifty new records, including some made on the previous day, were made from the former and six from the latter; none was new to Caithness. Rubus mucronulatus (det. A. Newton) was found at Latheronwheel (39/13) and R. septentrion- alis (det. A. Newton) at Dunbeath and Berriedale (39/12) and at Latheronwheel (39/13). These Rubi are new to Caithness. This most memorable and worthwhile meeting ended with an expression of thanks to the Caithness Director of Education for making the former Dunnet School available as a meeting room, and also to the joint leaders of the meeting and to those who helped the vice-county recorder with the preliminary arrangements. Special thanks are due to Mr Gunn who, although newly appointed as a vice-county recorder, shouldered a full share of the responsibility for the meeting and provided most of the information about the records on which this report is based. ‘New records’ in this report means records additional to those shown on the com- posite 10 km square lists supplied by the Biological Records Centre in advance of the meeting. B. W. RIBBONS IRELAND CO. WICKLOW. 31ST MAY—2ND JUNE A residential meeting was held at Avondale at which most of the people actively involved in vegetation studies in Ireland participated. The number of people profession- ally involved in vegetational surveys has shown a marked increase in the last four years. At present, major studies on the grasslands, heaths, bogs, woodlands and sand- dunes are in progress. There appears also to be a considerable interest in the preparation of county Floras. Sixteen people came to the meeting. On the first morning vegetational surveys in northern and southern Ireland were reviewed by Dr Roland Randall (N.U.U.) and Dr A. M. O’Sullivan (Agricultural Institute) respectively. Fr J. J. Moore (U.C.D.) then acted as discussion leader for a session on field work methodology in which phyto- sociological approaches were mainly considered. On the afternoon of the first day a field-trip to see and describe stands of grassland, heath and bog on Fanierin Mountain was made by the group. This gave experts on particular vegetational formations a chance to show how they did their field descrip- tions. On the following day a long excursion was made to such diverse areas as the Brittas dunes, the Laragh oakwoods and the upper Glendalough valley with its steep scree slopes and old mine workings. In the evenings informal discussions continued and a rough mapping scheme of the vegetation-types described on Fanierin Mountain was drawn up as a group exercise. On the third day the group went out on Fanierin Mountain to test this mapping scheme. The weather was appalling so this activity had to be cut short. Before dispersing, the group decided that another meeting should be held in 1973. Subject to the approval of the Regional Branch Committee, Killarney was chosen as that year’s venue, as there are currently about eight people doing ecological studies in that area. The intention would be to have papers dealing with the main topics of study, interspersed with field excursions. To facilitate University participation the REPORTS 423 meeting will probably be in mid-September. All B.S.B.I. members will get further details when plans are more advanced. A. M. O’SULLIVAN NEW ROSS, CO. WEXFORD, 8TH — 12TH JULY The object of the meeting was to explore the flora of the neighbourhood especially in counties Kilkenny and Wexford. Nine members attended. Saturday was spent in Co. Kilkenny. In the morning a visit to the site of Cirsium oleraceum, an apparent escape, in a damp field near Ringwood House (Irish GR S 71.31) also yielded Rosa arvensis, Humulus lupulus (another escape), Carex pendula, C. acutiformis and C. riparia. South of New Ross, a damp field by a tidal stream near Bearstown Railway Bridge (S 68.23) held Ranunculus sceleratus, Carex otrubae, Scirpus maritimus, Scirpus tabernaemontani and Hordeum secalinum and, on dry banks, Dipsacus fullonum. At Carricketony (S 68.22) Geranium columbinum and Juncus bufonius subsp. foliosus were seen. A stop at Ballinlaw (S 67.16) produced Osmunda regalis in a shady hedgebank. Lough Cullin (S 62.18) was visited in the afternoon. The surrounding acid heath held Calluna vulgaris, Erica tetralix and E. cinerea, Cirsium dissectum and Piatanthera bifolia, together with Carex species including C. caryophyllea, C. demissa, C. echinata, C. flacca, C. hostiana, C. ovalis and C. panicea and also Sieglingia decumbens, while Osmunda regalis, in magnificent clumps, belied its easterly location. The extensive marshy area surrounding the lake containing abundant Menyanthes trifoliata defied the best efforts of the party to reach the open water which R. L. Praeger had visited in 1899. In the evening, after dinner and suitably refreshed, some members explored old walls near the Five Counties Hotel and recorded Catapodium rigidum subsp. majus (C. Presl) F. H. Perring & P. D. Sell, Vulpia myuros, Linum bienne and the garden escape Sedum re- flexum. Sunday was spent in Co. Kilkenny. Dysertmore (S 67.34) was searched for Pyrola minor without success. The woods, however, yielded Carex sylvatica, C. pendula, Dry- opteris aemula and an unusual form of Luzula pilosa with rather erect branches in the fruiting infloresence. The grounds of Woodstock House at Inistioge (S 64.37) were next explored. Despite conifer planting by the Forestry Department the demesne held many fine specimen trees. Mercurialis perennis, an introduction, was frequent among the woods while Juncus tenuis, new to Co. Kilkenny, was found on damp ground. Old walls at Inistioge held Saxifraga tridactylites, Catapodium rigidum subsp. majus and Vulpia bromoides. Among the riverside vegetation were Campanula trachelium, a Nore valley species, and two introductions: Impatiens glandulifera and Angelica archangelica. Acid rocks by the river held an odd mixture of species, some with calcicole tendencies. Asplenium adiantum-nigrum and Polypodium australe grew among such calcifuge species as Erica cinerea, Teucrium scorodonia and Digitalis purpurea, while Fraxinus excelsior covered the crag at a higher level. C. BREEN Monday and Tuesday were spent in the southern parts of Co. Wexford, with Dr A. O’Sullivan leading. While travelling in the direction of Hook Head, the party paused at Slievecoiltia (S 7.2) where Lepidium heterophyllum was frequent, along with a little Geranium columbinum and Salix aurita x cinerea subsp. oleifolia. Lepidium hetero- phyllum was again noted at Gusserane (S 7.1) along with Dryopteris pseudomas and Rosa sherardii in roadside hedgerows. Bromus lepidus and Lolium multiflorum grew in nearby fields. Near the town of Fethard (S 7.0), on the Hook peninsula, a narrow stretch of salt- marsh produced Spergula salina and Spartina x townsendii, with, a little higher up, Carex otrubae, C. paniculata, Typha latifolia and Scirpus maritimus. In drier parts nearer the road, Carex divulsa and Linum bienne were seen. 424 REPORTS Rubia peregrina was the most interesting plant seen at Baginbun cliffs (S 7.0) and at the coastal village of Slade (X 7.9) there was Pastinaca sativa, Catapodium rigidum subsp. majus and Lycium chinense. The extensive sand-dune system at Ballyteige (S 9.0) was examined the following day. Viola tricolor subsp. curtisii was abundant, and there was some Asparagus officinalis subsp. prostratus, Calystegia soldanella, and Vulpia membranacea. Atriplex littoralis was the only plant of note in the salt-marsh behind the dunes. There was an abundance of Orobanche minor, growing on Trifolium repens, close to the beach at Cullenstown. Close by grew Linum bienne and Coronopus squamatus, and Trifolium scabrum grew on hard-packed sand nearby. Stachys arvensis grew in field margins at Barrystown (S 8.1) and in ditches close by there was Oenanthe fistulosa and Lycopus europaeus. Carex divulsa was again seen along the roadside at Nelsons Bridge (S 8.1) along with Valerianella locusta, while Eleocharis uniglumis was recognised in the brackish marsh on the banks of the Owenduff River. It was not possible to search for Serratula tinctoria in New Ross on the last day, but on the way home a pause was made at Bunclody (S 9.5) where Miss E. Booth showed us Pyrola minor, Potamogeton x cooperi, Festuca altissima and Equisetum hyemale, all quite close to the town. A. M. O’SULLIVAN & D. DOOGUE LOUGH SHESK, CO. MEATH. 29TH JULY The purpose of the meeting was to explore further the flora of the area first visited by the leader in August, 1971, in the course of field-work for a Flora of Co. Meath. The attendance was 15. The area (N 62.68) is situated in the morainic country of the Kells moraine and comprises a number of former lakes now at various stages of transition from fen to raised bog. The first area, with pH 6.5, was notable for the abundance of Carex limosa. Other species seen were Pinguicula vulgaris, Utricularia vulgaris, U. minor, Menyanthes trifoliata, Hydrocharis morsus-ranae, Sparganium minimum and Carex species including C. dioica, C. lepidocarpa, C. panicea, C. paniculata, C. diandra (abundant) and C. rostrata. Phragmites australis and Cladium mariscus were also seen. The new station for Pyrola rotundifolia in Co. Meath was demonstrated by the leaders while Dactylorhiza traunsteineri, also new to the county flora, was found by Mr Synott. Areas containing Sphagnum spp. and Aulacomnium palustre were covered with Vaccinium oxycoccus. Other less wet areas nearby held Parnassia palustris, Galium uliginosum and Carex hostiana. The second area was Dalton’s bog, a transition complex with pH 5-6.2 witha rather dry centre with abundant Sphagnum spp., Calluna vulgaris, Vaccinium oxycoccus and Ulex europaeus and surrounded by wetter ground where bog development was less advanced. Bryophytes here included Aulacomnium palustre, Mnium pseudopunctatum and Acrocladium stramineum, together with Menyanthes trifoliata, Ranunculus lingua (in drains), Carex diandra (abundant) and C. limosa, the latter now almost excluded by the bog development. Acid grassland on moraines yielded Juncus squarrosus, Galium saxatile, Molinia caerulea and Carex pilulifera, while C. curta was seen near Connell’s Lough. Murray’s Lake proved to be dominated by dense beds of Phragmites australis, the more open margins of which yielded Bidens cernua, Berula erecta, Hippuris vulg- aris, Utricularia minor, Lycopus europaeus and Senecio x ostenfeldii. Coeloglossum viride was found on the moraine nearby. C. BREEN REPORTS 425 EXHIBITION MEETING, 1972 The Annual Exhibition Meeting was held in the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History), London, on Saturday, 25th November, 1972, from 1200 to 1730 hours. FOSSIL TEA IN BRITAIN? Examination of the surface fine-structure of seeds from plants in the family Theaceae shows that modern species have a smooth surface while that on most fossil specimens is densely pitted. Seeds from the modern species Actinidia arguta, A. coriacea, A. kolomikta, A. polygama, Eurya macartneyi, E. japonica and Cleyera ochnacea have been subjected to a variety of techniques (including KOH treatment, ultrasonic vibration and sectioning) in order to remove the smooth, outer surface layer of the testa. The results show that the pitted surface observed in the fossil seeds of Actinidia represents the inner cytoplasmic surface of the lower epidermal cell-wall. Specimens of the fossil species Eurya stigmosa have been examined from the Oligocene of Ireland, the Miocene, Oligocene and Eocene of England, and the Miocene of Germany, suggesting that this single species had a broader Tertiary distribution, both geographically and strati- graphically, than had previously been anticipated. M. C. BOULTER DOT-MAPS OF SPANISH PLANTS A B.S.B.I.-type recording card for the Flora of Andalucia was shown, together with blank maps of Spain on the same scale as those in the Af¢las of the British Flora. The object of the exhibit was to encourage members of the B.S.B.I. to start work on a Distribution Atlas of Spanish plants based on the U.T.M. 10 km squares, as the Spaniards themselves have not the amateur enthusiasm of our members (their interest mostly being in the practical use of plants, either as food, medicines or timber). J. W. CARR FLORA EUROPAEA AND ACCESSORY PROJECTS The main exhibit gave some idea of the organisation of Flora Europaea, emphasizing the international collaborative nature of the project. Some of the accessory projects which have arisen out of the Flora were also shown. These included the Index to European Taxonomic Literature, compiled by R. K. Brummitt et alii, volumes for 1965— 1969 published in Regnum Vegetabile, 1.A.P.T., Utrecht (volume for 1970 in press); the first of a number of regional Floras of Europe to be based on Flora Europaea, J. Do Amaral Franco, Nova Flora de Portugal, 1. Lycopodiaceae — Umbelliferae, Lisbon, 1972; and the first volume of distribution maps to be published by the Com- mittee for Mapping the Flora of Europe, J. Jalas & J. Suominen, ed., Atlas Florae Europaeae (Distribution of Vascular Plants in Europe), 1. Pteridophyta (Psilotaceae to Azollaceae), Helsinki, 1972 (distributed by Akateeminen Kirjakauppa, Keskuskatu 1, SF-00 100 Helsinki 10, Finland). A. O. CHATER LAMIUM ALBUM IN WALES Maps and photographs were exhibited to show the occurrence of Lamium album in Wales and the adjacent parts of England in relation to altitude, type of locality (village roadside, railway premises, farm, garden, etc.), soil conditions, and association with ancient human occupation sites (including the coincidence with Roman sites). The location of early records and of known instances of long-distance transportation by 426 REPORTS man were also illustrated. It is suggested that man is responsible for primary introduc- tion and influences secondary spread. The survival and establishment (or otherwise) of seedlings and mature plants is likely to be linked not only to man’s activities but also to other factors, both edaphic and climatic. Many factors probably account for the rarity of this species in western Wales and also for its virtual absence from western and north-western Scotland and from all but easternmost Ireland. Whether it is truly wild anywhere in Europe today is problematical. A. P. CONOLLY THE SEGREGATES OF JUNCUS BUFONIUS AGG. Juncus bufonius L. agg. is a very variable taxon, but much of the variability is the result of phenotypic plasticity in various habitats. Three of the taxa often recognised as varieties of J. bufonius and which occur in western Europe appear to be best recognised as species distinct from J. bufonius sensu stricto. The four species were illustrated by herbarium specimens, and maps and diagnoses were provided. J. bufonius sensu stricto is hexaploid (and octoploid ?) and is ubiquitous. J. foliosus Desf. is frequent in wet or damp places mostly in western Britain and in Ireland; it is a tetraploid. J. hybridus Brot. (often called J. bufonius var. fasciculatus auct.) is a circum-Mediterranean diploid only known in the British Isles as a casual. The last species, J. ranarius auct. (Song. & Perr.?) is also a diploid and is frequent in the British Isles, mainly near the coast in saline or brackish areas. T. A. Cope & C. A. STACE VULPIA SICULA AND THE GENUS VULPIA Vulpia sicula (Presl) Link (incl. V. setacea Parl.) is a very local grass of Sicilia and adjacent areas of which we have seen no specimens collected after 1881. In May 1972 we located it in western Sicilia and brought back living and pressed specimens for study. Since it and its segregates are the only known perennial species of Vulpia it is of both evolutionary and taxonomic interest. We have found it to be a diploid and most closely related to V. geniculata (L.) Link. The exhibit was illustrated by living and pressed specimens of V. sicula, V. geniculata and other species of Vulpia. From a world-wide study of Vulpia we have concluded that it in fact consists of four distinct genera. V. sicula, V. geniculata and two other annuals belong to Loretia Duval-Jouve, and the four British (as-well as the majority of other) species to Vulpia sensu stricto. The other two genera are Mediterranean taxa. R. CoTTOnN & C. A. STACE BRITISH PTERIDOPHYTE ATLAS — AN INTERIM PUBLICATION The exhibit showed examples of the fern maps to be published in an A4 format in 1973. Considerable changes from the distribution patterns previously published in the AfZlas of the British Flora (1962) are mostly due to more complete coverage. Certain critical groups are being reworked, e.g. Dryopteris filix-mas/pseudomas, Asplenium tricho- manes subspp. trichomanes/quadrivalens, Isoetes lacustris/echinospora, Diphasium alpinum/issleri/complanatum and Polypodium vulgare|/interjectum/australe. Local work- ers who find difficulties with these species are asked to send them to the Department of Botany, British Museum (Natural History). The co-operation of vice-county recorders was greatly appreciated in this project, and we hope the resulting maps will help botanists to plan their field work during the following years so that the maps which will be published in the second edition of the Atlas will be even more useful. J. A. CRABBE, A. C. JERMY, F. H. PERRING & A. J. WORLAND REPORTS 427 CAREX MURICATA AGG. Herbarium sheets and colour photographs were shown of the four generally accepted taxa of this group occurring in Britain: C. spicata Huds., C. muricata L., C. muricata subsp. lJeersii Aschers. & Graebn., and C. divulsa Stokes, together with the plant some- times referred to C. chaberti F. Schultz. Attention was drawn to the two outstanding questions: Is there really, as Nelmes thought, a distinct limestone form of C. muricata L. as well as the common form of sandy and gravelly soils (which Nelmes named C. bullockiana)? And what are the status and relationships of subsp. Jeersii and of C. chaberti? R. W. DAvip RISE AND FALL IN B.S.B.I. MEMBERSHIP, 1942-1972. This exhibit showed by histograms the rise from 450 to 1900 members in the above period. It revealed rises in some periods, due partly to the Maps Scheme, with checks in others, probably due to rises in the rates of subscription. C. M. Dony REVISION OF THE FLORA OF BEDFORDSHIRE The Flora of Bedfordshire (1953) went out of print in 1971 and in anticipation of this a revision based on tetrad recording was begun in 1970. The revised Flora will be similar to the Flora of Hertfordshire (1967) and link it with work now being done in neighbour- ing counties. The exhibit consisted of a number of maps showing progress in the three years of the survey and illustrating patterns of distribution already emerging. It is estimated that 67°% of the work required to achieve the same intensity of recording that was realised for the Hertfordshire survey has been accomplished. J. G. & C. M. Dony FLOWERS OF EUROPE The exhibit showed a selection of photographs taken by O. Polunin for Flowers of Europe — A Field Guide (1969), and line drawings executed for the same book by B. Everard. The latter were mainly drawn from herbarium specimens loaned by the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. B. EVERARD & O. POLUNIN STEREOPHOTOGRAPHS OF SOME INCONSPICUOUS BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS Close-up stereophotographs of living plants make it possible to see small structures in their proper relation and in more detail than can be seen with the naked eye. Starting with Wolffia arrhiza, in which the entire plant is difficult to see, a series of photographs were shown of small flowers taken in the field in natural conditions with the minimum of disturbance. The photographs were taken at a distance of 12 cm using a split lens of 55 mm focal length with offset stops (to f 28) 12 mm apart. This gives a magnifying effect with little exaggeration of apparent depth. J. H. FREMLIN THE CORNE FLAGGE — A NEOLITHIC PLANT? The ‘Corne Flagge’, Gladiolus italicus Miller (G. segetum Ker-Gawler), was one of the three common gladioli grown in English gardens for several centuries before the intro- 428 REPORTS duction of today’s African hybrids during the nineteenth century. It is a serious Mediterranean agricultural weed. This species has certain unusual characters which make its origin and evolution a matter of some interest. Thus it is confined to cultivated fields, usually cornfields; it is the only recorded Gladiolus (out of c 200 species) which exhibits gynodioecism; it has hard, pellet-like seeds unlike the usual winged Gladiolus seeds; it exhibits very high aneuploid chromosome counts that approach duodecaploidy (2n = 180), whereas most species are either diploids or tetraploids. An obvious conclusion is that G. italicus is a ‘man-made’ plant. From the limited evidence available the exhibit made out a prima facie case for species like tetraploid G. triphyllos Sibth. & Sm. and G. persicus Boiss. being incorporated as weeds into seed corn by Neolithic Man, and the subsequent simultaneous but unconscious selection of duodecaploid Gladiolus and hexaploid wheat from their tetraploid progenitors. A. P. HAMILTON THE FLORA OF ESSEX The exhibit reported on progress with production of this new Flora. Water-colour plates of six famous Essex plants prepared for inclusion in the Flora (among them Lathyrus tuberosus, Tordylium maximum and Bupleurum falcatum) were displayed along with manuscript text entries outlining in some detail the history of these plants in the county. 24 individual 1 km dot-maps were selected from the 200 or so to appear in the Flora, along with each appropriate text entry, as examples of species distribution patterns showing distinct edaphic and climatic associations. The complexity of the late Eocene and subsequent glacial deposits was shown to give rise to some unusual distri- butions. Specimen printed pages showing the format of the main species-occurrence and -distribution section and a full-page plate of 10 km square distribution maps of commoner species were exhibited along with preliminary artwork for a 3” fold-out geological map of the county. S. T. JERMYN & K. J. ADAMS BETA TRIGYNA AND LINARIA X DOMINII IN BERKSHIRE B. trigyna was first recorded in its Berkshire site in 1902, and then remained unnoticed until 1966, when it was found by the exhibitor. It needs to be kept free from brambles and other coarse vegetation, and this may be one reason for its rare and sporadic appearances; it has been recorded only from Gloucestershire, Oxfordshire, Surrey and Cambridgeshire. The Berkshire stand is flourishing and increasing. There appear to be few records of L. x dominii in Britain. The flowers of the specimens exhibited were short-spurred, but had the deep violet upper lip of L. purpurea; the leaf-growth varied, one plant having the whorled lower leaves of L. repens. All the hybrid plants had non-creeping rootstocks in contrast to the long rhizomes of L. repens. They were apparently semi-fertile, some capsules being full of seeds. W. M. KEENS WHERE HAS VICIA SATIVA GONE? Specimens were exhibited to suggest that British populations of Vicia sativa agg., past and present, mostly fell into three categories — not two as stated in some national Floras. Using flower-colour, pod-colour, pod-breadth and the shape of upper leaflets (criteria which seem more helpful than others previously used), they may be keyed as follows: REPORTS 429 1. Delicate plant to 60 cm; leaflets often 5 times as long as broad; standard petal virtually as dark as wings; flowers 11-14mm .. V. angustifolia subsp. angustifolia 1. Coarser plant to 1 m; leaflets broader; standard petal much paler than wings; flowers usually over 14mm oF 2. Pods 4—-5:5 (— 6)mm broad, ripening ‘black: flowers, 12- fan mm; leaflets typically 3-4 times as long as broad AY .. V. angustifolia subsp. segetalis 2. Pods 6-9 mm broad, ripening celtowihe brown; flowers (17—) 20-30 mm; leaflets typically 2-3 times as long as broad .. .. V. sativa sensu stricto These taxa, based on those outlined in the Flora of Wiltshire (Grose 1957), agree well with those recognized in Germany by Mettin & Hanelt (1964). The cultivated plant (V. sativa sensu stricto) seems scarce, doubtfully self-perpetua- ting and decreasingly grown. Nearly all the British plants belong to V. angustifolia sensu lato, of which subsp. angustifolia is commonly found in permanent, acid or nutrient-poor grassland, and subsp. segetalis among coarse grasses on ‘good’ soil. REFERENCES Grose, J. D. (1957). The Flora of Wiltshire. Devizes. METTIN, D. & HANELT, P. (1964). Cytosystematische Untersuchungen in der Artengruppe um Vicia sativa L., 1. Kulturpflanze, 77: 163-225. H. J. KILvick EXTENSION OF RANGE OF ALISMA GRAMINEUM IN BRITAIN Maps were shown illustrating the Continental distribution of A. gramineum subsp. gramineum and the old newly-discovered British localities, together with their respective herbarium sheets; flight lines of migrating ducks were superimposed. Migration and movement of wildfowl was suggested as the reason for the new localities in Norfolk and Cambridgeshire. In support of our claim that ducks and waders are the most likely agents for both introduction and dispersal we have received con- firmation from Mr R. P. Bagnall-Oakley that ‘thousands of ducks come through Denmark from the Baltic area every autumn. Ringing recoveries show constant movement between the Ouse Washes and the Humber region. Examination of stomach contents of ducks shows that seeds of a wide variety of marsh and water plants, includ- ing Water Plantains, are regularly eaten’. Although seeds may not survive passage through the alimentary tract, they can readily adhere to the plumage of the birds. R. P. Lipsey & E. L. SWANN HERACLEUM SPHONDYLIUMX H. MANTEGAZZIANUM Heracleum sphondylium is so common that it will never be far off where the Caucasian H. mantegazzianum occurs in Britain. Some of the differences between the two species were shown in a table, together with herbarium specimens collected in 1972 in Caith- ness, Edinburgh and Berwick, and in the exhibitor’s wild-garden at Platt, W. Kent. It is difficult to be sure of the hybrid origin of many plants, but the putative hybrids exhibited were intermediate in most characters, had a scruffy look and showed a reduction in, or absence of, fertility. Only one mention of this hybrid has been traced in print (Praeger 1951) and there is no specimen in support. The only other specimens of it known were collected by Miss Muirhead in 1970 and are now in E. But before that Dr Brummitt felt sure he had found it in a large mixed colony near London Airport, in Middlesex. 430 REPORTS Will others look out for this hybrid, which must surely be much more widespread, and report ? REFERENCE PRAEGER, R. L. (1951). Hybrids in the Irish Flora: a tentative list. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., Sect. B, 54: 1-14. D. McCLINTOCcK THE FLORA OF FOULA The exhibit consisted of maps, photographs, plant lists and reports showing how the study of the vegetation of Foula has progressed since 1956 under the aegis of the Brathay Exploration Group of Ambleside. K. G. MESSENGER A NEWLY-DISCOVERED HORTUS SICCUS DATING FROM THE 1820s This collection was discovered in Stockport Museum in 1972. It contains a large number of specimens from the Stamford area of S. Lincs. and Rutland, south-eastern Ireland, Scotland, Cambridgeshire, etc. Efforts are currently being made to establish the identity of the collector, and there are pointers to the possibility that he was an associate of Professor Henslow. | K. G. MESSENGER & THE MANCHESTER MUSEUM SOME CHANNEL ISLANDS STAMPS AND PLANTS During 1972 the postal administrations of both Jersey and Guernsey each issued a set of four wild-flower stamps. On display were first day of issue envelopes, presentation packs, maximum cards, and herbarium material loaned by the Société Jersiaise. The Jersey set illustrated Anogramma leptophylla, Armeria arenaria, Orchis laxiflora and Echium plantagineum; and the Guernsey stamps depicted Oxalis pes-caprae, Orchis maculata (sic), Carpobrotus edulis and Anagallis arvensis. Y. L. MoscaTI AN UNEXPECTED SOURCE OF BOTANICAL RECORDS A note on Spiranthes spiralis growing in the precincts was published in the Winchester Cathedral Diary for 22nd October—18th November, 1972. F. H. PERRING & T. G. TUTIN KENT TETRAD MAPPING SCHEME 1971-1975 A progress map showed the number of species so far recorded from each tetrad in the county. The total number of records in and processed to date was well over 100,000. The exhibit also contained several species maps in which the present recorded distri- bution in the county was compared with that given in the Flora of Kent (Hanbury & Marshall 1899). Some species such as Phyteuma tenerum and Myosurus minimus had now gone from the county whilst others such as Campanula glomerata and Centaurea calcitrapa showed marked declines. On the other hand there were species which showed a spectacular increase in distribution such as Petasites fragrans and Coronopus didymus, REPORTS 431 whilst others such as Impatiens glandulifera and Spartina anglica had appeared since 1899. Perhaps more interesting were those species such as Ranunculus penicillatus, Legousia hybrida and Lemna gibba which showed an almost identical distribution with that of over seventy years ago. E. G. PHILP LEICESTERSHIRE & RUTLAND FLORA: THE ECOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SETTING Most Leicester and Rutland species of great local interest are found in four main habitats, now drastically reduced: predominantly acid soil in Charnwood Forest; open or semi-open habitats on oolitic limestone; small areas of marsh, wet heath or fen; and remnants of ancient woodland. Charnwood has a few northern or montane species (e.g. Empetrum nigrum) and south-western or western species (e.g. Umbilicus rupestris) at the limit of their British range, probably restricted to the area for climatic reasons. Species with an Atlantic or Sub-Atlantic distribution (e.g. Erica tetralix) also are concentrated in Charnwood, at least partly for climatic reasons. Other more common British species (e.g. Nardus stricta) are missing elsewhere because of the absence of suitable habitats. Likewise, climatic factors probably explain the restriction to the oolite of some south- ern or eastern species, here near the British limits of their ranges; other ‘oolite’ species (e.g. Blackstonia perfoliata) reach their limits further north or west than Leicestershire and Rutland. Another group of species is concentrated on the oolite for edaphic reasons only (e.g. Helianthemum nummularium). D. RATCLIFFE & A. P. CONOLLY THE VISIT TO THE CASTLE OF MEY H.M. Queen Elizabeth, the Queen Mother, graciously received the members attending the C.S.S.F. field meeting at Dunnet, Caithness at the Castle of Mey on 17 August, 1972 (see p. 420 for full report). Her Majesty entertained the party to tea, showed them her garden and led a visit to the shore of the Pentland Firth where a fine specimen of Mertensia maritima was seen. Photographs by Mr A. M. E. Luciani and press cuttings referring to this occasion, unique in the history of the Society, were exhibited. B. W. RIBBONS THE HERBARIUM OF LORD DE TABLEY (1835-1895) A Xerox page of the MSS of the Flora of Cheshire (1899) in the handwriting of John Byrne Leicester Warren, 3rd Baron de Tabley, referring to Centunculus minimus and Chelidonium majus conjointly with the specimens, was exhibited. The de Tabley Her- barium of 20,000 sheets was donated in 1899 to the Science and Art Museum (later the National Museum of Ireland) by Eleanor Lady Leighton, Knutsford House, Cheshire, a sister of Lord de Tabley. The herbarium forms the core of the British section of the Herbarium nowat the National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin. M. J. P. SCANNELL RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE IRISH FLORA Herbarium specimens of three taxa recently added to the Irish flora were exhibited. Juncus planifolius R.Br. was collected at Lough Truscan, W. Galway, in July 1971. 432 REPORTS It is common in wet habitats in Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, and is also found in Chile and Hawaii; the Irish record appears to be the first in the Northern Hemisphere. Rorippa islandica (Oeder ex Murray) Borbas sensu stricto was collected from Renvyle, W. Galway by Shuttleworth in 1832 and by Dr B. Jonsell in 1964. In August 1971 it was found at Turlough, south of Bealaclugga, Clare. In Britain also it is much rarer than the widespread R. palustris (L.) Besser. Polystichum x illyricum (Borbas) Hayek (P. lonchitis x P. aculeatum) was collected by Praeger at Glenade, Leitrim, in 1932, but its identity was not confirmed until 1972, by Dr A. Sleep. It is so far the only record for the British Isles. For a full report see Br. Fern Gaz., 10: 281-282 (1972). M. J. P. SCANNELL DOUBLE-FLOWERED FORMS OF ERICA MACKAIANA Despite various claims to the contrary (cf. McClintock 1966) Erica mackaiana is the only Erica of which a double-flowered form has undoubtedly existed. Moreover there have been two different ones: 1. A fully double form ‘Plena’, called E. crawfordii by Druce, was collected at Craig- gamore by A. G. More in 1869, by Crawford in 1891, by Father Brenan in 1965 and by D. Burke in 1970. All the collections seem identical and the clone has probably persisted there for at least a century. 2. A form also exists with only the corolla duplicated ; the stamens and style are intact. This was collected by A. G. More in 1874 at Carna. The character is not obvious and there is no indication that he was aware that some of his plants had this unique feature. The Rev. E. F. Linton probably also collected it in 1885, Miss Knowles did in 1910, and Miss M. Scannell rediscovered it in 1970. In 1971 she brought back living plants, which have been propagated; one of these was exhibited along with dried specimens of earlier gatherings. REFERENCE McCLintock, D. (1966). Double-flowered hardy heathers. J. R. hort. Soc., 91: 438-443. M. J. P. SCANNELL & D. MCCLINTOCK FESTUCA GLAUCA LAM. AND ITS VAR. CAESIA (SM.) K. RICHT. The var. caesia has usually been considered a distinct variety of Festuca glauca Lam. From a study of F. glauca in the Suffolk Breckland it is concluded that var. caesia is only a habitat modification resulting from unfavourable conditions. The exhibit illustrated a paper published in Watsonia, 9: 257—262 (1973). It included herbarium sheets showing Festuca glauca grown under ‘normal’ conditions; depauperate specimens of var. caesia illustrating the drought-induced poverty of leaf-growth; a normal plant of F. glauca grown under garden conditions from a depauperate plant formerly considered as var. caesia; and a collection of depauperate grasses from the Suffolk Breckland (Vulpia ambigua, V. bromoides, Aira praecox and Poa subcaerulea). P. J. O. TRIST PANELS OF PHOTOGRAPHS Further excerpts from an attempted photographic record of the wild plants of a hill sheep farm in the upper reaches of Tima Water, Selkirkshire (v.c.79), were shown. The plants illustrated were Anemone nemorosa, Ranunculus ficaria, Galium boreale, Cirsium vulgare and Cirsium heterophyllum (see Watsonia, 9: 205(1972)). A. WALKER REPORTS 433 The following also exhibited: COMMITTEE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SCOTTISH FLORA. Inverness-shire survey. T. W. J.D. DUPREE & S. M. WALTERS. Senecio paludosus L. refound in Britain. G. ELLIs. Flora of Glamorgan. A. N. Gipsy. Some botanical postage stamps. G. S. PHILLIPS. Majorcan selection. In the lecture hall the following members gave short talks illustrated by colour-slides: H. J. B. Birks. Flowers of the Durmitor area, Montenegro. J. W. CARR. Some unusual Spanish flowers. E. R. T. CONACHER, B. W. RIBBONS & O. E. WATT. The field-meeting at Dunnet, Caith- ness, August, 1972. J. L. MASON. Vegetation on the Mountains of the Moon. F. H. PerrinGc. Kindrogan field-meeting, July, 1972. C. F. SmitH. Wild orchids of Dorset. F. M. TAYLER. Flora of cliffs and denes on the Durham coast. ety iN ) Sede aihenigreeiy a i | Mt £ ips " et ieed was at ‘ set AY Laas c ay (tateuey 2 ate wipe thirn em . ip af nm peeks?) eh if ts th : sip iowin the hs) Haye 4 F ue : me , om r x “a ty a, i et dl i Hn VOTRE PEG A Fi aN NO Si AB i Choate various claiona fa thecon fey ae SBIR ee pest | owe Pa on! G hs A Wants . Nt itis Mh +3 Wore sone es bred at he SR ae RL Gon eROs thee wl sel ro 2o0eb | Ve AP Y ‘ » af ie . e * Mw “o e 4 ‘ | h fuily double fiona “Plesa’, dalled 2, orewferetl oy Ir i ¢ 1 Be eae « hs r¥y 1 oe ee ad i | \ HH D ' a ; | ‘ oP ; MPA Ve) Sra) hes ; ‘e is i at I : A’ fovizy also exists with only ecoratie cippticats Js . Nhe st ATS we i Yiis woe collesthd | C3. More is 1375 at Ora bhe : character ie iM na here os ti daieicotieen (hak We was a aeke HtAt acieiec ad Ui aaa nn a ; ; Oko wien Goabectet at 4 1aBS. Minas Knowles iA. Hua led) covered it iy 1270. In 0971 she Droveht DAG ae boo acortied * Oe hens was exhibited shore Wilhineae Ped sue Poi dereg a cystine? variety Gi Fest uit Pe pti wat Breckland i ia Syst ded eater tH 7 ' ' vis From, unfavonehte condone ca pane: Gubihed a canes or: ssa 162. st re Ory nit RTE? 4h Vi aKiet: GOTTA: comeelat iS ‘ wrtys ; roy a4 ve tha drobeniandioed ovce ty: ot: = chy 4 wit Ct oa ley onred Conditvore tren ae ind dco lcthon at cepa | ¢ a} | | | mt | ini ae if , y | | | | Bi, + roe q t Lp? i ? ‘ nt i ) hue Mad t q a ' ’ ‘ t. ua / wae i t 4 Lo the 5 | | | t | | | eo | 5 | - \y oe BSBI ABSTRACTS ABSTRACTS FROM LITERATURE RELATING TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE BRITISH ISLES Compiled by D. H. KENT. Published annually Price £2-00 per part plus postage Includes abstracts of botanical papers published in many journals throughout the Temperate World. Subject headings include History, Biography, Floras and Catalogues, Chromosome Surveys, Systematics, etc. The Systematic Section, which is the bulk of the periodical, is arranged alpha- betically under families and genera. LOCAL FLORAS Edited by P. J. Wanstall The purpose of this volume is to make available to a wider public the papers read at the Conference held by the Botanical Society of the British Isles in 1961. The contributors include D. E. Allen, Dr H. J. M. Bowen, Dr J. G. Dony, J. S. L. Gilmour, Prof. J. G. Hawkes, D. H. Kent, J. E. Lousley, D. McClintock, R. D. Meikle, Dr F. H. Perring, R. C. Readett and C. C. Townsend. Demy 8vo., 120 pages, with 2 half-tone plates, and figures in the text. Bound in buckram. Price £1-10 (post free) The above items are obtainable from E. W. CLASSEY LTD. 353 HANWORTH ROAD, HAMPTON, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND THE TARAXACUM FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES By A. J. RICHARDS A Supplement to Watsonia, Journal and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of the British Isles, vol. 9, 1972 Price £2-00 plus postage The genus Taraxacum, commonly known as Dandelions, has been largely neglected in the British Isles, although it is of botanical, ecological and economic importance. Most accounts of the genus in this country consider only four species, which are too general in scope to be of much service. In the present account the author shows that, due to the apomictic (non-sexual) means of reproduction usual in the genus, a much larger number of clear-cut species can be recognised in Britain, 132 in all, and that these demonstrate characteristic ecological and distributional behaviour. A substantial introduction, with notes on the taxonomic history, biology, genetics, taxonomy, distribution, identification, cultivation and collection of the British species, is followed by a key to the species. In the main account, each species is treated individually with nomenclature, a full description, breeding behaviour, ecology, British distribution (including a vice-county list), European distribution and general notes and comments repeated in each case. Each species is illustrated with line drawings and there is a full index. Although our knowledge of the British species of the genus is still incomplete, it is hoped that this work will form a standard reference for a number of years and thus should be valuable to Universities, Colleges, Field Stations, Museums and to all botanists interested in the higher plants of the British Isles. Obtainable from E. W. CLASSEY LTD. 353 HANWORTH ROAD, HAMPTON, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND INDEX Compiled by R. K. Brummitt Abutilon theophrasti 188 Acaena ovalifolia (in Haddington) 46 Acer—Unusual fruits (by S. L. M. Karley) 43;campestre 43; cap- padocicum 43; platanoides 43, (in Haddington and Edinburgh) 379 ; pseudoplatanus 43 Achnacree Moss (field meeting) 191 Achyranthes aspera 188 Acinos arvensis 240, 242 Aconitum anglicum (in Haddington and Edinburgh 375; vulparia (in Caith- ness) 421, (in Derby) 375 Acorus calamus 78 Adams, K. J. (with S. T. Jermyn)— The Flora of Essex 428 Adiantum capillus-veneris (in Monmouth) 374 Adonis annua (in Easterness) 37/5) Advances in Botanical Research, volume 3 (ed. R. D. Preston), reviewed by C. A. Stace 171-172 Aegopodium podagraria 263, 264, 266 Aethusa cynapium (in Easterness) 381 Agrimonia procera (in Haddington) 380 Agropyron donianum 265, 266; juncei- forme (in Linlithgow) 391 ; juncei- forme x _ repens (in Caithness) 420, 421; repens 264, 266 Agrostemma githago 182 Agrostis canina subsp. montana—A. tenuis intermediate 420; canina x tenuis (in Caithness) 422; gigantea 265, 266, (in Caithness) 421, (in Easterness) 391, (in E. Ross) 160; scabra 189, Gn W. Kent) 391 Aira praecox (on Ss.s. Great Britain) 147 Ajuga chamaepitys 240, 242; reptans tion) 16, 19 240; pyramidalis 240, (pollina- Alchemilla 182; alpina L.—in Derby- shire (by S. R. Band) 139-140; alpina (in Derby) 274, (in Mull) 27; arvensis 280; conjuncta (in Caithness) 421; filicaulis (in Carmarthen) 380; glaucescens 411; minima 411; vestita (in Caithness) 421; wichurae 411 Alien hunt (field meeting) 188-1389 Aliens 202 Alisma gramineum (in Britain) 429, (in Cambs.) 388; Jlanceolatum (in Glam. and Dunbarton) 157 Allen, D. E.—Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Isle of Man: an An- notated List, reviewed by D. H. Kent 169 Allium oleraceum (in Cambs.) 389; schoenoprasum (in Dunbarton) 157; triquetrum 411; ursinum 265, (in Kildare) 157; vineale (in Haddington) 48 Alnus incana (in Easter- and Westerness) 382 Alopecurus myosuroides (in Easterness) 391, (in Guernsey) 185; pratensis 265 Althaea officinalis (in Pembroke) 378 Amaranthus albus 188; blitoides 189; quitensis 188; retroflexus (in Elgin) 378 Ammi visnaga 189 Ammophila arenaria (in Derby) 391 Anagallis arvensis 265, 266, 430, (in Easterness) 382 Anaphalis 182; margaritacea (in Westerness) 385 Anchusa arvensis 198 Andalusian Flowers and Countryside (by C. M. Stocken), reviewed by V. H. Heywood 168-169 Andrews, C. E. A.—obituary of Walter Henry Hardaker 7 437 438 Andromeda polifolia (in Carmarthen) 154, (in Roxburgh) PAYS) Anemone nemorosa (pollination) 16 Anethum graveolens 189 Annual General Meeting 1971 54-55; 1972 297-298 Anogramma leptophylla 430 Antennaria dioica (in Mull) 2 Anthoxanthum odoratum 265 Anthriscus caucalis (in Easterness) 381, 418 Anthyllis_ vulneraria subsp. lapponica (in Caithness) 420, 421; vulneraria subsp. vulneraria (in Caithness) 421 Antirrhinum majus (in Pembroke and Linlithgow) 383, (peloric form) 186 Apera spica-venti (in Derby) 391 Apium graveolens (in Pembroke) 381; inundatum (in Elgin) 381 Aptenia cordifolia 189 Aquilegia vulgaris (in Easterness) 375, (in Mull) 274 Arabidopsis thaliana (in Kildare) 150 Arabis borealis Andrz. ex Ledeb.—Not in Ireland (by W. Titz) 369; cau- casica (in Haddington and Lin- 29, (in Selkirk) lithgow) 376; hirsuta agg. 369; hirsuta (in Westerness) WIE 414-415 Arachis hypogaea (in Middlesex) 189, (in Herts.) 200 Arctic Adaptations in Plants (by D. B. O. Savile), reviewed by G. Halliday 396-397 Arctium minus 264, 266 Arctostaphylos uva-ursi 27 Arctous (in Mid Perth) 298; alpinus (in Caithness) 420, (not in Mull) Di Arenaria leptoclados (in Kildare) Argentina anserina 280 Argyll (field meeting) 191 Armeria arenaria 430 Armoracia rusticana (in E. Ross) Arrhenatherum elatius vars. 62 Artemisia absinthium (in Haddington) 47, (in Hunts.) 412; verlotorum (in Durham) 156 Arum maculatum (in Easterness) Arundinaria japonica 411; 411 164, (Gin Mull) 151 274 389 vagans INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Asparagus officinalis subsp. prostratus (in Wexford) 424 Asplenium adiantum-nigrum 204; bil- lotii 204; x _ sarniense (in Guernsey) 185, 204; viride (in Roxburgh) 148 Astley, D. (with D. L. Wigston)—A statistical analysis of the distribution of the British microspecies of the genus Hieracium 205 Astrantia major (in Mull) 30 Athyrium alpestre (Gn W. Sutherland) 148 Atlas de la Flore Belge et Luxembourgeoise (by E. van Rompaey & L. Del- vosalle), reviewed by F. H. Perring 404-405 Atlas of the British Flora (pteridophytes) 426 Atriplex hastata 263, 266, 270, (in Linlithgow) 378; littoralis (n Waterford) 274; patula 198, 263, 266 Aubrieta deltoidea (in Caithness) 421 Australian plants related to British species (by H. M. Proctor) 203 Austria (field meeting) 63-65 Avena fatua (in Pembroke) 160; ludoviciana (in W. Norfolk) 160; strigosa (in Pembroke, Banff and Easterness) 391 Ballantyne, G. H.—report of Lethans Den and Knock Hill, Fife, field meeting 191-192 Ballota nigra subsp. foetida 240 Band, S. R.—Alchemilla alpina L.—in Derbyshire 139-140 Bangerter, E. B. & Ferguson, L. F.— Some confused plants 197 Bangerter, E. B. (with J. F. M. Cannon) —Plant records from Mull and the adjacent small islands. 3 27-32 Barbarea verna (in Brecon and Cheviot) 150 Barking tip (field meeting) 188 Barnard, P. D. W.—treview of P. Bell & Woodcock, The Diversity of Green Plants 161 Baron, W. M. M.—WNature Conservation: a Practical Handbook, reviewed by J. Pope 289-290 Beattie, A. J—The pollination ecology of Viola. 2, Pollen loads of insect- visitors 13-25 Bedfordshire (revision of Flora) 427 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Belgium (Atlas of flora reviewed) 404— 405 Bell, P. & Woodcock, C.—The Diversity of Green Plants, reviewed by P. D. W. Barnard 161 Bellis perennis (pollination) 15, 16, 18 Ben Ledi, Perth (field meeting) 195 Benderloch (field meeting) 191 Benoit, P. M.—Juncus foliosus Desf.— In Wales 373 Benoit, P. M.—Synthesised Geranium Purpureum x robertianum 197 Benoit, P. M.—Veronica hederifolia agg. in Wales 57 Berberis x stenophylla 265 Berula erecta (in Merioneth) 381, Gin Wigtown) 153 Beta maritima (in Wigtown) 414 Beta trigyna and Linaria x dominii in Berkshire (by W. M. Keens) 428 Betonica officinalis 240, 242, 244 Betula pendula ‘Dalecarlica’ ASat th. dalecarlica 78 Bibliographia Botanica Cechoslovaca 1965-1966 (by Z. Neuhduslova- Novotna, O. Winkler & M. Pivon- kova), reviewed by R. K. Brummitt 161-162 Bidault, M.—Variation et spéciation chez les végétaux supérieurs, reviewed by D. H. Valentine 174 Bidens cernua 270; pilosa tripartita (in Kintyre) 155 Biogeography (book review) 279 Biology and Chemistry of the Umbelliferae (ed. V. H. Heywood), reviewed by J. F. M. Cannon 280-281 Bird-seed aliens (by J. L. Mason & D. McClintock) 202 Blackstonia perfoliata 431, Gn Meri- 188; oneth) 383 Book reviews 49-52, 161-174, 279- 292, 393-407 Borago officinalis (an E. Ross) Das (in Nairn) 383 Botrychium lunaria (in Dorset) 149 Boulter, M. C.—Fossil tea in Britain? 425 Bowen, H. J. M.—treview of J. B. Har- borne, ed., Phytochemical Ecology 393 Brachiaria platyphylla Brachypodium pinnatum Cornwall) Brassica 188 320, (in E. 48; sylvaticum 320 campestris 132; juncea 439 189, (in Easterness) 376; napus (in Easterness) 376; nigra (in Easterness) 376; oleracea 132 Braya linearis 182 Breen, C.—report of Lough Shesk, Co. Meath, field meeting 424 Breen, C.—report of New Ross, Co. Wexford, field meeting 423 Breen, C.—report of Urlingford, Co. Kilkenny, field meeting 195 Brenan, J. P. M.—review of B. Seddon, Introduction to Biogeography 279 Briggs, Mary (photograph of) opposite 421 Briggs, M.—obituary of Dallas Fawdry 293 Briggs, M. report of Annual General Meeting, 1972 297-298 British Museum (Nat. Hist.)—Mull— from flora to Flora 58 British Museum (Nat. Hist.)—The phyto- geography of Mull 198-199 British Pteridophyte Atlas—an interim publication (by J. A. Crabbe, A. C. Jermy, F. H. Perring & A. J. Worland) 426 British Wild Flowers (by J. Hutchinson), reviewed by R. M. Burton 279- 280 Bromegrasses 319-332 Bromus arvensis 319, 320, 322, 324, 328; benekenii (in Bucks.) 184; bromoideus SIGS 321 5256 7 328- commutatus 319-328, 330, 331; commutatus var. pubens 328; erectus (in Co. Monaghan) 390; ferronii (in Pembroke) 49; giganteus 320; grossus 319, 321-326, 328, 330, 332; hordeaceus 319, 320, 327; inermis (in Elgin) 391; interruptus 319, 320; lepidus 265, 266, 319, 320; mollis x lepidus (in Mid Ebudes) 48, Gn Mull) 32; multiflorus 319-322, 324, 325; neglectus 327, 328; polymorphus 320; pseudosecalinus 319, 321- 324, 328-330, 332; x pseudothominii (in Kirkcudbright) 278, (in Mull) 32; racemosus 319-328, 330, 332; secalinus 319-325, 328, 330, 332, (in Brecon) 391; secalinus f. hirsutus 328; secalinus var. hirsu- tus 328; squarrosus 319, 320; sterilis 264, 266; sterilis (in Easterness) 391; thominii (not in 440 Mull) 32; velutinus 324, 325; willdenowii (in Elgin and Easterness) 391 Brummitt, R. K.—Calystegia—Some British chromosome counts 369- 370 Brummitt, R. K.—review of A. Newton, Flora of Cheshire (ed. J. Cullen) 162-164 Brummitt, R. K.—review of Z. Neu- hduslova-Novotna ef alii, Biblio- graphia Botanica Cechoslovaca 1965-1966 161-162 B.S.B.I./W.R.O. weed survey No. I (by R. J. Chancellor) 197-198 Buckinghamshire (field meeting) 184 Buddleia davidii (in Derby, Haddington and Edinburgh) 382 Bunias orientalis (in Edinburgh) 45 Burton, R. M.—review of J. Hutchinson, British Wild Flowers 279-280 Burtt, B. L.—review of N. K. B. Robson, D. F. Cutler & M. Gregory, eds., New Research in Plant Anatomy 164-165 Butcher, R. W. (obituaries by J. E. Lousley and H. A. Cole) 175-177 Butomus umbellatus (in Kildare) LST Butterfield, B. G. (with B. A. Wood)— Three-dimensional Structure of Wood, reviewed by D. F. Cutler 394 Cadbury, D. A., Hawkes, J. G. & Readett, R. C—A Computer- mapped Flora, a Study of the County of Warwickshire, reviewed by J. G. Dony 282-285 Caernarvonshire (Lleyn field meeting) 190 Caithness (field meeting) 420-422 Cakile edentula 204; maritima (in Edinburgh) 45, (in Waterford) 274, (variation in) 203-204 Calamagrostis canescens (in Merioneth) 391; epigejos (in Carmarthen) 160, (in Linlithgow, not in Merioneth) 391, Gin Stirling) 48; scotica (in Caithness) 420; stricta and its hybridization with C. canescens (by F. E. Crackles) 181-182; (in Caithness) 420, (in _ Selkirk) 415 Calamintha ascendens 240, 242; nepeta 240, 244 Calla palustris (in Derby) 278 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Callen, E. O. (obituary by W. F. Grant) 53 Callitriche obtusangula? (in Easterness) 417; platycarpa (in E. Gloucester) 53) Calluna 73-74; (book review) ‘Castle of Mey’ flowered) 201, 298 Caltha palustris 205 Calystegia—Inheritance of the schizo- florous character (by C. A. Stace) 370-371; Some British chromosome 291; 421; (doubie- counts (by R. K. Brummitt) 369- 370; (chromosome numbers) 363- 367; x lucana (in Guernsey) 186; pulchra 363, (in Derby) 154, (an Guernsey) 186, (in Hadding- ton and Linlithgow) 383; sepium f. schizofiora 370; sepium subsp. roseata 369; sepium subsp. sepium 363, 365, 369; silvatica 363, 369; silvatica var. quinquepartita 370; soldanella 364, 370, (in Co. Wex- ford) 424, (in Wigtown) 414 Camefort, H.—Morphologie des végétaux vasculaires—Cytologie, Anatomie, Adaptations, reviewed by W. A. Charlton 394 Camelina sativa vat. pilosa 369 Campanula glomerata (in Kent) 430; latifolia (in Caithness) 421; medium (in Derby) 276; persici- folia (in Kirkcudbright) 155% rapunculoides 264, 266; trach- elium (in Mull) 31 Cannock Chase, Staffs. (field meeting) 413 Cannon, J. F. M.—review of J. M. Millar, Flowers of Iona 393-394 Cannon, J. F. M.—review of V. H. Heywood, ed., Zhe Biology and Chemistry of the Unmbelliferae 280-281 Cannon, J. F. M. & Bangerter, E. B.— Plant records from Mull and the adajacent small islands. 3 27-32 Cardamine amara (in Argyll) 150; flexuosa 197; hirsuta 197; raphanifolia (in W. Gloucester) 376 Cardaria draba 198 Carduus acanthoides (in Dumfries) 156 Carex acuta (in E. Ross) 278, (in Wigtown) 389; appropinquata (in INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Selkirk) 159; atrata (in Wes- terness) 389; bigelowii (in Caith- ness) 420, (in Roxburgh) 390, (in Selkirk) 415, Gn S. North- umberland and _ Selkirk) 159; bullockiana 427; caryophyllea (in E. Ross) 48; chabertii 427; curta (in Pembroke) 390; demissa x hostiana (in Carmarthen) 389; diandra (in Dunbarton) 159, (nm Wigtown and_ Easterness) 390; dioica (in Brecon) 159, (in Haddington) 390; digitata (in Hereford) 184; divulsa 427; elongata (in Antrim) 48, (n Derry) 278, (in Dunbarton) 159, 298; hostiana (in Haddington) 389; hostiana x lTepidocarpa (in Norfolk) 158; humilis (Gn Here- ford) 184; lasiocarpa (Gn Meri- oneth) 159; lepidocarpa (in Kildare) 158; limosa (in Meath) 424; maritima (in Furness) 278; misandra (in Greenland) 397; montana (in Hereford) 184; muricata agg. (by R. W. David) 427; muricata (in Dunbarton) 159; muricata subsp. leersii AQT. paniculata (in Dunbarton) 159; parallela (in Greenland) 397; pauciflora (in Dunbarton) 159; pendula (in Dunbarton and Kil- dare) 158; punctata (in Wig- town) 389; recta (in Britain) 205; riparia (in Merioneth) 158: rostrata x vesicaria (in Argyll) 158; scirpoidea (in Greenland) 397; serotina (in Wigtown) 389; spicata 427, (in Montgomery) 390, Gn Roxburgh) 159; stri- gosa (in Brecon) 159 Carmarthenshire (Lathyrus palustris in) 137 Carr, J. W.—Dot maps of Spanish plants 425 Carpobrotus edulis broke) 378 Carum verticillatum (in Mull) 30 Castle of Mey 420-421, 431 430, (in Pem- Catapodium marinum (in Wigtown) 414; rigidum subsp. majus (in Wexford) 423, 424 Caulophyllum thalictroides 411 430; 385, Centaurea calcitrapa (in Kent) montana (in Easterness) 441 (in Mull) 31; nigra 109-116; nigra subsp. —nemoralis 109, 110, 112-116 Centaurium erythraea 204, (in Lin- lithgow) 382; littorale 204 Cephalanthera longifolia (in Mull) 28, 31 Cerastium arvense (in Brecon) 3 1s diffusum (in Brecon and Derby) 377; pumilum (in E. Kent) Bi. (in Kent) 203 Ceratochloa carinata 183 Ceratophyllum demersum (in Dumfries) 149, (in Guernsey) 185, (in Moray and Monaghan) 375 Chamaemelum nobile (in Norfolk) 156 Chamaenerion angustifolium (on S.S. Great Britain) 146 Chamaepericlymenum suecicum 59 Chancellor, R. J.—The B.S.B.I./W.R.O. weed survey No. I 197-198 Channel Islands (Gaudinia in) 143- 145; stamps and plants (by Y. L. Moscati) 430 Chapman, G. P.—Pollinator discrimina- tion below the plant species level 181 Charlton, W. A.—review of H. Camefort, Morphologie des végétaux vascu- laires—Cytologie, Anatomie, Adap- tations 394 Chater, A. O.—Flora Europaea and Accessory Projects 425 Chater, A. O.—review of T. A. W. Davis, Plants of Pembrokeshire 49 Chelidonium majus (in Nairn) 375 Chemotaxonomy and Serotaxonomy (ed. J. G. Hawkes), reviewed by T. Swain ne Chenopodium album 198; bonus- henricus (in Mull) 28, 29; ficifolium 263, 266; hybridum (in Carmarthen) 45; murale (in Pembroke) 378; polysper- mum 263, 266; rubrum 263, 266, (in Kirkcudbright) 151 Cheshire (field meeting) 186-187; (Flora reviewed) 162-164 Chromatography of Limonium spp. (the Sea Lavenders) (by L. R. Staines) 61-62 Chromosome constitution of Diplotaxis muralis (L.) DC. (by D. J. Har- 442 berd & E. D. McArthur) 135 Chromosome numbers in the British ik species of Calystegia and Con- volvulus (by C. A. Stace) 363- 367 Chrysanthemum myconis 144 Cicendia filiformis 190 Cicer arietinum 188 Cicerbita macrophylla (in Dumfries) 276, (in Gloucester) 412, (in Montgomery and Linlithgow) 385; uralensis iS Cicuta virosa (in Wigtown) 153 Circaea alpina (in W. Ross) 381 Cirsium acaulon (in Brecon) 156; arvense var. integrifolium 409 ; oleraceum (in Kilkenny) 423 Claustres, G. (with H. des Abbayes, R. Corillion and P. Dupont)— Flore et végétation du Massif Armori- cain. I. Flore Vasculaire, reviewed by PE ey 4eO 292 Clements, E. J. & Ryves, T. B.— report of alien hunt field meeting 188-189 Cleome spinosa 188 Clinopodium vulgare Elgin) 384 Cliveden and Winter Hills, Bucks. (field meeting) 184 Club-mosses (in Derby) 240, 242, (in None Cochlearia anglica (on Iona) Dak atlantica (in Mull) 29; danica (in Cambs.) 274, (in Derby) 376, (in Kildare) 150 Code of Conduct: a list of rare plants (by A. J. Richards) 67-72 Coeloglossum viride x Dactylorhiza fuchsii (in Derby) 158 Colchicum autumnale 200 Cole, H. A.—obituary of William Butcher 176-177 Coles, S. M.—Ranunculus bulbosus L. in Europe 207-228 Coles, S. M.—Ranunculus bulbosus in Europe (report of exhibit) 198 Colobanthus quitensis 147 Commelina coelestis 189 Committee for the Study of the Scottish Flora 56-57, 298-299 Common ground of wild and cultivated plants (by D. McClintock) 73-79 Computer-mapped Flora, a Study of the County of Warwickshire (by D. A. Roger INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Cadbury, J. G. Hawkes & R. C. Readett), reviewed by J. G. Dony 282-285 Conacher, E. R. T.—report of Achna- creé Moss, Benderloch, and Glen Lonan, Taynuilt, Argyll, field meet- ing 191 Conacher, E. R. T.—report of Kin- gussie, Easterness, field meeting 416-418 Concise Flowers of Europe (by O. Polunin), reviewed by S._ S. Hooper 398 Conference reports 180-183 Confused plants (by E. B. Bangerter & L. F. Ferguson) 197 Conifers in the British Isles (by A. F. Mitchell), reviewed by J. Lewis 400-401 Conolly, A. P.—Lamium album in Wales — 425-426 Conolly, A. P.—Scanning electron microscope photographs of saxifrage seeds 58 Conolly, A. P. (with D. Ratcliffe)— Leicestershire and Rutland flora; the ecological and _ geological setting 431 Conservation and Government (book review) 288-289 Conservation, Handbook (book review) 289-290 Conservation in woodlands (book review) 289 Convolvulus arvensis 264, 266, (chro- mosome number) 363-367; arvensis var. stonestreetii 370 Conyza in Britain (by J. B. Marshall & D. McClintock) 201-202 Conyza—Taxa found in Britain (by J. B. Marshall) 372-373 Conyza _ altissima S788 ambigua 373; barcinonense 373; bonarien- sis 201, 372; bonariensis f. subleiotheca 202, °372:888eana- densis 201, 372, (in Brecon) 156; capillipes 373; daveauana 373; flahaultiana 373; floribunda 201, 202, 372, 373; floribunda var. floribunda 372, 373; floribunda var. subleiotheca (Cuatr.) J. B. Marshall 372, 373; naudini 373; pappiflava 373; rouyana 373 Conyzella canadensis 373; linifolia 373 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Cope, T. A. & Stace, C. A.—Segregates of Juncus bufonius agg. 426 Corallorhiza trifida (in Mid Ebudes) 48, (in Mull) 28, 31, (in Scot- land) 298, (in Wigtown) 157 Coriandrum sativum (in Derby) 274 Corillion, R. (with H. des Abbayes, G. Claustres and P. Dupont)— Flore et végétation du Massif Armori- cain. I. Flore Vasculaire, reviewed by P. F. Yeo 292 Corne Flagge—a neolithic plant? (by A. P. Hamilton) 427-428 Corner, R. W. M.—Juncus alpinoarticu- latus Chaix in southern Scotland 58 Corner, R. W. M.—report of Selkirk field meeting 415-416 Cornus mas 59, (in W. Norfolk) 274 Cornus pollen (by I. K. Ferguson) 58- 59 Cors Geirch Corydalis lutea Cotoneaster frigidus (in Edinburgh) 380; horizontalis (in Caithness) 421; microphyllus (in 152 Cotton, R. & Stace, C. A.—variation in species of Vulpia 198 Cotton, R. & Stace, C. A.—Vulpia sicula and the genus Vulpia 426 Crabbe, J. A., Jermy, A. C., Perring, F. H. & Worland, A. J.—British Pteridophyte Atlas—an interim pub- lication 426 Crackles, F. E.—Calamagrostis stricta 190 264. 266 and its hybridization with C. canescens 181-182 Crambe maritima 102, 190, Gn W. Norfolk) 150 Crassula aquatica (L.) Schonl. in v.c. 97—further observations (by A. J. Souter, M. M. Souter & M. McC. Webster) 140; helmsii 76 Crayford tip (field meeting) 189 Creag Laoghain (field meeting) 192 Crepis biennis (in Denbigh) 386 Crithmum maritimum (in Westerness) 381 Crocosmia x crocosmiiflora (in Derby) 278 Crocus purpureus 411; sativus 200 Crundwell, A. C.—report of Ben Selkirk) - 443 Ledi, Perth, field meeting 195 Cryptogramma crispa (in Carmarthen) 148 Cullen, J., ed.—Flora of Cheshire (by A. Newton), reviewed by R. K. Brummitt 162-164 Cuminum cyminium 188 Currie, A—treport of Glen Arffric, Glen Cannich and _ Strathfarrer, Inverness, field meeting 194-195 Cusick, F.—review of K. J. Dormer, Shoot Organization in Vascular Plants 281-282 Cutler, D. F.—treview of B. A. Meylan & B. G. Butterfield, Three- dimensional Structure of Wood 394 Cutler D. F.—review of E. G. Cutter, Plant Anatomy: Experiment and Interpretation, Part 2 165-166 Cutler, D. F.—review of J. Troughton & L. A. Donaldson Probing Plant Structure 395 Cutler, D. F. (with N. K. B. Robson & M. Gregory) eds.—New Research in Plant Anatomy, reviewed by B. L. Burtt 164-165 Cutter, E. G.—Plant Anatomy: Experi- ment and Interpretation. Part 2, reviewed by D. F. Cutler 165-166 Cwmister 190 Cymbalaria pallida (in Haddington and Linlithgow) 383-384 Cynosurus cristatus 265 Cypripedium calceolus 75 Cyrtomium falcatum (in Guernsey) 185 Cystopteris baenitzii 60; dickieana 60; fragilis 60 Cytological study of the British Labiatae (excluding Mentha) (by J. K. Mor- ton) 239-246 Daboecia (book review) 291; can- tabrica 75 Dactylis polygama (in Bucks.) 184 Dactylorhiza fuchsii x maculata subsp. ericetorum (in Norfolk) 158; fuchsii x _ praetermissa (in W. Cornwall) 48; fuchsii x pur- purella (in W._ Ross) 389; incarnata subsp. pulchella (in Brecon) 158; maculata subsp. ericetorum x _ purpurella 191; praetermissa (in Brecon) 158; traunsteineri 190, (in Meath) 424 444 Dagenham tip (field meeting) 188 Dandy, J. E—Watsonian Vice-counties of Great Britain, reviewed by J. G. Dony 49-50 Daphne mezereum (in Carmarthen) 380 David, R. W.—Carex muricata agg. 427 Davis, T. A. W.—Plants of Pembroke- shire, reviewed by A. O. Chater 49 Davis, T. A. W.—review of A. E. Wade, The Flora of Monmouthshire 166- 167 de Tabley, Lord (herbarium of) 431 Delvosalle, L. (with E. van Rompaey) —Altlas de la flore Belge et Luxem- bourgeoise, reviewed by F. H. Perring 404-405 Dentaria pinnata 411 Derbyshire (Alchemilla alpina in) 139-140; (Club-mosses in) 271- DD des Abbayes, H., Claustres, G.,, Corillion, R. & Dupont, P., Flore et végétation du Massif armoricain. 1. Flore Vasculaire, reviewed by P. F. Yeo 292 Deschampsia cespitosa (on SS. Britain) 146 Descurainia sophia (in Derby) 45 Great Dianthus armeria (in Guernsey) 186; gratianopolitanus 75 Dick, Robert (herbarium of) 420-421 Dickson, J. H.—report of Flanders Moss, Perthshire, field meeting 191 Digitaria sanguinalis 189 Diphasium alpinum (in Derby) 271- 272 Diplotaxis muralis 131-135, (in Had- dington) 376; muralis var. pseudo- viminea 134; muralis x tenuifolia 131, 132; muralis x viminea 13is tenuifolia 131-134;viminea 131, 132, 133, 134; wirtgenii 131 Dipsacus fullonum 264, 266, (in Brecon and Kildare) 155.9 Gn (Linlithgow and Easterness) 384, (in Roxburgh) 47 Distribution, habitat and status of Hypericum canadense L. in Ireland (by D. A. Webb & G. Halliday) 333-344 Distribution of chromosome races of INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Ranunculus ficaria L. in the British Isles (by J. J. B. Gill, B. M. G. Jones, C. J. Marchant, J. McLeish & D. J. Ockendon) 59 Distribution of Véallisneria spiralis L. in the River Lea Navigation Canal (Essex-Hertfordshire border) (by S. Harris & T. A. Lording) 253- 256 Diversity of Green Plants (by P. Bell & C. Woodcock), reviewed by P. D. W. Barnard 161 Donaldson, L. A. (with Troughton J.) —Probing Plant Structure, reviewed by D. F. Cutler 395 Dony, C. M.—Rise and Fall in B.S.B.I. membership, 1942-1972 427 Dony, C. M. (with J. G. Dony)—Revision of the Flora of Bedfordshire 427 Dony, J. G.—review of D. A. Cadbury, J. G. Hawkes & R. C. Readett, A Computer-mapped Flora, a Study of the County of Warwickshire 282-285 Dony, J. G.—review of J. E. Dandy, Watsonian Vice-counties of Great Britain 49-50 Dony, J. G. & Dony, C. M.—Revision of the Flora of Bedfordshire 427 Doogue, D. (with A. M. O’Sullivan)— report of New Ross, Co. Wexford, field meeting 423-424 Dormer, K. J.—Shoot Organization in Vascular Plants, reviewed by F. Cusick 281-282 Doronicum pardalianches (in Caithness) 421; plantagineum (in Easterness and Nairn) 385 Dot maps of Spanish plants (by J. W. Carr) 425 Double-flowered Callunas (by D. McClintock) 201 Double-flowered forms of Erica mackaiana (by M. J. P. Scannell & D. McClintock) 432 Downer, C. S.—report of Stow-on-the Wold, Gloucestershire, field meeting 412-413 Draba_ incana (in Kintyre) 150; muralis 76, (in Haddington 45, (in Westerness) 376 Drosera x obovata (in Caithness) 420 Dryopteris abbreviata (in Northumber- land) 273, (in S. Devon) 45, INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 (in Selkirk 374, 415; aemula (in Pembroke) 374; carthusiana (in Pembroke) 374 Dunnet, Caithness (field meeting) 420-422 Dupont, P. (with H. des Abbayes, G. Claustres and R. Corillion)—Flore et végétation du Massif Armoricain. 1. Flore Vasculaire, reviewed by Par eo 292 East Meon (field meeting) 412 Easterness (field meeting) 416-418 Echinochloa colonum 189; colonum (in Herts.) 200; crus-galli (in Easter- ness 392 Echium plantagineum 430; vulgare (in Linlithgow) 383 Ecology and phenology of annual com- munities on intertidal muds (by D. W. Shimwelil) 270-271 Edees, E. S.—Flora of Staffordshire, reviewed by K. M. Hollick 397- 398 Edees, E. S.—Notes on British Rubi (1) 247-251 Edees, E. S.—report of Cannock Chase, Staffordshire (field meeting) 413 Edwards D.—Fossil plants from the . Silurian and Devonian of South Wales and the Welsh borderland 199 Edwards, P. I.—review of H. P. Wood- ford, ed., Scientific Writing for Graduate Students 285-286 Edgar, E. (with L. B. Moore)—Flora of New Zealand, Volume 2, reviewed by I. K. Ferguson 167-168 Elatine hexandra (in Westerness and Monaghan) 377 Eleocharis multicaulis (in Brecon) 389, (in Peebles) 278 Elkington, T. T. & Middlefell, L. C.— Population variation within Cen- taurea nigra L. in the Sheffield region 109-116 Elodea canadensis (in E. Ross) 47 Elsley, J. E.—review of A. W. Smith (rev. W. T. Stearn & I. L. L. Smith) —A Gardener’s Dictionary of Plant Names 395-396 Elsley, J. E. & Lambley, P. W.—Some uncommon British species occurring in the Eyjafjordur area of northern Iceland 199 Elymus arenarius (in Dunbarton) 160 445 Empetrum hermaphroditum (in Mull) 30, (in Mid Ebudes) 46; nigrum (in Leicester) 431, (in Linlith- gow) 382; rubrum 147 Endymion non-scriptus (pollination) 15, HOO, 216 22 Ephedra _ gerardiana 270; gerardiana var. sikkimensis 270 Epilobium (exhibit on New Zealand spp.) 60; adenocaulon 264, 266, (in Caithness) 421, (in Guernsey) 185, (in Haddington and Linlith- gow) 380-381, (on s.s. Great Britain) 146; alsinoides 142; brunnescens 140-142, (in Car- marthen and Monaghan) 381; hirsutum (in Peebles) 274; inornatum 141; komarovianum 141, 142, (n _ Derby) Das lanceolatum (in Norfolk) 53): linnaeoides 141;nerteroides 140, 141; wnerteroides (in Radnor and W. Gloucester) 153; nummu- larifolium 140; palustre (white flowered) 186; parviflorum (in Peebles) 274, (on s.s. Great Brit- ain) 146; pedunculare 140-142; pictum 142; roseum (in Linlith- gow) 380 Epipactis (publications by D. P. Young) 293-295; helleborine (in Banff) 389; palustris (in Brecon) 157, (in W. Cornwall) 48 Equisetum arvense 229-232, 234-236; arvense xX palustre 229-233, 235; arvense x fluviatile 229% 231, 234; fluviatile DOO sie 233, 234, 236, 237; x font-queri 229-236; hyemale (in Dunbarton) 148; x litorale 229, 231, 234, 236, (in Derby) 45; palustre 229- 237; palustre x fiuviatile 229; palustre x telmateia 229-233, 235; x rothmaleri 229-232, 234-236; telmateia 229-233, 235, 236, (in Cambs.) DiBewaxX> tor= gesianum 229, 235; variegatum (in Dumfries) 148 Erica (book review) 291; arborea 291; arborea ‘Alpina’ 78 ; arborea var. alpina 78; carnea 291: ciliaris 75; cinerea 74; craw- fordii 432; erigena TRA 29 Le herbacea 291; lusitanica 291; mackaiana (double-flowered forms) 446 432; manipuliflora 291; mediter- ranea 77, 291; multiflora 291; *‘Stuartii’ 78; tetralix (in Leices- ter) 431; verticillata, 291; viridipurpurea 2912-0292 Erigeron ambiguus 373; bonariensis 373; coronopifolius 373; crispus 373; gonzaloi 373;linifolius 373; mucronatus (in Haddington) 156; 373 aie) sumatrensis 373; undulatus Erinus alpinus (in E. Ross) (in Haddington) 384 Eriocaulon aquaticum (in Ardnamurchan) 59 Eriophorum latifolium (in Peebles) 278 Erodium cicutarium x glutinosum (in Carmarthen) 46 Erophila spathulata (in Elgin) 376, (in Mid Ebudes) 45; verna subsp. spathulata (in Mull) 29 Eruca sativa (in Easterness) 376 Erucastrum gallicum (in Edinburgh) 150 Erysimum cheiranthoides (in Easterness) 377 Essex (field meeting) 410-411; (Flora of) 428 Eupatorium canadensis 373; canna- binum americanum angustifolium 372; cannabinum (in Westerness) 385 Euphrasia anglica 346, 347; confusa 346-352, 354, 356; confusa f. albida 346; confusa Xx nemorosa 3535 curta var. glabrescens 346; curta var. ostenfeldii (in E. Ross) 2716; gracilis 346; kerneri 345, 346; nemorosa 346-352, . 354, 355; nemorosa var. calcarea 345, 347; nemorosa Vat. transiens 346, 347; officinalis 345, 346; pseudokerneri 346-351, 353-355; pseudokerneri f. elongata 346-351, 353-355; rost- koviana 345, 346; stricta 346; cf. stricta (in Guernsey) 186; tetraquetra (in Guernsey) 186 Everard, B. & Polunin, O.—Flowers of Europe 427 Exhibition Meeting, 1970 57-63; 1971 197-205; 1972 425-433 Experimental synthesis of the allopoly- ploid Potentilla anglica Laichard. (by B. Matfield) 61 Extension of range of Alisma gramineum INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 in Britain (by R. P. Libbey & E. L. Swann) 429 Fagus sylvatica (pollination) 16 Falkland Is. 146-147 Fascicularia pitcairniifolia Fawdry, Dallas Briggs) 293 Ferguson, I. K.—Cornus pollen 59 Ferguson, I. K.—report of Annual General Meeting, 1971 54-55 Ferguson, I. K.—report of North-East Regional Meeting 56 Ferguson, I. K.—report of Special General Meeting, 27th November, 1971 180 Ferguson, I. K.—review of L. B. Moore & E. Edgar, Flora of New Zeaiand, Volume 2 167- 168 Ferguson, L. F.—review of Gibraltar Walks and Flowers 51 Ferguson, L. F. (with E. B. Bangerter) —Some confused plants 197 399 (obituary by M. 58— Festuca caesia 257-259;cinerea 259; duriuscula 259; gigantea (in Peebles) 278, (in W. Sutherland) 159; glauca Lam. and its var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt. (by P. J. O. Trist) 257-262; glauca Lam. its var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt. (report of exhibit) (by P.. J. Q.. Trisp 432; glauca 257-262; glauca var. caesia 257- 262; heterophylla (in Bucks.) 184; juncifolia (in Haddington) 48; longifolia 259, (in E. Gloucester) 159; ovina var. glauca 259; rubra var. pruinosa Dai, Field, J. H.—Lysimachia nummularia L. —a leuco-anthocyanin 43-44 Field, J. H.—Tannin in Ephedra gerar- diana Wallich and its var. sikkimensis 270 Field meetings, 1970 63-65; 1971 183-197; 1972 410-424 Fife (field meeting) 191-192 Filago germanica (in Roxburgh) 385 Filipendula vulgaris 287 Finding Wild Flowers (by R. S. R. Fitter), reviewed by J. E. Lousley 169- 170 Fitter, R. S. R.—Finding Wild Flowers, reviewed by J. E. Lousley 169- 170 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Flanders Moss, Perthshire (field meeting) 191 Flora der Schweiz und angrenzender Gebiete, Volume 2 (by H. E. Hess, E. Landolt & R. Hirzel), reviewed by E. Launert 286-287 Flora Europaea and Accessory Projects (by A. O. Chater) 425 Flora of Cheshire (by A. Newton, ed. J. Cullen), reviewed by R. K. Brummitt 162-164 Flora of Essex (by S. T. Jermyn & K. J. Adams) 428 Flora of Foula (by K. G. Messenger) 430 Flora of Glamorgan 433 Flora of Monmouthshire (by A. E. Wade), reviewed by T. A. W. Davis 161- 167 Flora of New Zealand, Volume 2 (by L. B. Moore & E. Edgar), reviewed by I. K. Ferguson 167-168 Flora of Rutland (by G. Messenger), reviewed by F. H. Perring 405-— 406 Flora of s.s. Great Britain (by M. C. Smith) 146-147 Flora of Staffordshire (by E. S. Edees); reviewed by K. M. Hollick 397- 398 Flora of the Isles of Scilly (by J. E. Housiey)aereviewed by R. C: FE. Howitt 399-400 Flore et végétation du Massif Armoricain. 1. Flore Vasculaire (by H. des Abbayes, G. Claustres, R. Corillion & P. Dupont), reviewed by P. F. Yeo 292 Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Isle of Man: an Annotated List (by D. E. Allen), reviewed by D. H. Kent 169 Flowers of Europe (by B. Everard & O. Polunin) 427 Flowers of Iona (by J. M. Millar), re- viewed by J. F. M. Cannon 393- 394 Forsyth, William 395 Fossil plants from the Silurian and Devonian of South Wales and the Welsh borderland (by D. Edwards) 199 Fossil tea in Britain? (by M. C. Boulter) 425 Fragaria ananassa (in Linlithgow) 447 380; vesca 197 (pollination) 16 Fremlin, J. H.—Stereophotographs of some inconspicuous British flowering plants 427 Fritillaria meleagris (in Glamorgan) 278 Fuchsia magellanica (in Caithness) 421, Gin Wigtown) 381 Fumaria bastardii (in Montgomery) 149; capreolata (in Easterness) 375; muralis subsp. boraei (in Mull) 29; officinalis subsp. wirt- genii (in Ayrshire) 150 Galeobdolon luteum 240, 243, 244 Galeopsis angustifolium 245; segetum 245; speciosa 240, 243; tetrahit 240 Galinsoga ciliata 197; parviflora 197, (in Cambs.) 276 Galium boreale (in Cheviot) 155, (in S. Ebudes 47; mollugo (in Kin- tyre 155, Gin Linlithgow) 384; sterneri (in Easterness) 384; uligi- nosum (in Elgin) 384 Gallt y Mor 190 Garcke, A. (ed. K. von Wiehe), J/lus- trierte Flora—Deutschlandundangren- zende Gebiete, ed. 23, reviewed by D. McClintock 402-403 Gardener’s Dictionary of Plant Names (by A. W. Smith, rev. W. T. Stearn & I. L. L. Smith), reviewed by J. E. Elsley 395-396 Garrad, L. S.—The Naturalist in the Isle of Man, reviewed by J. A. Paton 403-404 Garrad, L. S.—Oak woodland in the Isle of Man 59-60 Gastridium ventricosum (in Guernsey) 185 Gaudinia fragilis (by D. McClintock) 60 Gaudinia fragilis (L.) Beauv. (by D. McClintock) 143-146 Genders, R.—TZhe Scented Wild Flowers of Britain, reviewed by J. E. Lousley 287 Genista pilosa (in Pembroke) 49 Gent, J. & Robinson, A.—Progress in recording the flora of Northampton- shire 59 Gentianella amarella (in Selkirk and Monaghan) 383; amarella x anglica subsp. cornubiensis (in W. 448 Cornwall) Aq. Peebles) 275 Geranium columbinum (in Monaghan) 379; endressii (in E. Cornwall) 46, (in Edinburgh) 378; endres- sii x versicolor (in Haddington) 46; ibericum (in Haddington) 46; lucidum (in Easterness) 379; nodosum 411; phaeum (in Lin- lithgow) 378; purpureum xX rober- tianum (by P. M. Benoit) 197; robertianum 264,266; sanguineum (in Linlithgow) 378; sylvaticum (in Radnor) 151 Gerrards Cross tip (field meeting) 189 Geum x_ intermedium (in Kintyre) 152 Gibraltar Walks and Flowers, reviewed by L. F. Ferguson 51 campestris (in Gilbert, J. L.—obituary of John Hutchinson 408 Gilbert, O. L.—report of Ingleborough field meeting 411 Gill, J. J. B., Jones, B. M. G., Marchant, C. J., McLeish, J. & Ockendon, D. J. —The distribution of chromosome races of Ranunculus ficaria L. in the British Isles 59 Gilmour, J. S. L., ed., Thomas Johnson— Botanical Journeys in Kent and Hampstead, reviewed by J. E. Lousley 401-402 Gladiolus italicus 427, 428; persicus 428; segetum 427; triphyllos 428 Glamorgan (Flora of) 433 Glasnevin (herbarium) 431 Glechoma hederacea 240, 244, (pollination) 16 Glen Affric, Glen Cannich and Strath- farrer, Inverness (field meeting) 194-195 Glen Cannich (field meeting) 194-195 Glen Lonan (field meeting) 191 Gloucestershire (field meeting) 412- 413 Glyceria declinata (in Peebles) 278, (in Wigtown) E. Cornwall) (in Pembroke) Mid Ebudes) Gnaphalium norvegicum 194 Godwin, H. (Festschrift) 51-52 Grant, W. F.—obituary of Eric O. Callen De) Grant Roger, J—Report of Kindrogan 390; maxima (in 48; x pedicellata 390; plicata (in 48, (in Mull) 31 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Field Centre, Perthshire, field meet- ing 192-193 Gray, A. G.—variation in Puccinellia maritima 200 Great Britain (s.s., flora of) 146-147 Green, P. S.—Hebe x franciscana (Eastwood) Souster, not H. x lewisii—Naturalised in Britain 371-372 Gregory, M. (with N. K. B. Robson & M. Gregory) eds.—New Research in Plant Anatomy, reviewed by B. L. Burtt 164-165 Gregory, R.—The Price of Amenity: Five Studies in Conservation & Govern- ment, reviewed by G. LI. Lucas 288-289 Guernsey (field meeting) 184-186; flora 1970 (exhibit by D. McClin- tock) 60-61; 1971 (exhibit by D. McClintock) 201; (stamps) 430 Guide du Naturaliste dans les Alpes (by J. P. Shear et alii), reviewed by C. D. Pigott 406-407 Guizotia abyssinica 188 Gymnadenia conopsea subsp. densiflora (in Cheviot) 158 Gymnocarpium dryopteris (in Wigtown) 375 Hales, Stephen 395 Hall, P. C.—report of Lewes, Sussex, field meeting 186 Halliday, G.—review of D. B. O. Savile, Arctic Adaptations in Plants 396- 397% Halliday, G. (with D. A. Webb)—The distribution, habitat and status of Hypericum canadense L. in Ireland 333-344 Hamilton, A. P., consultant—Gibraltar Walks and Flowers, reviewed by L. F. Ferguson 51 Hamilton, A. P.—The Corne Flagge—a neolithic plant? 427-428 Hammarbya paludosa (in Dunbarton) 157, (in E. Cornwall) 48, (in Easterness) 389, (in Mull) 28, 31 Hampshire (field meeting) 412 Hampstead Heath 401-402 Hanson, C. G.—Hertfordshire aliens 200 Harborne, J. B., ed.—Phytochemical INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Ecology, reviewed by H. J. M. Bowen 393 Hardaker, Walter Henry (obituary by C. E. A. Andrews) 177 Hardy, E.—Hippophae rhamnoides L.— attractiveness to birds 269-270 © Harper, L. (with A. C. Jermy)—Spore forms in the Cystopteris fragilis complex 60 Harris, S. & Lording, T. A.—Distribu- tion of Vallisneria spiralis L. in the River Lea Navigation Canal (Essex- Hertfordshire border) 253-256 Hawkes, J. G., ed.—Chemotaxonomy and Serotaxonomy, reviewed by T. Swain 172 Hawkes, J. G. (with D. A. Cadbury & R. C. Readett)—A Computer-mapped Flora, a Study of the County of Warwickshire, reviewed by J. G. Dony 282-285 Heaths and Heathers: Calluna, Daboecia and Erica (by T. L. Underhill) reviewed by R. Ross, 291-292 Hebe elliptica x __ salicifolia S72 elliptica x speciosa 371A: wArx franciscana (Eastwood) Souster, not H. x Jewisii—Naturalized in Britain (by P. S. Green) 371-372; x lewisii 371-372; _ salicifolia 371, 372; speciosa 871372 Hedera colchica 411 Helianthemum nummularium (in Leices- ter) 431; polifolium 75 Helleborus viridis (in Kirkcudbright) 149 Hepper, F. N.—Meadow Saffron and Saffron 200 Heracleum mantegazzianum 188, (in Dumfries) 275; sphondylium x mantegazzianum (by D. McClin- tock) 429-430; ? sphondylium xX mantegazzianum 298; sphon- dylium x mantegazzianum (in Caith- ness) 421 Herbarium of Lord de Tabley (1835- 1895) (by M. J. P. Scannell) 431 Hereford (field meetings) 183-184, 410 Herniaria cinerea (in Stafford) 397 Hertfordshire aliens (by C. G. Hanson) 200 Heslop-Harrison, J., ed.—Pollen: De- velopment and Physiology, reviewed by J. M. Pettit 170 449 Heslop-Harrison, Y. & J.—Methods of insect capture and digestion in British species of Pinguicula 200 Hess, H. E., Landolt, E. & Hirzel, R.— Flora der Schweiz und angrenzender Gebiete, vol. 2, reviewed by E. Launert 286-287 Heywood, V. H., ed.—T7he Biology and Chemistry of the Umbelliferae, re- viewed by J. F. M. Cannon 280- 281 Heywood, V. H.—review of C. M. Stocken, Andalusian Flowers and Countryside 168-169 Hibiscus trionum 189 Hieracium (distribution of microspecies) 205; sect. Alpestria 182; caesio- nigrescens (in Dumbarton) 156; calcaricola (in Kent) 203, 386; chloranthum (in Nairn) 385; duri- ceps (in Dumfries) 156, (in Nairn) 385, (in Selkirk) 415; euprepes (in Westerness) 276; exotericum (in E. Kent and Edinburgh) 385; latobrigorum (in Caithness) 421; lissolepium (in Kirkcudbright) 156; perpropinquum (in Roxburgh) 386; petrocharis (in Elgin) 385; schmidtii (in Roxburgh) 385; shool- bredii (in Westerness) 276; stru- mosum (in Kintyre) 277; venni- contium (in Westerness) 277 Hierochloe odorata 265, 266 Hilliers’ Manual of Trees and Shrubs, reviewed by N. K. B. Robson 290-291 Hippophae rhamnoides L.—attractiveness to birds (by E. Hardy) 269-270 Hippuris vulgaris (in Wigtown, Linlith- gow and Easterness) 381 Hirschfeldia incana 188 Hirzel, R. (with H. E. Hess & E. Landolt) —Flora der Schweiz und angren- zender Gebiete, vol. 2, reviewed by E. Launert 286-287 History and occurrence in Britain of hybrids in Juncus subgenus Genuini (by C. A. Stace) 1-11 Holcus lanatus (on s.s. Great Britain) 147 Hollick, K—report of Warley Place Gardens, Essex, field meeting 410- 411 Hollick, K. M.—review of E. S. Edees, Flora of Staffordshire 397-398 450 Holly survey 62 Homogyne alpina 75 Hooper, S. S.—review of O. Polunin, The Concise Flowers of Europe 398 Hordelymus europaeus (in Westmorland) 278 Hordeum jubatum Easterness) 265 Hornungia petraea (in Herefordshire) 184, 410 How many seeds?, by D. McClintock 60 Howendyke Island 270 Howitt, R. C. L.—review of J. E. Lousley, The Flora of the Isles of Scilly 399-400 Hubbard, C. E.—report of Cliveden and Winter Hill, Bucks., field meeting 188; murinum (in 391; secalinum 184 Humulus lupulus (in Caithness) AP. (in Haddington) 382 Huntingdonshire (field meeting) 411- 412 , Huperzia selago (in Derby) 271-272 Hutchinson, J.—({obituary by J. L. Gil- bert) 408 Hutchinson, John—British Wild Flowers, reviewed by R. M. Burton 279- 280 Hylander, Nils (obituary by S. M. Walters) 295-296 Hymenophyllum_ tunbrigense (in Pem- broke) 374; wilsonii (in Wig- town and Selkirk) 374 Hyoscyamus niger (in Brecon) 275 Hypericum canadense (in Ireland) 333-344; x desetangsii (by N. K. B. Robson) 203; x desetangsii (in Durham) 45; x desetangsii nm. carinthiacum 203; humi- fusum var. decumbens (in Guernsey) 185; linarifolium 334, (in Guern- sey) 185; maculatum 203, (in Caithness) 421; maculatum subsp. obtusiusculum 203; maculatum x perforatum (in Shropshire, Mont- gomery and Denbigh) 150; majus 333; perforatum 203; undulatum (in Pembroke) 49 Hypochoeris radicata Great Britain) 197, (on Ss. 147 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Illecebrum__verticillatum (in Notts.) 378 Impatiens glandulifera (in Caithness) 421, (in Kirkcudbright and Kil- dare) 151, (in Linlithgow and Easterness) 379; parviflora (in Edinburgh) 46, 379 Ingleborough area (field meeting) Insect capture in Pinguicula 411 200 Introduction to Biogeography (by B. Seddon), reviewed by J. P. M. Brenan 279 Invergarry, Inverness (field meeting) 193-194 Inverness (field meetings) 193-195 Iona (Flora reviewed) 393-394 Irish flora (recent additions) 431-432 Is Stachys x ambigua Sm. always dis- tinguishable? (by C. C. Wilcock) 62 Islay 298 Isle of Man (book review) 403-404; (Flora reviewed) 169; (oak wood- land in) 59-60 Isle of Wight (Gaudinia in) 143, 145 Isles of Scilly (Flora reviewed) 399- 400 Isoetes lacustris (in Selkirk) 415 Italy and Austria (field meeting) 63- 65 Iver tip (field meeting) 189 Ivimey-Cook, R. B.—review of N. Jardine & R. Sibson, Mathematical Taxon- omy 286 Jardine, N. & Sibson, R.—Mathematical Taxonomy, reviewed by R. B. Ivimey-Cook 286 Jermy, A. C. & Harper, L.—Spore forms in the Cystopteris fragilis complex 60 Jermy, A. C. (with J. A. Crabbe, F. H. Perring & A. J. Worland)—British Pteridophyte Atlas—an interim pub- lication 426 Jermyn, S. T. & Adams, K. J.—The Flora of Essex 428 Jersey (stamps) 430 Johnson, Thomas 401-402 Jones, B. M. G. (with others)—The distribution of chromosome races of Ranunculus ficaria L. in the British Isles 59 Juncus alpinoarticulatus Chaix in southern Scotland (by R. W. M. Corner) 58; arcticus 4,5; arcticus subsp. INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 5; arcticus x fili- formis 4; balticus 1, 4-9; bal- ticus var. pseudo-inundatus 8, 9; balticus x effusus 5, 7; balticus x filiformis as S47, 8: balticus x inflexus 5, 7, 9; biglumis (in Easterness) 388; x brueggeri 4; bufonius 373; bufoniusagg. 426; bufonius subsp. foliosus (in Kilkenny) 423; bufonius var. fasciculatus 426; compressus (in Durham) 48, (in Roxburgh) 388; con- glomeratus 1, 3, 4, 8, 164; x diffusus 1-3, 5; effusus 1-5, 7, 8, 164; effusus var. compactus 5; effusus x conglomeratus 3, 4; effusus x inflexus 1-3, 8; filiformis 1, 4, 5, 7, 8, Gn Dur- ham) 48; foliosus 426; foliosus Desf.—In Wales (by P. M. Benoit) 373; glaucus 1-3; glaucus var. pseudo-diffusus 2; x haussknechtii 4; hybridus 426; inflexus = 5, 7, 8; inflexus x_ balticus Wh inflexus x conglomeratus Bex inundatus 4; x kern-reichgeltii 4; x montellii 4; x obotritorum 5; planifolius 389, 431; pyrenaeus 4; ranarius 426; x ruhmeri 4; x_ scalovicus 5; subgenus Genuini (hybrids in) 1-11; subuliflorus 1; tenuis (in Kilkenny) 423, (in Monmouth, Edinburgh, Linlithgow and Easter- ness) 388 Juniperus communis (in Selkirk) 415 Karley, S. L. M.—Acer—Unusual fruits 43 Karley, S. L. M.—Plantago major L.— Spray-induced abnormalities 44 Kay, Q. O. N.—Variation in sea may- weed (Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch) in the British Isles 81-107 Keens, W. M.—Beta trigyna and Linaria x dominii in Berkshire 428 Kent, D. H.—treview of D. E. Allen, Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Isle of Man: an Annotated List 169 Kent Field Club tetrad mapping scheme (by E. G. Philp) 203 Kent (Johnson’s journeys in) 402; (mapping of flora) 61 intermedius 401-— (in W. Galway) 451 Kent tetrad mapping scheme 1971-1975 (by E. G. Philp) 430-431 Kerria japonica (in Mull) 30 Kickxia spuria (in Pembroke) 383 Killick, H. J.—Where has Vicia sativa gone? 428 Kilkenny (field meetings) 195, 423 Kindrogan Field Centre, Perthshire (field meetings) 192-193, 418-420 Kingussie (field meeting) 416-418 Knautia arvensis (in Guernsey) 185 Knock Hill, Fife (field meeting) 191 Kochia scoparia 189 Koeleria cristata (in Linlithgow) 391 Labiatae, cytological study of 239- 246 Laburnum alpinum (in Caithness) 421 Lacey, W. S.—report of Lleyn Peninsula field meeting 190 Laflin, T., Bryophytes, in D. A. Cadbury, J. G. Hawkes & R. C. Readett, 4 Computer-mapped Flora, a Study of the County of Warwickshire, re- viewed by J. G. Dony 282-285 Lagarosiphon major (in Derby) 47 Lamarckia aurea (in Herts.) 200 Lambley, P. W. (with J. E. Elsley)— Some uncommon British species occurring in the Eyjafjoréur area of northern Iceland 199 Lamiastrum galeobdolon 240 Lamium album in Wales (by A. P. Conolly) 425-426; album 240, 242; amplexicaule 197, 240; hy- bridum 240, (in Derby) 155: moluccellifolium 197, 241, 243, (in Peebles) 276; purpureum 241 Landolt, E. (with H. E. Hess & R. Hirzel)—Flora der Schweiz und an- grenzender Gebiete, vol. 2, reviewed by E. Launert 286-287 Lapsana intermedia 265, 266 Lathraea clandestina 411; squamaria (in Cardigan) 384; (in Kildare) 155, (in Peebles) 276 Lathyrus nissolia 412, (in Monmouth) 379; palustris L.—in Carmarthen (by I. M. Vaughan) 137; palustris (in Carmarthen) 151; palustris var. pilosus 409; tuberosus (in W. Cornwall) 46 Launert, E.—review of H. E. Hess, E. Landolt & R. Hirzel, Flora der Schweiz und angrenzender Gebiete, vol. 2 286, 287 452 Lavatera arborea 102; cretica (in Pembroke) 378 Legousia hybrida (in Gloucester) 412-413, G@n Kent) 431 Leicestershire and Rutland flora: the ecological and geological setting (by D. Ratcliffe & A. P. Conolly) 431 Lemna gibba (in Kent) 431; trisulca (in E. Cornwall) 48, (in Kildare) 158 Lens culinaris 189 Leontodon autumnalis x taraxacoides 197; hispidus (in Shropshire) 156; taraxacoides (in Dunbarton) 156, (in Westerness) 385 Leonurus cardiaca 241 Lepidium perfoliatum (in Cambs.) 376 Leptilon bonariensis 373; canadensis 373; linifolium 373 Lethans Den (field meeting) 191 Lewes (field meeting) 186° Lewis, J.—review of A. F. Mitchell, Conifers in the British Isles 400- 401 Leucanthemum maximum (in Hadding- ton and Edinburgh) 385 Lhwyd, Edward Dil Libbey, R. P. & Swann, E. L.—Extension of range of Alisma gramineum in Britain 429 Lid, Johannes (obituary by R. Mackech- nie) 178 Ligusticum scoticum (in Edinburgh) 46; ovalifolium (in Edinburgh) 382 Lilium pyrenaicum (in Caithness) 421, Gin Mull) 31 Limonium (flavonoid chromatography) 61-62; binervosum 61; humile 61, 62; transwallianum (in Pem- broke) 154; vulgare 61, 62 Linaria x= dominii (in Berkshire) 428; purpurea 264, 266, 428; repens 428, (in Edinburgh) 47, (in Linlithgow) 383, (in Rox- burgh) 275; repens x vulgaris (in Brecon) 383; x sepium (in Dur- ham) 47 Linum bienne 264, (in Monaghan) 378; usitatissimum (in Linlithgow and Easterness) 378 Listera cordata (in Mull) 28 Littorella uniflora Qn Linlithgow) 47 Loch Laggan, Westerness (field meet- ing) 414-415 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Lelium multiflorum x Easterness) 267; 390 Lording, T. A. (with S. Harris)— Distribution of Vallisneria spiralis L. in the River Lea Navigation Canal (Essex-Hertfordshire border) 253-256 Loretia 426 Lough Shesk, Co. Meath (field meeting) 424 | Lousley, J. E.—obituary of Roger Wil- liam Butcher 175-176 Lousley, J. E.—review of J. S. L. Gil- mour, ed., Thomas Johnson—Botani- cal Journeys in Kent and Hampstead 401-402 Lousley, J. E.—review of R. Genders, The Scented Wild Flowers of Britain 287 Lousley, J. E—treview of R. S. R. Fitter, Finding Wild Flowers 169-170 Lousley, J. E.—The Flora of the Isles of Scilly, reviewed by R. C. L. Howitt 399-400 Lowe-McConnell, R. H., ed.— Speciation in Tropical Environments, reviewed by F. White 172-174 Lucas, G. Ll.—review of R. Gregory, The Price of Amenity: Five Studies in Conservation & Government 288-289 Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. in England with special reference to its dispersal and germination (by E. J. Salisbury) 33-37 Lupinus arboreus (in Edinburgh) 46, (in Monmouth) 379; nootkaten- sis (in Easterness) 417; poly- Phyllus (in Caithness) 421 Luxembourg (Atlas of flora reviewed) 404—405 Luzula arcuata (in W. Sutherland) 157; luzuloides (in Peebles) 278, (in Westerness) 389; pilosa (vari- ant) 423 Lychnis alpina (in E. Perth) viscaria (in E. Perth) 419 Lycopodium alpinum (in _ Selkirk) 148; annotinum (in Dunbarton) 148; clavatum (in Derby) 271- 272; clavatum (in Linlithgow) 374; selago (in Wigtown) 148 Lycopus europaeus 241 temulentum (in 390; perenne 265, temulentum (in Easterness) 419; INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Lysimachia nummularia L.—a_ leuco- anthocyanin (by J. H._ Field) 43-44; nummularia 75, Gin Rox- burgh) 46; punctata (in Edin- burgh) 382 Lythrum hyssopifolia (in Derby) 380; junceum 188; meonanthum 188 Mackechnie, R.—obituary of Johannes Lid 178 Macnair, V. J.—report of Meifod, Montgomeryshire, field meeting 189-190 Malus sylvestris Gn Mull) 30 Malva neglecta (in Roxburgh) 378; pusilla (in Cheviot) 151; syl- vestris (in lEasterness) 378 Manchester Museum (with K. G. Mes- senger)—A newly-discovered Hortus Siccus dating from the 1820’s 430 Marchant C. J.—chromosome count of Calystegia soldanella 369-370 Marchant, C. J. (with others)—The distribution of chromosome races of Ranunculus ficaria L. in the British Isles 59 Marrubium 245; vulgare Marsea canadensis 373 Marshall, J. B.—Conyza—Taxa found in 241 Britain 372-373 Marshall, J. B. & McClintock, D.— Conyza in Britain 201-202 Mason, J. L.—report of Old Winchester Hill & East Meon, Hampshire, field meeting 412 Mason, J. L. & McClintock, D.—Bird- seed aliens 202 Matfield, B.—Experimental synthesis of the allopolyploid Potentilla anglica Laich. 61 Matfield, B.—Potentilla reptans identification of its hybrids 139 Mathematical Taxonomy (by N. Jardine & R. Sibson), reviewed by R. B. Ivimey-Cook 286 McCallum Webster, see Webster McClintock, D. (photograph of) opposite 421 McClintock, D.—Double-flowered Cal- lunas 201 McClintock, D.—Gaudinia fragilis 60 McClintock, D.—Gaudinia fragilis (L.) Beauv. 143-146 McClintock, D.—Guernsey 1971 (report of exhibit) 201 = Lote 453 McClintock, D.—Heracleum — sphon- dylium x H. mantegazzianum 429-430 McClintock, D.—How many seeds? 60 McClintock, D.—New Zealand Epilo- biums in Britain 140-142 McClintock, D.—New Zealand Epilobium species in the British Isles (notice of exhibit) 60 McClintock, D.—obituary of William Jocelyn Lewis Palmer 178-179 McClintock, D.—Presidential address 1972: the common ground of wild and cultivated plants 73-79 McClintock, D.—report of Guernsey field meeting 184-186 McClintock, D.—review of A. Garcke (ed. K. von Wiehe) J/lustrierte Flora— Deutschland und angrenzende Gebiete, ed. 23 402-403 McClintock, D.—review of R. C. Steele, Wildlife Conservation in Woodlands 289 McClintock, D.—The Guernsey flora 1970 (exhibit) 60-61 McClintock, D.—The naming of Narcissi 201 McClintock, D. (with J. B. Marshall)— Conyza in Britain 201-202 McClintock, D. (with J. L. Mason)— Bird-seed aliens 202 McClintock, D. (with M. J. P. Scannell) —Double-flowered forms of Erica mackaiana 432 McLeish, J. (with others)—The distribu- tion of chromosome races of Ranun- culus ficaria L. in the British Isles 59 Meadow Safiron and Saffron (by F. N. Hepper) 200 Meall Ghaordie and Creag Laoghain, Perth (field meeting) 192 Meath (field meeting) 424 Meconopsis cambrica 265 Medicago lupulina 197 Meifod, Montgomeryshire (field meet- ing) 189-190 Melampyrum sylvaticum (in E. Perth) 419, (in W. Ross) 155 Melica uniflora 265, (in Roxburgh) 390 Melilotus indicus Linlithgow) 188; officinalis (in 379 454 Melittis 245; melissophyllum 241, 242 Membership, 1942-1972 427 Mentha ‘Alopecuroides’ 78; alope- curoides (in Tiree) 31; aquatica 245; aquatica x spicata (in Derby) 384; arvensis 245; x cordifolia (in Tiree) SI xX) sentilis Gn Caithness) 421, (in Peebles) 276; longifolia 245; x niliaca (in Peebles) 276; x piperita (in Kirk- cudbright) 155; pulegium 245; rotundifolia 245; spicata DASE x verticillata (in Caithness) 421; x villosa (in Mull) 31 Mercurialis annua (in Kildare) 153; perennis 265, (pollination) 16, 18, 22 Mertensia maritima (in Caithness) 420, 431 Mesembryanthemum crassifolium (in W. Cornwall) 45 Messenger, G.—Flora of Rutland, re- viewed by F. H. Perring 405-406 Messenger, K. G.—The Flora of Foula 430 Messenger, K. G. & the Manchester Museum—A newly-discovered Hor- tus Siccus dating from the 1820s 430 Methods of insect capture and digestion in British species of Pinguicula (by Y. & J. Heslop-Harrison) 200 Meum athamanticum (in Dunbarton) 153 Meylan, B. A. & Butterfield, B. G.— Three-demensional Structure of Wood, reviewed by D. F. Cutler 394 Mibora verna 76 Microsorium diversifolium (in Guernsey) 185 Middlefell L. C. (with T. T. Elkington)— Population variation within Cen- taurea nigra L. in the Sheffield region 109-116 Milium effusum (in Westerness) 391 Millar, J. M.—Flowers of Iona, reviewed by J. F. M. Cannon 393-394 Mimulus 298; cupreus x _ guttatus (in Selkirk) 416; guttatus (in Kildare) 155; guttatus x luteus (in Caithness) 384, 421; luteus (in Wigtown) 384 Misopates orontium (in Elgin) 383 Mistletoe survey 62, 183-184, 410; INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 (report of exhibit by F. H. Perring) 202-203 Mitchell, A. F.—Conifers in the British Isles, reviewed by J. Lewis 400- 401 Moenchia erecta (in Montgomery) 377 Molinia (unusual habitat) 205; caerulea 142, 143; caerulea var. arundinacea 142, 143; caerulea var. litoralis 143; caerulea var. obtusae 142; caerulea var. robusta 143; litoralis Host (by E. L. Swann) 142-143 Momordica charantia 188 Monmouthshire (Flora reviewed) 166-167 Montgomeryshire (field meeting) 189- 190 Montia sibirica (in Denbigh) 151 Moore, L. B. & Edgar, E.—Flora of New Zealand, Volume 2, reviewed by I. K. Ferguson 167-168 Morphologie des végétaux vasculaires— Cytologie, Anatomie, Adaptations (by H. Camefort), reviewed by W. A. Charlton 394 Morton, J. K.—A cytological study of the British Labiatae (excluding Mentha) 239-246 Moscati, Y. L.—Some Channel Islands stamps and plants 430 Moscati, Y. L.—Trees on stamps Mountford, J. O.—Some aliens 202 Mull (plant records) 27-32, 198-199 Mull—from flora to Flora (by British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) 58 Mull of Galloway, Wigtown (field meet- ing) 413-414 Mullingar, Co. Westmeath (field meeting). 195-196 Munro Smith, Denys D. (obituary by A. J. Willis) 408-409 Mycelis muralis (in Kirkcudbright) 156, Gin W. Cornwall) 47 Mynydd Cilan 190 Myosotis arvensis 264, 267; stolonifera (in Cheviot) 154, (n Peebles) 275, (in Selkirk) 383, 415; syl- vatica (in Mull) 31 202 spreading Myosurus minimus (not in Kent) 430 Myrtus apiculata 342 Naias flexilis (in E. Perth) 419, (in INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Kintyre) 157, Gn Mid Ebudes) 48, (in Mull) 28, 31 Naming of Narcissi (by D. McClintock) 201 Narcissus (naming of) Alfred’ 78 Nardurus maritimus (in E. Gloucester) 390 Nardus stricta (in Leicester) 431 Naturalist in the Isle of Man (by L. S. Garrad), reviewed by J. A. Paton 403-404 Nature Conservation: a Practical Hand- book (by W. M. M. Baron), reviewed by J. Pope 289-290 Nepeta 245; cataria 241, 243 Neuhauslova-Novotna, Z. et alii— Bibliographia Botanica Cechoslovaca 1965-1966, reviewed by R. K. Brummitt 161-162 New fern hybrid from the Channel Islands (by A. Sleep) 204 New Research in Plant Anatomy (ed. N. K. B. Robson, D. F. Cutler & M. Gregory), reviewed by B. L. Burtt 164-165 New Ross, Co. Wexford (field meeting) 423-424 New Zealand Epilobium species in the British Isles (by D. McClintock) 60. New Zealand Epilobiums in Britain (by D. McClintock) 140-142 New Zealand (Flora reviewed) 168 Newly-discovered Hortus Siccus dating from the 1820s (by K. G. Messenger & the Manchester Museum) 430 Newton, A.—A Welsh bramble foray 117-130 Newton, A.—Flora of Cheshire, reviewed by R. K. Brummitt 162-164 Newton, A.—report of Peckforton Hills, Cheshire, field meeting 186-187 Newton, A.—report of Thetford, Nor- folk, field meeting 187-188 Nicandra physalodes (in Elgin and Easter- ness) 383 Norfolk Euphrasiae (by E. L. Swann) 345-356 Norfolk (field meeting) (Molinia in) 142-143 Northamptonshire (recording progress) 59 North-East Regional Meeting 56 201; ‘King 167- 187-188; 455 Northfleet tip, Kent (field meeting) 189 Notes on British Rubi (1) (by E. S. Edees) 247-251 Nymphoides peltata (in Kirkcudbright) 154 Oak woodland in the Isle of Man (by L. S. Garrad) 59-60 Oaks, variation in 180-181 Obituaries 53, 175-179, 293, 408-409 Observations on Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland (by A. Rutherford & A. McG. Stirling) 357-361 Observations on some critical Brome- grasses (by P. M. Smith) 319-332 Ockendon, D. J. (with others)—The distribution of chromosome races of Ranunculus ficaria L. in the British Isles 59 Odontites verna subsp. Cornwall) 47 296, verna (in E. Oenothera erythrosepala (in Brecon) 153 Oenanthe lachenalii (in Dunbarton) 153; silaifolia Gn W. Gloucester) 381 Old Winchester Hill, Hampshire (field meeting) 412 Onobrychis viciifolia (in Derby) 151 Ophioglossum vulgatum (in Caithness) 420, (in Mull) 28, 29 Ophrys insectifera (in Durham) 48 Orchis laxifiora 430; maculata 430; mascula (in Edinburgh) 48; ustulata (in Durham) 48 Origanum 245; vulgare 241, (in Peebles) 276 Ornithopus compressus WS) Orobanche minor (in Monaghan) 384; purpurea (in Guernsey) 185; rapum-genistae (in Carmarthen) 384 ° Orthilia secunda (in Kirkcudbright and Dunbarton) 154 O’Sullivan, A. M.—report of Co. Wicklow field meeting 422-423 O’Sullivan, A. M. & Doogue, D.— report of New Ross, Co. Wexford, field meeting 423-424 Oxalis corniculata 264, 267; corym- bosa 76; europaea 266, 267, Gn Mull) 29; exilis 266, 267; pes-caprae 430 Oxford Biology Readers, reviewed by C. T. Prime 171 456 Oxytropis halleri (@n Galloway) 414 Page, C. N.—Two hybrids in Equisetum new to the British flora 229-237 Palmer, William Jocelyn Lewis (obituary by D. McClintock) 178-179 Panels of photographs of Caltha palustris and Tussilago farfara (by A. Walker) 205 Panels of photographs (by A. Walker) 432 Panicum laevifolium Papaver atlanticum 413- 189 264, 267, (in Dor- set) 375; lecogii 264, 267; som- niferum (in Caithness) 421, (in Kildare) 149 Parentucellia (in Kintyre) 298; viscosa (in Kintyre) 155 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 411 Pastinaca sativa (in Easterness) 381 Paton, J. A.—review of L. A. Garrad, The Naturalist in the Isle of Man 403-404 Peckforton Hills, Cheshire (field meeting) 186-187 Pentaglottis sempervirens (in Mull) 31 Pentas lanceolata 181 Perring, F. H.—Mistletoe survey (report of exhibit) 202-203 Perring, F. H.—review of E. van Rom- paey & L. Delvosalle, Atlas de la Flore Belge et Luxembourgeoise 404-405 Perring, F. H.—report of Kindrogan, E. Perth, field meeting 418-420 Perring, F. H.—report of Wells and Here- ford field meetings 410 Perring, F. H.—review of G. Messenger, Flora of Rutland 405-406 Perring, F. H. & Tutin, T. G.—An un- expected source of botanical records 430 Perring, F. H. (with J. A. Crabbe, A. C. Jermy & A. J. Worland)—British Pteridophyte Atlas—an interim pub- lication 426 Perthshire (field meetings) 191-193, 195, 418-420 Petasites albus (in Kintyre) 156; fragrans (in Easterness) 385, (in Orkney) 47; hybridus (in Lin- lithgow) 47 Pettit, J. M.—review of J. Heslop- Harrison, ed., Pollen: Development and Physiology 170 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Peucedanum ostruthium (in Elgin) 381 Phalaris canariensis (in Brecon) 160, (in Easterness) 392; minor 188 Phenology of annual communities on intertidal muds 270-271 Philp, E. G.—Kent Field Club tetrad mapping scheme 203 Philp, E. G.—Kent tetrad mapping scheme 1971-1975 430-431 Philp, E. G.—Tetrad mapping of the Kent flora 61 Phippsia concinna Phleum 391 Phyllitis scolopendrium (in Linlithgow) 374 Physalis ixocarpa 189 Phyteuma tenerum (not in Kent) 430 Phytochemical Ecology (ed. J. B.- Harborne), reviewed by H. J. M. Bowen 393 Phytogeography of Mull (by Dept. of Botany, British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) 198-199 Picris echioides (in Brecon) 156; hieracioides (in Haddington and Linlithgow) 385 Pigott, C. D.—review of J. P. Shear, et alii, Guide du Naturaliste dans les Alpes 406-407 Pilosella officinarum subsp. concinnata (in 397 bertolonii (in Linlithgow) Kirkcudbright) 277; subsp. nigre- scens (in Kirkcudbright) 2475 subsp. trichocarpa (in Kirkcud- bright) 277 Pilularia globulifera 190 Pimpinella saxifraga (in Westerness) 381 Pinguicula (insect capture) 200; grandiflora (in Derby) 276 Plant Anatomy: Experiment and Interpre- tation, Part 2 (by E. G. Cutter), reviewed by D. F. Cutler 165-166 Plant records 45-48, 148-160, 273- 278, 374-392 Piant records from Mull and the adjacent small islands, 3 (by J. F. M. Cannon & E. B. Bangerter) 27-32 Plants of Pembrokeshire (by T. A. W. Davis), reviewed by A. O. Chater 49 Plantago afra 189; indica 189; lanceolata (monstrous forms) 370; major WL.—Spray induced INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 abnormalities (by S. L. M. Karley) 44; maritima (in Edinburgh) 384; psyllium 189 Poa angustifolia (in Brecon) 390, (in Mid Ebudes) 48, (in Mull) 31; annua (three variants in Leicester) 266, 267, (two variants on SS. Great Britain) 147; bulbosa (in W. Cornwall) 48; chaixii (in Norfolk) 159; compressa (in Kintyre) 159; nemoralis 266, 267, (in W. Sutherland) 159; subcaerulea (in Haddington) 390, (in Mull) 32, (in Selkirk and Roxburgh) 278 Polemonium caeruleum (in E. Ross) 275 Pollen: Development and Physiology (ed. J. Heslop-Harrison), reviewed by J. M. Pettit 170 Pollination ecology of Viola. 2, Pollen loads of insect-visitors (by A. J. Beattie) 13-25 Pollinator discriminaticn below the plant species level (by G. P. Chapman) 181 Polunin, O.—The Concise Flowers of Europe, reviewed by S. S. Hooper 398 Polunin, O. (with B. Everard)—Flowers of Europe 427 Polygonatum multiflorum (in 31, Gn Norfolk) 157 Polygonum arenastrum (in Mid Ebudes) 46, (in Mull) 30; aviculare (in Mull) 30; aviculare sensu stricto (in Mid Ebudes) 46; convolvulus 263, 267; dumetorum (in Glamorgan) 153; Aydropiper 270-271, (in Kil- dare) 153; lapathifolium 270- 271; nodosum 270-271; pulchel- lum 189; sachalinense (in Derby) 275, (in Monmouth) 154, (in Pembroke and Derby) 381; vivi- parum (in Selkirk) 153 Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland and North-East Ireland (by R. H. Roberts & D. M. Synnott) 39- 41; australe (in Brecon) 375, (in Kirkcudbright and Ayrshire) 149, (in Pembroke) 49, (in Scotland) 298, 357-361, (in Waterford) 273, (mew v.c._ records) 45; australe x interjectum (in Kirkcud- bright) 149; x font-queri 359; Mull) 457 interjectum 40, 359, (in Derby and Selkirk) 375, (in Kildare) 149, (in Roxburgh) 273; x rothmaleri 359; vulgare 359, (in Roxburgh) 273; vulgare var. cambricum 40; vulgare var. semilacerum 40 Polystichum aculeatum x setiferum (in Dunbarton) 148; x = illyricum (in Leitrim) 432; lonchitis (in Westerness) 374; lonchitis x aculeatum 432; setiferum (in Cambs. and S. Northumberland) DiS Pope, J.—review of W. M. M. Baron, Nature Conservation: a_ Practical Handbook 289-290 Population variation within Centaurea nigra L. in the Sheffield region (by T. T. Elkington & L. C. Middlefell) 109-116 Populus trichocarpa (in Mull) 30 Porth Ysgo 190 Portulaca oleracea (in Guernsey) 186 Postage stamps 202, 430 Potamogeton berchtoldii (in Mull) 28; x cooperi (in Wexford) 424; filiformis (in Kintyre) 157, (in Selkirk) 388; natans 298; obtusifolius (in Kintyre) iIS7/e polygonifolius 298; pusillus (in Carmarthen) 157 Potentilla anglica 137-139, (synthesis of) 61; (in Westerness) 380, anglica x erecta (in Norfolk) 152; argentea (in Cheviot) 274, (in Roxburgh and Haddington) 379; 61, 79, 137-139, (upland 301-317; erecta subsp. strictissima 801308) Siieesi2; 313-316; erecta var. strictissima 309, 310, 312, 315; favratii 301; intermedia (in Norfolk and Edin- burgh) P5227 x -Snixta 137, 139; pubescens 301;reptans 61; reptans .—identification of its hy- brids (by B. Matfield) 137-139; sterilis 197; strictissima 301, 310, 312, 313; x suberecta 139; sylvestris 301; tabernaemontani (in Anglesey and Haddington) 379, (in Durham) 46; tormentilla var. strictissima 310 Poterium polygamum (in Brecon) 152 Powell, A. C.—report of west Radnor- shire field meeting 190 erecta race of) 458 Presidential address 1972 (by D. McClin- tock) 73-79 Preston, R. D., ed.—Advances in Botanical Research, volume 3, reviewed by C. A. Stace 171-172 Price of Amenity: Five Studies in Con- servation & Government (by R. Gregory), reviewed by G. LI. Lucas 288-289 Prime, C. T.—obituary of Donald Peter Young 293-295 Prime, C. T., review of Oxford Biology Readers 3, 9, 10, 12 and 15 171 Primula veris 265; vulgaris (pollina- tion) 16 Probing Plant Structure (by J. Troughton & L. A. Donaldson), reviewed by D. F. Cutler 395 Proctor, H. M.—South Australian plants related to British species 203 Proctor, M. C. F.—review of D. Walker & R. G. West, eds., Studies in the Vegetational History of the British Isles 51-52 Prunella laciniata. 241, 242, 244; vul- garis 241, 244 Prunus cerasus (in Elgin) 380, (in Wigtown) 152; serotina (in Dorset and W. Norfolk) 274; spinosa (pollination) 16 Pseudorchis albida (in Mull) 28 Psoralea americana (in Herts.) 200 Pteridium aquilinum (on s.s. Great Britain) 146 Puccinellia capillaris (in Caithness) 421; distans (in Linlithgow) 390; maritima (in Linlithgow) 390, (variation in) 200 Pulsatilla vulgaris (in E. Gloucester) 149 Pyrethrum inodorum var. salinum 105 Pyrola media (in Kintyre) 154; minor (in Dorset) 154; rotundi- folia (in Carmarthen) 382, (in E. Ross) 46, (in Meath) 424 Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother 420-421, 431 Quercus cerris (in Linlithgow) 382; hybrids 182; robur (variation in) 180; petraea (variation in) 180 Radnorshire, West (field meeting) 190 Ranunculus acris 222, 265; adscen- dens 224;albonaevus 223; aleae INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 225; aquatilis subsp. sphaerospermus (in Wilts.) 273; arvensis 265, 267; auricomus 265, (in Dunbar- ton) 149, (in Easterness and Wes- terness) 375; brachiatus 223% broteri 224; bulbifer 223; bul- bosus 265, 267; bulbosus L. in Europe (by 8S. M. Coles) 207-— 228; bulbosus in Europe (report of exhibit by S. M. Coles) 198; bul- bosus subsp. adscendens 198, 207-2095) 2113-227,. 2245) 2255n 22 7- bulbosus subsp. adscendens x subsp. bulbosus 221-222; bulbosus subsp. aleae 225; bulbosus subsp. bul- bosus 207-209, 213-228; bulbosus subsp. bulbifer subsp. castellanus subsp. gallecicus 225; castellanus 223, 224; eriophyllus 224; ficaria 220, (distribution of chromosome races) 59, (pollination) 16; ficaria subsp. bulbifer (in Brecon and 223; bulbosus 223; bulbosus Cardigan) 149; gallecicus 225; heucherifolius 224; lingua (in Car- marthen) 149; macrophyllus 225; marginatus 223;neapolitanus 224; nemorosus 222.6;223, »225: 4 0CEI- dentalis 225; omiophyllus (in Wig- town) 375; palustris 224; peni- cellatus (in Haddington) 375, (in Kent) 431; polyanthemos 222% pratensis 224, 225; repens 223% 265, (in N. Aberdeen) 298 ; sardous 220, 223, (in Brecon and Pembroke) 375; sparsipilus 223; tommasinii 224; ~~ valde- pubens 223 Raphanus maritimus 102 Rapistrum rugosum (in 376, (in Edinburgh) 150 Ratcliffe, D. & Conolly, A. P.— Leicestershire and Rutland flora: the ecological and geological setting 431 Ray, John Pai] Readett, R. C. (with D. A. Cadbury & J. G. Hawkes)—A Computer-mapped Flora, a Study of the County of Warwickshire, reviewed by J. G. Dony 282-285 Recent additions to the Irish flora (by M. J. P. Scannell) 431-432 Recent and fossil records for Club- Easterness) INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 mosses on the Derbyshire limestone (by D. W. Shimwell) 271-272 Reports 54-65, 180-205, 297-299, 410- 433 Reseda alba 189; lutea (in Easterness) 377, (in Montgomery) 150; lute- ola (in Easterness) S/T! Revision of the Flora of Bedfordshire (by J. G. Dony & C. M. Dony) 427 Rhododendron 56 Rhynchosinapis cheiranthos (in Moray and Easterness) 376; monensis 404, (in Linlithgow) 56 Rhynchospora alba (in Dunbarton) 158 Ribbons, B. W.—annual report of Com- mittee for the Study of the Scottish Flora 298-299 Ribbons, B. W.—report of Dunnet, Caithness, field meeting 420-422 Ribbons, B. W.—treport of Italy and Austria field meeting 63-65 Ribbons, B. W.—The visit to the Castle of Mey 431 Ribes nigrum (in Mid Ebudes) 46, Gin Mull) 30; sanguineum (in Haddington and 380; spicatum (in Elgin) 380, (in Mull) 30; sylvestre (in Caithness 421, Gn Mull) 30; uva-crispa (in Caithness) 421 Richards, A. J.—An upland race of Potentilla erecta (L.) Rausch. in the British Isles 301-317 Richards, A. J.—The code of conduct: a list of rare plants 67-72 Richardson, Richard Dal Ridolfia segetum 189 Rise and fall in B.S.B.I. membership, 1942-1972 (by C. M. Dony) 427 River Lea Navigation Canal (Vallisneria spiralis in) 253-256 Roberts, R. H. & Synnott, D. M.— Polypodium australe Fée in Scot- land and North-East Ireland 39- 41 Robinson, A. (with J. Gent)—Progress in recording the flora of Northamp- tonshire 59 Robson, A. W.—report of Méeall Ghaordie and Creag Laoghain, Perth, field meeting 192 Robson, N. K. B.—Aypericum x desetangsii 203 Edinburgh)’ 459 Robson, N. K. B.—review of Hilliers’ Manual of Trees and Shrubs 290- 291 Robson, N. K. B., Cutler, D. F. & Gregory, M., eds.—New Research in Plant Anatomy, reviewed by B. L. Burtt 164-165 Rorippa austriaca (in Brecon) S77/2 islandica 270; islandica sensu stricto (in Clare) 432; x sterilis (in Argyll) 150, (Gn Caithness) 421, (in Mid Ebudes) 45, (in Miull) 29; sylvestris 76, (in Denbigh) 150 Rosa arvensis x canina (in Montgomery) 46; canina xX tomentosa 409; dumetorum (in Roxburgh) 274; rugosa (in Caithness) 421; sherardii x villosa (in Carmarthen) 46 Ross, R.—review of T. L. Underhill, Heaths and Heathers: Calluna, Daboecia and Erica 291-292 Roxburgh, plant records 298 Rubia peregrina (in Wexford) 424 Rubus acclivitatum 119, 121, 129; ac- crescens 152; adenanthoides 186, 187; adornatus 187;adscitus 124; affinis 120, 128, 130; albionis 120, 129; angustifolius Te 129)- arthogensis 123; atrocaulis 152; balfourianus 151; bartonii 119, 121, 122, 129, 130; bellardii 117, 119, 121, 130; ‘Black Maria’ SE briggsianus 127, 128; broensis 247, 248, 250; caeresiensis var. integribasis 127; caesius 120, 129; cambricus ds 127: car- diophyllus 119, 121, 129, 130, 186, 413; carpinifolius 187, 413; cas- trensis 187; chrysoxylon 117; confertiflorus 251; confinis 247- 249; conspicuus 126;criniger 413; curvidens 123, 124; curvispinis 187; dasyphyllus OTe A129: 130, 186, 379, 413; ‘discolor’ 121; distractiformis 152; dume- torum agg. 120, 129, 130, 413; dumnoniensis D229) ferra- bundus 379; euryanthemus 121, 129; favonii 120, 129; flexuosus 119, 121, 129; foliosus 152; fus- cicortex 117,121, 130; glandulosus 126; griffithianus 117; gymno- stachys 125; hebecaulis ile 460 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 129, 130; hirtifolius 251; hylocharis 12:1 SealQOM, 152, 187; incurvatus Lies AOR 20; 129, 130, 186; incurvatus var. sub- carpinifolius 120, 129; insularis 247, 248; integribasis 128; latifolius 421; leightonii 187, 413; lenti- ginosus 117, 121, 130; ‘lenti- ginosus prickly form’ 121; lettii 123; Jeucostachys var. gymnos- tachys 124, 126; Jleucostachys var. macrothyrsus Ae aod 2 5: 126; Jeyanus 121, 129; linde- bergii 121,129; lindleianus 119, 20s 2955 130 SG elsieg 413k longithyrsiger 12 Tenjoth29» Gaal 305 ludensis 119, 120, 129; maasii var. glabratus 127; macrophyllus 123; macrothyrsus 124, 125, 126; 123; holerythros milfordensis 247, 248, 25038251; mollissimus 123, 124; monensis 120, 129, 130; moylei 2129 - mucronatoides 129; mucronulatus 422; muenteri 123; murrayi 187; opacus 120,129;ordovicum 119, 121, 124, 129, 130; pallidus 121, 129; pascuorum 129; podophyllus 117; polyanthemus 119, 120, 129, 130, 187, 413; porphyrocaulis (in Derby) 152; ‘portmadocensis’ 121; prius 123; procerus 152, 187; prolongatus 121, 129, 130; pro- Pinquus 121, 129; pyramidalis 119, 120, 129, 130; radula 124, 152, 379; raduloides iD le 29% rhombifolius var. megastachys 251; riparius 119, 120, 126-130; robii 152, 187; rubristylus 187, 413; rubritinctus 119, 120, 129; rufescens 129,152; saxatilis 379; schenzii 128; scissus 120, 129, 130; selmeri 119, 120, 129, 130, 186, 187, 413; semiglaber NWF 121, 129, 130; septentrionalis 247, 248, 251, 422; silurum 119% 1215 129; spectabilis 30, 202; sprengelii 119, 121, 130, 187; subintegribasis 127; taeniarum 1D A2Oei 152, 379; tereticaulis 124; ‘tremado- censis’ 121; tuberculatus (in Nor- folk) 152; ulmifolius 119, 121, 126, 129, 130, 186, 187, 298; umbrati- cus 247; vestitus 9s 121, 125, 126, 129, 187, 413; villicaulis 247; ‘villicaulis 1” 121; ‘villicaulis 2? 121; vulgaris 128; wirralensis 187; wolley-dodii 187 Rumex alpinus (in Easterness) 382; hydrolapathum (in Radnor and Wigtown) 154; longifolius (in E. Perth) 419; maritimus (in Derby) 382, (in Kintyre) 154, 298; patientia 188; sanguineus 266, 267; sanguineus var. viridis 266; tenuifolius (in Easterness) 382; triangulivalvis (in W. Kent) 382 Ruppia cirrhosa Gn Merioneth) 157; maritima (in Wigtown) 388 Rushton, B. S.—Variation in oaks 180-181 Rutherford, A. & Stirling, A. McG.— Observations on Polypedium australe Fée in Scotland 357-361 Rutland (flora of) 431; (Flora re- viewed) 405-406 Ryves, T. B. (with E. J. Clements)—report of alien hunt field meeting 188- 189 Saffron 200 Sagina ‘Boydii’ 78; maritima (in Edinburgh) 45; normaniana (in Easterness) 377 Salicornia dolichostachya (in Linlithgow) 378; ramosissima (in Kintyre) 151 Salix arbuscula (in E. Perth) 419; arctica 396; aurita x caprea (in Derby) 382; aurita Xx cinerea subsp. oleifolia (in Wexford) 423; daphnoides (in Peebles) 275; de- cipiens (in Peebles) 275; herbacea (in Caithness) 420; nigricans (in Caithness) 421, Gn W. Suther- land) 154; pentandra (in Mid Ebudes) 46, (in Mull) 30; repens (in Selkirk) 154; repens subsp. repens (in Caithness) 420; triandra (in Brecon) 154 Salsola kali (in Edinburgh) 46; (in E. Sutherland) 378; pestifer 188 Salvia horminoides 241,9724258'244; pratensis 245; reflexa 189; ver- benaca 244, 245; verticillata (in Derby) 47 Salisbury, E. J.—Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. in England with special reference to its dispersal and germination 33-37 Sambucus ebulus (in 47, (in Roxburgh) Haddington) 276 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Sasa palmata 411 Saussurea alpina (in Caithness) (in Selkirk) 156 Savile, D. B. O.—Arctic Adaptations in Plants, reviewed by G. Halliday 396-397 420, Saxifraga 182; (seed characters) 58; aizoides 58; cernua 280; ces- pitosa 58;granulata 58; hirculus (in Caithness) 422; hirsuta (in Mull) 30; hypnoides 58; (in Mull) 27; oppositifolia 58, (in Easterness) 417; rivularis 58; rosacea 58; stellaris 58, (in Mull) 27; tridactylites 58; um- brosa (not in Miull) 30x ex urbium (in Mull) 30 Scannell, M. J. P.—Recent additions to the Irish flora 431-432 Scannell, M. J. P.—The herbarium of Lord de Tabley (1835-1895) 431 Scannell, M. J. P. & McClintock, D.— Double-flowered forms of Erica mackaiana 432 Scanning electron microscope photo- graphs of saxifrage seeds (by A. P. Conolly) 58 Scented Wild Flowers of Britain (by R. Genders), reviewed by J. E. Lousley 287 Scheuchzeria palustris Moor) 419 Scientific Writing for Graduate Students (ed. H. P. Woodford), reviewed by P. I. Edwards 285-286 Scilla italica 411 Scilly, Isles of (Flora reviewed) 400 Scirpus cernuus (on Ss.s. Great Britain) 147; fluitans (in Brecon) 158, (in Caithness) 421; holoschoenus (on Rannoch 3D (in Kent) 203, 389; sylvaticus (in Argyll) 158; tabernaemontani (in Brecon) 158, (Gn Hunts.) 412 Scorpiurus muricatus (in Herts.) 200 Scott, R.—variation in Cakile maritima 203-204 Scrophularia umbrosa (in Montgomery) 384; vernalis (in Easterness) 384 Scutellaria galericulata DAL cH 242) (in Peebles) 276; minor 241, 244, (in Wigtown) 384 Seddon, B.—/ntroduction to Biogeography, 461 reviewed by J. P. M. Brenan 279 Sedum acre (in Kildare) 153; album (in Linlithgow) 380, (in Wig- town) 153; reflexum (in Edin- burgh) 380, (in Wexford) 423; rosea (in Mull) 27; spurium (in Edinburgh) 46, (in Elgin and Linlithgow) 380; telephium 413; villosum (in Elgin) 380, (in Sel- kirk) 415 Segregates of Juncus bufonius agg. (by T. A. Cope & C. A. Stace) 426 Selaginella kraussiana (in Dorset) 273, (n Guernsey) 186; sela- ginoides (in Derby) 271-272, (in Wigtown) 148 Selkirk (field meeting) 415-416; plant records 298 Sempervivum 182 Senecio bonariensis purpurascens foliis imis coronopi 372; grandiflorus (in Guernsey) 185; inaequidens (in Herts.) 200; x londinensis (in Durham) 47, (new to Scotland) 56; x ostenfeldii (in Meath) 424; paludosus (in Cambs.) 385, (refound in Britain) 433; squali- dus 264, 267; squalidus x vulgaris 183 Serotaxonomy (book review) 172 Serratula tinctoria (in Norfolk) 156 Setaria geniculata 189; italica (in Derby) 278; lutescens 189 Shear, J. P., et alii—Guide du Naturaliste dans les Alpes, reviewed by C. D. Pigott 406-407 Shepperton tip, Middlesex (field meeting) 189 Shimwell, D. W.—Ecology and phen- ology of annual communities on intertidal muds 270-271 Shimwell, D. W.—Recent and fossil records for Club-mosses on_ the Derbyshire limestone 271-272 Shoot Organization in Vascular Plants (by K. J. Dormer), reviewed by F. Cusick 281-282 Short notes 43-44, 137-147, 269-272, 369-373 Sibbald, Robert De Sibson, R. (with N. Jardine)—Mathe- matical Taxonomy, reviewed by R. D. Ivimey-Cook 286 Sibthorpia australis 280 Silene alba x dioica (in E. Perth) 419; 462 Carmarthen) itsyile alba (in Elgin and Easterness) 377; noctiflora (in Pembroke) 37h Silybum marianum (in Wigtown) 156 Sinapis alba (in Caithness) 421, (in Easterness) 376, Gin Mid Ebudes) conica (in dioica xX 45, (in Mull) 29; arvensis 198 Sinapodendron frutescens 132 Sisymbrium _ loeselii 188; orientale (in Kildare) 150 Sisyrinchium iridiflorum (in Guernsey) 186 Skye (Equisetum x font-queri and x rothmaleri on) 229 Bis 233, 2355236 Slack, A. A. P.—report of Invergarry, Inverness, field meeting 193-194 Slack, A. A. P.—report of Loch Laggan, Westerness, field meeting 414- 415 Sleep, A.—A new fern hybrid from the Channel Islands 204 Smith, A. W. (rev. W. T. Stearn & I. L. L. Smith)—A Gardener’s Dictionary of Plant Names, reviewed by J. E. Elsley 395-396 Smith, M. C.—The flora of s.s. Great Britain 146-147 Smith, P. M.—Observations on some critical Bromegrasses 319-332 Solanum dulcamara (foliage variant) 186; nigrum 265, V2674 “Gn Brecon) 154; ottonis (in Guern- sey) 186; = rostratum 188; sarrachoides (in Essex) 188, (in Cambs.) 383, (in Derby) 275 Solidago canadensis (in Kirkcudbright) 276 Somerset (field meeting) 410 Sonchus arvensis 264, 267; var. glabre- scens 409; palustris 189 Sorbus aria xX aucuparia (in Monmouth) 380; intermedia (in Caithness) 421; latifolia (in Carmarthen) 380; torminalis 280, (in Brecon and Pembroke) 153 Sorghum bicolor s.l. 188; halepense 188 Souter, A. J., Souter, M. M. & Webster, M. McC.—Crassula aquatica (L.) Schonl. in v.c. 97—further obser- vations 140 Souter, M. M. (with A. J. Souter and M. McC. Webster)—Crassula aqua- INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 tica (L.) Schonl. in v.c. 97—further observations 140 Sparganium angustifolium (in Brecon) 158, (in Carmarthen) 389; emer- sum (in Nairn) 389; erectum subsp. erectum (in Caithness) 421; erectum var. microcarpum (in Caith- ness) 421; minimum (in Northum- berland) 278 Spartina M9 62 Special General Meeting, 27th November 1971 180 Speciation in Tropical Environments, ed. R. H. Lowe-McConnell, reviewed by F. White 172-174 Spergularia marina (in Linlithgow) 378; rupicola x marina (in Pem- broke) 378 Spiranthes spiralis (in 430 Spore forms in the Cystopteris fragilis complex (by A. C. Jermy & L. Har- per) 60 Spreading aliens (by J. O. Mountford) 202 Stace, C. A.—Calystegia—Inheritance of the schizoflorous character 370- a7 Stace, C. A.—Chromosome numbers in the British species of Calystegia and Convolvulus 363-367 Stace C. A.—Conference report on tax- onomy and phytogeography of higher plants in relation to evolution 182-183 Stace, C..A.—The history and occurrence in Britain of hybrids in Juncus subgenus Genuini 1-11 Stace, C. A. (with R. Cotton)—Variation in species of Vulpia 198 Stace, C. A. (with R. Cotton)—Vulpia Winchester) sicula and the genus Vulpia 426 Stachys 245; alpina 241 242: x ambigua 239, 241, 243, 244, (always distinguishable ?) 62; arvensis 241, (in Easterness) 384; germanica 245; palustris 62, 241, 244; sylvatica 62, 241, 244, 265, 267 Staffordshire (Flora reviewed) 397- 398; (Rubus field meeting) 413 Staines, L. R.—Chromatography of Limonium spp. (the Sea Lavenders) 61-62 Statistical analysis of the distribution of INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 the British microspecies of the genus Hieracium (by D. L. Wigston & D. Astley) 205 Status of some intermediates between Centaurium littorale and Cen- taurium erythraea from the Lanca- shire coast (by R. Ubsdell) 204. Stearn, W. T. (rev.)—A. W. Smith, A Gardener’s Dictionary of Plant Names, reviewed by J. E. Elsley 395-396 Steele, R. C.—Wildlife Conservation in Woodlands, reviewed by D. McClin- tock 289 Stellaria memorum (in Wigtown) 377; pallida (in Elgin, Easterness and E. Ross) 377, (in S. North- umberland) 151; palustris (Gn Dunbarton) sy Stereophotographs of some inconspicu- ous British flowering plants (by J. H. Fremlin) 427 Stirling, A. McG.—report of Mull of Galloway field meeting 413-414 Stirling, A. McG. (with A. Rutherford)— Observations on Polypodium australe Fée in Scotland 357-361 Stocken, C. M.—Andalusian Flowers and_ reviewed by V. H. 168-169 430 (field Countryside, Heywood Stockport Museum Stow-on-the-Wold 412-413 Strathfarrer 194-195 Subularia aquatica (in Wigtown) Sussex (field meeting) 186 Swain, T.—review of J. G. Hawkes, ed., Chemotaxonomy and Serotaxonomy 172 Swann, E. L.—Molinia litoralis Host 142-143 meeting) 150 Swann, E. L.—Norfolk Euphrasiae 345-356 Swida sanguinea 59, (in Wigtown) 381 Switzerland (Flora reviewed) 286-287 Symphoricarpos rivularis (in Caithness) 421 Symphytum asperum (in Easterness) 383; caucasicum (in Caithness) 421; orientale (in S. Northumber- land) 154; x uplandicum (in Haddington) 383, (in Caithness) 421 Synnott, D. & Webb, D. A.—report of 463 Mullingar, Co. Westmeath, field meeting 195-196 Synnott, D. M. (with R. H. Roberts)— Polypodium australe Fée in Scot- land and North-East Ireland 39- 41 Tamus communis (in Cheviot) 157 Tanacetum parthenium 265, 267 Tannin in Ephedra gerardiana Wallich and its var. sixkimensis Stapf (by J. H. Field) 270 Taraxacum (W. Scotland species) 56; adamii (in Easterness) Sree adsimile (in EE. Kent) 387; alatum (in Elgin) 387; bract- eatum (in Elgin) 387; com- mixtum (in Kent) 203, 386; cordatum (in Elgin and Nairn) 387; crispifolium (in Easterness) 388; croceiflorum (in Ayrshire) 277; cyanolepis (in Elgin and Easterness) 387; dahlstedtii (in Forfar and Kincardine) 387; duplidens (in Forfar and Easter- ness) 387; duplidentifrons (in E. Kent and _ Forfar) 388; ekmanii (in FE. Kent) 387; euryphyllum (in N. W.. Yorks., Westmorland and _ Elgin) 386; fasciatum (in Westmorland) Dili: fulviforme (in Ayrshire) DAs hamatiforme (in Elgin) 388, (in Westmorland) Die =e lacis- tophyllum (in Nairn) 386, (in Westmorland) DQ laetifrons (in Easterness) 387; laetum (in Ayrshire) 277 Gn E. Kent and Elgin) 386; landmarkii (in Elgin) 386; lingulatum, (in E. Kent and W. Kent) 387; longisquameum (in N. W. Yorks., Forfar and Easterness) 387, Gn Westmorland) 277; macu- latum (in E. Kent) 388; mark- lundii (in Ayrshire) Dia + (tn) E. Kent, W. Kent and _ Forfar) 388; naevosum (in N. W. Yorks.) 386; nordstedtii (in FE. Perth) 387; oblongatum (in E. Kent) 388; obscurans (in Pembroke, new to Britain) 277; obscuratum (in Forfar) 388; officinale (pollina- tion) 15, 16, 18, 21; oxoniense (in W. Kent) 386; pannucium Gin E. Kent) 387; parvuliceps (in Elgin) 388; polyodon (in 464 Furness, Forfar and Nairn) 388; praestans (in Mid-W. Yorks. and Kincardine) 386; proximum (in E. Kent) 386; retzii (in Kent) 203, (in W._ Kent) 386; rubicundum (in Forfar) 386, Gn Westmorland) DIT: silesiacum (in Westmorland) 277; simile (in E. Kent) 386; spectabile (in Montgomery, Mid-W. Yorks. and Westerness) 386; stictophyllum (in Elgin) 387; subcyanolepis (in Forfar) 387; unguilobum (in E. Ross) 386 Taxonomy and phytogeography of higher plants in relation to evolution (Con- ference report byC. A.Stace) 182- 183 Taynuilt (field meeting) 191 Teesdalia nudicaulis (in Méerioneth) 376 Tellima grandiflora 202, 411 Teucrium 245; botrys 245; scor- dium 241, 244; scorodonia 241, (in Cambs.) 276 Tetrad mapping of the Kent flora (by E. G. Philp) 61 Thalictrum alpinum (in Selkirk) 149; flavuum (in Dunbarton) 149; minus (in Carmarthen) 375, (in Roxburgh) 149 Thelypteris palustris (in Monmouth) 45; phegopteris (in Pembroke) 148 Thetford, Norfolk (field meeting) 187-188 Thlaspi alliaceum (in Cambs. and Denbigh) 376; arvense (in Brecon and Kirkcudbright) 150 Thomas Johnson—Botanical Journeys in Kent and Hampstead (ed. J. S. L. Gilmour), reviewed by J. E. Lousley 401-402 Three-dimensional Structure of Wood (by B. A. Meylan & B. G. Butter- field), reviewed by D. F. Cutler 394 Thurso Museum 420 Thymus drucei 241; pulegioides 241; serpyllum 241 Tilia cordata (in Pembroke) 378 Titz, W.—Arabis borealis Andrz. ex Ledeb.—Not in Ireland 369 Tolmeia menziesii 202 Tormentilla erecta S12 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Trachyspermum ammi 189 Tragopogon pratensis (in Dunbarton) 156 Trees on stamps (by Y. L. Moscati) 202 © Trientalis europaea (in Wigtown) Trifolium dubium 197; micranthum (in Wigtown) 151; ornithopo- dioides (in Brecon) 151; striatum (in Kirkcudbright) 151, (in Monmouth and Roxburgh) 379 Triglochin palustris 396 Trigonella_ corniculata 189; foenum- graecum 189 Tripleurospermum 414 ‘ambiguum’ 82; inodorum 81-84, 86-87, 90, 92- 95, 97-106; maritimum 81-107, maritimum subsp. maritimum (in Caithness) 421; maritimum subsp. phaeocephalum 105, 106; maritimum var. salinum 81, 82, 99, 105, 106; phaeocephalum 82 Trisetum flavescens 265 Trist, P. J. O.—Festuca glauca Lam. and its var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt. 257-262 Trist, P. J. O.—Festuca glauca Lam. and its var. caesia (Sm.) K. Richt., (report of exhibit) 432 Trollius europaeus (in Peebles) 273 Troughton, J. & Donaldson, L. A.— Probing Plant Structure, reviewed by D. F. Cutler 395 Tussilago farfara 205 Tutin, T. G.—Weeds of a Leicester gar- den. 263-267 Tutin, T. G. (with F. H. Perring)—An unexpected source of botanical records 430 Two hybrids in Equisetum new to the British flora (by C. N. Page) 229- 237 Typha angustifolia (in Monaghan) 389 Ubsdell, R.—The status of some inter- mediates between Centaurium littor- ale and Centaurium erythraea from the Lancashire coast 204 Ulex 56 Umbelliferae (book review) Umbellularia californica 411 Umbilicus rupestris (in Dunbarton) 153, (in Leicester) 431 Uncommon British species occurring in the Eyjafjordur area of northern 280-281 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Iceland (by J. E. Elsley & P. W. Lambley) 199 Underhill, T. L.—Heaths and Heathers :— Calluna, Daboecia and Erica, re- viewed by R. Ross 291-292 Calluna, Daboecia and_ Erica, reviewed by R. Ross 291-292 Unexpected source of botanical records (by F. H. Perring & T. G. Tutin) 430 Upland race of Potentilla erecta (L.) Rausch. in the British Isles (by A. J. Richards) 301-317 Urlingford, Co. Kilkenny (field meeting) 195 Urochloa panicoides 189 Urtica urens 265, 267 Utricularia intermedia (in Caithness) 421; minor (in E. Ross) S52 neglecta (in Nairn) 384 Vaccinium microcarpum (in E. Ross) 382; vitis-idaea (in Mull) 2H Valentine, D. H.—review of M. Bidault, Variation et spéciation chez les végétaux supérieurs 174 Valerianella carinata (in Caernarvon) 155 Vallisneria spiralis 253, 256 van Rompaey, E. & Delvosalle, L.— Atlas de la Flore Belge et Luxem- bourgeoise, reviewed by F. H. Perring 404-405 Variation et spéciation chez les végétaux supérieurs (by M. Bidault), reviewed by D. H. Valentine 174 Variation in Cakile maritima (by R. Scott) 203-204 Variation in oaks (by B. S. Rushton) 180-181 Variation in Puccinellia maritima (by A. J. Gray) 200 Variation in sea mayweed (Tripleurosper- mum maritimum (L.) Koch) in the British Isles (by Q. O. N. Kay) 81-107 Variation in species of Vulpia (by R. Cotton & C. A. Stace) 198 Vaughan, I. M.—Lathyrus palustris L._— in Carmarthenshire 137 Verbascum nigrum (in Monmouth and Haddington) 383; phlomoides x thapsus (in Berks.) 154; vir- gatum (seed production) 60 Veronica anagallis-aquatica x catenata (in Durham) 47; agrestis 264, 465 264, 267; catenata 47, (in Monaghan) 384; decussata 371; filiformis 75; x franciscana 372; hederi- folia 264, 267, (in Merioneth) 155, 275, Gn ‘Shropshire’ * and Cardigan) 155; hederifolia agg. in Wales (by P. M. Benoit) Sie x lewisii 371, 372; montana (in Caithness) 421; persica 264, 267; sublobata Sie Un Merioneth) 155, 275, Gin Shrop- shire and Denbigh) 155 Viburnum opulus (in Kintyre) Vice-county boundaries 49-50 Vicia angustifolia subsp. angustifolia 429; angustifolia subsp. segetalis 429; sativa agg. (key) 428-429 ; sylvatica (in Kintyre) 151; sylvatica var. condensata (in Wigtown) 414; tetrasperma (in Carmarthen) 379; varia Gn Guern- sey) 185; villosa (in Easterness) 379; villosa subsp. varia 188 Vigna mungo 189 Vinca major (in E. Ross) subsp. acutiloba 411; minor (in Mull) 30 Viola (pollination ecology) 13-25; cornuta (in Caithness) 421; (in Cheviot) 274; hirta iy 14: odorata (in Mull) 29; reichen- bachiana 13, 14; riviniana 13, 14; tricolor subsp. curtisii (in Wex- ford) 424: tricolor subsp. tricolor (in Pembroke) 377 Viscum album 410, (in Hereford) 183 Visit to the Castle of Mey (by B. W. Ribbons) 431 Volvulus sepium f. schizoflorus 370 Vulpia 182; geniculata 198, 426; membranacea 198, (in Wexford) 424; myuros 198, (in Derby) 159, (in Linlithgow and Easterness) 390; setacea 426 Vulpia sicula and the genus Vulpia (by R. Cotton & C. A. Stace) 426 Wade, A. E.—The Flora of Monmouth- shire, reviewed by T. A. W. Davis 166-167 Walker, A.—Panels 432 Walker, A.—Panels of photographs of 267; arvensis (in Derby) 155 275; major 411, of photographs 466 Caltha palustris and Tussilago far- fara 205 Walker, D. & West, R. G., eds.— Studies in the vegetational history of the British Isles, reviewed by M. C. F. Proctor $1—52 Walters, S. M.—obituary of Nils Hylander 295-296 Warley Place Gardens (field meeting) 410-411 Warwickshire (Flora reviewed) 282- 285 Watsonian Vice-counties of Great Britain (by J. E. Dandy), reviewed by J. G. Dony 49-50 Webb, D. A. & Halliday, G.—The dis- tribution, habitat and status of Hypericum canadense L. in Ireland 333-344 Webb, D. A. (with D. Synnott)—report of Mullingar, Co. Westmeath, Field meeting 195-196 Webster, M. McC. (with A. J. Souter & M. M. Souter)—Crassula aquatica (L.) Schonl. in v.c. 97—further observations 140 Weed survey 197-198 Weeds of a Leicester garden (by T. G. Tutin) 263-267 Wells, Somerset (field meeting) 410 Wells, T. C. E.—report of Huntingdon- shire field meeting 411-412 Welsh Bramble Foray (by A. Newton) 117-130 West, R. G. (with D. Walker), ed.— Studies in the vegetational history of the British Isles, reviewed by M. C. Ey Proctor 51-52 Westerness (field meeting) 414-415 Westmeath (field meeting) 195-197 Where has Vicia sativa gone? (by H. J. Killick) 428-429 White, F.—review of R. H. Lowe- McConnell, ed., Speciation in Tropi- cal Environments 172-174 INDEX TO WATSONIA VOLUME 9 Whitehead, L.—report of Hereford field meeting 183-184 Wicklow (field meeting) 422-423 Wiehe, K. von—ed. 23 of A. Garcke, Illustrierte Flora—Deutschland und angrenzende Gebiete, reviewed by D. McClintock 402-403 Wigston, D. L. & Astley D.—A statistical analysis of the distribution of the British microspecies of the genus Hieracium 205 Wigtown (field meeting) 413-414 Wilcock, C. C.—Is Stachys x ambigua Sm. always distinguishable ? 62 Wildlife Conservation in Woodlands (by R. C. Steele), reviewed by D. McClintock 289 Willis, A. J.—obituary of Denys D. Munro Smith 408-409 Willmott, Miss E. A. 410-411 Winter Hill, Bucks., (field meeting) 184 Wolffia arrhiza 427 Woodcock, C. (with P. Bell)—The Diver- sity of Green Plants, reviewed by P. D. W. Barnard 161 Woodford, H. P., ed. Scientific Writing for Graduate Students, reviewed by P. I. Edwards 285-286 Worland, A. J. (with J. A. Crabbe & A. C. Jermy)—British Pteridophyte Atlas —an interim publication 426 Yeo, P. F.—review of H. des Abbayes, G. Claustres, R. Corillion & P. Dupont, Flore et végétation du Massif Armoricain. 1. Flore Vascu- laire 292 Yorkshire (field meeting) 411 Young, Donald Peter (obituary by C. T. Prime) 293-295 Zostera angustifolia (in Kirkcudbright) 157, Gn Monmouth) 388; noltii (in Cheviot) ley) ERD HE.) aoe eeal eharagion nse ot roo ut | Be mie ts fee! ektyiciiepwene J: side of the paper only Bots! » « aigakd ag Cully -ainty ee heel re Anieg COMPU, MupoRPiRHe H ‘an +r ae Veateratyo aexprearinniered a: ey ae of vatuo Sinly ws wide be caw miatly, ate ce fisaca! Wie? i ood CAs) elton ek 4 pine > | chiey ai reg: a ai A big pitio 2" or. | 4 Waraschies of tesditGe fru .« & setting, omy whe Tit pitt . "a ' S printed with the pei. 4 ertairist mM, Re bery small, whut ba teed oe appetite, i Peay athe wes, AE BO ih Gos Of tive percep dearer. » Coste 1Uge TL) f. +e a apace cite th mil, PVs - ‘pei ; done Bue tye mani UE ec ae a Eh pao ee a pre Oi bd. PAPT 228ou a $ TORY RES i oes Pee er ie). ee mH y OB 2 pie | binds thie ala tet eel oe) + ; ; ities, abbr Me eS i Beyin in hort wires f | eed | SRO ne i m5 ie dine hein: 4 mauity, OF neater? vie 180% re! : one i) a iia ter tical <} TVs eee ee y Basi! fis he? Waker eee Ba ees tos epee oy Lae Ti i ee cae ; Yinbo!! LL See De! ry is ear | | eget alla el i fp ed Punterran \cc ih yn ee - "pied =A aie rE daal® r 4 ti Raa tee} A ag : ie Ate Bey rv 3 ; Te At figures yaad. i vahonm sarin aah He t ihe. eTtartens af since -are advised: Le} (uy eye ae, © forrnaticen nee goa Whe i } A) Society, | ae pr ; will nowrmwnlty ty gene 0 | iy, BK aK . ans 4abien. (sie Pibris hy de 7 ' if; G2 far as Piven iad tile tat aie elven fees ei, « iia Hat TR, 4 yeh WR ‘) 4 A i . - — iy ly a ae ' 7 Ps baat ale eprint lam Carel pest 5 Oe aged } 2 ee 7 eee ey pine LA tad 7 Sache) age ‘4 “ie hs a eaewre "a co 4 rey y “=> = a san. Maye Tera 92 4 Jowkd | 1 Wy ok ae PAS acmeny Te Des Aga Fae spare bar § -_- we i 3 ‘ he os) - *, a ete y Ag ho fw Mi. ee sya a he Vy Sa & Calitics poleeerte, and Teerstloge, fore SON Pl ie hs. Willen, 1D. a Went, fa. G. ads. ee ieee Medgar ‘hinting’ Of pie Bidston frien, tavtewed by MG. Be, Proctor iar Si “eh | Walter, 3... Moan. ot ‘Wis iy ie na OT ZF 2— Aon ; | Br Warley Plage: Cantons (Bald meeting) ‘vi-41} : . Wirrviek shire rica baiianals ‘ane 285. ‘nile . HARA) FSR ean ee oh” tae Ces ritvine CGe ihn: Bo kay i vowed bad. C34 Sony. 49-30 Webb, 1. A. bea ltiaey, G2 pie cle iribution, ‘haiiel. and. Matas ool LEV pe CM cuadscnae 1. - apetend i | Wilt, AD Joonble ae ay ee > ‘Muaro Smith ents EP AI ‘OED Sows ryt hal eirsy oats baad ahi Withewet zt (Pas LG Vy c i ! “ Dy] 5. t ii} os he 7 5 oe Wy iy. Sy), ASId OG ie . s Wi Pe eT ERS. ek Poles ach “— ats Soh =n { a) fires Worden, C (ith PS “erwetians '- tal om, of Grenis ef 4 r pore A ae s. W. Bernard! anc ae i ) ' tb es ring fhe To We a i, i. Pay: ede 0. omatser (held waeinet 4 Lae rabvard | 25 ' Fi, agerott aie Hiretinedon Worl pcre A. oe hire fied woeins eek te” Nereay ~Bari tists minis. & Fav yy A. eM AG ) ‘ “ca jateriny) : t)- yen;:2 FF “tev et ar = ih is Walker) agi Diy, t ‘Cloustnea, Re ay 08 Erde iuttional 7 Diag rt, SF lete ee f ho. British isles reviewed by % Misi AR F Pri Te (airs oor" ‘ schorneke (Gebd teeting = |. Yorkssne. eld -@ “ty tines A. (Reid. Neo iA iy 7 Young, I Jonald Pener (¢ | ‘NaS Mitid sitter pone? toy me Pri ut) 293-9 RORY A 2R A RS |